BERKELEY ITY Of PUBLICATIONS OF E. H. BUTLER & CO. MITCHELL S NEW SERIES OF GEOGRAPHIES. [E STANDARD GEOGRAPHICAL SERIES OF AMERICA. COMPRISING : Mitchell s New First Lessons in Geography. Mitchell s New Primary Geography. Mitchell s New Intermediate Geography. Mitchell s New School Geography and Atlas. Mitchell s New Physical Geography. Mitchell s New Outline Maps and Key. Small Series. Mitchell s New Outline Maps and Key. Large Series. Mitchell s New Ancient Geography. Hand-Book of Map-Drawing. CHARACTERISTICS : 1. They form a system of Geographical Study thorough, complete, and original. No borrowing from other series. 2. This system presents both Political and Physical Geography with equal prominence, and has more of Geographical Science and Fact, and less of detail, than any other system. 3. The Maps are eminently accurate and far superior to all com petitors, and the matter is logically arranged. 4. From these books a series adapted to any grade of Schools can be selected. GOODRICH S SERIES OF PICTORIAL HISTORIES, By the universally popular "PETER PARLEY." , COMPRISING : Goodrich s American Child s Pictorial History of the U. S. Goodrich s Pictorial History of the United States. Goodrich s Pictorial History of England. Goodrich s Pictorial History of France. Goodrich s Pictorial History of Rome. Goodrich s Pictorial History of Greece. Goodrich s Common School History of the "World. Goodrich s Pictorial Natural History. CHARACTERISTICS : 1. This series presents graded historical text-books. 2. The different books are printed in a clear and beautiful type, and the illustrations are unequaled in number and artistic execution. 3. The matter is divided into easy and comprehensive periods. 4. The pages are free from religious preferences and political prejudices. 5. The topical arrangement of the contents, and the alphabetical indexes of the larger books, enhance their usefulness. 6. The great historical facts, eventful epochs, and important dates, are presented in a lively and pleasing style. 7. The Child s History has the merit of brevity without baldness; the Pictorial U. S., completeness without redundancy. 8. All the books of the Series are elegantly and substantially bound. U. They are all NEW EDITIONS, brought down to the present time. ,7 PUBLICATIONS OF E. H. BUTLER & CO. BIMAM S SERIES DISAPPROVED TEXT-BOOKS, This Series Comprises : BINGHAM S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. BINGHAM S LATIN GRAMMAR. BINGHAM S LATIN EXERCISES. BINGHAM S LATIN READER. BINGHAM S C/ESAR. BINGHAM S LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION. (In press.) The points of excellence, rendered specially prominent by the actual test of the sr.hool-room, and embodied in the recommendations of many of the first educators of the country, may be briefly noted. BINGHAM S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. "The subject is discussed in the most philosophical manner." "The conformity of the rules to the Latin Grammar is a step in the right direction." BINGHAM S LATIN GRAMMAR. "Comprehensiveness of details." "Copious exercises in immediate connection with every theoretical principle." " Correctness, clearness and conciseness of its rules of gender." "The careful marking of the quantity of the vowels." "Perfectly simple, progressive and rigorously exact." " Its admirable method of treating the gender of the third declension." "Methodical, clear and direct." "It is a most admirably arranged Drill-book." "Sufficiently advanced for the college student." "Suffi ciently elementary for the beginner." BINGHAM S LATIN READER. "The only Latin reader in which the quantity of the vowels is marked." "It is just what the young Latin pupil needs previous to commencing Caesar." BINGHAM S CJESAR. "One of the neatest, cleanest and most attractive classical works published." li Worthy of the Grammar." " Handsomely printed, substantially and neatly bound." MARTINDALE S SERIES OP SPELLERS. COMPRISING: MARTINDALE S PRIMARY SPELLER. MARTINDALE S COMPLETE SPELLER. Very Popular. PROF. COFFEE S SERIES OF APPROVED TEXT-BOOKS. By HENEY COPPEE, LL.D,, President Lehigh University, COPPEE S ELEMENTS OF LOGIC. COPPEE S ELEMENTS OF RHETORIC. COPPEE S ACADEMIC SPEAKER. Prof. CoppeVs status in educational matters is ample guarantee of the worth of his boota they are being rapidly adopted by the various Normal Schools and higher Seminaries throughout the country. ! -LrvlKI.! X.HAMPSHIKJ; EKMONT itw^A&iU^ iY ID l.iJMiiCTirn ALABAMA- LOUISIANA ARKANSAS KENTUCKY MICHIGAN ILLINOIS IOWA MINNESOTA ORECQH WEST VIRGINIA TEXAS TENNESSEE OHIO INDIANA MISSOURI WISCONSIN CALIFORNIA KANSAS NEVADA NEBRASKA PICTORIAL HISTORY OP > WITH NOTICED UF OTHER PORTIONS OF AMERICA NORTH AND SOUTH BY S. G. GOODRICH, AUTHOR OF PITER PARLEY S TALES, ETC., ETC. FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS AM) FAMILIES. A NEW EDITION. PHILADELPHIA : PUBLISHED BY E. H. BUTLER & CO. 1872. PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION. THIS -work \vas originally published about fifteen years ago, since which time nearly 500,000 copies have been sold. The decided and continuous approbation indicated by these facts, has stimulated the author and publisher to bestow upon it a careful revision, with a view to meet the constantly improving taste of the public in respect to edu cational works. In the present edition, the original form of the work has been pre- orved, but numerous additions have been made, either for the purpose f perfecting certain portions and passages, or in order to bring down the train of events to the present time. A large number of illustrative notes have been appended to the pages, and at the end of the work will be found the Declaration of Independence, the Articles of Confed eration, adopted during the Revolutionary period, and the Constitution of the United States, together with a full Index of proper names. While, therefore, the original design of this work, which was to make it primarily a book for schools interesting to the pupil and easy to be learned, yet leaving vivid and abiding impressions on the memory has been kept steadily in view, it is believed that, as now presented, it will prove to be a convenient and useful manual for the family, and the general reader. Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1843, by S. G. GOODRICH, in the Clerk s nnce of the District Court for the District of Massachusetts, j-.ntered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1854, by S. G. GOODRICH, in the Clerk 3 Office of the District Court for the Southern District of New York. Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1859, by S. G. GOODRICH, in the Clerk s Office of the District Court for the Southern District of New York. Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1SC5, by THE HEIRS OP S. G. GOODUICII, In the Clerk s Office of the District Court for the Southern District of New York DEPARTMENT OP PUBLIC INSTRUCTION, Baltimore, Md., July 22d, 18(55. At a meeting of the State Board of Education, held this day, " GOODRICU S PICTORIAL HISTORY OF TIIE UNITED STATES" was adopted as a Text-Book to be used in the Public Schools throughout the State. W. HORACE SOPER, Clerk. OFFICE OF TIIE CONTROLLERS OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS. FIRST DISTHICT OF PENNSYLVANIA, Philadelphia, April 2d, 1M=.R. At a meeting of the Controllers of Public Schools, First District of Pennsylvania, held at the Controllers Chamber, Tuesday March 10th, 18C8, the following resolution was adopted: Removed, That "(ioonninfs PICTORIAL .HISTORY OF UNWED STATES," "GooDRicn s HISTOI v OF THF. WORLD," "GOODRICH S PICTORIAL CHILD S HISTORY," and "MITCHELL S PHYSICAL GKO- GRAPH?," be introduced to be used ia the schools of this District. From tho Minutes, H. W. IIALLIWELL, Secretary. A X T N P H E S S OF S HERMAN k CO., PHILADELPHIA. Add to Lib, I fr/ ( - CONTENTS. Lj - INTRODUCTION. PAO CHAPTER I. Early Settlement of Asia, Africa, anil Europe. Progress of Navigation. IV II. Sailors of Scandinavia. Vasco da Gaina. Spectre of the ( ape. Im pr III. Discovery and Settleinent of the Northmen in North America ....... 14 rovement ot Navigation. Columbus. Madoe. ................... 14 . IV. About Christopher Columbns. His plans for making discoveries. His cause espoused by the King and Queen of Spain ....... ........ 18 V. First Voyage of Columbus across the Atlantic. His Discovery of America. ......................... ............................ 21 VI. The other Voyages of Columbus ............................... 2 VII. Other Discoveries in Americi by the English, Portuguese, and French. 27 VIII. Various Discoveries in North America The Voyage of Vernizani. Discoveries of Cartier. Ponce de Leon. De Soto. Sir "Walter Raleigh. 28 IX. The Native Inhabitants of the New World. Its Plants and Animals. 80 UNITED STATES. X. An English Colony sent out to Virginia. Settlement at Jamestown. 32 XL. Visit to Powhatan. Account of the Indians in this Quarter. Sad Condition of the Colony ........................................ 86 XII. Captain John Smith. His remarkable Life and Adventures. He joins the Expedition to Virginia. Makes Treaties with the Indians, etc. . 87 XIII. Cap iiiu Smith goes on hu Exploring Voyage, lie is taken Prisoner, nnd carried before Powhatan .................. ...... . . ... 39 XIV. The Story of Poci-.hontas. She save^ Captain Smith s Life, and be comes the Friend of the English. She is married to Rolfe ......... 40 XV. Depressed State of the Colony. Arrival of Captain Newport and more Emigrants. The Gold Fever. Smith s Voyage of Discovery ...... 43 XVI. Increase of the Colony. Smith s Administration of the Government Failure of his Health. His Return to England ............... . 45 XVII. The Colony on the Verge of Ruin. Preparations to abandon James town. Lord Delaware. His new and successful Government ...... 47 jt VI 1 1. Progress of the Colony at Jamestown. Lord Delaware s Govern ment Administration of Governor Dale ...................... 49 XIX. Discoveries of Henry Hudson. Settlement of New York by the Dnteh. 51 XX. Various Settlements in New England. Captain Smiths Survey of the Coast ....................................................... 52 XXI. The Puritans the first Settlers of New England ..................... 65 XXII. The Puritans at Cape Cod .......................... ............. 57 XIII. Further Surveys of the Shore. Indians. The Landing at Plymouth. 59 XXIV. Settlement of Plymouth. Two men get lost in the Woods, and are greatly frightened by the Wolves ............................ 61 XXV. Severe Sufferings of the Plymouth Colonists ...... ............ ____ 62 XXVI. Arrival of the Indian Samosct. Treaty with the Massachusetts and other Indian Tribes .............................. ........... 64 XXVI I. The Colony threatened by the Narragansct Indians. Drought and Scarcity. Governor Bradford journeys among the Indians ........ 66 XX VIII. Progress of the Virginia Colony. Op"echanca;iough s Plot and the Massacre of 1 022. The Massacre of 1 644 ........................ 68 XXIX. Settlement at Wcymouth. Captain Standish chastises the Indians. Other Settlement Incorporation of Massachusetts Bay Colony.. 70 XXX. Settlement of New Hampshire. Other Events in this S;ate ......... 72 XXXI. Government of the Colonies. Union of the Colonies of Plymouth and Massachusetts Bay ............................................... 73 XXXII. History of Maryland. Lord Baltimore s Visit to America. Leonard ( al vert s Arrival. Settlement of Maryland. Claiborne s Rebellion. 7C XXXIII. Various Settlements in Connecticut Opposition of tho Dutch. A Singular Journey across the Wilderness ................ ..... 78 XXXIV. Rogi-r Williams. He is banished from Massachusetts, and settles in Rhode Island. The Rhode Island and Providence Plantations ____ 80 XXXV. Warwi;h the Pequod Indians. The Battle at Mystic River. Burn ing )f the Indian Fort. Utter Defeat of the Pequods .............. 8* XXXVI. Anecdotes of tho Pequod War. The Indian Clm-fs Uncas and Sassa- cus. The BeneficentJL onduct of Roger Williams 050 6 CONTENTS. CHAPTER PAOS XXXVII. Settlement of New Haven. Mr. Davenport and his Associates. Other Settlements in Connecticut. Earthquakes ... 85 XXXVIII. Union of the New England Colonies 8S XXXIX. General Remarks on the Indians. The Tribes of New England. 91 XL. The Eight Families of Indians Algonqnins, Huron Iroquoie. Pah- kotahs, ( a awbas, Chcrokees, Uchees, Choctaws, and Hatches Their Character, Manners, Customs, etc 94 XIJ. Evangelizing i ho Indian* tn New England, The Mayhews. Eliot. 98 XLII. Witchcraft in New England 100 XLIII. History of New York from 1610 to ihe French and Indian War 1< 2 XLIV. History of Now Jersey from Its first settlement to the He volution ... 105 XLV. History of Delaware. Design of Gustavus Adolphus. Se;ilementon Christiana Creek. Founding of the Swedish Colony. Its Conquest by the Du ch. Other events ". 106 XLVI. Settlement of ihe Carolinas ... 107 XLVI1. History of New England continued. The War with King Philip Io9 XLVIII. Continuation of th ; History of New England. Events of the War with Philip. Ill XLIX. Various Events of the W r ar. Death of Philip 112 L. Ee; urn to the History of Virginia. Bacon s Rebellion 114 LI. Religious Persecution in New England 110 LII. History of Pennsylvania. Penn. ~ His Settlement. His Treaty US LIII. Affairs of New England. Governor Andros and the < harter Oak 121 LIV. The Revolution in England. Governor Andros and his Associates transported 10 England. Events of King William s War 122 LV. Story of Governor Fletcher and Captain Wadswonh 121 LVI. Religion in the Colonies 1 -Jfi LVII. Educa ion in the Colonies. -. 128 LVIII. The War of Queen Anne. Capture of Port Royal. Abortive Expe dition against ( annda. Indian Depredations 129 LIX. The War at :he South. Unsuccessful Attempt against the Spanish Possessions in Florida. The Apalachian Indianssubdued. Arrival < of the Palatines. Indian Massacre 131 LX. The Yainasee War. Great Indian League. Severe Conflict. The Indians Defeated 133 LXI. American Pirates. Wreck of the Whidah. Captain Kidd. Other Pirates. 131 LXII. Settlement of Georgia. Arrival of General Oglethorpe. Attack upon St. Augustine. Attack and Repulse of the Spaniards 136 LXIII. George ll. s War. Capture of Louisburg. Destruction of the French Fleet. Peace of Aix-la-< hapelle. 174S 1"S LXIV. Progress of Ag icr.lturo and Manufactures in the Colonies 140 LXV. Sufferings of the Colonies, Expenses of New York and New Eng land in the War of 1T44. Losses by Sea and Land. Prosperity at tendant upon Peace 1-12 LXVI. Discoveries in the West The Mississippi and its branches explored by .loliet and Marquette. Explorations of Lii Salle and Father Hennepin 144 LXVII. Settlements in the South and West; at Kaskaskia, in Illinois; in Louisiana; in Florida; in Michigan; at Natchez, on the Mississip pi : on the Mobile River, in Alabama. Troubles between the Ohio Company and the French Governor of Canada 147 LXVIII. George Washington begins his public cnreer. His Education and his Character in youth. He is sent as a Messenger to the French on the Ohio. Anecdotes of the "journey 149 LXIX. Washington and his band of Virginians inarch against the French. Battle at the Great M eadows 151 LXX. The Union of the English Colonies in 1754. Attacks upon the French Colonies. Franklin s eminent services. Braddock s Defeat IfA LXXI. The French and Indian War. Plan of the Colonists for taking Crown Point. Montcahn s capture of the Fort at Oswego, etc. Lord Chatham, British Minister. Louisburg recaptured. Abercrombie s disastrous Attack on Fort Ticonderoga. Capture of Forts Frontenac and Du Quesne. Great Indian Treaty }~t\ LXX1I. Campaign of 1759. Quebec Captured. Death of Wolfe and Montcalrn. 153 LXXIII. The French and Indian War concluded. The St. Francis Indians chastised. The Cherokees defeated. Surrender of the French North American < olonies to the British. Peace of 17G3 101 LXXIV. Eeview of the preceding History. The Thirteen Colonies. The Ap proaching Conflict of the Colonies with the Mother Country. The preceding portion of this History, Colonial ; the succeeding portion, National 1 CONTENTS. 7 PAGB PERIOD OF EVENTS LEADING TO THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION. LXXV. Taxation of the Colonies. The Sugar Act 165 LXXVI. The Stamp Act. Dr. Franklin in London. Tatrick Henry s cele brated Speech. A Congress of the Colonies. 1 <" LXXVII. Newspapers, Societies, and Mobs 16ft LXXVIII. IteiR-al of the Stamp Act 170 LXX1X. Gcorire III. More Taxation. Petitions, Circulars, Remonstrances. The British Custom-House Officers Mobbed in Boston J7 2 LXXX. British Troops in Boston. Great Excitement among the Colonists. Proposal of the British Parliament lo send Americans to England for trial. Resolutions of Nortti Carolina and Virginia 174 LXXXI. Repeal of obnoxious Duties. The liuston Massacre 1TG LXXX1I. Continuation of Difficulties. The Regulators of North Carolina. Burning of the Gaspee. Committees of Correspondence 1 78 LXXXIII. TheTeathrown Overboard 179 LXXXIV. The first Congress meet at Philadelphia in 1774 181 LXXXV. The rising Spirit of Liberty. The Boston Boys. General Gago 182 PERIOD OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION. LXXXVI. Preparations for "\Var. The Massachusetts Provincial Congress. Similar Assemblies in other Colonies. Dr. Franklin removed from the ollice of Postmaster-General 18.1 LXXXVII. Battle of Lexington 185 LXXX VIII. Capture ot 1 iconderoga and Crown Point 188 LXXXIX. Vermont and Ethan Allen 189 XC. Battle of Bunker s Hill ..- 191 XCI. General Putnam 195 XCII. Second Continental ( ongress. Washington at the head of the Army. 197 XCIII Attack on Quebec. Death of Montgomery. Governor Dunmore s Opera; ions in Virginia 190 XCIV. Anecdotes and Incidents of Arnold s Expedition to Quebec 201 XCV. The Hessian troops hired and sent to America. General Howe suc ceeds General Gage. The British driven from Boston 203 XCVI. The British meditate an A tuck on New York and also on Charleston. Battle at Sullivan s Island 206 XCVII. Declaration of Independence 207 XCV I II. The Bri ish Plan of Attaek on New York. Baltic of Long Island... . 210 XCIX. Battle of White Plains. Retreat of Washington.. 213 C. Battle at Trenton 215 .<:!. Battle near Princeton 217 CII. Attaek on Danbury 219 CIII. Battle of the Brandvwine 220 CIV. Capture of General Prescott, in Rhode Island 222 CV. Events in the North. Approach of Burgoyne. Murder of Miss McRea. Attack upon Fort Schuylcr 224 CVI. Progress of Hurgoyne. Battle of Bennington. liattle of Stillwater.. 225 CVII. Capture of Burgoyne 229 CVIII. The War on the Ocean 230 CIX. Exploits of Paul Jones 232 CX. Battle of Germantown 2?A CXI. The Confederation. The Stars and Stripes adopted. Treaty of Alli ance with France. Treaty with the Cherokee.s. Valley Forge.. .. 236 CXII. Evacuation of Philadelphia and Battle of Monmouth 237 CXI II. Life and Character of General Charles Lee 239 CXIV. Events in Rhode Island 241 CXV. Trumbull, the Artist 243 CXVI. Massacre at Wyoming , 24ft CXVII. Events in Georgia 247 CXV1II. The British at Charleston 248 CXIX. Attack of the Americans on Savannah 250 CXX. Events in Connecticut. General Putnam 2.">1 CXXI. Anecdote of La Fayettc 253 CXXII. Continental Money 255 CXX II I. Capture of Stony Point and Paulus Hook 257 CXXIV. The Six Nations and other Indians 259 CXXV. Surrender of Charleston. Other disastrous Events in the South 261 CXXVI. Gates Commander of the Southern Army. Disastrous Battle near Camden. Various Events at the South and a the North. Arrival of the French Fleet and Army under Rochambeau 263 CXXY1I. The Treason of Benedict Arnold *63 8 CONTENTS. CHAPTER PAGB CXXVIII. Capture of Major Andr6 267 CXX1X. Execution of If ale and Palmer. Colonel Trumbull in London 269 CXXX. Arnold i in ades Virginia and New London 1*70 CXXXI. Events at the South ...272 CXXXIL Naval Operations 274 CXXXIII. Surrender of Lord Cornwallis 276 CXXXIV. Treaty of Peace 279 CXXXV. Effects of the American devolution 281 CXXXVI. Debts of the Revolution. Discontents of the People. Shays Rebellion. 2S3 CXXXV1I. Formation and Adoption of the Constitution of the United States. Washington elected President . . 2SX WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION. &XXXVIII. Beginning of the New Government. Washington s first Administration under the present Constitution. Proceedings of the first Congress. 288 CXXXIX. Rise of Parties. Wars with the Indians . . 290 CXL. Kentucky admitted to the Union 292 CXLI. Formation of various Societies in the United States 294 CXLII. Washington s Second Election. The French Revolution. M. Genet s Operations. Jefferson s Resignation as Secretary of State 296 ^XLIII. Ditliculties with Great Britain ." 298 CXLI V. The Whiskey Insurrection 299 CXLV. Admission of Tennessee, the sixteenth state 301 CXLYI. Changes in his Cabinet. Education in the Country 3U2 JOHN ADAMS S ADMINISTRATION. CXLVI I. Prospects of a War with France 804 CXLV1I1. The Public Health. Smallpox. Yellow Fever. Cholera 306 JEFFERSON S ADMINISTRATION. CXLIX. Choice of Jefferson as Presidentand Burr Vice-President, by Congress. 309 CL. The Settlement of Ohio 310 CLI. Cession of Indian Lands. Duel between Burr and Hamilton 311 CLII. War with Tripoli 312 .CLII I. Burr s Conspiracy 315 CLIV. Troubles with Great Britain. Orders in Council. Berlin Decree. ...316 CL Y. Attack on the Chesapeake 317 MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. CLYI. Madison s Inauguration. Affair of the Little Belt. Steamboat Navi gation. Ocean Steam Navigation _..... 820 CLYI I. Indian War. Battle of Tippecanoe 323 CL VI 1 1. War with Great Britain declared 325 CLIX. General Hull s Surrender to the British at Detroit 826 CLX. Capture of the Guernere and the Alert 327 CLX I. Attack on Queenstown. 329 CLXII. More Naval Victories 831 CLXIII. Louisiana admitted to the Union. Mediation of Russia between the United States and Great Britain offered. Mudison Re-elected. Various Events of 1 81 2 and 1S13 332 CLXIV The Massacre at Frenchtown 334 CLX Y. Capture of York, anA Death of General Pike 835 CLXVI. Siege of Fort Meigs. General Harrison s Defence ,... 837 CLXVII. The War on the Ocean 338 CLX VIII. Rattle on Lake Erie 34M CLXIX. Battle at the Moravian Towns 341 CLXX. Progress of the War in Canada 343 CLXXI. War with the Creek Indians 344 CLXXII. Russian Mediation offered. Measures for Prosecuting the War 34H CLXXI 1 1. The War on the Ocean 347 CLXXI Y. Defeat of General Wilkinson. His Trial by Court-Martial. 848 CLXXV. The War at the North-West. Battles of Chippewa and Bridgcwater. Siege of Fort Ene ". 849 CLXXVI. Citv of Washington ( aptured and Burned 3 il CLXX VII. Battle near Baltimore 353 CLXX VIII. 1 he War on Lake Champlain and in the vicinity 854 CLX XIX. Convention at Hertford 856 LXXX. Battle of New Orleans 358 CLXX XI. Close of the War. The Dartmoor Massacre. The Peace of Ghent... 860 CLXXXI I. Difficulties with Algiers 861 CLXXX1I1. The second United States Bank. Indiana admitted rnto the Union.. . 368 CONTENTS. 9 PAG* CHAPTER MONROE S ADMINISTRATION. CLXXXIV. His Character and History. Daniel D. Tompkins, Vice-President Mi>Mippi admitted into the Union 3G4 CLXXXY. War with the Seminoles. Illinois admitted into the Un.on. Com mercial Treaty with Sweden 3f>6 CLXXXVI. Treaties with Spain and Groat Britain. Alabama admitted 8G7 CLXXXVI1. The States of Maine and Missouri admitted into tho Union. The Missouri Compromise 888 CLXXXVIII. Territorial Organization of Florida. History of Florida. Apportion ment of Representatives in Congress at various epochs 37C CtXXXIX. La Fuyette in tho United States 371 JOHN QUINCY ADAMS S ADMINISTRATION. CXC. Difficulties with Georgia. Speculations and Bankruptcies of 182,5 874 CXCL Death of Adams and Jefferson, etc 875 JACKSON S ADMINISTRATION. CXCII. His Election. Yan Buren Yice-Presidcnt. Death of John Jay. Nul- litication in South Carolina. Clay s Compromise Act 8T7 CXCIII. His Northern Tour. Removal of the Deposits. His Second Term.. . 8i CXCIV. State of Arkansas. Indian Territory. 3S1 CXCV. Mr. Rives s Treaty with France. The Florida or Seminole War 882 CXCVI. The great Fire in New York, December, 188.~>. Decease of Eminent Men, Carroll of Carollton, Randolph of Roanoke, and John Marshall. 884 CXCVII. Michigan admitted into the Union 380 YAN BUREN S ADMINISTRATION. CXCYIII. The Extra Session of Congress of September, ISi". Commercial Dis tress. Insurrection in Canada. The Border Difficulties In Maine.. 3$ r CXCIX. The Canadian Rebellion. The Border Dillicnlties in Maine 8yC CC. The Smithsonian Institute. The Patent -Office and General Post- Office Burned. The Exploring Expedition The Sub-Treasury.. . 892 HARRISON S ADMINISTRATION. CCI. The Democratic Party. The Whig Party. The "Harrison Cam paign." Hariison and Tyler elected. Harrison s Death 895 TYLER S ADMINISTRATION. CCII. Measures of the Extra Session. Rupture of Tvler with his Cabinet and his L arty. The Webster-Ashburton Treaty 398 CCIII. The Tariff of 1842. The Dorr Rebellion. Fatal Explosion on the Potomac 400 CCIV. Celebration of the Completion of the Bunker Hill Monument. Iowa and Florida admitted into the Union. Annexation of Texas; its admission into the Union 402 POLK S ADMINISTRATION. CC Y. Death of General Jackson. His Character 404 CCVI. The Mexican War. General Taylor s movements. Battles of Palo Alto and Resaca do. la Talma 400 CCYII. Declaration of War against Mexico. Preparations. Capture of Mon terey by General Taylor. Other places taken by the Americans. . California conquered by Fremont and others 403 CCYIII. The Battle of Buena Vista. Capture of Yera Cruz. March on Mexico. Battle of Cerro Gordo. Victories of Contreras and Chtirubusco. The Armistice. Capture of Chapultepec. Entrance of the Amer ican Army into the City of Mexico. Treaty of Guadalupe-IIidalgo. General Remarks on the Mexican War 409 CCIX. Stipulations of tho Treaty of Guadalupe-IIidalgo. The Oregon Boundary Dispute. Death of John Q. Adams. Wisconsin admitted. 413 TAYLOR S ADMINISTRATION. CCX. His Election and Inauguration. The Wilmot Proviso and Martin Van Buren. The Department of the Interior. California 41.". CCXI. The Compromise Measures, or Omnibus Bill. Henry Clay. Death of President Taylor. Death of John C Calhonn. ... 41S FILLMORE S ADMINISTRATION. CCXIL His Accession. Signing of the Omnibus Bills. Lopez and the Cuban Filibusters. The Cheap-Postage Laws. Laying the Corner-Stone of the Capitol Extension at Washington. Kossuth in Americt 421 1* 10 CONTENTS. CHAPTElt PAG CGXIII. Death of Henry Clay. Of Daniel Webster. Difficulty as to Northern Fisheries with Great Britain. Tripartite Treaty. Everett s Reply . 423 PIERCE S ADMINISTRATION. CCXIV. His Inauguration. The Mesilla Valley Dispute. Captain Ringgold s Exploring Expedition. Surveys for a Pacific Railroad. The Arrest of Martin Koszta by the Austrians. Tne Japan Expedition. The Kansas-Nebraska Act, and Repeal of (he Missouri Compromise. Seizure of the Black Warrior. The Ostend Conference. Mr. Soulo stopped at Calais by the French Authorities. The Crystal Palace 42 CCXV. The Reciprocity Treaty with Canada. Walker s Invasion of -Nicara gua. British Enlistments in the United States. The American Expeditions in Search of Sir John Franklin. Finding of the British Ship Resolute, and her Presentation to the British Government by the United States 4:j . BUCHANAN S ADMINISTRATION. CCXVI. Troubles in Kansas. Lecompton Constitution in Congress. Its Re jection by the People of Kansas, and a New Constitution adopted. 485 CCXVII. Difficulty with the Mormons 43S CCXVIII. The Panic of Ib57. Purchase of Mount Vcrnon by the Mount Vcrnon Ladies Association. Death of Thomas II. Benton 440 CCXIX. Canals, Steam-Navigation, Railroads. The Submarine Telegraph.. 442 CCXX. Minnesota admitted as a State. II istcry of Oregon. Its admission into the Union. The San Juan Difficulty 444 CCXXI. The Doctrine of the Right of Secession. The Presidential Election of 1860. Its Result and Consequences 44(3 LINCOLN S ADMINISTRATION. CCXXTT. Secession of South Carolina and other States, &c 448 CCXX1II. The Battle of Bull Run. Other events of the Year 1861 452 CCXXIV. The Battle of Fort Donelson, The Merrimac and Monitor, &c 454 CCXXV. The Campaign of the Army of the Potomac. The Seven Days. The Second Battle of Bull Run. The Battle of Antietam . 457 CCXXVI. Successes in the West. The Battles of Fredericksburg, Chancellors- ville, Gettysburg, &c 459 CCXXVII. General Grunt made Lieutenant-General. Campaign of the Army of the t otomac, &c 462 CCXXVIII. The Campaigns of Sherman s Army. Capture of Atlanta 4.5 CCXXIX. Sherman s March Northward from Savannah. Capture of Richmond, Ac. 467 CCXXX. The Finances of the Union. Greenbacks. Taxation. Volunteering. Drafting. Government Loans. Andrew Johnson 470 THE INDIAN TERRITORY. CCXXXI. Indians of North America, the West Indies, and South America 472 CCXXXII. General Views 478 NORTHERN PARTS OF NORTH AMERICA. BRITISH POSSESSIONS IN NORTH AMERICA. CCXXXIII. Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Canada, etc 478 THE POLAR REGIONS. CCXXXIV. The Esquimaux ; Greenland; Russian America 482 THE WEST INDIES. CCXXXV. St. Salvador, Cuba, Hayti, Porto Rico, etc 484 SOUTHERN PARTS OF NORTH AMERICA. CCXXXVI. Mexico and Guatemala, or Central America 484 SOUTH AMERICA. HCXXXVII. Discovery of South America by Columbus. Discovery of the Pacific by Balboa. Conquest of Peru 480 OCXXXVIII. Bolivia. Chili. The Argentine Republic. Paraguay. Uruguay. Bra/.il. Guiana. Ecuador, U. S. of Colombia, and Venezuela 493 CONCLUSION. CCXXXTX. The Indian Race, or Aborigines of America? Whence came they? 493 DPCI, \RATJON OF INDEPENDENCE, 405. ARTICLES OP CONFFID^ miv. 407 CAVSTITUTION OF THE UNITI.D STATES, 501. AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION, MVT. INDEX, 500. PICTORIAL HISTORY OF AMERICA. CHAPTER L INTRODUCTION. Earl i /settlement of Asia, Africa, and Europe. Progress of Navigation. (HE following pages are designed to comprise a History of the United States, with some account of other portions of America. History is a recital of what has happened respecting na tions and countries; and onr History of America will be an account of the most interesting events that have occurred in this quarter of the globe. 2. All our readers know that the history of mankind begins with Questions. CPAP. I. TERSE 1. What is the object of the following pages? What L History? What will this History of America be? 12 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Adam and Eve, about 6,000 years ago; and that their descendants spread over Asia first, then over Africa, and then over Europe. 3. At what time mankind began to settle in Europe we cannot precisely tell; we only know that about 1,856 years before Christ, that is, more than 3,700 years ago, a man by the name of In -a-chus led a company of emigrants from Egypt into Greece. 4. These found that country inhabited by savages, who, no doubt were the descendants of those who had wandered there from Asia Inachus and his companions established themselves in Greece, and from that point of time Europe gradually became occupied by civilized people. 5. Thus the three quarters of the globe, Asia, Africa, and Europe,, were settled; and as they all lay together in one continent, mankind gradually acquired a general, though still imperfect notion of their shape and extent. But America was separated from Asia by the Pacific Ocean, almost ten thousand miles across; and from Europe and Africa, by the Atlantic, about three thousand miles aci bss. Of America, therefore, the people in ancient times knew nothing. 6. The ships in old times were small, ill-built, and feeble, com pared with the ships of the present day. The people did not know the shape of the world ; the art of navigation was in its infancy, and even the mariner s compass, that mysterious but steadfast friend of the sailor, was not used by the Europeans till about the year 1250. The crossing of wide oceans was therefore a thing that could nofc be accomplished. Navigators seldom dared to stretch forth upon the boundless sea; they only ventured to creep carefully along the Chores, always keeping the land in sight. 7. But the weakness of the ships, and the inexperience of navi gators, were not the only hinderances to the progress of navigation A multitude of imaginary dangers, brooding over the great waters, were conjured up to appall the sailors, and prevent their venturing forth upon them. 8. Among these horrors was that described by Pyth -e-as, who, many centuries before, had coasted from Marseilles [mar-sailz] to the Shet -land Isles, then a great and daring adventure. When he returned, he declared that his progress was stopped by an immense black clan or oyster, suspended in the air, and that any ship advancing toward it would be swallowed up in its gigantic shell I 2. What of the history of mankind? What of the descendants of Adam and Eve? 8. What of the settlement of Europe? 4. What did Inachus and his companions find in Greece? 5. Why did mankind early acquire a knowledge of Asia, Africa and Europe? "Why did tlipy not acquire a knowledge of America? 6. Wnat of the ships of ancient times? 7. What other things hindered the progress of navigation? 8. Whu*. of ?ue story of Pytheas? TERRORS OF THE DEEP. 15 . THE HAND OP SATAN. 9. If such were the terrors of the Northern seas, still more awfnl dangers were supposed to beset those of the South. It was believed that a giant was stationed on the Ca-na -ry Islands, who brandished a formidable club, and warned all vessels from proceeding to the westward of his island throne ; and those who should venture across the equator into the regions of the Sun, it was said would be changed into negroes for their rashness. 10. Even the maps and charts of that day pictured the unknown portions of the sea as filled with concealed and treacherous horrors, such as terrible monsters and hideous water unicorns, ready to ingulf the voyager. The At-lan -tic was then called the Sea of Darkness, and ime of these devices represented the bony and gnarled hand of Satan as rising from out the waves, ready to seize and destroy the marine" who should venture into those forbidden regions. 9. What of the giant of the Canaries? What of those who should venture to cross ths xiuator? 10. What of the maps and charts of those days? What of soa moiisters f What of the hand of Satan ? HISTORY OP THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER II. Sailors of Scandinavia. Vasco da Gama. Spectre of tht Cape. Improvement of Navigation. Columbus. Madoc. 1. IN spite of all these difficulties, however, navigation steadily advanced. The daring sailors of Nor - way, Swe -den, and -Den -mark, then called Scan-di-na -vi-a, ventured forth in ships scarcely larger thar boats, and traversed the stormy waters of the North Atlantic, discover ing Green -land and Ice -land. At a later period, several navigator* coasted along the western shores of Africa ; and finally, in 1498, Vas -co da Ga -ma, a Port -u-guese navigator, doubled the Cape of Good Hope, and proceeded by that route to In -dia. -, THE SPECTRE OF THE CAPE. 2. This was six years later than the great voyage of Columbus across the Atlantic, of which I shall soon give, an account ; but such were the popular superstitions of that time, that the crew of Da Gama, as they passed Table Rock, situated near the Cape, believed that they saw in the troubled sky a huge spectre waving oft" their vessel, and CHAP. II. What of the sailors of Norway, Sweden, and Denmark? Vasco da Gnma? 2. What of the spectre of the Cape ? IMPROVEMENT OF NAVIGATION. 15 threatening destruction to all who should dare to invade his dread dominions ! 3. Nevertheless, as navigation improved, mankind grew more ad venturous upon the sea; and, by degrees, their knowledge of the \vorld it s seas and oceans, its shores and continents was so far in creased, that the Old World, or the Eastern Hemisphere, was tolerahly well understood. The idea had also occurred to many individuals, that the great oceans probably contains! largo masses of yet un discovered land. 4. It seems to be the course of Providence to make a gradual de velopment of the knowledge which is important to man ; and when any great revelation, or any great discovery, is needful, the means of effecting the desired object are provided. The time had at length ar rived for dispelling the mystery which had hitherto brooded over the mighty seas ; and Chris -to-pher Co-linn -bus, tbo instrument of accom plishing this great work, was born and trained for his career. 5. It was he who not only discovered America, but made it known to the people of the Eastern Continent. The discovery was so new, vast, and surprising, that the land he had found seemed like another world ; and accordingly it was called the New World. 6. But before we proceed to speak more particularly of Co-lum -bus, we must say a few words respecting the accounts of the discovery of America previous to his time. The Welsh have a tradition of some celebrity, according to which, a chieftain of Wales, named Ma -doc, made several distant voyages to the west, about the year 1170. 7. In one of these expeditions, they say that he discovered a fair and large country ; and, returning to Wales, took with him a number of his friends and relatives, and set forth to settle there. From this period there was never any thing heard of them. It has been thought that the " fair and large country" was America, and that these emi grants went thither. But there is no good reason to believe this tradition. CHAPTER III. Discovery and Settlement of the Northmen in North America. 1. THE discovery of America by the seamen of Norway and Denmark, called North -men, at an earlier period than this of which we have just 8. "What was the result of the improvement of navigation ? What idea became com- mon? 4. What of the course of Providence? 5. What of Columbia 6-7. What of tli tradition in respect to Madoc ? 16 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. THE NORTHMEN GOING TO AMERICA. spoken, rests on a surer foundation., These were by far the most ad venturous navigators of Europe during the Middle Ages. Although their vessels were small and without decks, and they had no knowl edge of the mariner s compass, they fearlessly traversed the North Atlantic, and as early as the year 860 had discovered Iceland, which \\\is colonized by the Nor-we -gi-ans in 874. 2. Greenland was discovered not long after, and was settled by two colonies, one from Denmark and one from Norway. Hence the inter course between this place and the home country became common. According to well-authenticated accounts, in the year 1002, Lief, a Norwegian, with a number of men, set sail from Greenland and pro ceeded to the south-west. 3. They soon came to land, and, continuing their voyage, discovered a country of grapes, which they named Vin -land, or the Land of Wine. The party returned to Greenland, but soon after, Thor -wald pursued the discovery in the same ship. Having landed on a beautiful shore, he fell in with savages, and was killed by them. His party escaped and returned to Greenland. CHAP. III. Who were the Northmen? What of their vessels? When did they discover Iceland? When and by whom was Iceland settled? 2. When was Greenland dis covered and colonized? When did Lief sail on his voyage from Greenland? 3. What, did Lief discover ? What of Thorwald ? What was his fate ? VOYAGES OF THE NORTHMEN. 17 4. Thor -stein, the brother of Lief aiid Thorvvakl, undismayed by the fate of his kinsman, fitted out another expedition from Iceland, comprising twenty-five persons. They reached Vin -land, but en countered great hardships ; and Thorstein died of the scurvy shoril) after his return. 5. Another adventurer, named Thor -finn, undertook an expedition on a much larger scale than any of the preceding. lie fitted out three vessels, with upwards of a hundred emigrants, carrying cattle, furni ture, tools, &c. They had a prosperous voyage, and, on reaching Yin- land, found a large whale cast ashore, which afforded them ample subsistence for a time. They cut down trees and built themselves houses. A party of savages paid them a visit, who were affrighted beyond measure by the lowing of a bull they had brought with them. 6. The Northmen made presents to the savages, witli which they were highly pleased. They appeared to be ignorant of edge-tools ; for one of them contrived to steal a battle-axe, with which he sportively struck one of his companions, as he had been accustomed to do with his rude tomahawk, but was astonished to find that he had given him a mortal wound. 7. Thor -finn made many voyages to Yinland, and grew rich. His latter days were spent in Iceland, where he lived in great splendor. After some time, other expeditions were made to Vinlaml; but the adventurers became involved in bloody contentions. Bishop E -ric is said to have visited the country in 1321. Soon after this date, the communication with Vinland, from some unknown cause, entirely ceased, and the country was forgotten. 8. This is the account furnished by the Sagas, or historical records of Iceland. There is no reason to doubt the general correctness of these narratives, but writers are not agreed as to the situation of Vinland. Some, who have very carefully investigated fhe whole his tory, and compared it with the geographical features of the North American coast, decide that Vinland is identical with Mas-sa-chu -setts and Rhode Island; but the main colony of the Northmen was in Nar- ra-gan -set Bay, and the prom -on-tory where Thorwald was buried, is Point Al -der-ton, at the entrance to Boston harbor. Nevertheless, there is much doubt on this subject. 4. What of Thorstein ? 5 What of Thorfinn ? What vessels did he fit out ? What of the whale ? The savages and the lowing of the bull ? 6. What of presents ? The battlo- n\e? 7. What ofThorfinn after leaving Vinland? Bishop tfric? What of the communi cation with Vinland ? 8. What may be said of this account? 2* 18 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. \ COLUMBUS IN HIS YOUTH. CHAPTER IV. About Christopher Columbus His plans for making dis coveries His cause espoused by the King and Queen of Spain Departure of his fleet. 1. WE must now turn our attention to the discovery of America, which resulted in its occupation and settlement by the Europeans. Several hundred years had passed since the expeditions of the North men, and as their discoveries had not been made known to Europe, even the remembrance of them in their own country had faded away. 2. The person who was the means of making the great discovery alluded to was Christopher Columbus. He was a native of Gen -o-a, in CHAP. IV. 1. What time bad passed since the discovery of America by the Northmen* 2. What of Columbus ? COLUMBUS. 19 Italy, and was born A. D., 1435. He was chiefly employed, till lie was fourteen years of age, with his father, in combing wool. He was exceedingly fond of books, but the circumstances of his father did not allow him to indulge his natural fondness for them. He was particu larly pleased with books of voyages and travels, and early manifested a desire to see foreign countries. 3. At length he was allowed to go to sea. His first voyages were in the Med-i-ter-ra -nean. Of these, history tells but little. We know that ho was employed for a time in a war between the Venetians and the Mohammedans, and that in one instance, when the vessel to which he belonged had taken fire, he saved his life by swimming ashore. 4. But Columbus was too active and enterprising to be always con fined to the narrow limits of the Mediterranean. He travelled to almost every part of the world which was then known ; and his prac tical mind at length led him to contemplate a voyage to parts which had not yet- been even thought of by most persons. 5. The mariners of the fifteenth century, as we have already shown, knew little of foreign countries. Their knowledge was chiefly con fined to the coasts and islands of Europe. They had never ventured so far along the shores of Africa as to cross the equator. The trade with the East Indies was at that time carried on by land, and the AVest Indies were of course undiscovered. 6. The strong desire which was felt by commercial men to find out a path to the East Indies by water, led to much conversation on the subject ; and some persons began to think and speak of the probability of reaching that part of the world by sailing round the southern point of Africa. But Columbus had a plan which extended still further. Y. Having adopted the idea, from books of geography and astron omy, that the earth was round, it very naturally occurred to him that there might be more land somewhere to counterpoise what was already known on one side of the globe ; and that it was at least quite pos sible to find the East Indies by sailing westward. 8. But what was to be done? He and his friends were poor, and it would require much money to fit out an expedition like that which the prosecution of his schemes would demand. lie was therefore com pelled to seek the patronage and pecuniary aid of others. 9. He first explained his views and stated his plans to the senate of his native country, Genoa then a flourishing commercial state but as he found no encouragement there, he applied to the king of Por -tu- 3. What more of Coluinbus? 4. What of the travels of Columbns? What did he bepn to contemplate? 5. What of the mariners of the fifteenth century ? 6. What was the desire of commercial men ? 7. What was the plan of Columbus ? 8. What diflusul- ties were in the way of Columbus ? 9. What did Columbus do ? 20 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. gal and the king and queen of Spain, They heard him with patience, but believing him to be somewhat visionary, they were not disposed to .ilford him the necessary aid. Still he was not discouraged. 10. He had by this time drawn into his service his younger brother Bar-thol -o-mew. The latter had even been sent to England to solicit aid from King Henry VII. ; but the vessel in which he went was taken by pirates, and nothing more was heard for some time, either of him or his undertaking. COLUMBUS PREPARING TO LEAVE PALOS. 11. In the mean time, the appeal to the king and queen of Spain had been renewed, and after the lapse of about eight years it was suc cessful. Fer -di-nand and Is-a-bel -la agreed to furnish three small vessels and ninety men, and provisions for one year. Such an outfit, small as it may seem to us, was then deemed exceedingly liberal. Queen Isabella even parted with her jewels to aid in paying the ex penses. 12. Preparations were made at the little port of Pa -los, for the 10. What of the brother of Columbus? 11. What of Ferdinand and Isabella? DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 21 equipment of the vessels destined for the enterprise. Having been duly appointed high-admiral of all the seas he might discover, and also sol emnly consecrated by the head of the Fran-cis -can monastery at Palos, Columbus entered his ship and gave orders to spread the sails. 13. The names of the three vessels that thus set out for America, were the San -ta Ma-ri -a, the Pin -ta, and the Ni -na. The two latter were mere barks, but the Santa Maria, Columbus own vessel, was of considerable size. In addition to the crew of ninety men, about thirty other persons went out with them as mere adventurers. CHAPTER Y. First Voyage oj Columbus across the Atlantic His Dis- covery of America. 1. COLUMBUS was now not far from fifty-five years of age. He had spent forty years at sea, and nearly twenty in planning this western voyage. The day of his setting sail must have been a proud one to him. How must his strong heart have beat high with emotion ! 2. The little fleet left the port of Palos, in Spain, on the morning of August 3d, 1492. Their course was south-westward till they reached the Canary Islands, after which they proceeded nearly west. They had a good deal of unfavorable weather, and were sixty days in reach ing the West Indies. 3. In order to understand the feelings of Columbus and his men during this long and eventful voyage, we must consider that their vessels were small and feeble compared with the ships of the present day; and we must remember also that they were entering upon an unknown sea, which, according to popular belief, was full of the most awful dangers. 4. As they proceeded on their unknown path, after leaving the Canaries, the aspect of nature seemed to change; the sky, the stars, the color of the water appeared strange, and to the imagination of the sailors, ominous and fearful. Even the needle of the compass, hitherto pointing to the polar star, seemed affected with some sinister influ ence, for it now tremblingly diverged to the north-west. 12. What of the preparations made? 13. What of the ships and men of Columbus? CIIAI-. V. 1. What was the age of Columbus at the time of setting sail upon his voj age? How long a time had he spent in planning hisvoyasre? 2. When did the flout sail ? What of their course ? 3. What was the popular belief as to the Atlantic ocean at thi; time? 4 What of the sky, sea, and stars, as Columbus advanced? What of the compass? 22 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. COLUMBUS Al-rUOACUlMr THE LAND. 5. Thesa things greatly disturbed the navigators, but at length the air became more balmy, and aquatic plants, apparently detached from some shore, floated upon the sea: at the same time sweet odors filled the air, and birds were seen on the wing. 6. But now another strange thing appeared : the sea was so covered with vegetation as to impede the vessels. About the same time the trade-winds, which blow steadily in one direction for several months of the year, and which these adventurers had never heard of, began to bear them along, in a direction away from their home. V. The sailors had several times been nearly in a state of mutiny, on account of their fears, but now their terrors and their disobedience were renewed. They believed that they had arrived at the very limits of the world, and that unless they speedily returned, they would never again see their native land. 8. Columbus was an old commander, and he resorted to various 5 "W bt of plants, birds, etc. ? 6. What of the trade-winds? 7. What of the sailors* ATLANTIC OCEAN. MAP OK THE ATLANTIC OCKAX. NOTE The whole length of the Atlantic, from Greenland to Cape Horn, is about 9.00 oiilos; iis greatest width is about 8,000 miles. QUESTIONS. Whatconntries bound the Atlanticon the east? Ann. Africa and Europe. What countries bound ii on i he wesi ? A Nonh and South America. In what direction did the Northmen sail, in going from Greenland to America? In what direction did Columbus sail, in going from the Canary Islands 10 the West Indies? In what direc ion is Palos. in Spain, from the Island of Si. Salvador? Which way is Cape Verd from Spain T Wtich way is Hayti from Spain ? Rio Janeiro from Washing ton! HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. COLUMBUS TAKING POSSESSION OF THE NEWLY DISCOVERED ISLAND. means to allay the terrors and the discontent of his crew. But now their anxiety and impatience had reached such a pitch that it was with great difficulty he restrained them from open rebellion. 9. Fortunately the signs of land, at no great distance, became so strong that hope revived among the sailors, and they went on their way. At length, on the llth of October, they faintly discovered land, and on the 12th they were alongside of a beautiful green island. 10. This proved to be what was called by the natives Gu-a-na-han -i, one of the Ba-ha -mas ; but Columbus named it San Sal-va-dor . It v r s several leagues in extent, and had inhabitants upon it. As Columbus landed, he knelt and kissed the new earth, at the same time thanking God, who had prospered their enterprise. His men, impatient and mutinous as they had been during the voyage, now crowded around him and begged his forgiveness. The scene must have been truly affecting. 1 1. The native inhabitants of the island, who have since been called L/diam, were naked and copper-colored, with long black hair, and without beards. These gathered around the new comers in wonder, 8. What of Columbus? 9. What of the nic-n during the voyape ? What happened Octo ber 11. 1402? What on the 12th? 10. What was the first land discovered in America? What did Columbus do on landing? What of his men? DLS JUVEKY CUBA. PORTRAIT OP COLUMBUS. not knowing what to make of them. They looked at the shipe with even greater amazement than at the men, regarding them as some gigantic species of animal; and when cannon were discharged, they imagined them to be engines with eyes of fire and voices of thunder. , 12. "When Columbus had spent a little time in examining the new Island, he proceeded to make further discoveries. Cuba was dis covered November Tth, and Ilis-pa-ni-o -la or St. Do-min -go not long- afterward. These, however, were all the lands which were discovered during the first voyage. As Columbus supposed these to be a part of tbe Indies, they afterward acquired the name of the West Indies. Columbus set out on his return to Spain, January 14th, 1403. 13. On their passage homeward, the adventurers encountered terri ble storms, in one of which they were near being lost. In the moment 11. What of the natives of the newly-discovered island? 12. What other dtorfrer dirt Columbus make during tin* voyage ? How did the West Indies get their nau< When did Columbus sot siiil r.n his roturii? 26 HISTORY OF THL UNITED STATES. of the greatest danger, Columbus had presence of mind enough to write on parchment a short account of his voyage, enclose it in a cake of wax, and commit it to the sea in a cask, in hopes that if all else should be lost, this might survive, and give information of his dis coveries to the world. After seventy days, however, they arrived sab in Spain. CHAPTER VI. The other Voyages of Columbus. 1. WHEN Columbus arrived in Spain, the news of his wonderful cu*. coveries rapidly spread far and wide over the country, and he was everywhere looked upon with respect and admiration. Ferdinand nnd Isabella, then at the city of Bar-ce-lo -na, received him with the most distinguished tokens of regard. 2. He had brought various specimens of the productions of what was now called the New World, and these were exhibited to the king and queen and to the court, who seemed to regard them with wonder and admiration. No honors were too great for Columbus, and a powerful fleet was placed at his command for another voyage. 3. This was made in the fall of 1493, during which Columbus dis covered Ja-mai -ca and a few other islands. But now unexpected difficulties occurred. Enemies thickened around him and retarded his progress. It was not till the summer of 1498 that he made his third voyage, during which he discovered the Continent of America, to which he had been the first to open a pathway. Even then, being charged with misconduct, he was carried home in chains. 4. Columbus was however liberated, and made a fourth voyage to America in 1502, with his brother Bartholomew and his son Fernando; but it was his last. The same enmity which had caused him to be sent home from his third voyage in fetters, still pursued him, and he at last became its victim. After languishing in obscurity and poverty for a time, he died at Val-la-dol-id , in Spain, May 20th, 1506, in the seventy -first year of his age. 13. What of the voyage homeward ? CHAP. VI. 1. How was Columbus received on his return to Spain? 2. What of the specimens of products of the New World? What of another fleet? 3. When w<w the second voyage of Columbus performed ? "What did he discover during his second voyage? His third voyage? 4. What of his fourth voynge ? What more of Colum bus? OTHER DISCOVERIES IN AMERICA. 5. Thus had America been discovered and made known to the Europeans by Chris topher Columbus. The new continent, on every just principle, should have been called Co lumbia, after its discov erer. But A-mer -i-cui Ves-pu -ci-us, a Flor- en-tine, who visited the continent in 1499, and published a map of the coast, pretending at the same time to have made large discoveries, con trived to have it called by his own name, which it has since retained. CHAPTER VII. Other Diwovrries in America ~by the English, Portuguese and French. 1. THE fame of what Columbus had done was soon spread through Europe, and adventurers flocked to the New World some for honor, some for enterprise, and others for gain. In general, however, the tri-eat object of pursuit was gold and other precious commodities, as will become more evident in the progress of our history. 2. John Cab -ot, a Venetian merchant who had settled at Bristol, in England, sailed in May, 1497, under the patronage of Henry VII. of England, for the purpose of making discoveries in America, being accompanied by his son Sebastian, as well as two other sons. In the course of this voyage, in June, he discovered a portion of the coast of Labrador, and thus was the first discoverer of the continent of Amer ica. He soon returned, but not long after his son Sebastian explored the coast from Labrador to Virginia, claiming the country in the name of the king of England. 5. "What of the name of America? Americus Vespucius? CHAP. VII 1, What followed the discoveries of Columbus? What were the object* of th* early adventurers in America? 2. What of John Cabot? 28 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 3. In 1501, the king of Portugal sent out a fleet of discovery under the command of Gas -par Cor-te-re -al. He sailed along the shores of North America six or seven hundred miles ; but he appears to have thought more of money than any thing else ; and not finding gold, he seized on fifty of the native Indians, carried them home, and sold them as slaves. 4. Emboldened by his success, he made a second voyage, but did not live to return. The general belief is that he lost his life in at tempting to secure another cargo of slaves, and that Labrador was the theatre of his crime and its punishment. This, however, is not quite Certain. 5. The French, too, engaged in attempts to make discoveries. Their operations, however, were at first principally about the mouth of the St. Law -rence, and the islands of Newfoundland and Cape Bre -ton. By the year 1505 or 1506, they were quite familiar with this region, and Den -ys of Hon-fleur had drawn a map of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. 6. As early as 1508, the French had become much engaged in the fisheries on the northeast coast of the present United States, and, as if to follow up the wicked example of the Portuguese, and involve the first settlers in cruel wars, had forcibly carried away to France some of the natives. They appear also to have meditated the establishment of colonies in the New World. CHAPTER VIII. Various Discoveries in North America. The Voyage of Verrazani. Discoveries of Carticr. Ponce de Leon. Ferdinand de Soto. Sir Walter Raleigh. 1. ONE of the most remarkable voyages of discovery was made in 1524. Fran -cis I., king of France, sent out to America, Ver-ra-za -ni, a Flor -en-tine, who, with a single vessel, the Dolphin, after a long voyage of fifty days, in which he encountered a terrible storm, reached North Carolina; thence, sailing northward, he explored the coasts of New Jersey, Rhode Island, Massachusetts, Maine, and Nova Scotia, and returned to France. lie also paid some attention to the coasts of Florida, which, however, had been previously occupied by the Spaniards. 8, 4. What, of tlio kiiii: of Portugal and Oaspar Cortereal? 5, 6. What of the French? CHAP. VIII- 1. Wliat remarkable voyage took place in 1524? VARIOUS DISCO V Kit IKS IN NORTH AMERICA. 29 2. In 1534, tho same king sent James Car -tier to the Gulf of St. Lawrence ar.d Newfoundland. In a second voyage, this navigator sailed up the St. Lawrence as fur as Mon-tre-al , to which ho gave its present name, lie learned from the Indians something of northern New York and Vermont; and ho claimed posses- DEATH OP POXCE DE LEOX. French. 3. Though the French were early attracted to Florida, toe Span iards were hefore them. Ponce de Le -on, a voy ager with Colum bus, having be come disaffected toward him, pro ceeded from Por to ~Rico[ree -co], in March, 1512, to make discoveries by himself, lie found a new region, on the 6th of April, to which he gave the name of Florida, on account of its florid or blooming appearance. 4. The king of Spain, in whose name Leon claimed the country, appointed him the governor of it, on condition of his establishing a colony there. In attempting to effect a settlement, he met with many remarkable adventures; finally his people were attacked by the Indians and driven away, and he was himself mortally wounded. 5. In 1520, two ships were fitted out at St. Do-miii -go, which pro ceeded to the coast of South Carolina, and having decoyed some native Indians on board, suddenly set sail, and carried them to St. Domingo. It is not surprising, from this and similar outrages, that the savages of the continent, from one end of it to the other, became suspicious of white men. 6. In 1540, Ferdinand de So -to made a tour through Florida, north ward, to Georgia, and thence westward, across the Cher-o-kee country and Alabama, to the country of the Chick-a-saws , where he spent the winter. In the spring of 1541, he discovered and crossed the Missis- 2. What occurred in respect to Cartier in 1534? 3, 4. What of Florida and Ponce de Leon? 6 Capture of Indians ? 6 What of Ferdinaud de Soto so HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. sippi, and traveled in Arkansas and Missouri. He died in 1542, and / his companions passed through Louisiana to Mexico. 7. The details of this expedition are full of interest. The Indians of these regions, ab this period, were numerous, and their manners and customs pre sent much tli at is curious. 8. We havs already seen that the English, through the Cab- ots, had estab lished exclusive claims in the new continent. In 1584, Queen Eli. zabeth having made a grant to the celebrated and accomplish ed Sir Walter Ra -leigh, he sent hither two ships on a voyage of discovery. Tnese entered Pamlico Sound, and explored the coast to the northward. The queen bestowed upon this region the title of Virginia. 9. Among the discoveries of minor importance, made toward the close of the sixteenth century, were those of Bar-thol -o-mew Go? -nold, an Englishman. In a voyage to Virginia, as the whole coast was then called, he discovered and named Cape Cod, Martha s Vineyard, and Elizabeth Island, belonging to Massachusetts; he attempted to form a settlement on the latter, but without success. SIR WALTER RALEIGH. CHAPTER IX. The Native Inhabitants of the, New World.- Plants and Animals. -Peculiar 1. WHILE the various nations of Europe were thus making discov eries along the eastern coast of North America, the Spaniards were 7. What of the southern Indians? 8. What of Sir Walter Raleigh? 0. What of GosnoM ? CHAP. IX. 1. Wlmt of tlio enterprises of the Spaniards in the West Indies? NATIVE INHABITANTS. 31 WDIANS LOOKING AT THE APPROACH OF COLUMBUS FLEET. extending their enterprise among the various West India Islands, as well as upon the continent around the Gulf of Mexico. 2. One striking fact was manifest, that all the native inhabitants of America were of one race ; they were also of a reddish skin, having black hair, black eyes, and a somewhat dark and brooding character. They received the name of Indians, as before intimated, and in the early histories of America were called the Red Men, in distinction from Europeans, who were called the White Men. 3. These Indians w r ere divided into many nations and tribes, and spoke many different languages. In the northern parts of North America, they were divided into a multitude of savage bands, living by war and the chase. In the West India Islands they were in general a gentle race, living happily upon the natural fruits of the soil, though some tribes were fierce and wild, and even feasted on human flesh. 2. Describe the natives of America? "What names were applied to them? 3. "Whnt of the Indians in the northern parts of North America? In the West Indies? 32 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. In Mexico, there was a large and powerful nation, which had made some advances in civilization, but was still in a barbarous state. About the year 1520, this was invaded and conquered by the Spaniards, under the celebrated Fer-nau -do Cor -tez. 5. In the north-western part of the continent of South America there was a great empire of native Indians, called Peru, which had also reached a certain pitch of civilization; but about the year 1531 thi* M-US acquired and subjected to Spain by Pi-zar -ro. ( ). In other portions of South America, the natives, chiefly savages, A" ere conquered by the Spaniards and Portuguese. 7. We must here mention another curious fact, which is, that tho Europeans, on arriving in America, discovered many plants and animals which they had. never seen before. They discovered Indian corn, potatoes, and tobacco ; these were carried to Europe, and were then ior the first time cultivated there. 8. They also discovered here many kinds of birds and beasts, such as did not exist in the Old World ; among them were turkeys, bisons, and lamas. They also found that America had no such animals as horses, cows, or sheep ; nor had they any domestic cats, dogs, hens, or chickens. These animals, now so common here, were first brought hither from Europe. CHAPTER X. An English Colony sent out to Virginia. /Settlement ai Jamestown. 1. WE must now leave the general current of events in America, and turn our attention, particularly, to the settlement and progress of our own country, the United States. While the Spaniards, Portuguese, French, and other nations, were carving out the New World to suit themselves, we must consider the operations of the English in North America. 2. But, as our attention will first be directed to the southern section of our country, let us study the map at page 33. This presents us with a view of the Southern States, as they now appear. We here see 4. What of Oortez ? 5. What of rizarro? 0. What happened in other parts of South America? 7. What new plants did the Europeans discover In America? 8. What new animals? What domestic animals did not exist in America when it was discovered ? CHAP. X. 1, 2. Let the teacher put such questions as he deems necessary upon tho map. ENGLISH COLONY SENT TO VIRGINIA. 33 divisions of states and locations of towns, which did not exist at the time at which our history commences. The mountains, rivers, shores, and waters were, however, the same. MAP OF SOUTHERN STATES. 3. One hundred and fifteen years had passed away, after the dis covery of America by Columbus, and one hundred and ten after the 8. How long a time had elapged aftor the discovery of America, before any permanent settlement was made in the present United States ? 2* 34 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. discovery of the continent by the Cabots, and no permanent settlement had been made by the English within the limits of what are noir called the United States. BUILDING AT JAMESTOWN. 4. But a new era in the history of this western world was at hand. A company had been formed in England, under the patronage of king James L, whose object was to make settlements in America between the 34th and 38th degrees of north latitude, in what was then called South Virginia. For this purpose they obtained a royal grant or patent. 5. In May, 1607, a colony of one hundred and five persons, under the direction of this company, arrived off the coast of South Virginia. Their first intention had been to form a settlement on Roanoke [ro-an-oke } island, lying on the coast of what is now called North Carolina; but, being driven further to the north by a violent storm, they discovered arid entered the mouth of Ches -a-peake Bay. 6. To the capes of this bay, in passing, they gave the names they now bear Cape Charles and Cape Henry in honor of the two sons of the king of England. To a point of land further within the mouth of the bay, and near where llamp -ton now stands, they gave the name of Point Comfort, on account of the comfortable anchorage they found there. 4 What company was formed in the time of James L? 5. What occurred in :.W? 6. What of Capes riuirlfs find Ht-nry ? Point Comfort? SETTLEMENT AT JAMESTOWN. 35 7. This first body of emigrants, unfortunately, did not consist o families of hardy, enterprising farmers, and other laborers and me chanics. There were only twelve laborers and a few mechanics in th company "forty-eight gentlemen and four mechanics," as the his torian informs us. All, moreover, were single men ; not an organized family being among them. 8. They were commanded by Captain Christopher Newport, an old and experienced navigator. After smoking the cal -u-met, or pipe of peace, with the natives, on the spot where the town of Hampton nov stands, they proceeded slowly up a river, which, in honor of thei. king, they called James River. 9. But although they began by smoking the pipe of peace, it ap pears that some of the savage tribes, as they ascended the river, showed signs of hostility. They had doubtless heard of the treatment of their brethren at the Roanoke River, twenty years before, as will appear in the history of North Carolina; or perhaps they remembered the kid nappers of 1520. 10. At length the colonists came to a peninsula, some fifty miles up the river, on its northern side, which they selected as a suitable place on which to establish themselves. Here they landed, and commenced the building of houses. This place was called Jamestown. It was now about the middle of May. 11. The plan of government for the little colony had been prepared for the emigrants before they left England. One of their first efforts was to ratify, as it were, this constitution or form of government. The officers consisted of a council or board of seven persons, from whom they were to select a president, who was to act as chief magis trate. 12. We must not omit to notice the method of forming this first United States government. The London Company had selected the council before the emigrants set out, but the names were carefully put up in a box and concealed till the party should arrive in Virginia ; they were then to open it and organize themselves. A code of laws, which hacf also been prepared by the Company, was to be at the same time promulgated. 13. The names of the seven councillors were Bartholomew Gosnold, the navigator, John Smith, Edward Wingfield, Christopher Newport, John RatclifF, John Martin, and George Kendall. They made choic of Mr Wingfield for their president. T. "What of the first body of emigrants f Of what class was it composed ? 8. Who com manded the expedition ? 9. What of the Indians? What of Jamestown ? II, E2. What f the government of the colony? Ifl. Who were the eotinc ilhftV T 36 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER XI. Visit to Powliatan. Account of the Indians in this Quarter. Sad Condition of the Colony. 1. WHILE a part of the colonists were busy in clearing the soil and milding suitable huts and fortifications, Captain Newport, in company Trith Captain John Smith, ascended the James Elver to the Falls, and visited Pow-ha-tan , the chief of the Indians in those parts, at his principal seat, just below where Rich -mond now stands. 2. The Indians in these regions were quite numerous, though the place where Powhatan lived had only twelve houses. These were, like the other dwellings of the savages, mere huts or tents made of sticks, bark, and leaves, and were called wig weans. 3. The visitors found Powhatan and his tribe to be in a very rude and savage state ; they lived chiefly by fishing and hunting, though they cultivated Indian corn and a few other articles. They were nearly naked, but sometimes wore the skins of wild beasts. They were often at war with other tribes ; their chief weapons in war and the chase were the bow and arrow and the tomahawk, the latter being a kind of small axe. 4. After a short stay, Captain Newport left the colony for England. No settlement was ever left in a more pitiable condition. To say nothing of the danger from savage foes, their provisions were poor and insufficient, the water was unwholesome, and the summer heat in tolerable to those who had been accustomed to a cooler climate: many of them were ill, and those who were not so were discouraged. 5. In less than a fortnight after the departure of the fleet, hardly ten of them were able to stand ; and scarcely five were fit to guard the fort, or plant crops for future sustenance. The sickness increased, till, in some instances, three or four died in a night. Fifty of them, or about half the colony, perished before autumn came on. 6. To complete the catalogue of evils, they quarrelled among them selves. They first excluded Captain Smith from the council, profess edly on account of sedition, but really and truly from motives of envy. N"ext they deposed Mr. AVingfield, the- president, and appointed Air. liatcliff in his stead, who was no better, and thus things, for some time, went on. 7. They discovered, at last, that Captain Smith, whom they had so CHAP. XT. 1-3. What of Captain Newport and Captain Smith ? 4. What was the state wf the colony when Captain Newport departed with the fleet? 5. What soon followed? 6. What added to the evils of the colony ? CAPTAIN JOHN SMITH. 37 much hated, was the best man among them, and their chief depend ence. In truth, as it afterward proved, they could not do without him In peace or in war. Money, with him, was not, as with most men, and especially those of this colony, a main object : the good of his fellow men seems to have been the higher motive in his breast. 8. Captain Smith became so identified with the history of the colony, and, indeed, with the history of our country and our race, that it may be well to give a more particular account of him his birth, education.^, and adventures in early life. CHAPTER XII. Captain John Smith. His remarkable Life and Adven tures. He joins the Expedition to Virginia. Makes Treaties with the Indians, etc. 1. Tnis most remarkable man of all the first settlers of Jamestown, was born in Lin colnshire, Eng land, in 1579. He was put as an ap prentice to a mer chant, at the age of fifteen, but, dis liking the busi ness, he left his master, proceeded to Holland, enlist ed for a time as & soldier, and at, length found his way to Austria. CAPTAIN SMITH MAKING A TREATY WITH THE INDIANS. 2< HOTO he Ctt- tered the Austrian army, then engaged in a war with the Turks. After many singular adventures, and not a few hazardous exploits in single combat hav ing, in three several instances, cut off the heads of his antagonists 7. What of Captain Smith? 8. Why is it proper to tell the story of Captain Smith in detail ? CHAV. XII. 1. When and where was Captain John Smith born? What of his early Hfc? 2. What happened to him in Austria? 4 38 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. he was at length wounded, taken prisoner, and, on his recovery, sold as a slave. 3. In this situation he behaved so well as speedily to win the con fidence of his new mistress, who, with a view to restore to him his freedom, sent him to her brother, an officer at the Cri-me -a, in Russia. Here, contrary to her expectations, he was put to the severest drudgery, and his life made a burden. 4. Determined to escape from his new master, he at length found a convenient opportunity. He was employed in threshing, about three miles from the house. Here his master visited him once a day. Watch ing his opportunity, Smith dispatched him with the flail, hid his body in the straw, and, mounting his horse, fled to the woods. 5. After wandering several days, uncertain of his fate, he came to a guide-post. By means of the marks on this, he found his way. Thus he returned, through Russia, Poland, Germany, and France, to his native country ; though on his way he passed through Spain, and vdsited the kingdom of Mo-roc -co, in Africa, where he spent a short time. G. lie reached England just as companies were being formed for settling the new continent of America. As he had lost none of his courage or energy, he was admirably adapted to the hazardous un dertaking. He was immediately attached to the expedition under Captain Newport, and made, as we have seen, one of the members of the Virginia council. 7. Small bodies of men, when exposed to great danger, are, for the most part, united among themselves. But it was not so, as we have seen, with the Jamestown colony. There was no bond of union, even in the hour of danger. To restore harmony, then, was the first object to which Smith, who had now recovered his influence, directed his attention. 8. Peace and order, by his efforts, being at length restored, he found leisure to do something toward defending the colony from foes with out. The Indians threatened them ; but he made treaties with them, and thus succeeded in quieting them for the present, as well as in re moving the fears which had agitated the colony. 3. What happened to him among the Turks? 4, 5. What of his escape? 6. What of Smith respecting the American colony? 7. What was the state of the colony wU-u Smith recovered his influence ? 8. What did he do ? EXPLORATIONS OF SMITH. 39 CHAPTER XIII. Captain Smith goes on an Exploring Voyage. He is taken Prisoner ^ and carried before Powhatan. 1. As soon as the colony became secure, and was well supplied with provisions, Smith undertook a voyage of discovery. An opinion pi\- vailed among the first voyagers to America, into which Smith had fallen among the rest, that it was only a little way across the country to the South Sea, then deemed the ocean path to every kind of wealth. They supposed that by ascending almost any river which came froi> x the north-west, they could soon find a passage by water thither. CAPTAIN SMITH ON AN EXPLORING VOYAGE. 2. The Chick-a-hom -i-ny River is a branch of the James, uniting with it a little above Jamestown. With a small number of associates, Smith ascended it in a barge as far as it was boatable, and then, leaving the barge with a part of the men, who were to remain on board, ascended in a canoe still higher up the stream. CHAP. XIII. 1. What opinion h:i1 Smith adopted? 2. What river did Smith ,-ith an exploring party? 40 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 3. He had no sooner left the boat, than the crew went ashore at the very spot where a brother of Powhatan, with some Indians, lay in ambush. They seized one of the men, and, after having compelled him to tell them which way their commander had gone, they cruelly murdered him, and then went in pursuit of Smith and his party. 4. Having proceeded about twenty miles, they overtook and at- tacki (1 them, killing the companions of Smith, and wounding him. They then surrounded and attempted to take him; but, though wounded, he defended himself until he had killed three of his assail ants, when he sank deep in a marsh and was captured. 5. Smith knew th character of the Indians, and set about devising expedients to prolong his life. He took from his pocket a compass, and amused his captors by showing them the vibrations of the needle. He thus excited their curiosity, and by various means arrested their immediate purpose of taking his life. 6. lie was, however, detained, and was obliged to exercise his inge nuity to amuse the savages. He endeavored to give them some faint notions of the earth and the visible heavenly bodies; he also wrote a note on a piece of paper and sent it to the colonists at Jamestown, thus showing that by this means he could communicate with his friends. 7. Thus the savages came to the conclusion that their prisoner was a magician, and it might not be safe to destroy him ; therefore they at length concluded to conduct him to Powhatan. He was bound for this purpose and brought before the king, whom he found seated on a wooden throne, with two girls, his daughters, at his side. After a consultation with his principal men, it was determined to put him to death, and they proceeded to make the preparations. CHAPTER XIY. The Story of Pocahontas. She saves Captain Smith s Life, and becomes the Friend of the English. She is married to Eolfr. 1. Two large stones were brought in, and laid at the feet of the savage king, and Smith s head was placed on one of them, while the 3. "What occurred after Smith left the boat? 4. How was Smith pursued and taken 5 5. What did Smith do? 6. -What particularly astonished the Indians? 7. What difl the savages believe Smith to be? Why did they take him to Powhatan? What did Powhatan determine to do? CHAP. XIV. 1. What preparations were made for the death of Smith? STORY OF I OCAHONTAS. 41 savages gathered around to witness the execution. At length the club of the destroyer was raised, and every one was waiting in silent sus pense to see it fall oil the victim. POCAHOXTAS. 2. At this critical instant, Po-ca-hon -tas, the eldest of the king s daughters, now scarcely twelve years of age, rushed forward with a shriek, and threw herself between the unhappy stranger and the exe cutioner. Her hair was loose, and her eyes were wild and streaming with tears. She raised her hands to her father, and hesought him, with all her power of eloquence, to spare his captive. 3. Powhatan, though little used to pity, could not resist her en treaties and tears. He paused, and looked round upon his warriors, a if to gather their opinion of what was proper to he done. They too were touched with pity, though they were savages. At last he raised his daughter, and promised her to spare the prisoner s life. 4. He was accordingly saved, and the very next day conducted by 2. "What did Pocahontas now do? 8. "What of Powhatan and the savages? .-as done with Smith? What treaty did he make? 4* 42 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. a guard of twelve men to Jamestown. He had been a prisoner about seven weeks. Before liis departure he made a treaty with the king, by which he was to send back two cannon and a grindstone, for which Powhatan was to let him have a large tract of country, and forever regard him as his son. 5. He reached Jamestown in safety, but not wishing to send guns to the savages, he determined to frighten them. However, he brought forward the two cannon arid a grindstone, but they thought them too heavy to carry. He then discharged the cannon, loaded with stones, among the trees, which so terrified them that they were glad to return to Powhatan with a quantity of toys and trinkets in their stead. 6. Powhatan was greatly pleased with the presents, but Indian- friendships are not always permanent. Some time afterward, his savage feelings became again excited against the English, and a plan was laid for cutting them all off at a blow, which, but for the inter ference of Pocahontas, would probably have succeeded. The day and the hour were set, and Pocahontas was informed of both. 7. The very night before the deed was to be done, in the midst of a terrible storm, which, with the thick darkness, kept the savages in their huts, Pocahontas proceeded to Jamestown, and revealed the plot. The colonists were, therefore, on their guard, and a part of them saved. This first Indian plot to massacre the English took place in 1609. 8. It does not appear that the savages ever found out who revealed their plan, for Pocahontas remained at her father s house for some time afterward. In the meanwhile, with the aid of Captain Smith, peace was once more established between the two nations. 9. Pocahontas, having now become the warm friend of the English, came every few days to the fort at Jamestown, with her basket of corn for the garrison, which proved of great service to them. At length, however, she was stolen by a foraging party of the Avhite people, and a large sum was demanded of her father for her ransom. 10. Powhatan was unwilling to comply with the terms proposed, and began to prepare for a war with the English ; and had it not been for an event as singular as it was unforeseen, a most fatal conflict would doubtless have arisen. A young Englishman, by the name of Rolfe, proposed to marry Pocahontas, and the proposal met the appro bation of the king. 11. She accordingly professed the faith of the Christian religion, and was baptized from a font hewn from the trunk of a tree, in the little 5. Why did not the Indians take the cannon? 6. What plot was soon laid? 7. How did Pooahontas save tho colony? S, 9. What of the capture of Pocahontas? 10. How was war prevented? 11. What of Pocahontas as a wife and mother:* STATE OF THE COLONY. 43 rugged church at Jamestown. Soon after she was married. She be came a faithful wife and an exemplary and pious mother. Some of the principal families in Virginia are descended from this union of a young planter with an Indian princess. 12. In 1010, Pocahontas went with her husband to England, but she was unhappy there. Captain Smith, who was in London at the time of her arrival, called to see her, but he was a little reserved in his manners toward her. This added to the intensity of her feelings, and she wept like a child. 13. Captain Smith inquired the cause of her grief. "Did I not save thy life," said she, "in America? When I was torn from the arms of my father, and conducted among thy friends, didst thou not promise to be a father to me ? Didst thou not say that if I went into thy country, thou wouidst be my father, and I should be thy daughter? Thou hast deceived me ; and behold me here, now, a stranger and an orphan!" 14. Captain Smith could not resist such eloquence. He introduced her to many families of respectability, and did all he could, while she remained in England, to make her happy; he never, however, ventured to bring her before the king. She fell a victim to the united influences of grief and the climate, and died at the age of twenty -two, as she was about to re- embark for America. CHAPTER XV. Depressed State of the Colony. Arrival of Captain New port and more Emigrants. The Gold fever. Smith s Voyage of Discovery. 1. DURING the captivity of Captain Smith, he had been carried in triumph, by the Indians, from the Chickahoininy River to their vil lages on the Rap-pa-han -nock and Po-to -mac, and thence through their other settlements to the Pamunkey river, and finally to the lower resi dence of Powhatan, in what is now called Gloucester [glos -ter] county. 2. "It is an ill wind that blows nobody good," says an old but current and just maxim; and the captivity of Smith, though an evil 12. What of Pocahontas in the year 1C16 ? 13, 14. What occurred between Pocahonta* and Captain Smith in England ? What was the fate of Pocahontas ? CHAP. XV. 1, 2. What good arose from Smith s capture by the Indians? 44 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. in itself, had its advantages. It gave him such a knowledge of the country, and of the character and condition of the native inhabitants, as proved to be of the highest importance afterward, both to him and the colony. 3. We have seen already that the number of the settlers at James town had been much diminished before the massacre of the men who w r ent out with Smith. " Some had also died during his absence. From one hundred and five, who came over, he found them reduced, on his return, to forty, and of these, a part \vere contriving to desert the colony. 4. Attempts had been made at desertion twice before. Captain Smith resolved to put a stop to this, even if it cost him his life; and he succeeded in accomplishing his object. But the state of things i i Jamestown was exceedingly discouraging; the government was of no force whatever, and every thing would have gone to ruin but for his courage and determination. 5. At this critical period in the history of the colony, Captain New port arrived from England, with one hundred and twenty emigrants. The news of this arrival in James River raised the drooping courage of the people, and diffused general joy. It is not improbable that the spot on the James River which is known by the name of "Newport s News," is the point from which his vessel was first discovered. 6. But the joy was of short duration. The new-comers, like too many of those who first emigrated, were chiefly " vagabond gentlemen" as the settlers called them and goldsmiths. The latter, no doubt, came over filled with the idea of obtaining gold. None of them, how ever, expected to earn their living by hard work. All they thought or talked of was about digging, washing, refining, and carrying away the most precious of metals. 7. Even Martin, one of the council, and Captain Newport himself, became absorbed if, indeed, their brains were not actually turned in the idea of finding gold. Martin claimed, no doubt sincerely, that he had discovered a gold mine; and Newport, after loading his vessel with what proved in the end to be worthless yellow earth, be lieved himself to be rich, and returned to England. 8. Worn out with fruitless endeavors to direct the attention of his people to something more important than searching for gold, Captain Smith undertook to explore the inlets, rivers, and shores of Chesa peake Bay. This he accomplished, in the course of two voyages, in an open boat, and with only fourteen men. 3. How were the colonists reduced? 4. What of desertions? 5. What of Capttua Newport ? 6. 7. What of gold ? 8, 9. What of Captain Smith s explorations ? INCREASE OF THE COLONY. 45 9. These voyages were undertaken and completed in about three months. He ascended the Potomac, above where Washington now stands, discovered and explored the Pa-tap -sco, and, it is thought, entered the harbor of Baltimore. The whole distance travelled was estimated at about 3,000 miles. 10. But exploration was not all that Captain Smith accomplished. He journeyed into the interior, and made treaties of peace and friendship with many tribes of the natives. He also prepared and sent over to the London Company a map of the country, which is still in existence, and is very correct. This expedition, considering all the circumstances, is one of the most remarkable on record ; and displays not only skill and perseverance in Smith, but far-sighted and states manlike wisdom. CHAPTER XYI. Increase of the Colony. Smith s Administration of the Government. Failure of his Health. Ilis Return to England. 1. Ix three days after his return, from his second voyage up the Chesapeake H Bay, Captain Smith not yet thirty years of age was made president of the Virginia council. It is worthy of remark that, of the seven mem bers of the coun cil who came over about a year before, all but Smith and Ken dall were now dead, or degrad- SMITH PUKSIUEXT. cd, or devoted to the vain and unprofitable pursuit of gold. 10. What did Smith do beside exploring the, country? CHAP. XVI 1. Wh.it office was conferred upon Smith? How old was he? 46 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 2. Not long after the appointment of Smith as president, Captain Newport came out from England with seventy more emigrants, two of whom were women. Of nearly 300 emigrants, who had now come over, these appear to have "been the only women who had as yet ventured to join the colony. 3. From the complaints of Smith to the London Company, it ap pears that the character of this third set of emigrants was no better than that of the former. "I entreat you," says he, "rather send but thirty carpenters, husbandmen, gardeners, fishermen, blacksmiths, mason s, and diggers-up of tree-roots, well provided, than a thousand of such as we have." 4. Smith was indefatigable in his endeavors to establish among the colonists habits of order and industry. His maxim was, " He who will not w T ork should not eat." And he had some success. Several of the "gentlemen" colonists became wood-cutters. They were required to labor six hours a day for the common good ; the rest of the time they had to themselves. 5. At length, Jamestown began to have the appearance of a regular and comfortable abode. It is true that they had as yet scarcely fifty acres of soil under cultivation, and w r ere obliged to get their food, in part, from the Indians and from England; yet they were now im proving in their condition. They were also healthier, only seven having died during the year 1608. 6. Toward the close of this year a fleet of seven vessels arrived, with about 300 emigrants. Nine vessels had set out, but two of them had been wrecked in the West Indies. But Smith could hardly rejoice at the arrival of "rakes and libertines," and people who were " packed oif," as many of them were, "to escape worse destinies at home." 7. Something, however, must be done with them. One plan of his was to form new colonies. More than one hundred went up to the falls of the James River, and began a settlement; one hundred more settled upon the Nan -se-mond. Both parties, however, offended the Indians, and were either destroyed or driven away. 8. A great misfortune now befel the colony of Jamestown. Captain Smith, being severely wounded by an accident, and almost worn out with his sufferings and the ingratitude of his employers, departed for England, leaving the government, for the time, to one Percy. 9. Captain Smith was, indeed, a most remarkable man, as the facts ft What of Captain Newport? 8. What complaints did Smith make to the London Company? 4. "What endeavors did Smith make? 5. What of Jamestown ? 6. What took place at the close of the year 1608? 7. What of new colonies ? 8. What groat mis fortune bofol the colony now? FAMINE IN THE COLONY. 47 we have stated abundantly prove. Few men are so well calculated to be pioneers in settling a wilderness as he was. Few could have seen more clearly in what the true interest of a rising colony consisted; and still fewer would have been equally energetic and disinterested. 10. Feelings deep and painful no doubt he had, for who has them not, in situations so trying as his? Yet the historian well remarks, "that he was the father of Virginia; the true leader who first planted the Saxon race within the borders of the United States." We shall have occasion to mention him again, in the history of New England. He died in London, in 1631, aged fifty-two years. CHAPTEK XVII. The Colony on the Verge of Ruin. Preparations to aban don Jamestown. Arrival of Lord Delaware. His new and successful Government. 1. TUB departure of Captain Smith for England was like the last setting of the sun to the colony at Jamestown, at least for a time. No place ever went more rapid ly on toward ruin. Order and indus try disappeared, and the Indians not only became less friendly, but actually began to assume a hostile attitude, and to renew their out- LORD DELAWARE S ARRIVAL. rages. 2. Nor was this all. The indolence and bad conduct of the settlers brought on a famine in the colony. Their want of food became so 9, 10. What of Captain Smith s character? His death? What does the historian say of him? CHAP. XVI I. 1. What efi cU> had the departure of Captain Smith? 2. What of famine* 48 Bib TOUT OF THE UNITED STATES. distressing that they devoured the skins of horses, as well as the bodies of those persons who died or were slain, whether of their o\vn party or that of the Indians. To add to the distress, thirty of the settlers escaped, and hecame pirates. 3. In the short period of six months after Captain Smith s depart- tire, the number of the colonists was, in one way or another, reduced i rom five hundred t" sixty. These, however, were so feeble and dis couraged that they were wholly unfit to defend themselves against the Indians ; so that the colony was daily and hourly in actual danger of perishing. 4. In this dreadful condition, little short of despair, they resolved to return to England. But the decision was scarcely made when one of the vessels which had been shipwrecked in the West Indies six months before, and whose crew and passengers had wintered there, arrived i?.. the river, and landed at Jamestown. o. The wretched, despairing colonists were now urged to remain. They were, all together, about 200 in number. But no pleadings of Sir Thomas Gates, who was their presiding officer at the time, could prevail with them. Their plan was to sail for Newfoundland, and scatter themselves among the vessels engaged in fishing there, and thus find their way back to England. 6. They had four pinnaces remaining in the river, into which they entered, though almost without provisions, even for the voyage to Newfoundland. They had resolved strange to say on burning the town when they left it, and the energy of Gates, who, to the last mo ment, endeavored to persuade them to remain, was barely sufficient t prevent it. 7. They actually set sail on their voyage. But just as they reached the mouth of the river such was the ordination of Providence Lord Del -a-ware, with provisions and more emigrants, arrived from Eng land. This inspired them with a little courage; and, as there was a favorable wind, the whole company bore up the river, and slept that night at the fort in Jamestown. 8. Lord Delaware began his wise administration next morning, with religious exercises, after which he caused his commission to be read ; pon \7hvch a consultation was held, and a new government organized, i accordance with the wishes of the London Company and their jommissioners. 3. What took place in the space of six months? 4. What did the colonists resolve to ilo? What of a vessel from the. West Indies? ft. What of Sir Thomas Gates? 6. What f the four pinnaces? 7. What of Lord Delaware? 8, 9. What of Lord Delaware s ad- i. illustration? PROGRESS OF THE COLONY. 49 9. Much is said by historians in praise of the wisdom, firmness, and piety of Lord Delaware. I" is recorded that the first business of each lay was to assemble early in the morning in their " little church, which was kept trimmed with the wild flowers of the country," and there to invoke the presence and blessing of God, after which they repaired to their daily labors. CHAPTEK XVIII. Progress of tlie Colony at Jamestown. Lord Delaware^ Govtrnmcnt. Administration of Governor Dale. 1. EVERY thing now wore a better appearance. Famine no longer stared the colonists in the face; their health was improved consider ably ; and the Indians were less troublesome than they had been. Under the administration of Lord Delaware, the people began to enjoy not only safety, but comfort. Their wretched cabins were even ex changed for framed houses covered with boards. 2. Unfortunately for the colony, Lord Delaware s health failed, and he returned to England. He was succeeded, however, soon after his departure, by Sir Thomas Dale. This governor made an important change in the condition of the colony. Hitherto they had held their property and labored in common. Governor Dale assigned to each settler a lot of three acres to cultivate as his own. The quantity was afterward increased to fifty acres. 3. In September, 1611, six ships and 300 new emigrants arrived. There must have been also other arrivals during the year, for it is the concurrent testimony of historians that the population was at this time about TOO. Among other things which came were 112 cows, 20 goats, 200 swine, arid a large stock of provisions. It must be remembered that none of these domestic animals were natives of America; a fact which we have already stated. 4. A new colony was formed this year, further up the river, and enclosed with a palisade; it was named Hen-ri -co, in honor oi ilenry, the eldest son of kin^ James, then on the throne of England. .Another settlement, five miles from Henrico, was called New Ber- mu -<la. There was peace now with the Indians, and this peace wa.s CHAP. XVIII. 1. What pood consequences flowed from the administration of Lord Delaware? 2. What of Sir Thomas Dale? Division of property ? 8. What occurred in September, Ifill? What of domestic animals? New colonies? Peace? Rolfo uriJ Pocahontas? 50 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. prolonged by the marriage, in 1613, of Rolfe with Pocahontas an event which has already been mentioned. 5. Tobacco, which, as we have stated, had been discovered by Co lumbus in his first voyage, and had now come into use, was first intro duced into Virginia in the year 1614. In 1615, the fields, the gardens, and even the streets and squares of Jamestown were planted with it, and its culture was found highly profitable. 6. It does not appear that more than two women came over tili JH11, when twenty arrived. In 1620, when the number of the colo Uiste was suddenly raised from six hundred to eighteen hundred and sixty, there was a reinforcement of ninety "respectable young women," according to the language of the historians. They were procured by the planters as wives, by paying from one hundred to one hundred and fifty pounds of tobacco each, to defray the expenses of their passage. 7. A number of unfortunate measures were adopted about this time. One was the sending over to the colony, as laborers, by order of king James, one hundred criminals; another, the introduction of the silk manufacture, for which the colony was not yet prepared. At this period twenty African slaves were purchased from the coi amander of a Dutch vessel these being the first introduced into the English set tlements. 8. There were frequent and numerous changes in the ofl icers of the government, especially that of the chief magistrate, near this period, and some changes, also, in the mode of administration. Still the colo.ny was more flourishing in 1620 than at any former peri od. Within three years fifty patents of land had been granted, and thr* e thousand five hundred new emigrants received. There were now in the com monwealth eleven parishes and five ministers. 9. Such were the difficulties and dangers which beset the colony of Virginia, the earliest successful English settlement in North America. Such was the founding of the state of Virginia, now one of the most extensive and populous states of our federal Union. 5. Tobacco? 6. What of the arrival of women In 1620? 7. What mistakes were c^m- m tted? 8. Changes in the government? Land patents ? 0. What of the first olony ; *!< m-escnt day? SETTLEMENT OF NEW YORK. 51 CHAPTER XIX. Discoveries of Henry Hudson. -Settlement of New York ly the Dutch. 1 . TFiiiLE the colony of Virginia was thus advancing, another settlement, to the north, had been es tablished. The isl j^l and of Man-hat - tan, on which the city of New York was a f t e rwa r d s built, was first dis covered by Cap tain Henry Hud son, in 1609. This person was . the *5k distinguished nav igator who made discoveries to the northward of Can ada and Labra dor, and explored the large bay in that quarter Avhich is called by his name to this day. 2. He was by birth an Englishman, but had been sent by the Dutch East India Company to try to find the East Indies by sailing in a north westerly direction. Unable to proceed on account of the ice, he re turned to Newfoundland, and coasted along the shores of the United States, discovering Manhattan Island, where New York now stands, and at the same time sailing up and giving name to what has since been called the North River, and more commonly Hudson s River. 3. As he was in the service of the Dutch* when he made these discoveries, the Dutch government claimed the country. The Eng- Jish, however, set up an earlier claim to it, as being a part of North DUTCII TRADING WITH THE INDIANS. XIX. 1. What of Henry Hudson? 2. Hudson s birth? Object of his voyage ? His discovery of the Hudson River, &c. ? 3. Why wero his discoveries claimed for the benefit of the Dutch? * The nnme Dutch is applied to the inhabitants of what is now called Holland, and which, in history, passes under the various names of Netherlands and Low Countries. An inhabitant of this country is called Deuttteher, to hia own language, whence we have the name I>utch. 52 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Virginia. They also maintained that, as Hudson was an English sub ject, the countries he discovered were theirs. 4. But the Dutch were determined to hold the territory, if possible. They, therefore, in 1610, opened a trade with the natives at Manhat tan Island, on the spot where the city of New York now stands, and erected a fort on or near the present site of Albany. To the country in general they gave the name of New Neth -er-lands ; and to the station on Manhattan Island, when it afterwards came to be settled, that of New Am -ster-dam. 5. In 1 013, Captain Argall, of Virginia, who had sailed to the north to break up a settlement the French were forming on the Pe-nob -scot River, stopped at New York on his return, and demanded the surrender of the island of Manhattan, and indeed of the whole country, to the British king. 6. But though the Dutch yielded their claim at this time, it was simply because they were unable to defend it ; the Dutch traders con tinued to occupy it, and a new Dutch governor, in 1614, threw off the English yoke, and put the fort at New Amsterdam in a position of de fence. The desire of the Dutch to hold the place is not surprising, for a very profitable trade with the Indians for furs of various kinds had been established; in 1624, the skins of beavers and other wild animals which they obtained were valued at over ten thousand dollars. 7. The Dutch continued to resist the claims of the English to the country till the year 1664, and, in the mean time, kept up a profitable trade with the natives. The progress of the settlement was, however, exceedingly slow as long as it remained in the hands of the Dutch. CHAPTEE XX. Various Settlements in New England. Captain Smith s Survey of the Coast. 1. LEAVIXO for a brief space the Dutch settlements in what has since become the great state of New York, we turn our attention to New England. Nothing had been known as to the interior of this region till tLe year 1605. Captain Gosnold had, indeed, explored the coasts, and attempted a settlement on Elizabeth Island, in 1602, but with out success. The country went by the general name of North Vir- 4. What did the Dutch do? 5. What occurred in 1G18? 6. What took place ia 1614! What of the fur trade ? 7. What of the Dutch and the English claims? CHAP. XX. 1 What of Now England? CAPTAIN WEYMOUTH EXHIBITING INDIANS IN ENGLAND. THE PLYMOUTH COMPANY. 53 ginia, South Virginia extending only so far north as to include the coun f ry near the mouth of Hud son River. 2. About the year 1G05, Ca|>- tainWey -mouth, an Englishman, while searching for a north-west passage to the East Indies, dis covered the Pe- nob -scot River, in Maine, and car ried home five of the native In dians with him, to be educated. These Indians excited great curiosity in England; and their accounts of the country led other navigators to the same coast. 3. There was a company formed in England about this time, called "he Plymouth Company, whose object was to prosecute discoveries and make settlements along the coast of North Virginia, as the Lon don Company were then about to do with regard to the coast of South Virginia. 4. In 1GOG, the Plymouth Company pent out two shins* of discovery, under Captains Cha-long and Prynne. The former took with him t\vo of the five Indians brought over by Captain "Weymonth. But ho did not reach America, for his vessel was taken by the Spaniards, arid he himself carried a prisoner to Spain. 5. Captain Prynne, more successful, surveyed the coasts of Uie coun try very extensively, and carried with him to England such a slowing account of its excellent harbors, rivers, forests, and fisheries, that, in 1G07, one hundred adventurers, in two ships,* went out to seek their fortune in America. Yet, so filled were the minds of Europeans with i.leas of the mineral riches of America, that even in the depths o f the green woods, these emigrants expected to find " mines of gold, and silver,, and diamonds." G. They first fell in with the island of Mon-he -gan, on the coast of 2. Captain Weymouth? .3. The Plymouth Company? 5 What of Captain rrymw? What occurred in IfcOT? 0* 4. What was done in 54: HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Maine, but landed at the mouth of the Ken -ne-bec Kiver, then called the Sa-ga-da-hoc . They settled at Parker s Island, and built a fort on it, which was named Fort George. They brought with them two more of the five Indians taken away by Captain Weymouth ; and this procured them a welcome from all the Indian tribes. 7. The Penobscot Indians were, at this time, the ruling tribe from Salern to No -va Sco -tia, then called A-ca -di-a. Pleased with the new settlers, their chief acknowledged subjection to the English king, an -I sent his son to visit the colony, and opened a trade with them for furs Happy had it proved if the friendly intercourse thus begun on our coast had been continued. 8. In December of this year, the ships returned to England ; forty- five of the adventurers remained behind. These, however, were soon discouraged. The winter was excessively severe, and, not having brought over a very liberal supply of provisions, they were reduced to the necessity of living upon fish and very lean game, and finally upon dogs flesh. They returned to England with the next vessel, and gave up the colony. 9. A strange story used to be told of these settlers by one of the Indian tribes residing on the Kennebec ; but it does not comport very well with other accounts of their pacific disposition. However, as it is quite possible the deed described may have been perpetrated by some white people, it may be well to relate it. If true, we cannot wonder at the subsequent hatred and revenge of the savages. 10. The English, it is said, employed the Indians, on a certain oc casion, to draw one of their cannons into the fort, by taking hold, unitedly, of a long rope fastened to it. As soon as they were formed in a straight line, delighted with the sport, the cannon was discharged, and a great part of the Indians were killed or wounded. 11. In 1G14, Captain John Smith, the South Virginia adventurer, sailed from England, with two ships, on a voyage of discovery, to tho coasts of North Virginia. Arriving at Monhegan Island, in Maine, ho built several boats, such as would better answer his purposes than larger vessels; and, in one of these boats, with eight men, he traversed the whole coast from Penobscot to Cape Cod, and made many dis coveries. 12. On his return to England, he prepared a map of the coast from Maine to Long Island Sound, most of which he had seen and ob served during his journey. To many of the capes, points, islands, etc., C. What of the settlement in Maine? 7. The Penobscot. Indians? 8. Wh.it of tlj<; .>lony? 9. in. What strange story is told by the Indians / 11. What of Captain 8mitK to 1614? 12. W hat dtd Smith do on his return f FIRST SETTLEMENT OF NEW ENGLAND. 55 of this region, ho gave the names they now bear. The map was pre sented to the king s son, afterward Charles I., who named the country, in general, NEW ENGLAND. 13. Captain Smith, on leaving the coast, had left one of his vessels to procure a cargo of fish for the Spanish market. But Hunt, the commander, decoyed on board twenty-seven Indians, whom he carried away and sold for slaves. This act, so well calculated to excite the mnity of the natives, no doubt, afterward caused tho death of thou sands of unoflending men, women, and children. CHAPTER XXL Puritans, the first Settlers of New England. 1. THE first permanent settlement in New England was made in 1620, by a company of men, women, and children, called They - Puritans. were a pious and excellent people, but somewhat pe culiar in their re ligious opinions and habits. 2. The Puritans were desirous of what they deem ed a purer wor ship of God than that of the na tional church of England, and on this account had separated themselves from that church, and thus became exposed to a religious persecution, which, in IG07, drove them, with their pastor, to Amsterdam, in Holland. 3. This pastor was the Rev. John Robinson. Under his pious care (hey remained a year in Amsterdam, whence they found it desirable to remove to Leyden [li -den]. The flames of persecution continuing to MR. ROBINSON PREACHING IN HOLLAND \-\ Wlint of Hunt, tho commander of one of the vessels? THAI*. XXI. 1. Wh.it of the Puritans? 2. Why did soni . Their pastor? Where did thoy remove to? >f them go to Amsterdam? 56 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. rage in England, they were joined by many of their countrymen, uml the congregation became in a few years large and respectable. 4. Yet they never felt themselves at home in Holland. They were strangers and sojourncrs there, and likely to remain so. Many were their reasons, some of them weighty, for refusing to settle down per manently among the Dutch. They were on the look-out, therefore, for ;i resting-place. 5. Just at this time, an asylum was opened to them in the wilds of America. In that untrodden country, as they deemed, they could be entirely free from persecution and tyranny. There they could read their bibles by their own firesides, undisturbed, and worship God as their own conscience told them was right. They could also transmit to their children and grandchildren the same privileges. 6. Having procured a vessel, the Speedwell, of sixty tons, they made preparations to depart for America. Before leaving Holland, however, they kept a day of fasting and prayer. They then went to Delft -ha-ven, about twenty miles from Leyden, and thence to South ampton, in England. Here they were joined by a company of their Puritan friends from London, in a vessel of one hundred and eighty tons, called the Mayflower. 7. Their little fleet being in readiness, they set out, August 15th, for America; not, however, till they had gpent a parting hour with their friends, whose faces they were to see no more, in religious services. A little way out of port, the Speedwell sprang a leak, and they were obliged to return for repairs. They sailed again, but again the vessel failed ; and she was at length condemned as unseaworthy. 8. One hundred and two of the Puritans now crowded themselves into one vessel, the Mayflower, and made a final embarkation. This was September 16, 1620. The weather, as might have been feared at this season, proved unfavorable, and they were more than two months in reaching the shores of Cape Cod. 9. It had been their intention to settle further south, near the Hud son; and, with this view, they had procured a patent of the London Company. But winter was now nigh, Hudson River far off, and per ilous shoals and breakers lay between. They therefore gave up their original plan, and sought a landing-place near where they were. 10. On the 21st of November, sixty-six days after leaving South ampton, they found themselves at anchor in Cape Cod harbor near the 4. Why did they not consider Holland a home? fx What prospect opened to them ? Why did they cherish the idea of going to America? 6. What of the departure of th* oilgrims? 7. What of their progress? 8. What of the Mayflower? 9. What had been the design of the pilgrims? What change of plan did they adopt? 10. What occurred on the 21st of November, 1620? THE PURITANS AT CAPE COD. 57 present town of Tru -ro ; having lost, during their long and perilous passage, but one man. 11. Before landing, they formed, in the cabin of the Mayflower, a solemn compact for their future safety and government, which was signed by forty-one of the number the rest being women and children and John Carver was immediately chosen governor of the colony fur one year. CHAPTER XXII. The Puritans at Cape Cod. 1. A GOVERNMENT having been formed for their mutual well-being and preserva tion, the emi grants were now ready to land and explore the country. The prospect was not very inviting, es pecially at such a season,butitwas their only re source; and six teen men were deputed for the purpose. 2. In their first attempts to go ashore, the water was so shallow that they were obliged to wade a considerable distance, and many of them took severe colds, which, in some instances, appeared to lay the foundation of what we usually term quick consumption. They found nothing, moreover, on shore but woods and sand-hills. They had gone out armed, but had not been molested. 3. The next day, November 22, was the Sabbath. On this day they rested, " according to the commandment" and their uniform custom. THE PURITANS WADING ASHORE. 11. What did they do before landing? CHAP. XXII. 1. What of poinsj ashore? 2. What happened to the party? 8. occurred November 22 and 23? 3* 58 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. On Monday, the men went on shore to refresh themselves and make further discoveries ; the women went also, attended by a guard, to wash some of the clothing. 4. This same day, they also began to repair their shallop for the purpose of coasting, the Mayflower being too large and unwieldy for convenience. It was a slow task, however, for the carpenter did not complete the necessary repairs till sixteen or seventeen days had elapsed, and winter was now at hand. 5. On Wednesday, November 25, a party of sixteen men, commanded by Captain Miles Standish, and well armed, went out to make discov eries. When about a mile from the sea they saw five Indians, who, at sight of their new visitors, immediately fled. The latter pursued them ten miles, but did not overtake them. They had gone so far, however, that they were obliged to kindle a fire and sleep in the woods. 6. The next day they found several heaps of sand, one of which was covered with mats, and an earthen pot lay at one end of it. On digging, they found a box and arrows, upon which they concluded it was an Indian grave, and accordingly replaced every thing as they had found it. 7. In another place they found a large kettle, and near it another pile of sand, in which, on a close examination, was found a basket con taining three or four bushels of Indian corn. "This providential dis covery," says Holmes, in his Annals, "gave them seed for a future harvest, and preserved the infant colony from famine." 8. One fact should be mentioned, which shows what sort of men these were. Though they took away the kettle and a part of the corn, it was with the firm intention to return the kettle if ever they found an owner, and pay for the corn ; and to their honor be it re corded that they actually found the owners afterward, and liberally paid them. 9. In the course of the same day, they found more graves, and the ruins of an Indian hut or house ; and in one place a number of palir sacloes, or stakes and posts, framed together like a wall. They also saw a trap set for deer, in which one of the party was caught, though without much injury. 10. After sleeping a second night in the woods, they returned to their companions, who received them with great joy. It was abou. this time that the first white New England child was born. His name was Per -e-grine White, and fie lived to be eighty-four years old. 4. What of the shallop ? 5. What occurred on the 25th? 6. What did thry find the next day? 7. What other things did they find? What of corn? 8. Did the Puritans pay for the kettle and corn they took? 9. What other things did the party find? 1(L The return of the purty ? The first child ? SURVEYS OF THE SHORE. 59 CIIAPTEE XXIII. Further Surveys of tJie Shore. Meeting with Indians. TJie Landing at Plymouth. 1. IT was the IGth of December wlieu the shallop was ready. Four of the principal men, with eight or ten seamen, immediately set out on a tour of discovery. Snow had already fall en, and the weath er was so severe that the spray of the sea, falling upon their coats, and freezing, made them look like coats of mail. They slept the first night on board the boat ; but the next morning the company divided, and a part traveled by land. 2. As they went on, they found an Indian burying-ground, sur rounded by palisadoes, and many graves with stakes around them. But they saw no living person, nor any place suitable to be the habita tion of living mon. They met at night with their friends of the shallop, and the whole party slept on shore by a fire. 3. They rose at five next morning, but had scarcely finished their prayers, when the guard they had set cried out, "Indians! Indians!" and a shower of arrows fell among them, accompanied by such yells as they had never before heard. They were struck with surprise, but recovered in a moment ; and now the Indians were as much terrified by the report of their guns as the emigrants had been by the war- whocp. They thought the explosions were thunder and lightning, and QetL -i. The arrows were preserved as curiosities by the English, for they were the first they had seen. They were pointed with deer s horn and THE LANDING. CHAP. XXiII. 1. What happonod <n the 16th of December? 2. "What of Indian grave^ etc.? 8. "What of the arrival of Indians? 4. Indian arrows? 60 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. eagle s claws. Their assailants were of a tribe who remembered Hunt, the kidnapper of their people, and it was no wonder that they sought revenge for the past, or defence against future molestation. 5. The exploring party now went on board the shallop, which pur sued its course along the northern shore of the Cape, toward what is now Plym -outh. They sought for a convenient harbor, but none was to be found. At last the pilot, who had some knowledge of the (:>ast, assured them that he knew of a good one far ahead, but which, with much exertion, might possibly be reached that night. 6. " They follow his guidance. After sailing some hours, a storm of snow and rain begins. The sea swells,; the rudder breaks ; and the shallop must now be steered with oars. The storm increases, and night is at hand. To reach the harbor before dark, as much sail as possible is borne ; the mast breaks into three pieces ; the sail falls overboard. But the tide is favorable. *T. " The pilot," says Bancroft, "in dismay, would have run the ves sel on shore in a cove full of breakers. About with her, exclaimed a sailor, or we are cast away. They get her about immediately; and, passing over the surf, they enter a fair sound, and shelter them selves under the lee of a small rise of land. 8. u It is dark, and the rain beats furiously ; yet the men are so wet, and cold, and weak, that they slight the danger to be apprehended from the savages, and, after great difficulty, kindle a fire on shore. Morning, as it dawned, showed the place to be a small island within the entrance of the harbor." 9. The day which had dawned was Saturday. They not only spent this in quiet rest, but also the following day. It is interesting to ob serve the pious regard these Puritans had for the Sabbath. Though their friends on board the Mayflower were wa> .ng in suspense, and every thing required the utmost haste, they would not proceed on Sun day if they could help it. 10. When the Sabbath was over, and they had examined the coun try, they determined to make it the place of their settlement. They were particularly pleased with its pleasant brooks and woods, and the excellent land. The soil of both the mainland and two islands ad jacent was covered with walnut, beech, pine, and sassafras trees; and numerous cornfields were also to be seen. It was December 21st when they made the landing; and this is the day which should be kept as the anniversary of the interesting event. 11. They proceeded to convey the intelligence of these things to 5-S What account does Bancroft jrivo? 9. Wli.it of Saturday, Sunday and Monday following? 10. Why did they return to settle in the place thoy had found? 11. What of the landing? 8ETTLKMKXT AT PLYMOUTH. 61 their friends on board the ship, which forthwith came to the shore, at the point fixed upon. On the 30th of December, after landing and viewing the place again, they concluded to settle upon the mainland on the high ground, amid the cornfields. CHAPTEK XXIV. Settlement of Plymouth. Two men get lost in the Woods, and are greatly frightened l>y the Wolves. 1. THE next day after the Puritans landed, they began to cut timber for building, and in a few days to commence the erection of cottages, or, as we should say, log-houses. They continued at this work, when ever the weather would admit, till about the first of March, by which time they had formed quite a village. 2. The colony consisted of nineteen families. Each family, for the sake of expedition, had built its own cottage ; but they all united in the erection of a storehouse, twenty feet square, for general use and convenience. They called the place Plymouth, after the town of the same name they had left behind them in their native country. 3. The first Sabbath after they landed was observed with unusual solemnity. Some kept it on board the Mayflower, and others in their new houses which being made, as has already been said, of logs, very soon afforded them a partial shelter. 4. On the 12th of January, 1621, three weeks after the arrival, two persons, named Goodman and Brown, walked into the woods to collect something for stopping the crevices between the logs of their houses. They lost their way, and were obliged to remain in the forest, although it snowed furiously and was very cold. 5. But this was not all. About midnight they heard a strange howling in the woods around. them. At first it appeared to be a good way off, but it gradually came nearer. They imagined it to proceed from lions, and were excessively frightened. 6. In their alarm they sought a tree which they could ascend in a moment, should the danger become imminent. They then continued tv> walk round it, but were ready to leap upon it. It would have been a cold lodging-place in the middle of winter, and in a severe snow CHAP. XXIV. 1. What did the Puritans do after landing? 2. How many families did the colony consist of? What did they erect? Why did they call the place Plymouth? 3. What of the first Sabbath after their landing? 4-T. What happened to Goodman aiui Brown? K 62 HISTORY OF THE UNITKJ) STATES. storm; and though it might have saved them from the wolves which caused their fright, they would prohahly have frozen to death. 7. Fortunately, however, they did riot perish, though the morning found them faint with hunger and cold, arid Goodman s feet were so frozen that his friends were obliged to cut off his shoes. Their being compelled to walk round the tree all night, tedious and distressing as it had been to them, doubtless saved their lives. CHAPTEE XXV. Severe Sufferings of the Plymouth Colonists. 1. THE winter of 1620-21, as we have already seen, was severe, even for the severe climate of New England. The beginning of .March brought a south wind and warm wea ther ; and the birds began to sing in the woods most merrily. The green grass also began to appear, hastened by the vernal sun and warm showers. 2. But the colonists did not all live to see the return of spring and summer. Their sufferings had been so great, especially after their ar rival on the coast, that, as one historian testifies, about half of them were wasting away with consumptions and lung fevers. Beside this, their labor in erecting their cottages was very great. 3. Of the one hundred and one persons who landed, by the first of April all but forty-six were dead, including among them Mr. Carver, the governor, his wife, and a son. Such was the debility of the living that they had hardly been able to bury the dead. Nor had the healthy WINTER AT PLYMOUTH. CHAP. XXV. 1. What of the winter ? Marcb ? 2, 3. What of deaths and sufferings? SUFFERINGS OF TUE PLYMOUTH COLONISTS. 63 been able, at all times, to take care of the sick ; for at one period there were only seven persons who called themselves well, in the whole colony. 4. Happy for them was it, that spring came on thus early and favor ably, and with it returning health and vigor to the surviving. It is worthy of remark, that of those who withstood the sorrows and dan- gera of this terrible winter, the far greater part lived to an extreme old age. 5. But new distresses were in reserve for them. The provisions they had brought out from England, together with what they could raise and procure afterward, were but just sufficient to sustain them through the next winter, and until a second crop of corn could be ob tained. Yet, in November, 1021, a ship, with thirty-five emigrants, arrived, wholly out of provisions, and dependent on the colonists. 6. This reduced them to half allowance for six months, and a part of the time to still greater extremities ; for it is said that for two months they went without bread. "I have seen men stagger," says Wins - low, who was one of their number, u by reason of faintness for want of food." Sometimes they depended on fish ; at others they bought provisions, at enormous prices, of ships that came upon the coast. 7. Nor did their sufferings very soon terminate. As late as 1623, their provisions were at times so nearly exhausted that they knew not at night what they should eat the next morning. It is said that in one instance they had only a pint of corn in the whole settlement, which, on being divided, gave them but five kernels each. It appears, indeed, that for months together they had no corn or grain at all. 8. Milk, as yet, they had not, for neat cattle were not introduced among them till the fourth year of their settlement. When any of their old friends from England arrived to join them, a lobster or a piece of fish, with a cup of water, was often the best meal which the richest of them could furnish. 9. Yet, during all these trials, from hunger, fatigue, sickness, loss of friends, and many other sources, their confidence in God never once forsook them. Their sufferings even bound them together as by a closer tie, and while they loved one another better than before, their affectionate devotion and confidence in God seemed to increase in the same proportion. 4. Spring? 5, <?. What did they suffer during the year? T. "What of the want of corn RP<! bread? 8. What of milk? What did they set before their friends? 9. How did tUe l>il<rrirns bear their tri:il>? What effect did these produce? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER XXVI. Arrival of the Indian Samoset. Treaty with the Massa chusetts and other Indian Tribes. 1. IN March, 1621, just before Governor Carver s death, an Indian chief, by the nan i e of Sam -o-set, ar rived at the vil lage. He had seen some of the English fisher men at Penob- scot, and learned a little broken English, and his first words to those he met with on entering the town were, "Wel come, English- GOVERNOR CARVER AND MASSASOIT MAKING A TREATY. 111611 ! TlllS dlS- pelled their fears, and gave them courage to enter into conversation with him. 2. Samoset was naked, except a leathern belt about his waist, with a wide fringe. He was tall, straight, and strong ; his hair long behind and short before, and he had no beard. He had with him a bow and arrows the usual weapons of war used by his countrymen. 3. The settlers received him kindly, entertained him as well as they were able, and lodged him for the night. In the morning they gave him a horseman s coat, a knife, a bracelet, and a ring. Upon this he departed, promising to make them another visit in a few days. He was a kind of under-sachem or chief of the great tribe of the Wam- pa-no -ags. 4. He came to them again, in a few days, according to his promise, and brought five more Indians with him. They sang and danced be fore the settlers in the most familiar and friendly way, and parted in an amicable manner. 5. Shortly afterward other Indians came to the village, and said (HAP. XXVI. 1. What of Samoset? 2. His dress? 3. How was ho received? What wa his rank ? 4. What of more Indians? A TREATY IS M A 1) K WITH THE INDIANS. 65 that Mas-sa-soit the great chief of all the tribes in the south-eastern part of Massachu setts, was near by. He soon made his appearance on the top of a hill, with sixty of his men. The Englishmen were :it fust afraid of such a body of savages; for their whole number. HUT, women, and children, did not exceed fifty. 6. Mr. Winslow was sent out to make a treaty with them. II o car ried Maa-sa-soif two knives, and a copper chain with a jewel in it; and to his brother, Qua-da-pi -na, he gave a knife, a jewel for his ear, some biscuit and butter, and a pot of " strong water," or ardent spirits Mr. Winslow satisfied the two chiefs, and invited them to the village. 7. They accepted the invitation, and, with twenty of their men, came to the town to see Governor Carver. To convince the villagers that they were friendly, they left their bows and arrows behind them on the hill. Mr. Winslow, on the other hand, to assure the Indians that their companions should not be hurt by the guns, that is, tho "thunder and lightning" of the villagers, staid with the party on the hill. 8. A great deal of parade was made by the governor in receiving them. His soldiers met them at the foot of the hill, and, with drums and trumpets sounding, conducted them to his house, where, after Governor Carver and Massasoit had kissed each other s hands, they sat down on a green rug which was spread for them. 9. The Indians, like all ignorant or savage people, were greatly de lighted with these attentions. Food was set before them, and " strong water" was given to the king ; of which, it is said, he drank so freely that it made him " sweat all the while." A treaty was made, which was kept faithfully for fifty years. 10. It was this same Massasoit who taught the English to cultivate maize, or Indian corn, the first of which was planted in the May following that is, in 1621. Through his influence, moreover, nine smaller chiefs, who had before been suspicious of the English partly, no doubt, because they had stolen their countrymen subscribed, as Massasoit had done, a treaty of peace. 11. The English had an opportunity, soon after this, of returning the favors of Massasoit and Samoset. The Nar-ra-gan -sets, a powerful tribe of Rhode Island Indians, made war upon Massasoit. After there had been a good deal of hard fighting, the English interfered in behalf of Massasoit, and the Narragansets were glad to make peace. 12. It was not long after this time that the first duel was fought in 5. Massasoit? 6. Mr. "Winslow? 7. What took place when the Indians came to tho village? 8. What did Governor Carver do? 9. How were the Indians pleased? Wnut of tho treaty? 10. What more of Massasoit? 11. The Narragansets? 6* 66 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. New England. It was between two servants, with sword and dagger. They were tried for their crime by the whole colony, and sentenced to be tied together, neck and heels, for twenty-four hours, without food or drink. A part of the punishment, however, was, in the end, re mitted. CHAPTER XXVII. The Colony threatened lyy the Narraganset Indicms. Drought and Scarcity. Governor Bradford journey* among the Indians. 1. GOVERNOR CARVER had died about the end of March, 1621, and Mr. Bradford, afterward the historian of the province, had succeeded him. Governor Bradford was much loved and revered for his public spirit, wisdom, and piety, and was continued in his office nearly the whole time till his death, about forty years in all. 2. The corn this year proved to be abundant and excellent. The summer grain was not so good. But the settlers found plenty of ducks and other wild-fowl, as well as fish, and these were of great service to them in the way of food. Still they sometimes suffered from scarcity. 3. About this time, Ca-non -i-cus, sachem of the Narragansets, for getting or disregarding the treaty he had made, sent to the Plymouth people a bundle of arrows tied up with a serpent s skin, which was the sign of war. Governor Bradford returned the skin, wrapped round some powder and ball. The Indians were so frightened that they dared not touch it. They sent it back again, and gave up the medi tated hostilities. 4. The English, however, from this circumstance, took the hint, and began to fortify their settlement. It had, from the first, been laid out into streets and lots. They now surrounded the whole with a wall, called a stockade. Their guns were mounted on a kind of tower, built on the top of the town hill, with a flat roof the lower story serving them for a church. 5. As a further preparation to defend themselves, should there be an invasion, the men and boys of the settlement were divided into four 12. The first duel in New England? CHAP. XXVII. 1. Governor Carver? Governor Bradford? 2. Corn and grain in 1621? 3. Canoni"us? 4. Why did the colonUts fortify their settlement Y How did they lo this? ft. What of Captain Miles Standish ? PROGRESS OF THE PLYMOUTH COLONY. (>7 squadrons, which alternately kept guard night and day. Captain Miles Standish, a young man distinguished for his bravery, was made the commander-in-chief. G. The harvest of 1622, owing to a drought, was scanty, and the colonists were obliged to buy food of the Indians. Governor Bradford travelled among them for this purpose, and Squan -to, a friendly Indian, accompanied him. They procured twenty-eight hogsheads of corn, for which they paid in knives, blankets, beads, &c. Squanto sickened and died while on this tour. When dying, he asked Governor Brad ford to pray that he "might go to the Englishman s heaven." 7. But Squanto, anxious as he was to " die the death of the righte ous," was, in life, more artful and cunning than honest. Still, it is not to be denied that he employed his cunning in favor of the English. The Indians dreaded him as a sort of conjurer; and he took advantage of their fear to impose upon/^liem, by relating to them great stories about the military skill and power of the English. 8. Up to the spring of 1623, the Plymouth colonists had labored in common. But some of them, as it had been at Jamestown, would in this way be idle. It was at length ordered that every family should work by itself, and should be furnished with land in proportion to its numbers. Under this system, the idlers soon disappeared. Even the women and children went to work in the fields. 9. The next year land was assigned to the people to be theirs forever. From this time forth there was no instance in the colony of a general scarcity of food. Indeed, before many summers had passed away, they had corn to sell to the Indians, in greater abundance than the latter had ever sold to them. 10. In the progress of the year 1624, new emigrants caine over, and brought with them cattle, with a few swine, and some poultry; also clothing and provisions. The colony now contained thirty-two houses, and one hundred and eighty inhabitants. The fields and gardens began to assume a pleasing and rather a cheerful appearance. Thus the Puritan colonv of Plymouth was established. 8. Tho harvest of 1622? Governor Bradford? Squnnto? 7. Character of Sqnanto? 8. How did they hold their property till 1628? What was the effect of this system ? C. What effect did distribution have ? in. What of cattle ? State of the colonv in 1624? 68 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER XXVIII. Progress of the Virginia Colony. Opecliancanouyli s Plot and the Massacre of 1622. The Massacre of 1644. I._WE must now return to the colony of Virginia, of which Sir Thomas TVyatt had, in 1621, be come the gov ernor. He pursue*! the same general course in regard to the savages which his prede cessors had dono a course by no means fortunate- Still, the country was beginning to be somewhat prosperous. There were already some eighty set tlements, including a population of about three thousand persons. 2. After the marriage of Bolfe and Pocahontas, the Indians had lived at peace with the English for some time. But Powhatan, already a very old man, had survived his daughter but one year, and O-pe- chan -can-ough, his brother, who indulged a mortal hatred of the English, had, in 1618, succeeded him. A plan was therefore laid, in 1622, to destroy them. 3. This plan required a good deal of contrivance on the part of the Indians, for the settlers were scattered along both sides of the James River, for nearly one hundred and fifty miles, and the Indians were also much scattered. It is thought that, in the more thickly-settled parts of the country, the Indian population did not average more than one to a square mile. 4. But Opechancanough took time enough for his plot, and perse vered till he had brought all his people to unite with him in executing INDIANS PLOTTING THE MASSACRE. CHAP. XXVIII. 1. What of Sir Thomas Wyatt? State of the Virginia settlement in 1621? 2. What of Powhatan and Opechancanough? What plot was laid ? 3. Situation of the settlers? Of the Indians? Their population ? 4. Proceedings of Opeohancanough ? Secrecy of the Indians? MASSACRES IN THE VIRGINIA COLONY. 69 it. Though years may have elapsed from the time the plot began, the most entire secrecy was maintained among them to the very night be fore they struck the blow. 5. Indeed, on the very morning of the day appointed for the execu tion of the bloody deed some of the Indians were " in the houses and at the tables of those whose death they were plotting." " Sooner," said they, " shall the sky fall than peace be violated on our part." But their deceit in war was not so well understood two hundred years ago as now. 6. The night before the massacre took place, however, the plot was revealed by a converted Indian to a part of the English, so that the people of Jamestown, and a few of the adjacent settlements, were on their guard, and a large part of them were thereby saved. 7. The attack was made precisely at noon, April 1st, and was made upon all, without regard to age, character, or sex. The feeble and sickly no less than the healthy ; the child at the breast as well as its mother ; the devoted missionary as well as the fraudulent dealer in trinkets and furs were victims alike. 8. It is not a little singular that the savages should have selected such an hour of the day, in preference to the darkness of the night, tor their work of butchery, and still, that the blow should have been struck so suddenly. So unexpected was the attack, that many, it is said, fell beneath the tomahawk, unconscious of the cause of their death. 9. Thus, in one short but awful hour, three hundred and forty-seven persons, in a population of three or four thousand, were butchered, and a group of eighty settlements reduced to eight. The rest were so frightened that they dared not pursue their usual avocations. Even the public works, in most places, were abandoned. Arid to add to tho general distress, famine and sickness followed the massacre, as we u as a general war with the Indians. 10. The savages, however, were but poorly provided with fire-arms, and a dozen, or even half a dozen white men, well armed, were able to cope with a hundred of them. When Captain Smith was captured, as we have related, he was defending himself, single-handed, till he stuck fast in the mire, against from one to two hundred Indians, 11. Peace, it is true, was finally made ; but it was only a peace of .",. What of the savages on the day appointed for the massacre? 6. What took pla the night before tlie massacre ? 7. What of tho attack ? Who were the victims? 8. What -.vas singular ? What of the suddenness of the attack ? 9. How many persons were killed How were the settlements reduced ? Fears of the settlers? 10. Comparative power of th M bites and Indiani? What of Smith, when captured? 11. State of feeling among tb ravages? 70 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. compulsion, so far as the Indians were concerned. They gave up open war, because the colonists came over too fast, and were too strong for them. But they still meditated revenge, as is obvious from the fact that only twenty -two years elapsed before they attempted another massacre. 12. The 28th of April, 1644, was the time appointed for this second outrage, in which not only the settlers were aimed at, but their cattle and other property. The attack was sudden and unexpected, like the former. Providentially the savages took fright, from some unknown cause, and fled in the midst of their cruelties ; not, however, till they had slain three hundred persons, and destroyed much property. 13. This second massacre, as well as the first, was succeeded by sick ness and suffering, and both of them by emigration of some of the colonists to New England, and the return of others to the mother country. Not long after, the aged chief, Opechancanough, died of a wound inflicted by a soldier, after he had fairly and honorably given himself up as a prisoner. CHAPTER XXIX. Settlement at Weymouth. Captain Standish chastises the Indians. Other Settlements. Incorporation of the Colony of Massachusetts Bay. 1. WE must again return to the history of New England. A settle ment was begun at Wey -mouth, Massachusetts, in 1622, by Thomas Weston, a merchant of London, and fifty or sixty more. The next year a plot was laid by the Indians to destroy it, which would no doubt have succeeded had not Massasoit, the friendly chief, who supposed himself to be about to die, revealed it. 2. As soon as the plot was known, it was decided to defeat it, if pos eible, it being feared that if the conspirators were successful, the? would carry their work of butchery into the rest of the settlement*. Captain Stan -dish, with eight men, was therefore sent out to destroy the leaders in the conspiracy, and put the rest in fear. 3. This was a singular expedition, and one which to us, at the pres- 12. What of the second massacre? 13. What followed the massacres in Virginia? The death of Opochancanough ? CHAP. XXIX. 1. What of Weymputh, in New England? 2, 3. What did Captain Standiah and eight soldiers do ? NEW ENGLAND COLONIES. 71 ent day, seems almost incredible. What could nine men do in the way of chastising a whole tribe of Indians? Yet, Captain Standish and his men ventured boldly among them, slew the conspirators and several others who opposed them, and drove the rest into the swamps, where many, it is said, perished from disease. 4. A settlement was begun at Brain -tree, in 1625, on a hill not far from the seat of the late President Adams, and was called, in honor of Mr. Wol -las-ton, the principal settler, Mount Wollaston. But the colonists consisted of fifty servants, and they did not thrive. The follow ing year a part of them were taken to Virginia. A settlement was begun, in 1624, at or near Gloucester, on Cape Ann. 5. The same individuals who settled Gloucester proceeded soon after to settle Salem, Charlestown, Dorchester, Watertown, Roxbury, and Boston. Among the number were several ministers of the gospel, and a Mr. John Endicott, afterward Governor Endicott. 6. Salem, called by the Indians Na-um-ke -ag, was begun in 1628, by Mr. Endicot and about one hundred emigrants. They were rein forced the next year by three or four hundred other emigrants, who brought with them one hundred and forty head of cattle, and a few horses, sheep, and goats. Two hundred of the Salem settlers pro ceeded, soon afterward, to Charlestown, and others to Dorchester and elsewhere. 7. These various settlements were incorporated, in 1629, under the name of "The Colony of Massachusetts Bay," and extended as far north as the present boundary of New Hampshire. A form of gov ernment was projected by their friends in England, and Mathew Cradock appointed governor; but he was succeeded, soon after, by John Endicott. 8. A circumstance took place in 1628, which deserves to be recorded and remembered. One Morton, a man greedy of gain, sold guns, pow der, and shot to the Indians, and taught them how to use them. He was rebuked by Governor Endicott and others, but without effect. At last he was seized and sent to England, but not till he had done a work of mischief for which a long life could riot atone. 4. What of a settlement at Braintree ? 5. What other towns were now settled ? G. g k>r:i? 7. What of the Colony of Massachusetts Bay ? 3. What of one Morton? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER XXX. Settlement of New Hampshire. Other Events in this State. 1. THE first permanent settlement in New Hampshire was made in the year 1623, on the Pis-caf-a-qua River, not far from the place where Portsmouth now stands. The first house built was called Mason Hall, in honor of John Mason, who, with Ferdinando Gor ges, set on foot the enterprise, and af- *terward procured a patent of the ter ritory. It was soon after granted to Ma son alone, and then first received the name of New Hampshire. 2. The place where they established themselves was called Little Harbor. It has often been mistaken for Portsmouth ; but this town was not settled till eight years afterward, and was two miles further up the river, at a place called Strawberry Bank. Some parts of the wall and chimney of Mason Hall remained standing about half a cen tury ago. 3. Other places in New Hampshire were settled the same year, in cluding Co-che -co, afterward called Dover, and now noted for its ex tensive manufactures. But the progress of the colony was slow. It was not separated from Massachusetts till 1680, and as late as 1742 only contained six thousand persons liable to taxation. It suffered severely from the Indian wars. 4. The first legislative assembly was convened in New Hampshire, In 1680, and John Mason was the first governor. A constitution wns FIRST SETTLEMENT IN NEW HAMPSHIRE. (. 11 A P. XXX. 1. When and where was the first permanent settlement made In New Hampshire? What of the first house? What of John Mason? 5. Portsmouth? Kemains of Mason Hall? 3. Other settlements in New Hampshire? Progress of the settlement? Separation from Massachusetts? Population in 1742? Indian war? 4. Kirat legislation in Now Hampshire? Constitution? Earthquake? NEW ENGLAND COLONIES. 73 formed for the state in 1683, and went into operation the next year. This year is remarkable for an earthquake, which shook even the prauite mountains of New Hampshire itself. It was felt as far south as Pennsylvania. 5. There was an insurrection here in 1786, excited and led on by the insurrection in Massachusetts of the same period. On the twentieth of September, a body of two hundred men surrounded the court-house at Exeter, in which the general assembly were sitting, and held them prisoners for several hours. Other acts of violence were also com mitted. There was, for a time, every appearance of a civil war. The insurrection was only quieted by calling out the militia. 6. New Hampshire has been in general a peaceable and quiet state ; It is distinguished for its excellent pastures, towering hills, and fine cattle. The White Mountains lift their lofty peaks in this state, and they may be seen at sea at a vast distance. They are the highest mountains in New England. CHAPTER XXXI. Government of the Colonies. Union of the Colonies of Plymouth and Massachusetts Bay. 1. THE agreement of the settlers at Plymouth, just before they landed, has been mention ed, as well as the names of some of their early gover nors. For four years, the gover nor of the colony had no other coun sel or assistance in his office than what was afford ed by one individ ual. In 1624, tin- number of assist ants was increas ed to five. TUB LONDON BOARD OF OFFICERS. 5. Insurrection? 6. Characteristics of New Hampshire ? The White Mountains CHAP. XXXI. 1. What assistance or counsel had the governor of the Plymouth colon/ the first four years? How was the number increased in 1C24? 7 74 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 2. The lands had at first belonged to the Plymouth Company, but, in 1627, the colony purchased them for eighteen hundred pounds, and received a patent for the same, with ample powers of government. Seven assistants, with the governor, constituted the government. This system was contiaued till 1639, when deputies, or representatives of the people, began for the first time to have a voice in the government. 3. The main object of the first settlers of the colony of Massachusetts Bay, like that of the colonists at Plymouth, was to escape persecution, to which they were exposed in England, and to enjoy the high privilege of worshipping God according to the dictates of their own consciences. The settlers of both colonies were, for the most part, Puritans. 4. At first the affairs of government for the colony of Massachusetts Bay had been, to all intents and purposes, transacted by a board of offi cers in London. But in August, 1629, the Company very wisely con cluded to transfer the government from London to Massachusetts; and for this purpose proceeded to the choice of a new board of officers. 5. In virtue of this arrangement, John Winthrop was chosen gov ernor, and Thomas Dudley deputy governor. They came over in June, 1630, with a fleet of eleven ships, and more than eight hundred emi grants, at an expense of one hundred thousand dollars. Seven hundred more emigrants are said to have come over the same year. 6. Governor Winthrop and his associates brought with them a char ter for the colony, which, among other things, empowered them to elect their own officers. They held their charter about sixty years, or till the union of the colonies of Massachusetts and Plymouth an event which took place in the year 1691. Y. Under the charter which has just been mentioned, the legislature of the colony consisted of a governor, deputy governor, and eighteen assistants, to be elected annually by the freemen, and to constitute, as it were, an upper house or senate ; and of the general body of the freemen themselves. They met four times a year, and oftener if found necessary. 8. The first legislative assembly, or General Court, as it was called, met at Boston, in October, 1630. Upward of one hundred persons were made freemen. At the General Court, in May, 1631, the number of freemen had increased to about one hundred and fifty. 2. What of th lands? The government of the colony from 1627? 8. Object of tha puttiers of Plymouth and Massachusetts Bay ? What were they, mostly ? 4. What of th government of Massachusetts Bay before 1629 ? What change then took place ? 5. What of John Winthrop? What of emigrants in 1630? 6. What of a charter? When were the colonies of Massachusetts Bay and Plymouth united ? 7. What was the government of Massachusetts Bay under tho charter? 8. When and where did the first general court meet? Number of freemen in 1681 ? CUSTOMS IN NEW ENGLAND. 75 9. The population did not increase at this period so rapidly as it had done a short time before. Only three hundred and forty persons came over in the space of two years. Emigrants were probably deterred by sickness ; for during the single winter of 1629 more than two hundred of the Massachusetts settlers died. Such was the terror in spired by sickness and other causes, that about one hundred returned to England. 10. Nor was this all. The dwellings, and perhaps the clothing, ol the settlers were insufficient for the climate. The winter of 1631 was one of unusual severity, even for New England, and some were actually frozen to death. Famine followed on disease. Not a few were com pelled to live on shell-fish, groundnuts, and acorns. The governor himself, at one time, had "his last corn in the oven." 11. A day of fasting and prayer for the colony was appointed for February 6, 1632 ; but on the 5th a ship arrived from England, well laden with provisions. The day of fasting was changed to a day of thanksgiving the first of the kind ever kept in the present territory of the United States. 12. It is worthy of notice, as showing the rigid character of the people of New England, that the custom of drinking healths at ordi nary meals, which prevailed at this time in England, and had found its way to America, was early abolished in the colonies ; Governor Win- throp setting the example of self-denial at his own table, and urging it among his people. 13. The first churches in Boston and Charlestown were founded in the summer of 1630, after a solemn fast. At the close of another fast, in August of tlic same year, a minister was installed. For two or three of the first years of the colony none but members of the church were allowed to vote in the General Court or Assembly. 9 Whut of the increase of the colony? Sickness in 1629? Return of settlers to Eug land? 10. What of the winter of 1631? 11. Fasting? Arrival of a ship? Th. rfrst Thanksgiving? 12 Drinking healths? 13. First churches? Who were the voters 3nr<n# st vcars of the settlement? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER XXXII. History of Maryland. Lord HaltimorJs Visit to Amer ica. Leonard Calvert 8 Arrival. Settlement of Mary land. Claybornds Rebellion. 1. THE settlement of Maryland had its origin in the exertions of Sir George Calvert, a , Catholic, afterward j||. called Lord Balti more. He had been jf |||j ; ; i a secretary of state under King James I., anc* was made a lord on account of his services to the crow i one of which services, it is said, consisted in bringing about a marriage between the ki 1 .g s son and a Spanish princess. 2. Lord Baltimore visited America in 1629, and havin fc explored a tract of country lying on the Chesapeake Bay, belonging to what was then called South Virginia, he returned to England to procure a patent of it from the king. Before the patent was made out, he died, and it ^vas given to his son Ce -cil. 3. The province was named Maryland, by King Charles I., in the jHitont, in honor of his queen, Henrietta Maria, daughter of the king of France. A part of the province appears to have been included in the grant made some time afterward to William Penn, and to have given rise to much contention between the successors of Penn and Baltimore. 4. In March, 1634, Leon -ard Calvert, the brother of Ce -cil, with two hundred emigrants, most of them Roman Catholic gentlemen, with their servants, arrived at the mouth of the Potomac River, and leaving LORD BALTIMORE. CHAP. XXXII. 1. What of Lord Baltimore ? 2. What of his visit to America? His death? 3 Name of Maryland? Wh;t occasioned much contention? 4. "What took place in lfiJ}4? HISTORY OF MARYLAND. 77 the vessel, ascended in a pinnace as far as Piscataway, aa Indian vil lage, nearly opposite Mount Vernou. 5. The sachem of Piscataway gave Calvert full liberty to settle there if he chose; but, not deeming it on the whole sate, he began a settle ment lower down, on a branch of the Potomac, at the Indian town of Yo-a-co-mo -co. The settlement was called St. Mary s. 6. To gain the good-will of the Indians, Calvert made them presents of clothes, axes, hoes, and knives. Their friendship was easily secured ; and their women, in return for the kindnesses of the English, taught them how to make corn-bread. This, perhaps, was the first knowledge which the settlers had of "hoe-cake," or "johnny -cake." 7. The colony of Maryland met with few of the troubles which had been experienced by its sister colonies. The settlers arrived in time to cultivate the soil for that year, and the seasons for several of the suc ceeding years were all favorable. They had the Virginians, moreover, for near neighbors, who furnished them with cattle and many other necessaries, and also protected them from the Indians. In addition to all this, they enjoyed good health. 8. In Fel ruary, 1635, in less than one year from the date of the set tlement, the freemen of the colony assembled to make the necessary laws. The charter which had been granted them was exceedingly liberal. They were allowed the full power of legislation, without the reserved privilege, on the part of the crown, to revoke or alter their acts. The government underwent some changes in 1639; and, in 1650, they had an upper and lower house in the legislature, like their neighbors. 9. Ten or twelve years of peace having passed away, a rebellion broke out in Maryland, headed by one Clai -borne. Having formed a little colony before the arrival of Calvert, he refused to submit to his authority. Convicted, at length, of murder and other crimes, he fled from the province, but returned with a large mob, and broke up the government. Order, however, was in a little time restored, and thing* again went on prosperously. 10. When every other country in the world had persecuting laws, the Catholics of Maryland raised the standard of civil and religious liberty, where their co-religionists, who were oppressed in England and Ireland, were sure to find a peaceful asylum, and where religious freedom obtained a home at the humble village which bore the name of St. Mary s. 5. What of the sachem of TMsrataway? What "f the ee tlemonts? 6 What of Culvert and the Indians? Hoe-cake? 7. In what respects did the Maryland settlers hav*> an advantage over the o?her coloniets ? S. What of the goTernment of the colony ? 9. What ot Claiborne? 10. What of persecuting laws ? 7* 78 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER XXXIIL Various /Settlements in Connecticut. Opposition of the Dutch. A Singular Journey across the Wilderness. 1 WE now come to the settlement of Connecticut. As early as 108 L came from, the valley of the Con necticut ri ver to Bos- ton and Plymouth, and urged the gov ernors to make set tlements there. The soil, he said, was PEOPLE GOING TO SETTLE IN CONNECTICUT. exceedmg- ly rich ; in addition to which, he offered them a yearly supply of corn, and eighty beaver-skins. He was treated with kindness, but no steps were immediately taken to form a settlement. 2. Some time afterward, Governor Window, of Plymouth, made a tour to the valley of the Connecticut, and came back so well pleased with the country, that preparations were soon made for establishing a trading-house there. But the Dutch of Manhattan, having heard of the plan, immediately proceeded to erect a fort in that quarter. This was in 1633. 8. The movements of the Dutch, however, did not intimidate the Plymouth people. Having got ready the frame of a house, they sailed for the Connecticut River. When they came opposite the Dutch fort the spot where Hartford now stands the Dutch forbade their pro ceeding any further, on penalty of being fired upon. They did not re gard this, but proceeded up the river. PHAP. XXXIIL 1. What of an Indian sachem in IfiSl ? 2. Governor Winslow? Th Dutch? 3. "What of the Dutch and Plymouth people? SETTLEMENT OF CONNECTICUT. 79 4. They landed on the west side of the stream, where Farmington River enters it, and laid the foundation of Windsor. The Dutch, with a band of seventy men, attempted to drive them away in 1634, but did not succeed. Thus was a colony planted in Connecticut. 5. Wethersfield and Hartford were settled in 1635, by a company of. emigrants from Newton and Watertown, near Boston. It consisted of men, women, and children, to the number of sixty, with their cattle and horses. They left home on the 25th of October, and were a fort night on the road, wading through rivers and swamps, and traversing hills and mountains. 6. But they had begun the journey too late in the season. The win ter came upon them in their new residence before they were prepared for it, and the snow fell very deep. They had sent their goods and provisions by water, but the vessel did not arrive, and was supposed to be cast away. Thus a famine was at once produced among them. 7. In this dreadful condition, they became quite discouraged, and some of them desperate. Fourteen of the number set out to return to Boston by the way they came. One was drowned in crossing the river, and the rest would have perished on the road, had they not been relieved by the Indians. A great many emigrants returned by water. 8. It is difficult to say who suffered most, those who went away or those who remained. The hitter received a little of the promised aid from the Indians > but their fare was at times scanty consisting chiefly of acorns and grain. A part of their cattle subsisted by browsing on what they could find in the woods and meadows. 9. The Plymouth Company in England had, in 1631, given to Lords Say and Seal, and Lord Brook, a patent of the lands lying about the mouth of the Connecticut River. In 1635, a son of Governor Win- throp, of Massachusetts, with twenty men, built a fort there, which he called Saybrook, and became the governor of it. The Dutch tried to drive him away, but without effect. 10. In June, 1636, one hundred emigrants from Dorchester and Watertown, accompanied by two ministers of the gospel, Mr. Hooker and Mr. Stone, crossed the mountains, swamps, and rivers, to Connect icut. They journeyed on foot, and drove a hundred and sixty head of cattle ; subsisting during the journey chiefly on milk. They were a fortnight on the road. They settled at Hartford, which they called Newtown. 4 Where did the emigrants land? What did the Dutch of Hartford attempt to do? 5. What of the settlement of Wethersfield and Hartford? 6. What evils beset the set tlers? 7. What of the return of some of them? 8. Situation of those that remained t . What had taken place in 1631? What of a son of Governor Winthrop? 10. happened in 1636? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 11. As they passed along, the woods resounded with their songs and hymns and prayers, and with the lowing of their kine. They had no guide but a compass, and Him who guarded the host of Israel in their travels from Egypt to Canaan. They had no pillows but heaps of stones. None saw them but here and there a group of wandering savages, and the Eye which sees and observes till secrets. CHAPTEK XXXIY. Roger Williams. He is banished from Massachusetts, and settles in Rhode Island. The Rhode Island and Providence Plantations. 1. IN February, 1631, a Puritan minister arrived in New England, by the name of Roger Williams. He was as yet scarcely thirty years of age. He w r as a man of some enlighten ed views, but his temper was not properly disci plined. He was^ however, an ar dent friend of re ligious liberty, and a foe to every form of legal in tolerance. 2. He was, at first, pastor of a church in Salern^ Here, having advanced the opinion that a commonwealth is bound to protect all denominations of Christians, rather more boldly than was acceptable bo the Massachusetts government, and having also announced some strange opinions with an overbearing spirit, he was tried for heresy and was sentenced to leave the province. ROGER WILLIAMS BANISHED. 11. Describe the progress of the emigrants through the woods. CHAP. XXXI V.l. What of Roger Williams? 2. Of what church was he at first. pastor ? What opinion* did ne advance ? What was the consequence of this conduct SETTLEMENT OF R II O I) K ISLAND. 81 3. He first repaired to See -konk, now in Rhode Island ; but having learned, soon after, that the place was within the jurisdiction of the Plymouth colony, he removed, June, 1G36, to the place where Provi dence now stands, and laid the foundation of a colony, of which he was, at one and the same time, minister, instructor, and father. 4. But the labors of Roger Williams were not by any means con- llru d to his own countrymen. Though his manners had been harsh, ho had a good heart. Like Eliot, he did much for the conversion and im provement of the savages. He even took pains, like him, to learn their language, that he might the better conciliate, instruct, improve, and elevate them ; and, at the same time, preserve his colony from destruc tive and bloody wars. 5. Providence was within the territory of the Narraganset Indians, but Mr. Williams very soon obtained a deed of it; not for Jiimself or his friends, for though it was his own property as much as the clothes he wore, he gave away every foot of it. Nor did he love power more than property, for, instead of making himself the magistrate, the colonists had none till the year 1640. 6. The Providence settlement soon became the asylum of all who were persecuted in the other colonies on account of their religious opinions, especially the Baptists, to which sect Mr. Williams adhered. In 1639, a Baptist church was formed there; the first in the United States. Twelve years later, the General Court of Massachusetts, by their severe laws, drove a greater number to Rhode Island than ever before. 7. Rhode Island, properly so called that is, the beautiful island which goes by this name was first settled in the spring of 1638, by William Coddington and seventeen others. In the following Novem ber, Mr. Coddington was chosen governor. These last were the fol lowers of one Ann Hutchinson, a fanatic in religion, but in many re spects a wise and virtuous woman. 8. Until 1640, the citizens of Providence had made their own rule? and laws in a general convention. They now thought it best to adopt a more permanent form of government, and, in 1644, Roger Williams, with the aid of Governor Vane, of Massachusetts, procured a charter for the two settlements, under the name of the Rhode Island and Provi dence Plantations. ",. \Vhcre did Williams first go? "Where did ho establish himself? 4. "What of "Wil liams and the Indians? 5. Did Williams take a deed of his land? "What did he do with his land? What of the government of the colony till 1640? 6. Of whom did the Provi dence settlements become the asylum ? The Baptists ? "What happened in 1689 ? "What happened twelve years later? 7. What occurred in 1638? What of Ann Hutchinson? 8. What occurred in 1444? 4* 82 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER XXXY. War with the Pequod Indians. The Battle at Mystic IZiver. Burning of the Indian Fort. Utter Defeat of the Pequods. 1. CONNECTICUT was first organized as a government separate from Massachusetts and Plymouth, in ( -/ ; JF*-^&^1i^ TM itants held their /( u, "if. MH^.V^ first General Court or Assembly at Hartford, in the spring of that year. The first law they passed was, that arms and ammunition should not be sold to the Indians. 2. Enough, how- BURNING OF THE FORT. ever, had been done, long before, by unprincipled men, like Hunt and Morton, to excite that savage jealousy which, when once roused, makes little discrimination, but vents itself with nearly equal readiness on all who are white, without regard to age or sex. The period was at hand when the colonists of Connecticut were to feel the full force of savage vengeance. 3. The Pe -quods, or Pequots, were a very formidable tribe, having at least seven hundred warriors. Their principal settlement was on a hill in Groton, near New London, in Connecticut, though they had forts elsewhere. They were the terror of many other tribes of Indians, and they soon became a serious annoyance to the Connecticut and Massachusetts settlers. 4. They had, in the first place, murdered some of the traders from Massachusetts, especially one Old -hain, at Block Island, and Governor Endicot had been sent to treat with them, or bring them to submis sion ; but he had accomplished very little, except to provoke them by burning their wigwams. CHAP. XXXV. 1. When was Connecticut first organized as a government separate from Massachusetts and Plymouth ? Where was the first General Assembly ? What was the first law ? 2. What had been done by such men as Hunt and Morton ? 8. What of the Pequods? 4. What had the Pecmods done? WAR WITH THE PEQUODS. 83 5. In March, 1637, they became so bold as to attack the fort at Say- brook, and kill three of the soldiers. In. April, they murdered several men and women at Wethersfield, carried away two girls into captivity, and destroyed twenty cows. The inhabitants could no longer con sider themselves safe, by night or by day, in their houses or in their fields. 6. The General Assembly, which convened at Hartford, May 11, re solved to make war upon them ; and ninety men about half the col ony who were able to bear arms with Captain Mason at their head, accompanied by seventy friendly Mohegan Indians, and Rev. Mr. Stone as their chaplain, were sent out to attack the Peqtiods in their own country. 7. Sailing down the river, and thence to Narraganset Bay, they were joined at the latter place by two hundred Narraganset Indians, and, after landing and proceeding toward the Pequod country, by five hundred Ni-an -ticks. The Pequods had two forts, one at Mystic, in the present town of Groton, and another further on. They resolved to attack the former. 8. They arrived at Mystic River, near the fort, late in the evening, and pitched their camp by two large rocks, now called Porter s rocks. About daybreak the next morning, they were ready to advance and attack the fort. The first signal of their arrival was the barking of a dog, upon which an Indian in the fort cried out, u O-\van -ux! Owanux!" which meant Englishmen ! Englishmen ! 9. The battle soon began, and for a long time was severe. The fate of Connecticut, and perhaps of all New England, was to be determined by seventy-seven men.* Every soldier, therefore, fought for his own life and the lives of his countrymen. With the Indians, too, every thing was at stake; and their arrows descended among the English like a shower of hail. 10. At last, seeing his men begin to tire, Captain Mason cried out, "We must burn them! 1 and, seizing a firebrand from one of the wigwams, he applied it to the combustible material of which it was composed, and in a few minutes the whole fort was in flames. The fire and sword together made terrible havoc ; and soon victory decided in favor of the colonists. 11. But the contest was not yet over. Three hundred Pequods fron 5. What happened ii. March, 1637? 6. What of the General Assembly? Of whom did the force sent against the Pequods consist? 7. By what forces were they joined? What forts had the Pequods ? 8. What of the approach of the white men to Fort Mystic? 9. What of the fight? 10. What of Captain Mason? * They set out with ninety, but thirteen had fallen off at Saybrook, or elsewhere ; and as for the friendly Indian allies, they dared not venture near the fort. 84 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. the other fort carne now to the assistance of their brethren, but these too were gallantly repulsed, and the colonists retired leisurely to go on board their vessels at the Pequod harbor. When the battle ended, their vessels were not yet in sight, but they arrived soon afterward. 12. The colonists had but two men killed and sixteen wounded in the contest ; while the Indians lost seventy wigwams, and, as it was thought, from five hundred to six hundred rnen. The blow was de cisive. The Indians looked at the smoking ruins, stamped on the ground, tore their hair, and rushed on the colonists ; but to no purpose. 13. The battle was scarcely ended, when a body of two hundred troops from Massachusetts and Plymouth arrived. They renewed the war, burning wigwams, destroying cornfields, and killing the Indians, men, women, and children. The survivors were driven to a swamp, where they finally surrendered, except Sas -sa-cus, their chief, and a few of his men, who fled to the Mo -hawks, by whom Sassacus was afterward murdered. CHAPTER XXXVL Anecdotes of the Pequod War. The Indian Chiefs Un- cas and Sassacus. The Beneficent Conduct of Rog&r Williams. 1. ONE of the early laws of New England was: "Some minister is to be sent forth to go along with the army, for their instruction and encouragement." Moreover, they sometimes began their wars by a season of fasting and prayer. We may smile at this strange attempt to intermingle religion and bloodshed ; but it exhibits the Puritan character. 2. The whole night before Captain Mason set out from Hartford to attack the Pequods was spent by Mr. Stone, at the request of the soldiers, in earnest prayer. Again : having arrived at Narraganset Bay on Saturday, instead of proceeding on their journey the next day, they kept it as the Sabbath, with the most scrupulous exactness. 3. War is terrible at best, but it is always agreeable to find its hor rors in any degree mitigated. While the soldiers of Captain Mason were slaughtering the Indians at Fort Mystic by hundreds, and ac tually piling the dead bodies in heaps, they spared the women. Many 1 1. What more happened ? 12. Loss of the colonists ? Of the Indians ? 13. What of 200 Massachusetts troops ? What of Sassacus and the rest of the Pequods? CHAP. XX XVI. 1. How did the Puritans mingle religion with war? 2. What of the night before. Captain Mason s departure for the Pequod war? "What of the next Sunday? 3. What of war? What of sparing the women and children ? INCIDENTS OF THE P E Q U O 1) WAR. 86 of the Indian warriors, observing this, cried out, "I squaw ! I squaw 1" But it did not save them. 4. The friendly Indians, under Un -cas, sachem of the Mohegans, and Mi-an-ton -o-inoh, sachem of the Narragansets, were terribly afraid of the Pequods, and especially of Sassacus, their chief. "When Captain Mason inquired of Miautonomoh why the Narragansets did not corno forward and help him, he replied, " Sassacus is in the fort. Sassacu* is all one God ; nobody can kill him." 5. The two hundred Pequods men, women, and children who sur rendered to the colonists, were either enslaved by the English or in corporated with the Mohegans or the Narragansets. There did not remain, according to the words of the historian, " a sannup or a squaw, a warrior or a child, of the Poquod name. A nation had disappeared in a day !" 6. Still, this war would have been more dreadful than it was, but for the benevolent and pious labors of Roger Williams. When the Pequods found they had provoked the colonists to make war upon them, they tried to enlist on their side the Mohegans and Narragansets. They hoped that by their united exertions they might be able entirely to sweep the colonists from the hunting-ground of their fathers. 7. There was no white man in New England that dared, at this critical time, to expose himself to Indian fury, but Roger Williams. Aware of the danger to the colonists, this good man, amid storm and wind, and at the most imminent hazard of his life, embarked in a canoe, and hastened to the wigwam of the Narraganset sachem, even while the Pequod ambassadors were there, still reeking with the blood of Oldham and others. 8. Here, for three days and nights, he ate and drank and slept in their midst, in danger of being shot, or having his throat cut, every moment. The Narragansets for some time wavered, but he at length succeeded in preventing them from entering into a league with tho Pequods, and thus, probably, saved the colonies from extinction. CHAPTER XXXYII. Settlement of New Haven. Mr. Davenport and his Asso ciates. Other Settlements in Connecticut. Earthquakes. 1. THE Indian name of New Haven was Quin -ui-pi-ack. The peo ple of the Connecticut colony had become acquainted with it during 4. What of Sassac-s and other Indians ? 5. What of the 200 Indians captured ? What of the Pequod nation? 6 What rendered the Pequod war less dreadful ? 7, 8. What did Roger Williams do ? 8 86 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. the war with the Pcqnods. About this time Rev. Mr. Davenport, and two merchants of London, by the name of Eaton and Hopkins, and a company of emi grants, came over to America ; a few of whom went to Quinnipiack, buili a hut, and remain ed there during tho winter preceding the settlement. 2. In the spring of 1G38, Mr. Dav- FIRST SETTLEMENT AT NEW HAVEN. enport and his whole company went there to reside permanently. At two different purchases, they bought of the Indians nearly the whole of what now constitutes the county of New Haven. For the first and smallest por tion, they gave a dozen, each, of coats, hoes, hatchets, spoons, and por ringers, two dozen knives, and four cases of French knives and scis sors; and, for the largest, thirteen coats only. 3. Some may think that the Indians were defrauded by these purchases ; or, at least, that they would be likely to think themselves so after ward. But such persons forget that these articles were worth more then than they now are ; and, beside that, the land was really worth no thing to the Indians, nor, in its wild state, was it of much value to any one. Besides, the Indiana retained the right to hunt on the land, and, if they pleased, to plant a certain portion. 4. On the first Sabbath which the colonists observed at New Haven, April 28, Mr. Davenport preached to the people under a large spread ing oak. He was an excellent man, and, with his coadjutors, gave a character to New Haven that has never been wholly lost. The lay ing of the city into squares, and the beautiful green, or common, are memorials of their efforts. 5. The three towns, Windsor, Hartford, and Wethersfield, early in the year 1639, formed themselves into a distinct government, and CHAP XXXVII. 1 What was the Indian name of the country where New Haven now stands? When did the people of Connecticut become acquainted with it? What of Mr. Davenport and others ? 2. What was done in 1R88? 8. How doos it appear that the Indians were not cheated by the whrtes? 4. What of Mr. Davenport? TllK COLONY OF NEW HAVKN. 87 adopted a constitution, and John llaynes was elected their first gov ernor. Their constitution has been much admired. It lasted, with little alteration, till 1818, or about one hundred and eighty years; and was in substance as follows: 6. The General Court, or legislative assembly, was to be held twice a year, viz., in spring and autumn ; but the officers of the government the governor, deputy governor, and five or six assistants with th? representatives from the several towns, were to be elected on the first Monday of April annually. The settlement at Saybrook soon became united with that at Hartford. 7. Until the year 16(55, New Haven was a colony by itself, separate from Hartford, under the name of the Colony of New Haven. A con stitution was formed and adopted by the colony essentially like that of Connecticut, in the autumn of the same year, 1639; and Theophilus Eaton was chosen the first governor, and re-elected every year till his death, which happened about twenty years afterward. 8. The first inhabitants of New Haven, almost without exception, were men of character and piety. They paid great attention both to educatkm and religion. At first they held their lands in com mon, as at Jamestown and Plymouth. Not a few of their first gov ernors, moreover, as well as several other officers, refused to receive any salary or special compensation for their public services. 9. The Dutch, who still claimed the country, seemed inclined, from time to time, to molest the Connecticut colony, but no serious conflict ever took place between them. Their greatest trouble was with the Indians. With this exception, and a continual series of disasters at sea, their first years were quite prosperous. 10. The first great earthquake in New England, after its settlement, took place in June, 1638. The earth shook with such violence that in Koine places people could not stand without difficulty, and the furniture in the houses was thrown down. Similar shocks were felt in 1663, 1727, 1761, and 1783. !5. What of three towns? Who was the first governor of the Connecticut colony ? What of the constitution adopted there? 6. What were the general provisions of this ronstitution ? 7. What of the New Haven colony? 8. First Bottlers of New Haven? What of property? The governors? 9. The Dutch? 10. Earthquakes? 88 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER XXXVIIL Union of the New England Colonus. 1. THE conduct of the New England settlers did not fail to keep up the spirit of per secution in Eng land on the par-i, of those whose severe measures had driven them there. It was seen that the forms of the Eng lish church dis cipline were dis regarded by the Puritans, and marriages were celebrated even by the civil mag istrates. In spite of all this, however, good and loyal subjects of the king were con tinually emigrating thither. 2. What could be done ? In the first place, ships freighted with pas sengers and bound for New England were forbidden to sail. In the next place, the Archbishop of Canterbury, and others, obtained power to legislate for the colonies ; to revoke their charters if it should be thought necessary ; to regulate and govern their church, and to inflict punishment for refractory conduct. 3. Such power, lodged in the hands of an Episcopal bishop three thousand miles distant, greatly alarmed the colonies. In January, 1635, the ministers assembled at Boston, to consult with the civil offi cers, and see what should be done. They were unanimous in the opin ion that they ought not to submit to a general governor from abroad, should one be appointed, which they had great reason to expect. 4. Nor was this all. Poor as the colonies were, they raised six hundred pounds sterling among them, and applied it immediately to the erection of fortifications. But this only so much the more offended DELEGATES SIGNING THE ARTICLES OP CONFEDERATION. CHAP. XXXVIIL 1. Conduct of the Puritans in New Enj?land ? Consequences of this? 2. What was done in England? 8. What was done at Boston in 1685? 4. Whai steps did the colonies take ? PERSECUTION IN ENGLAND, Tit 73 72 71 70 MAP OP NE\V ENGLAKD. their enemies in England, asd increased their disposition to restrain their liberties. 5. Whole squadrons, ready to sail for America with passengers, were stopped. It is even said that Crom -well and Hainp -den, who after ward became so conspicuous in the measures which led to the death of the king, Charles I., were on board of one of the vessels, and would QUESTIONS OJT THE MAP. Direction of the following places from Boston: Cape Cod ? New Haven? Augusta? Montpelier ? Hartford? Long Island? New York? Prov idence? Quebec? In what direction do the following rivers run: the Connecticut? the Kennebec? the Penobscot? the Hudson? etc. 8* 90 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. have sailed for America had not the king himself prevented it. Little did he know what he was doing. 6. It was impossible, however, to check the tide of emigration, ex cept for a short time. Persecution for religious opinions had awakened a spirit of emigration in Europe which had not been known before. One hundred and ninety-eight ships had already crossed the Atlantic to New England, carrying with them twenty thousand passengers ; arid the plantations there had cost nearly a million of dollars. 7. It was just at this period of the colonial history, when they were in danger not only from foes at home but from enemies of their liberty abroad, that a union of the colonies, for mutual preservation and de fence, began to be discussed. Nor did their victory over the Pequods, nor the temporary suspension of Dutch hostilities, lull them into se curity. The measure was not only talked of, but at last executed. 8. The articles of confederation were signed May 29, 1643. The union which was formed took the name of " The United Colonies of New England." It embraced Massachusetts, Plymouth, Connecticut and New Haven, and should have included Rhode Island and Provi dence plantations. This colony petitioned for admittance, but was re fused, because it would not be merged in the colony of Plymouth. 9. This union continued forty years or more, and was of great service while it lasted. If it did not prevent that foreign interference which was threatened, it defended the colonies at least from the Indians and Dutch, and other enemies at home, both by leading them to feel more strongly the ties of sympathy and brotherhood, and by enabling them to make treaties on a more certain and permanent basis. 5. What of Cromwell and Hampden? 6 Emigration? Persecution? How many ships and passengers had come to America? How much had the plan tatiora cost? 7 What of a union of the colonies? 8. What of the articles of confederation? "Why was Rhode 1 jhuul excluded ? 9. "What of thi* union ? MANNERS AND CUSTOMS OF THE INDIANS. 91 CHAPTER XXXIX. General Remarlts on the Indians. The Tribes of New England. Their Manners and Customs. 1. WE have already stated that the Indians of America, though divided into many tribes and na tions, speaking dif ferent languages, and having some difference of man ners and customs, were all of one race. It is neces sary to remark, however, that the people called Es quimaux [es -ke- mo\ living around the Arctic regions, were of a distinct race, being of the same family as the Lap -land-ers and Sa-moi -edes of Northern Europe and Asia. 2. With those people, however, the early settlers of the United States had no connection. With the numerous tribes which dwelt in ths vast country from the Canadas to the Gulf of Mexico, on the contrary, they were in almost constant contact. The Whites, in fact, occupied the lands which these Indians had held as their patrimony, and the savages were not slow to perceive that their tribes rapidly wasted away before the progress of these strangers. 3. A natural jealousy, therefore, took possession of their rninds, which was often inflamed by acts of aggression on the part of the Europeans. Thus wars ensued, which, in point of fact, constitute a large part of the history of the colonies. In order to understand the narratives belonging to this period, it is necessary to take a somewhat ciloser view of the manners and customs of those people. INDIAN SORCERER AND SICK MAN. CHAP. XXXIX. 1. What of the Indians of America* The Esquimaux? 2. What of o Ixulmns f-om the Cnnadas to the Gulfof Mexico? -3. Jealousy of the Indians? 92 HIS OR Y OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. The tribes in New England were, principally, the Pe-nob -acots in Maine ; the Paw-tuck -ets between Maine and Salem ; the Massachusetts around the Massachusetts Bay; the Po-ka-no -kets in south-eastern Massachusetts; the Narragansets about Rhode Island; and the IV- quods in the southern or south-eastern part of Connecticut. 5. There were indeed other tribes and divisions of tribes, such a^ theMo-he -gans, theNipmucks, the "Warn- pa-no -ags, &c. ; butthey were not numerous, and were generally tributary to the larger tribes. Nor were the larger tribes so numerous as some have hastily supposed. Judicious Authors on the subject have estimated the whole number tit only one hundred and fifty or two hundred thousand for the eastern, middle, and southern states. 6. The Indians had no houses, but lived chiefly in rude huts, or, as they were called, wigwams. These were built of sticks, leaves, bark, and sometimes of skins, in the shape of tents. They were usually ar ranged in small clusters, or villages; one wigwam often serving for several families. Like the wandering Tartars, they often removed their villages. A village contained, usually, from fifty to two hundred inhabitants. 7. They knew little of agriculture, though in some places they raised corn and beans, and a few peas, melons, &c. The employments of the men were chiefly hunting, fishing, and war. Of arts and manufactures they barely knew enough to make their wigwams, weapons of war, hunting and fishing, articles of dress and ornaments, wampum, and a few domestic utensils and agricultural implements. 8. Their food was simple, coarse, plainly cooked, and, from their natural indolence, sometimes scanty. At times they subsisted chiefly on flesh raw, roasted, or boiled, according to convenience. At other times, when not too indolent to procure it, they subsisted on parched corn, hominy, or a mixture of corn and beans, which they called succotash. The females usually prepared the food and cultivated the vegetables. 9. Their dress, except in winter, consisted chiefly of a slight cover ing about the waist, with ornaments for the face, wrists, or ankles. In winter they dressed in untanned skins and in furs. They were little affected by external beauty, even personal beauty, notwithstanding their fondness for ornament. In war, and on occasions of ceremony, they painted their faces with various bright colors, giving them a hideous appearance. For amusements, they danced around a fire, or sang songs, or recited stories of their victories. Though in general the Indians had n rnoody and melancholy look, they sometimes indulged in hearty mirth. 4. What of the tribes of Indians in New England? 5 Other tribes? 6. Indian dwellings ? Villages? 7. Agriculture? Employments of the men? Arts and manufactures ? 8. Food? Tho women? 9. Dress? Amusements? MANNERS AND CUSTOMS OF THE INDIANS. 93 10. Their hatchets, knives, and other implements, were chiefly shells or sharp stones ; more frequently the latter. The bow and arrow and tomahawk, as we have already stated, were their chief weapons of war. They pounded their corn in large stones, scooped or hollowed out. The ground served them instead of chairs, tables, and beds. Their thread for nets, etc., was made of the tendons of animals, and their (ish-hooks of bones. For money, they used wampum, or beads made of the shells of clams strung together in chains, or fastened to belts. 11. The Indians had no books, or schools, or churches. They had, it is true, some ideas of good and evil spirits; their principal deity was called Manitou. They appear to have had a belief in a future existence beyond the grave ; but their notions on this subject were very crude and confused; and their religion and religious worship, when they had any, exerted but little influence on their general conduct. 12. Polygamy was allowed among them ; and though they could hardly be said to be distinguished for licentiousness, there was not among them that tender and respectful regard for the female sex which is not only a principal element of human happiness, but one of the strongest bonds of society. Their government and customs of war will be seen in the progress of our history. 13. Diseases among the savages of America were fewer in number than in civilized society; but they were sometimes very fatal, as in the case of the smallpox. Their medical treatment was simple, consisting, for the most part, of a little herb tea, and warm or cold bathing ; some times, however, they resorted to powwows or sorcerers, who pretended to charm away diseases. 14. When an Indian died, the survivors dug a hole in the ground, and having wrapped the corpse in skins and mats, laid it therein. Whatever was deemed most useful to the individual while living, as his implements of war or hunting, were buried with him ; probably in the vague belief that they might be useful to him in a future state. Some corpses were buried sitting, with their faces to the east. 10. Utensils? Weapons of war? How did they pound their corn? "What served tbem for chairs, tables, etc.? Nets? Hooks? Money? 11. Books? Schools? Churches? Itelijjrious notions? 12. Polygamy? Respect for the femnlc sex ? 13. Diseases? Medif.nl trualiiH-nt? Powwows? 14. Burial ceremonies? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. INDIAN VILLAGE. CHAPTER XL. The Eight Families of Indians Algonquins, Huron Iroquois, Dahkotahs, Catawbas, Cherokee*, lichees, Choctaws, and Natchez. Their Character, Manners, Customs, etc. 1. SUCH were the manners and customs of the New England Indians-, they were, however, only a small part of those who dwelt within the present limits of the United States. 2. These comprised numerous small bands, though historians class them in eight great families. First, there was the AL-GON -QTJIK FAMILY, occupying nearly the whole country from the Canadas to the Carolinas, and embracing nearly all the Indians with whom the early settlers came in contact, as well those of New England as the Mid dle States and Virginia. 3. The second family was that of the HU -KON IK -O-QUOIS, their CHAP. XL. 1, 2. What of the bands or tribes among the Indians in the territory of the United States at the time of its settlement? Into how many great families are they di vided by historians? What of the Algonquin family? MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 95 90 HISTORY O* THE UNITED STATES. seat being around Lake Erie and Lake Huron. Tlio third family was that of the DAH-KO -TAHS, or Sioux [sioo], living mostly west of the Mississippi, where they still form a powerful tribe. 4. The fourth family was that of the CA-TAW -BAS, liv ing in the interior of Caro lina. To the west of these lived the CHER-O-KEES , still a powerful tribe in the West, where they have become par tially civilized. TheU-cHEEs , a small family whose history is little known, dwelt in the northern part of Georgia. 5. The OHOC -TAWS, called the Mdbilian Family, occu pied the southern parts of the present United States, from the Mississippi to the Atlantic. It included many nations, and among them the CEEEKS, whose history has largely figured in the an nals of our country. 6. On the east bank of the Mississippi, near the site of the present city of NATCHEZ, lived the family of that name. They were a small tribe, but appear to have had some connection with the Mexicans, which had imparted to them some ideas of civilization not shown by the other natives wo have mentioned. 7. Each of these great families had its own language, yet they all bore a general resemblance to each other. As we have stated, the minor tribes had also their peculiar dialects, yet all those belonging to one family could communicate with each other. Thus the several tribes of New England could all communicate with each other, and also with the other branches of the Algonquin family, as the Del -a-wares, the Mi-am -is, Ot -ta-was, &c., living further to the west. 8. The manners and customs of these, tribes were nearly the paim as those we have described as belonging to the New England Indians. With them all, war and the chase, with fishing, were the chief occupa- 1NDIAN CHIEF. 3. The Huron Iroquois? The Dahkotahs T 4. The Catawbas? The Oherokees ? Tho 5. The fhoctaws? fi. The Natchea? 7. Language of the Indians? MANNERS AND CUSTOMS OF TIIE INDIANS. INDIAN YOUTHS SHOOTING AT A TAUGET tlonj* of the men : the women tilled the land and bore all burdens dur ing journeys. Among some tribes they dressed skins for clothing and hut covers, and wove mats for beds from the bark of trees. 9. The love of display in dress was a characteristic of the men, even the warriors, who not only tattooed their faces, arms, necks, and shoulders, but decorated themselves with the heads of wild animals, the claws and feathers of birds, and the bones of fishes. 10. Among all the tribes the women were mere slaves, condemned to perform all the menial labor, and not only excluded from war and hunting, but even from the sports of leaping, dancing, target-shooting, ball-playing, and various games of chance, in which the men indulged with passionate delight. The highest indulgence of the female sex was to witness these sports on the part of their lords and masters. 11. At the tirno of the settlement of the English in this country, by far the greater part of the Indians lived east of the Mississippi ; now they are nearly all removed west of that river. Many of the tribes that flourished in the early days of the colonies, have entirely passed ft. Manners and customs ? 9. Love of display in dross? i 1. Whore did the greater part of the early Indians dwell ? y adition < f the women t 98 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. away : all are reduced to comparative insignificance. Most have ex changed the bow and arrow for the rifle, and wear blankets instead of skins. 12. When first known by the whites they had neither horses, cattle, dogs, sheep, nor domestic fowls : now they have horses, and are among the swiftest and most dexterous of riders-. Nevertheless, they are gradually dwindling away, and before many years are past, the race will doubtless be entirely blotted out. 13. Such is a brief outline of the character and condition of the Savages within the boundaries of the United States, at the early period of which we are speaking. "We shall have occasion to fill up this picture by incidents and narratives, illustrative of their disposition, habits, and capacity. CHAPTER XLI. Evangeliztny the Indians in New England. The- May hews. Eliot, the Indian Apostle. 1. WE now return to the history of New England. One of the more important as well as more interest ing results of the union of the col onies, of which we have given an account, was the civilization and improve ment of the In dians, whose manners and cus toms, as we have seen, were alto gether rude and savage. During the peace with tliem, between the Pequod war and the war with Philip, it pleased God to put it into the hearts of many to do them good. Among these bene factors were several persons of the name of May hew, arid John Eliot. 12. What of hnrsr-s, cattle, etc CHAP. XLI. 1. What followed the union of tho lonia* ELIOT, THE INDIAN APOSTLE. 99 2. One of the Mayhews had a church of one hundred communicants at Martha s Vineyard. His son, Experience May hew, besides having the charge of five or six congregations of Indians, learned their lan guage, and translated portions of the Bible into it. He also wrote the lives of thirty native Indian preachers, and eighty pious Indian men, women, and children. He spent sixty-three years of his life in the ministry, chiefly among the Indians. 3. But no man was so greatly distinguished for his labors of love among the Indians as John Eliot. lie was born in England, in 1004. In early life he was an usher in a grammar-school, under the Rev. Thomas Hooker, the celebrated individual who led sixty men, women, and children across the woods from Boston to Hartford, to settle Con necticut. 4. Mr. Eliot came to Boston in 1G31, and was settled as a minister in Roxbury the next year, where he remained about sixty years, that is, until his death. He had not been in Roxbury long before he began to take a deep interest in the Indians, whom he believed to be the descendants of the lost tribes of Israel. 5. The first thing he did, in preparation for his work, was to learn their language. This occupied him several years. The translation of the Bible into the Indian language took up two years more. At the age of forty-two he found himself sufficiently acquainted with their language to converse with them and teach them both publicly and in private. G. Soon he was found in their wigwams, teaching them and their children to read, praying with them, telling them about God, preach ing short and plain sermons to them, discouraging the use of strong drinks, as well as all their favorite vices, instructing them in farming and gardening, and endeavoring in every possible way to make them wiser and better. 7. Mr. Eliot not only told them what to do, but lie actually set them to work, and sometimes worked with them. lie furnished the men with spades, shovels, crow-bars, etc., and the women with spinning- wheels. He set up schools and churches among them, and prepared ministers and schoolmasters. So faithful and numerous were his labors that he obtained the name of the Indian Apostle. 8. The following anecdote will serve to show the nature of Mr Eliot s influence. One Sabbath evening, on returning from church, a converted Indian found his fire gone out, and, in order to kindle it, he split a little dry wood v, r ,th his hatchet. This was thought by many 2. Tho Mayl-.pws ? 3. Eliot s early life ? 4. Whore was he settled ? 5. WTiat of his learn Uig the Indian liin<rmtge? Transl;itin<r the Bible? C, 7. How did Eliot proceed w tb !lu> Indians? S. Ant-rdntc of un Indian ? 100 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. \ of the Indians a breach of the Sabbath, and was, at their next meet ing, taken up and discussed. 9. Mr. Eliot labored more particularly around Boston in Roxbury, Dorchester, Newton, Watertown, and Natick. lie was especially em ployed at a place called Nonantum, in the present town of Newton, and at Natick. But he also went abroad, and labored in the region about Lowell, Lancaster, Brookfield, Yarmouth, and elsewhere, lie not only translated the Bible, but other books, into the Indian lan guage. 10. In short, the good he did was incalculable. In 1660, there were ten towns near Boston in which the Indians were for the most part professedly pious, and were, till Philip s war, fast adopting the customs of civilization. After Mr. Eliot s death, the number of " Praying Indians," as they were called, was estimated at five thousand ; and, in 1696, thirty Indian churches existed. 11. Mr. Eliot was regarded, in his day, as somewhat eccentric. Pie discouraged personal ornaments and useless expenditures. He was op posed to wigs, wine, and tobacco! He wished to have every thing so managed that it might accomplish the greatest good to mankind, and the greatest glory to God. CHAPTER XLII. Witchcraft in New England. 1. IT was during the long period of peace which has been alluded to in the foregoing chapters that the troubles arose in Massachusetts about witchcraft, of which so much has been said in history, and on account of which such heavy charges have been made against our forefathers. 2. The first case of the kind occurred in Springfield, in 10-45. In June, 1648, the charge of witchcraft was brought against Margaret Jones, of Charlestown, and she was executed. Ann Hibbins, of Bos ton, came next; she was executed in 1656. Here the subject rested for about thirty years, when it was again revived ; and there was one more execution in Boston. 3. Four years afterward, viz., in 692, the supposed witchcraft broke out in Salem and Danvers. Here the nr c t subjects of it were children. The disorder, whatever its character may have been, spread to tho 9. Where did Eliot chiefly bestow his efforts? 10. What effect did Eliot s efforts pro- <l,ice? 11. Character of Eliot? Cinp. XLIT.l. What of witchcraft? 2. What casos occurred prior to 1692? 3. What Jiapp. .nd in 1692? WITCHCRAFT IN NEW ENGLAND. 101 neighboring country towns, particularly Andover, Ipswich, and Glouces ter. At first it atfected the lower classes only ; but at length it per vaded all ranks and conditions. 4. Two daughters of a minister, in Salem, were strangely affected. Before this they had been quiet, happy children, but now they began to look wild, shriek, tell strange stories, sit barefoot among the ashes, or go abroad with their clothes and hair in great disorder, looking like insane people. Sometimes they were dumb; at others they would complain of being pricked severely with pins. 5. The madness continuing to spread, the charge of witchcraft was at length brought against one poor minister himself. All sorts of strange stories were told about him. It was especially said that he had in tercourse with the devil ; and the fact that he was an uncommonly athletic and strong man, may have favored this idea. He would not confess guilt, and was hanged. Those who confessed the crime of witchcraft, however, were not executed. G. It was, indeed, a fearful time. Multitudes were suspected and accused, and at one period no less than one hundred and fifty were in prison for witchcraft. What number were actually executed, while "the fever lasted," is not quite certain. It is generally said that two hundred were accused, one hundred and fifty imprisoned, twenty-eight condemned, nineteen hanged, and one pressed to death. 7. But the excitement at length passed away; and the more rapidly in proportion as the criminals were treated with clemency. Multitudes owned, at length, that they confessed their guilt to save their lives ! For a century past little has been said of witchcraft in the United States, arid few believe in its existence. The events we have narrated are supposed to have been the result of delusion. 8. Nor was this disease, or delusion, much known in this country, even in its day, out of New England. One old woman was indeed ac cused of the crime in Pennsylvania. Penn himself happened to be the judge, and gave the charge to the jury. They brought in a verdict that her friends should be bound for her to keep the peace, which put an end to witchcraft in that province. 9. Supposed cases of witchcraft had been common in Europe for centuries, and, about the time of the excitement in New England, thousands were executed in England and other countries there. 4. What of two daughters of a minister? 5. What of the mania? A poor minister? 6. What of the state of things during the excitement ? How many were imprisoned ? How many accused? How many executed ? 7 What of the passing away of the excite ment? S. What of the delusion elsewhere? 9. In Europe? 9* 102 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER XLIII. History of New York from 1640 to the French and Indian War. 1. WE have seen how the Dutch had effected settlements on the Hudson River, they having given the name of New Netherlands to the lands which they claimed, including not only the present territory of New York, but that of Connecticut, and also of New Jersey. Their title to Connecticut was soon terminated by the occupation of the New England settlers, but their claims to New Jersey continued till they were obliged to yield their whole settlements in this quarter to the English in 1664. 2. The country around the rising town of New Amsterdam, on the island of Manhattan, was peopled with numerous tribes of Indians, who were generally hostile, and who inflicted great injuries upon the colonists. The Dutch governors of New Netherlands had almost con stant occupation in defending the settlements from these savages, though they also found time to attack and drive off European colonists who established themselves in different places upon the territories they claimed. 3. About the year 1640, the Indians of Long Island and New Jersey, enraged at being cheated by dishonest traders, and still further excited by rum, broke out into open war. They attacked the settlers on Staten Island, and threatened New Amsterdam itself. William Klieft was then governor of New Netherlands, and though he displayed the ut most cruelty toward the Indians, he had little success in subduing them. 4. In 1643, however, he employed an Englishman named Underbill who had been distinguished in the conflicts with the Indians of New England, to command a considerable body of men, who attacked and defeated the tribes of Long Island, and, crossing over to the mainland, inflicted the same chastisement on the tribes at Horseneck. Peace was Consequently proposed and gladly accepted by both parties. 5. Klieft, however, was exceedingly unpopular, and his recall was demanded by the colonists; he set out to return to Holland with ;i ship richly laden, but he never reached his destination. His vessel wa.s wrecked on the coast of Wales, and the governor perished. CHAP. XLIII. 1. How was the Dutch title to Connecticut terminated? What <>i tlwir claim to New Jersey? 2. What of the Indians? 8. What ofthu Indians in 1640? 4. In 1648? 5. What of Governor Klieft? GOVERNOR STUYVESANT. 103 \ 6. The most celebrated of the Dutch governors was Peter Stuyvesant, who arrived in the colony in 1647. By judicious management, he con ciliated the Indians, and thus converted dangerous foes into friends. He settled the dispute as to boundary which had continued for several years with the neighboring colony of Connecticut, and also, in 1655, HI bdued and took possession of the Swedish colony of New Sweden, consisting of several small settlements on the Delaware River, near its mouth. 7. In 1663, the Indians again became inflamed with hostility. They made a sudden attack on the settlement of Esopus, now Kingston, and a number of the inhabitants were either killed or carried into captivity. A severe chastisement, however, speedily followed this act of bar- ba: ity. A force dispatched from New Amsterdam pursued the savages to their villages, laying waste their fields, killing numbers of their warriors, and releasing the captives they had taken. These vigorous measures resulted in peace May, 1664. 8. The province of New Netherlands, however, had still many diffi culties to contend with. It had serious disputes as to territory with Lord Baltimore, the proprietor of Maryland, and the governor of Vir ginia at the south, and with the colonies of Massachusetts and Con necticut, the latter laying claim to the eastern part of Long Island. 9. In these adverse circumstances Governor Stuyvesant conducted with wisdom and ability : but events of a still more serious nature, and quite beyond his control, were now approaching. The government of the colony, under a company in Holland, was in the highest degree arbitrary, allowing the people no voice whatever in the management of affairs. In New England the colonists formed and conducted the government, subject only to certain general regulations from the mother country. 10. The Dutch colonists, observing these facts, became dissatisfied with their situation, and now, as rumors of an English invasion began to be circulated among them, they were actually prepared to welcome such an event. In 1664, at a time of peace between England and Hol- /ind, Charles II., king of England, proceeding upon claims which had :-ocn maintained from the beginning, granted to his brother, James, Duke of York, the whole territory from the mouth of the Connecticut to the shores of the Delaware River. 1 1. The Duke soon after caused a squadron to be fitted out, com- 6. What of Governor Stuyvesant? 7. What occurred to the Indians in 1GG3? 8. What other difficulties attended the province of New Netherlands? 9. What of the govern ment of the colony at that period? How did the government of New England differ from the Dutch of New Netherlands? 10. What idas had the Dutch colonists derived from New England ? What occurred in 1CC1? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. maided by Colonel Nicholas, with instructions to take possession of the province. When this arrived hefore New Amsterdam, the place was without defence, and although Governor Stuyvesant endeavored to rouse the people to resistance, it was in vain, and consequently he was ohliged to surrender it to the English. The government of England was from this time, October, 1064, acknowledged over the w T hole ter ritory of New Netherlands, the capital receiving the name of New York, and Fort Orange that of Albany. 12. From this period the province of New Netherlands, henceforth called New York, remained in the hands of the English, except that in 1073, during a war between England and Holland, the latter captured the city of New York, but it was restored, on the return of peace, the next year. The government was carried on by a succession of gover nors, who, for the most part, conducted in the most arbitrary manner. 13. The first governor, being appointed by the Duke of York, to whom the province belonged, was Colonel Nicholas. In 1674 the noted Sir Edmond Andros, afterward the tyrant of New England, be came governor. During the several wars which took place between France and England from 1690 to 1763, the northern colonies, lying along the Canadian borders, were involved in the most serious calami ties. The savages, to a great extent, took part with the enemy, and, to the inevitable miseries of war, added the barbarities of Indian strife. 14. In these conflicts, New York took a leading part, and suffered her share of the common burden, as will be hereafter noticed. The prov ince, however, steadily advanced in numbers, wealth, and civilization. 15. There is one melancholy page in the later history of New York, which must not be omitted. In the year 1741, there being many negro slaves in the colony, a rumor became current that some of these had combined to burn the city of New York, and make one of their num ber governor. 16. The subject was investigated by the magistrates, and, as there were plenty of witnesses, there were no less than thirty of these per sons executed, some being burned at the stake. After the excitement of the public mind had passed away, it was generally believed that what has since been called in history the Negro Plot, had no real foun dation, and that the whole proceeded from mere delusion. il. What of the expedition tsent under the command of CVlii.-l Nicholas? VI. Fr-mi -hat period did the government continue in the hands of the Kuirlish? 1-X Who was the ill*! governor in der the Duke of York? Who succeeded Niclrdtto in 1674? What of the warn between the French and English between 1690 and 17&>f . What part di< . N York take in these wars? 15, 16. What of the Negro Plot? SETTLEMENT OF NEW JERSEY. 105 CHAPTER XLIV. History of New Jersey from its first settlement to the devolution. 1. THE territory comprising the present state of New Jersey formed part of the Dutch province of New Netherlands. In 1623, a small turt, which bore the name of Nassau, was built on the eastern side of the Delaware, but was soon abandoned. About the same time a few families established themselves at Bergen, and also on the present site of Jersey City. 2. Soon after the province of New Netherlands came into the hands of the English, the territory of New Jersey, having been transferred to Lord Berkley and Sir George Carteret, by the Duke of York, was organized as a separate province, under its present name. A liberal government was adopted, and in 1665, Philip Carteret arrived, and became the first governor. 3. A small settlement had been made the year previous at Elizabeth- town by emigrants from Long Island ; here the new governor fixed his residence, and hence it became the seat of government. This set tlement at Elizabethtown in 1664, is regarded as the first regular and permanent colonization of the state. 4. The new colony enjoyed many advantages denied to some other northern settlements : the climate was mild, and the government liber al, while the Indians, having been humbled by the Dutch, gave little occasion of uneasiness. Under these circumstances, many emigrants from New England and New York, mingled with a few others of various nations, soon arrived, and thus for a series of years the colony advanced in prosperity. 5. At length, however, difficulties of various kinds arose. In 1673, the Dutch, as we have already stated, recovered the province of New Netherlands, arid with it the territory of New Jersey ; these, however, were restored the next year. In 1676, the province having passed to new proprietors, was divided into East Jersey and West Jersey. 6. In 1685, the Duke of York became king of England under the title of James II., and, utterly disregarding his former pledges, in 1688 CHAP. XLIV. 1. Of what did New Jersey form a part? What of Nassau? What settlements at Bergen and Jersey City? 2. To whom did the Duke of York grant the territory of New Jersey ? Who became governor ? 3. What of Elizabethtown? 4. What advantages did the colony of New Jersey possess? What was the effect of these ad van- tages? 5. What difficulties arose in New Jersey in 1673? What took place In 16*6* 6. What of the Duke of York in 16,85? 5* 106 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. assumed the government of both the Jerseys, placing them under the control of Sir Edmond Andros, whom he had already made governor of New York and New England. 7. The revolution in England put an end to this state of things, but left New Jersey for a number of years in a very unsettled and dis organized state. In 1Y02 the proprietors resigned their claims, to the crown of England, and it became a royal province, being united, how ever, to New York. In this condition it continued till 1738, when it became a separate province, and so continued till the Revolution. CHAPTER XLV. History of Delaware. Design of Gustavus Adolphus. Settlement on Christiana Creek. Founding of t lie Swed ish Colony. Its Conquest by the Dutch. Other events. 1. THE celebrated Gus-ta -vus A-dol -phus, king of Swe -den, had formed the plan of establishing colonies in America, and as early as 1626, under his auspices, a trading company was formed, designed to promote this object. The king was, however, absorbed in the German war, and died on the field of Lut -zen, in 1632, without having eifected the scheme which he had at heart. 2. After his death, the project was taken up by his minister, and Peter Minuits, the first governor of New Netherlands, but who had been superseded by "Wou -ter Van Twil -ler, was employed to carry it into effect. In 1638, a small Swedish colony, under the direction of Minuits, arrived, and formed a settlement on Christiana Creek, near the present town of Wilmington, at the same time building a fort for defence. 3. Klieft, the governor of New Netherlands, considered this an en croachment upon his territories, for the Dutch company claimed the whole country from Cape Cod to Cape Henlopen. He therefore sent a remonstrance to the Swedish settlers on Christiana Creek ; but, as this was unheeded, he caused Fort Nassau to be built on the eastern bank of the Delaware, as we have already stated, the same being de signed as a check upon the Swedes. "What did James II. do in 1C3S? 7. What effect had the revolution in England What ccurred in 1702? I i 1738? CIIAI . XLV. 1. What of Gustavus Adolphus? 2. When did the Swedish colony under Minnits arrive? Where did they make a settlement? 3. What of Governor Kl Xft? SETTLEMENT OF THE CAROL1NAS. 107 4. They however extended their settlements, until they claimed the territories from Cape Ilenlopen to the falls of the Delaware, near the present city of Trenton, in New Jersey ; this colony bearing the name of New Sweden. In 1651, Governor Stuy -ves-ant, of New Netherlands, built Fort Casimir, where the present town of New Castle stands, within five miles of the Swedish settlement of Christiana. 5. Of this the Swedes obtained possession by stratagem. Greatly excited at the outrage, the home government ordered Stuyvesant to reduce the Swedes to submission. In 1655, he sailed with six hundred men from New Amsterdam, and speedily subdued the colony, as we have related in the history of New York. The inhabitants were kindly treated, but some of them removed to Maryland and Virginia ; the governor, Rising, was sent to Europe, and the colony was annexed to New Netherlands. 6. From this period the history of Delaware presents few topics of great interest. Its territory was included in the grant to William Penn, in 1681, and formed part of Pennsylvania till 1691, when it was allowed a separate deputy -governor. It was reunited to Pennsylvania in 1692, but in 1703 it was again separated, having its own legislation, though the same governor presided over both colonies. The ancient forms of the government were preserved through the revolutionary struggle. CHAPTEK XLVI. Settlement of the Carolinas. 1. THE coast of Carolina was explored in 1563, and named after Charles IX., of France. The first attempt at a settlement, and indeed one of the first ever made within the present limits of the United States, was by Sir Walter Raleigh, in 1585, twenty -two years before Jamestown was settled, and thirty-five years before the landing at Plymouth. 2. The fleet which brought out the first colonists to Carolina, anchor ed off the island of Wocokon, the southern point of the chain of islands and sand-bars which form Oc -ra-coke inlet. From this island, the 4 How did the Swedes extend their settlements? "What was the name of the colony ? The extent of territory claimed by the Swedes? What fort was built by Governor Stuy vesant in 1631 ? 5. What of the Swedes in respect to Fort Casimir ? What was done by Stuyvesant? 6. What of Delaware and the grant to "William Penn? What took place in 1691 ? In 1692? In 1792 ? How long was the ascient form of government preserved? CHAP. XLYI. 1. What of the coast of Carolina ? First attempt at a settlement? 108 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. chief officer of the fleet went to the continent, and, during an absence of eight days, discovered several Indian towns. 3. He next sailed to the Roanoke River, where he landed with one hundred and seven persons, designed to form a colony. After remain ing with them a short time, he left them under the care of a Mr. Lane, and returned to England. 4. The selection of a governor for the colonists could not have been more unfortunate. After remaining at the spot about a year, and ac complishing nothing, except to manifest a high degree of selfishness and shake the faith of the natives in all white men, they were taken back to England by Sir Francis Drake, who touched there with a fleet- 5. No further attempts were made to settle the country till som<* time between the years 1640 and 1650, when a few planters from Vir ginia, under the direction of Governor Berkley, of that province, began a colony in Al -be-marle county, within the present limits of North Carolina. 6. In 1663, the whole country, from the 30th to the 36th degree of north latitude, and in the extravagant language of those times from the Atlantic to the South Sea, was conveyed by Charles II. to Lord Clarendon and his associates, with full power to settle and govern it. In 1665, a settlement was made near the mouth of the Clarendon or Cape Fear River, by emigrants from Bar-ba -does ; and Sir James Yeo -mans was appointed governor. 7. A settlement was made, in 1670, at Port Royal, in South Caro lina, by Governor Sayle; and, in 1671, a few persons located tl>ein- selves at Old Charleston, as it was called, on Ashley River. In 1680, the latter spot was abandoned, and the foundation laid of the present city of Charleston, several miles nearer the sea. 8. Up to that year, 1671, all the various settlements which have here been mentioned went under the general name of Carolina. At this time, however, a division took place, and the northern and southern provinces began to be known by the distinctive names of North and South Carolina. 9. It was not far from this time that, during the administration of Governor Sayle, an attempt was made in South Carolina to reduce to practice the notions, respecting government, of John Locke, the cele brated philosopher. But the plan was opposed with a degree of bit terness, which, led to its speedy abandonment, and a return to the old form of government. 2. What of the fleet? 3. What of the landing of the colony? 4. The governor? Sir Francis Drake? 5. What of further attempts? 6. Lord Clarendon ? What settlement was made? 7. TortKoyal? Charleston? 8. Name of the colony ? Division of North anil South Carolina? ft What of Locke? WAR WITH KING PHILIP. 109 CHAPTER XLV1I. History of New England continued. The War with King Philip. \. V,*E have elsewhere seen that Mass;isoit, the sachem of the Warn- panoags, remain ed a true friend of the English to the time of his death. He left two sons, whom, in his zeal to show his affec tion for the Eng lish, he had called Alexander and Philip. The early death of Alexan der left the king dom to Philip. 2. This chief resided at Mount Hope, in the neighborhood of the present town of Bristol, li. I. Though at first friendly to the whites, he soon proved to be their most power ful and deadly foe. No doubt he had reasons for his conduct which satisfied himself; for the English, in their dealings, were not always either prudent or just. Bancroft says he was "hurried into hid re bellion." 3. A conspiracy appears to have been got up among the Indians, about the year 1675, of which Philip was supposed to be the leader, to destroy the English, or at least to drive them out of the country. Sas-sa -mon, a native Indian preacher, revealed the secret, and Philip murdered him ; he then, perhaps to cover his own crimes, rushed into a war. 4. The first attack which the Indians made, under Philip, was at Swan -zey, in Plymouth colony, June 24. 1675. In the fear of war, a day of fasting and prayer had been appointed, and the people were going home from church, when the savages fell upon them and killed PHILIP EXCITING THE INDIAN S TO WAR. TITAP. XLVII. 1. What of Massasoit ? 2. Philip? 3. The conspiracy? 4 The fir,; uok of the Indians ? 110 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. eight or nine of their number. They had, however, hegim to rob houses arid kill cattle some time before. 5. Massachusetts, on hearing the news, immediately sent troops i% aid Plymouth in opposing Philip. On the 29th of June, the united forces made an attack on the chief, and killed six of his men, and com pelled him to flee to a swamp in the present town of Tivcrton. Here for some time he was able to defend himself, and even to gain some advantages over his assailants. G. It was at length determined to surround the swamp and starve out the Indians, as the only method of conquering them ; but Philip, suspecting the design, found means to escape to the Nip -mucks, a small tribe in Worcester county, and induce them to join him. The English sent ambassadors and troops to make a treaty with the Nipmucks, but these were ambushed, and eight of them killed and as many wounded. 7. Those of the colonists who escaped, fled to Brookfield. The Indians pursued them, and burnt the village, excepting only the house they occupied. To this also they laid siege, and for two days poured their musket-balls upon it, though to little purpose, except to destroy one man. 8. Unable to gain their point by force, the Indians attempted a stratagem. They dipped rags and other combustibles in brimstone, and, by means of these and other things, set fire to the house, guard ing the doors at the same time, in order to destroy any who should attempt to escape. A sudden shower of rain, as if providentially designed for this purpose, extinguished the flames and saved its in mates. 9. It was August 14 ; that very day, and, according to the histo rians, at the critical moment when the Indians, seeing the fire extin guished, were about to renew the attempt to burn it, a reinforcement of fifty men arrived. The Indians were dispersed, and some of them slain. 10. But this did not put an end to hostilities. In truth, the storm of wat was now merely gathering. It w r as the season of harvest, and every hour of time and every sheaf of grain were needed |o meet the wants of the coming winter. This period is thus described by tho historian : 11. " The laborer in the field, the reapers as they went forth to har vest, men as they went to mill, the shepherd-boy among the sheep, were shot down by skulking foes, whose approach was invisible. Who can tell the heavy hours of woman? The mother, if left alone in the 5. What of Massachusetts? What did the troops do ? 6. Philip? 7, 8, 9. What of the colonists who fled to Brookfleld ? 9. What happened August 14 ? 10. Did this end the war? 11,12. Posorhe the state of things? BATTLE OF BLOODY BROOK. HI house, feared the tomahawk for herself and children. On the sudden attack, the husband would fly with one child, the wife with another, and perhaps only one escape. 12. u The village cavalcade making its way to meeting, on Sundays, in files on horseback, the farmer holding the bridle in one hand and a child in the other, his wife seated on a pillion behind him it may be with a child in her lap as was the custom of those days, could not proceed safely bullets would come whizzing by them. The Indians hung upon. the skirts of the English villages like the lightning upon the edge of the clouds." CHAPTER XLVIII. Continuation of the History of New England. Events of the War wi \. PHILIP, with his warriors well armed, and the Nipmucks, had also powerful assistance. He had drawn to his alliance most of the tribes throughout New England, and was now prosecuting the war with new vigor. During the summer and autumn, Hadley, Deerfield, North ampton, and Springfield, in the west, and Dover, Exeter, Saco, Scar - bor-ough, and Kittery, in the north and east, were made to feel the force of his vengeance. 2. The fate of Captain Lathrop was most melancholy. With eighty young men the flower of Essex county he was escorting some teams, with grain, from Deerfield to Iladley. In passing through a thick wood, soon after leaving Deerfield, they stopped to pick a few grapes. Suddenly they were attacked by several hundred Indians, and seventy young men were slain, with twenty of the teamsters. 3. On hearing the noise of the guns, troops were sent from Deerfield to their assistance, who arrived in time to kill or wound one hundred and fifty of the Indians, and disperse the rest, with the loss of only two men. The battle-ground, long known by the name of Bloody Brook, was near the present village of Muddy Brook. 4. Another anecdote of this war is curious. Groflfe, one of the judges who had doomed Charles I. to death, was in New England at this time, and one of his hiding-places was at Hadley. The Indians attacked that place in September. On their arrival, Goife, in a strange CHAP. XLVIII 1. What of Philip and hia allies ? 2. Captain Lathrop am.? his party . 3. What of the troops froni Deerfield? 4. What of Goffe? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. dress, suddenly placed himself at the head of the citizens, drove off the Indians, and disappeared. The wondering inhabitants believed, for some time, that an angel had been sent to their relief. 5. The Narraganset Indians, though they would riot openly fight the English, were known to afford shelter to their enemies, and thus act against them indirectly. It was therefore resolved to wage war against them ; and the united colonies sent out a body of eighteen hundred men, with one hundred and fifty friendly Indians, to attack them in their quarters, amid the deep snows of December. 6. They found them in a great swamp in Kingston, Rhode^Island, On a rising ground, in the swamp, was their fort. After a severe battle of three hours, the fort was taken and burnt. The Indians lost about one thousand of their number, including women and children, and five or six hundred wigwams. Only a few of them escaped. The English had about two hundred and thirty killed and wounded. 7. The few remaining Indians were greatly distressed by this defeat. Without food or shelter, many perished ; and, of those who survived, the greater number were compelled to subsist on any thing they could find acorns, groundnuts, horse-flesh, etc. But they would not yield- 4 "We will fight," said Ca-non -chet, their chief, "to the last man." 8. Relics of the Narraganset fight, to which we have alluded, were to be seen within the memory of some persons now living. It is not long since that an Indian pipe arid various Indian utensils were dug up on the battle-ground. Nor is it yet half a century since charred corn was found, having lain there about one hundred and thirty years. CIIAPTEK XLIX. Various Events of the War. Death of Philip. 1. WE have seen that the Indians were greatly reduced, yet they were not destroyed. Philip had at first fled to the far west, to induce the Mohawks to join him, but his countrymen of the various tribes in New England had been roused to the work of burning and murdering ; and, iri the spring of 1676, Philip returned and joined them. 2. The depredations of the savages, during the winter of 1675 and the spring of 1676, were almost innumerable. Among those who were murdered were Captains Wadsworth and Pierce, with fifty men each. The latter had also twenty friendly Indians, who were killed. 5,6. What of the Narragausets? 7. What of the ourviving Indians? 8. Relics? CHAP. XLIX. 1. What of the Indians ? Philip? Depredations of the Indians in the winter of 1675 ? What towns were burned ? l> MAT II OF I ll I LI P. 113 Among tlio towns burnt, either partly or wholly, were Lancaster, Med- field, Wcy month, Groton, Springfield, Sudbury, and Marlborongh in Massachusetts, and Providence and Warwick in Rhode Island. 3. Philip, on his return from the west, attempted to hide himself near Mount Hope. Concealment, however, was impossible. All New England was in arms against him, as he was in arms against all New England. Even his own followers perhaps to make better terms for themselves with the English began to plot against him. 4. One cannot help pitying the poor man ; for, though a savage, ho had a soul. He could, perhaps, have borne the mere destruction of his nation, but he met with a loss, soon after his return, which affected him more than any thing else, and severed the last ties which bound him to the land of his fathers. 5. The loss referred to was that of his wife and only son, then a jiere boy, but the king, in prospect, of the ancient tribe of the Wam- panoags. The mother and the child were taken prisoners by the Eng lish. The youth was transported to Bermuda, and sold as a slave. u My heart breaks," said the despairing chief, when he heard this; . u now I am ready to die." 6. Nor did he long survive. His hiding-place in the swamp was soon found out, and Captain Church, with a body of troops, was sent against him. On his arrival at the swamp where Philip was concealed, he placed his men around it in such a way that he might be discovered should he try to escape. They then commenced firing. V. The soldiers had scarcely begun the attack when Philip seized his gun and attempted to escape, but in doing so he ran toward an Eng lish soldier and an Indian acting with his enemies. The Englishman snapped his gun, but it missed fire. The Indian then fired, and Philip received the contents of the gun in his heart. 8. The war continued for a time in the province of Maine, but at length it ceased. The chiefs came and submitted themselves to the English, and a permanent treaty was concluded. The war, however, had been a terrible one for feeble colonies to sustain. They lost at least six hundred men, six hundred dwelling-houses, and from twelve io twenty villages. The whole of New England scarcely contained, at the time, one hundred and twenty-five thousand white inhabitants, or twenty-five thousand fighting men. 3. What of Philip after his return from the west? 4. What feelings are excited for Philip? 5. Wife and child of Philip? 6,7. Death of Philip? 8 The war? Whit* population in New England at this time ? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER L. Return to the History of Virginia. Bacoris Rebellion. 1. BETWEEN the years 1024 and 1639 serious difficulties had arisen among the colonists in Virginia about their government. The king of England had taken away their charter, and was ruling them in his own way, and by means of such governors as he was pleased to ap point. In one instance, so much dissatisfaction existed with regard to the royal governor, that the people sent him home to England. The king, however, sent him back. 2. In 1039, Governor Berkley w T as appointed in his stead, and the people were, once more, permitted to choose their representatives. Grateful for the privilege, they remained attached to the cause of the king, even after Cromwell had taken the reins of government. For this the parliament was offended, and Governor Berkley was removed; at the death of Cromwell, he was, however, restored to them. 3. But by this time, either he or the Virginians were somewhat changed. They grew dissatisfied with his conduct, and sent in peti tions to the crown against him ; but these were disregarded. At length, in 1676, the year of King Philip s death, as just related, the difficulties which existed ripened into an open rebellion. 4. Nathaniel Bacon, a bold, enterprising, eloquent, but ambitious young man, a member of the governor s council, was at the head of the rebel party. The colony had just engag-ed in a war with the Sus- que-han -na Indians. Bacon demanded of the governor a commission in the army, but being refused, a contention ensued between them, which ended in Bacon s suspension from the council. 5. He was, however, soon afterward restored to his office, upon which he renewed his request for a commission ; but, being again re fused, he collected a band of six hundred men, and marched at once to Jamestown. The General Assembly was in session, and, being un armed, was forced to submit to his terms, and give him a commission. C. But he was no sooner gone than the governor denounced him as a rebel; upon which, instead of marching against the Susquehanna Indians, according to the intention of the commission, he returned in great wrath to Jamestown. The aged governor fled to the eastern shore, and, having collected a small force, recrossed the bay to oppose him. CHAP. L. 1. What of the pivornim-nt <>! Virginia !..! \vn-n U 24 and 16JJ9 ? 2. What occurred in 1689? 3. What happened in 1070? 4, f>, <> What i>f Nathaniel Bacon f BACON S REBELLION. il5 7. The colony was thus involved in all the horrors of a civil war. The rebel party burnt Jamestown, many houses in the country were pillaged, and whole districts laid waste. The wives of some of the governor s party were even taken from their homes, and carried to the rebel camp. 8. But, in the midst of these calamities. Bacon suddenly sickened and died. His followers, left without a leader, and without a definite ob ject in view, began to disperse. His generals surrendered, and Averu pardoned. And thus expired the flames of a war that had already cost the colony about half a million of dollars. 9. Governor Berkley now re-entered upon the duties of his office. But, though peace Avas restored, the progress of the colony had been retarded in various Avays. Husbandry, in particular, had been greatly neglected, and the people were once more threatened with famine. fYbout this time Governor Berkley returned to England, and soon after iied. 10. The colony had other difficulties, in the years 1679 and 1680, in regard to raising a revenue ; and much dissatisfaction prevailed against Lord Culpepper, the successor of Berkley. The truth is, ideas of liberty and independence, Avhich, a century later, resulted in open re bellion against tlie mother country, were beginning to germinate, and already rendered the colonists impatient under the despotism of the royal governors sent to rule over them. 7. Civil war? 8. What of Bacon ? Effect of his death? 9. Governor Berkley? 10. What other difficulties arose in the colony ? 116 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER LI. Religious Persecution in .New England. 1. V ( E li. ivc seen that it was persecution on account of religious opinions which drove the Puri tans to seek a home in the woods of New England; hut we have not yet shown, except in the case of Roger Williams, that they brought with them a mea sure of the same intolerance from which they had attempted to fly. 2. The spirit of persecution appeared, in the greatest violence, in their proceedings against the Friends, or Quakers. These people were the followers of George Fox, who believed and taught that we must obey a Divine Light within as superior to all other guides, and that we must think lightly of external forms arid ceremonies. He began to spread his doctrines in England in 1647. 3. In 1656, twelve of his followers appeared in Massachusetts. The General Court, believing their doctrine to be hostile to good order and pure religion, banished them from the colony, and passed laws to pre vent the coming of any more. The penalty of bringing a Quaker into the province was one hundred pounds sterling, and the Quaker himself was to receive twenty lashes, and be sentenced to hard labor. 4. Still worse than even this afterward happened. In 1657 it was decreed that Quakers coming into the province should have their tongues bored with a hot iron, and be banished. In short, no sever ities were deemed too great for a people so heretical. A QUAKER ON TRIAL. CHAP. LI. 1. What can you say of the Puritans? 2. "Whom fid they persecute ? W of George Fox? Whatw 8 done in 1047? 8. In Ni56? What im-nsmv - did UK- Gm. Court adopt against the Quakers? 4, 5. What laws wciv pa.xscd in KtoT? RELIGIOUS PERSECUTION. 117 5. Their books even were prohibited. Any person who spread or secreted such books was to be fined five pounds. For defending their doctrines in any way, there was a fine of two pounds for the first offence, four for the second, and confinement and banishment for the third. 6. The persecution against the Quakers continuing, the king wrote a letter to the governor of Massachusetts, requesting him to send them to England for trial. The governor and the court were so far moved to toleration by this letter, that twenty-eight Quakers, then in prison some of them under sentence of death were released, and only banished from the province. 7. But, though the king was unwilling that the colonists should pro ceed so violently against the Quakers, he suffered them to be fined be cause they would not take oaths, and, for the third offence, to be banished. Similar persecutions also took place in Virginia, or those rather which were worse ; for laws were there made against every sect but the prevailing one the Episcopal or English church. 8. The truth is, that the spirit of persecution has generally been in the world, and is not confined to age, country, or religion. Mr. Jeffer son, in speaking of the persecution of the Quakers in Virginia, ob serves, that if no execution took place there, as there did in New Eng land, "it was not owing to the moderation of the church or spirit of the legislature." 9. There seems to be one exception to the general truth of the senti ment that the spirit of persecution has always prevailed. The govern ment of Rhode Island, having passed an act to outlaw Quakers and seize their estates, because they would not bear arms, the people were so opposed to it that the law could not be carried into effect. For this, however, the world is probably indebted to Roger Williams. 10. Even in Massachusetts the persecution was carried so far that the colony lost many friends by it even among its own people. A law, passed in 1077, for apprehending and punishing, by fine and correction, every person found at a Quaker s meeting, had this effect. As a con sequence, we hear little more afterward of laws against the Quakers. 11. It may be true it no doubt is true that the heretics, as they were called, were sometimes in fault. Ann Ilutchinson certainly ut tered some foolish things; and the Quakers did that which it was not wise for them to do ; and so, perhaps, of the Baptists and Jesuits. This, however, did not justify violent persecutions against them. C. What did the king do? What was then done by the governor and court of Massa chusetts ? 7. What persecution did the kintr allow ? 8. What can you say of persecution ? !) Whatofth* government of Rhode Island? 10,11. What was the consequence of the V>erseciition of the Quukcrsin Massachusetts? What may he said of those called heretics? 118 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 12. But persecution began in this country even before 1656, the time of proceeding against the Quakers. John Wheelwright was ban ished, in 1637, for preaching sedition and also Ann Hutchinson. The An-a-bap -tists, or Baptists, were persecuted in 1644, though no prose cution was actually brought against them till 1666. One of the charges against Roger Williams was, that he was a Baptist. 13. In 1647, moreover, an act was passed in Massachusetts against the Jesuits. Again, in 1700, the assembly of New York passed an act against " Jes -u-its and Popish priests," which was followed by a similar law in Massachusetts the same year. These were, accordingly, com pelled to leave those provinces. Jt required many years of experience and reflection, even in America, to make the people see the folly of persecution on account of religious opinions. CHAPTER LIT. History of Pennsylvania. William Penn. His Settle ment. Treaty with the Indians. 1. As we are about to notice the settlement of Penn-syl-va -ni-a, it may be well to cast the eye over a map of that state, and of the con tiguous states of New York, New Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland, these together constituting what are called the -Middle States, and to impress upon the mind their forms and relative position. 2. In March, 1681, AVilliam Penn received a grant of the territory of Pennsylvania, comprising twenty-six millions of acres, on account of a claim of his father on the British government for sixteen thou sand pounds sterling or less than one third of a cent an acre. At first the grant interfered with prior grants to the founders of Maryland and Virginia, and caused long and angry contentions ; but they were finally adjusted. 3. The lands were offered for sale in lots of one thousand acres each, at about a penny an acre ; and many of the persecuted Quakers in England were induced to purchase. In the autumn of 1681, two ships, with passengers acting under the direction of Penn, arrived in the Delaware, and began a settlement just above the entrance of th Schuylkill [skooV -kill\. 12. Who wore banished in 1C37? Who were persecuted in lf>44? What was disliked in Roger Williams? 13 What act was passed in 1647 ? What in 1700? CHAP. LII. 1. Of what do the Middle States consist? Let the teacher ask ichat question* hemay think proper on the map at pnge 119. 2. What happened in 1C81 ? What caused contentions? X. At what prioe were lots of land sold in Pennsylvania? What took place in the autumn of IfiSl ? SETTLEMENT OF PENNSYLVANIA. 119 "79 78 Tf 76 75 74 73 MAI OK THE MIDDLE STATES, 4. Swedish settlements, along the western bank of the Delaware, had existed, at the arrival of the Quakers, for about fifty years, but they had been considered as belonging to New Jersey; nor were they, in fact, very flourishing. Penn may, therefore, be justly considered a the founder and father of Pennsylvania. 5. With the emigrants who were to occupy his lands, Penn had transmitted full instructions how to proceed. They were early tr. lay 4. What of Swedish settlements? How may Pun n be considered? ft. What tloiw did In* irivi to the cinisrmnts att to the htiildiuir of a city ? 120 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. the foundation of a new city, but, instead of having it resemble the crowded cities of the old world, it was to be so planted with gardens around each house, as to form a "greene country towne." This was the origin of the beautiful squares of Philadelphia. 6. He also wrote to the Indians, at the same time, assuring them of his disposition to treat them kindly as brethren, and to deal with them justly; entreating them, as they the whites and Indians were all children of the Great Spirit, to receive and treat his people in the same kind manner. 7. In. October, 1682, Penn took leave of his family and came over to America himself. He was accompanied by a hundred emigrants; or, according to some authorities, by many more. These were followed soon by others, so that the whole Quaker population of the province amounted to two thousand. Of the Swedes and Finns there were, at this time, about three thousand. 8. Penn had planned a form of government before he set out, but he found it necessary to modify it after his arrival. It provided for a governor, a council of three, and a house of delegates to be chosen by the freemen. Every person was to be a freeman who professed faith in Christ, and sustained a good moral character; and all who believed in one God were to worship according to the dictates of their con sciences. 9. lie had not been long in the country before he made an effort to bring together the Indians from various parts, to form a treaty of peace and friendship. They met at Philadelphia, and made the treaty at what is now called Ken -sing-ton, under a large elm-tree. This treaty, unlike most Indian treaties, was never broken. "Not a drop of Quaker blood was ever shed by an Indian." 10. Penn was, for some time, the governor of the colony ; and, nnder his wise and excellent management, both of the white people and the Indians, the colony was peaceful, prosperous, and happy, almost beyond example. It is true it had a fine climate and soil, in addition to its peaceable inhabitants. 11. But Penn di l something more than merely to act as the executive officer of the colony. lie was, at once, governor, magistrate, preacher, teacher, nnd laborer. He was, in truth, all things to all men, and ao- rc-ptable to all. He obeyed the golden rule of the Divine law, and taught every body else to obey it. 0. What did Penn write to the Indians? 7. What took place in If>s2? How largo wns Hits Quaker population T What of Swedes and Finns? 8. What. c:ui you say of Penn a form of government? 9. What of Perm s treaty with tin- Indians? Was the treaty ver broken? 10. What was the state of the colony under Perm s administration? 1 1. What numerous offices were filled by Penn ? What was the rule of his conduct ? TYRANNY IN NEW ENGLAND. 121 12. In 1684, he returned to England, leaving the colony in the care of live commissioners. Here he was imprisoned several times for dis- lovalty, and the government of Pennsylvania, in one instance, was taken away from him. But it was afterward restored to him; and, in IttiH), he came once more to America. 1:1. Delaware, as we have seen, was at first included in the province >! Pennsylvania. But ahout the time of which we are now speaking, it became a distinct colony, with its own government and officers. This was the result of a new charter by Penn, in which the rights And limits of Pennsylvania were distinctly defined. 14. For more than seventy years all things went on prosperously in Pennsylvania, especially in all its transactions with the Indians. It was not till the year 1754, when Penn and his pacific principles had begun to be forgotten, that the colony became involved in an Indian war. CHAPTER LIU. Affairs of New England. Gorcrnw Andros and the Charter Oak. 1. AKOT-T the year 1085, King James, of England, in a spirit of des potism, took away the charters of Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Plymouth, resolving to govern them in his own way. Joseph Dudley was, by his direction, made president of all the provinces except Plym outh. He came over early in 1G8G. He was, however, succeeded the next December by Edmond Andros. 2. The short administration of Dudley had heen comparatively tol erable ; but Andros was a complete tyrant, He glittered in scarlet and lace, but these had beneath them a little soul. He vainly sought to please his king and immortalize his own name, by retarding the pros perity of the English settlements in America. 3. He was instructed to restrain the printing-press as much as he could. Printing had been introduced in 1639, and the Freeman s Oath, an almanac, and some other things, had been printed. The press had keen jealously watched all this time by the government ; still it had been free. But Andros would not allow so much as an almanac to b printed without his consent. 12. What happened to Penn in England ? When did lie return to Anirrien? 1?. Wh-it can you say of Delaware ? "\Vhen\vnsitseparated from Pennsylvania? 14 Wliaflmp pened in 1754 ? CHAP. LIII. 1. What happened in 1CS5? "Who succeeded Joseph Dudley as prow- dent? 2. What can you gay of Edmoud Andros? 3. When was printing introduced? What had beon printed at this tiuie? It 122 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. The schools of learning, hitherto so well attended to, he suffered to go to decay. The usual support was withheld from religious institu tions. Obstacles were thrown in the way of freedom in civil elections. The customs of the country were made light of and ridiculed, and even personal liberty was endangered. 5. As Connecticut seemed disinclined to give up her charter, Andros attempted compulsion. While the General Assembly was in session at Hartford, in 1687, he went there, entered the hall, and demanded their charter. The governor objected to giving it up, and the discussion was Intentionally continued till it was quite dark. 6. As evening came onijfcand the candles were lighted, the charter was brought in and laid on the table, as if it was about to be given up. At a concerted signal every light was extinguished, and a guard of men seized the charter, and, under cover of the darkness, carried it to the south part of the city, and hid it in the hollow of an oak, which after ward went by the name of the Charter Oak.* 7. The candles were relighted, but nothing was to be found of the charter. Andros did not give up his purpose, however. He still in sisted on holding the reins of the government, and the people sub mitted to the haughty dictator. Though they retained the charter, Andros selected his councillors, and proceeded to manage the govern ment of the colony in his own way. CHAPTER LIY. The Revolution in England. Governor Andros and his Associates transported to England. Events of Kiiiy William 8 War. 1. WHILE Andros was pursuing his course of tyranny over the col onies, an unseen hand was preparing for their relief. What is usually called the Revolution in England, had taken place in the latter part, of the year 1088. King James had fled, and William, Prince of Orange, had succeeded him. This gave great joy throughout England and America. 2. Tn the moment of exultation, and in remembrance of past abuses, the people of Boston seized Governor Andros and fifty of his most 4. How were the colonies affected by Andros administration? 5. What means did h< take to deprive Connecticut of her charter? 6. Describe the secretion of tho charter in the Oak? 7. Upon what did Andros still insist? < IIAI>. LIV. 1. What had been going on in the moan time in England ? 2. What effect had the Revolution in England on the colonies of America? * This celebrated tree continued to exist and to be regarded as one of the most interest ing historical mementos of the country, till the year 1856, when it fell to the earth. KING WILLIAM S WAR. 123 active supporters, and sent them away to England, to answer for their misdeeds. Connecticut and Rhode Island resumed their charters, and Massachusetts obtained a new one ; and thus they returned to the old order of things. 3. But, though relieved in one way by the Revolution, they were burdened by it in another. King James had fled to France, and stirred up the French to a war with England, in which the northern AmerK can colonies were most deeply concerned ; and, on account of which they became in the end very great sufferers. 4. The governor of Canada, as a good and loyal subject of the king of France, not only prepared to annoy the English colonies, but also to employ the Indians as his allies. Still worse than all this, he not only set them to work, but encouraged them to plunder, burn, and put to death, without regarding age or sex. 5. It needed but little to excite the Indians to deeds of cruelty. Ac cordingly, we find that, on the night of February 8, 1690, one division of the French Canadian and Indian army attacked Sche-nec -ta-dy, while the inhabitants were asleep, with the gates open, suspecting no danger, and completely depopulated the village. 6. The scene was one of the most terrible which can be imagined. In a very few minutes only after the attack, the whole village, or nearly the whole of it, was in a blaze. The unoffending citizens, sick or well, old or young, male or female, were dragged from their beds and mur dered. Sixty were killed, thirty made prisoners, and the rest fled most of them naked through deep snow to Albany. Of those who fled, twenty-five lost their limbs merely by the cold. 7. Another party of the enemy fell upon the village of Salmon Falls, in New Hampshire, which, after killing thirty of its inhabitants, they burned. Fifty-four were carried into captivity, to suffer tortures more dreadful than death. And thus it was, in a greater or less de gree, all along the northern frontier of the colonies. 8. The spirit of the colonists was roused by these atrocities, and they were determined on a stern resistance. A fleet of eight small vessels, with seven or eight hundred men, under the command of Sir William Phipps, was sent against Port Royal, in Nova Scotia, which surrendered with little or no resistance; and the invading army took possession of the whole coast from Port Royal to Maine. .). Sir William Phipps was also to sail up the St. Law -rence, wit.l. his fleet, while two thousand men from New York and New England 3 What of King James? 4. What did the government of Canada do? 5. "What did the Indians do i i 1690? 6. De.seribe the sufferings of the people. 7. What took place at Salmon Falls? 8. What roused the spirit of the colonists? What did Sir William Phipp* do* 9. What other plans were formed? 124 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. were to march by way of Lake Cham-plain , and join him before Que-bec . The land forces arrived in October, but, owing to adverse winds and other causes, the fleet did not arrive, and the troops were obliged to return. 10. Instead, therefore, of ending the war by a heavy blow at Canada, it seems to have been but little more than begun. The Indians, on the northern and western frontier, became more and more troublesome, and the French more and more warlike. An attempt against them, by Major Schuyler (ski ler), in 1692, was little more successful than that of the preceding year. 11. At last the war became one of continual attack on our frontiers, and of feeble attempts of the colonies at defence. Thus matters went on about seven years, during which period the sufferings of our coun trymen were severe, almost beyond description ; and their condition seemed almost without hope. 12. Tired themselves of this sort of war, the French, in 1697, sent out a large fleet, to be aided by fifteen hundred men from Canada, with orders to burn Boston and New York, and ravage the country. The fleet arrived on the coast too late to meet the land army, and thus the colonies were saved. A treaty of peace between France and England was concluded in the month of December following. CIIAPTEK LV. Story of Governor Fletcher and Captain Wadsworth. 1. DURING the progress of King "William s war, probably about the second year, Governor Fletcher, of New York, having assumed the right to command the Connecticut militia, and being desirous of em ploying them on the Canadian frontier, sent orders to Hartford for that purpose. 2. Connecticut and New Haven had been united long before this, and the General Assembly met alternately at Hartford and New Haven. It was now sitting at Hartford. They refused to obey the request of Governor Fletcher. At this refusal, the governor went to Hartford himself to compel them to obey. 3. At the time of his arrival a military company had assembled for exer- 10. What of the Indians in the North and West? What took place in 1G92? 11. In what state were the colonies for seven years ? 12. What did the French do in 1697 ? How were the colonies saved ? CHAP. LV. 1. What of Governor Fletcher, of New York ? 2. What can you say of the General Assembly of Connecticut? What did tho "-v<>rnor do? GOV. FLETCHER AND THE DRUMMERS 125 eise and review. "When Governor Fletcher rode up, Captain Wadsworth, the senior officer of the company, was walking in front of his men, and giv ing the word of command in th usual way, :uid ap peared to take no notice of any one else. 4. The governor ordered his secre tary to read aloud a paper, which he called his Connnis- GOVBRNOR FLETCHER AND CAPTAIN WADSWORTH. SlOU for Command ing the troops. "Beat the drums," said Captain Wadsworth, as soon as he perceived what was coming; and forthwith there was such a rattling of half a dozen drums that nothing else could be heard. 5. "Silence!" said Governor Fletcher; "begin again with the com mission." The secretary began again. "Music! music!" said Wads- worth. The drummers understood their duty, and thumped and pounded away at a terrible rate, bass drums as well as kettle-drums, to say nothing of the other instruments. 6. "Silence! silence!" cried the governor again. But no sooner was there a moment of silence, than Wadsworth, who was a very stout man, with keen eyes and fierce-looking whiskers, called out again to his musicians to drum, and, turning to Fletcher, said, "If I am inter rupted again, I will make daylight shine through you." Y. Captain Wadsworth was interrupted no more ly Governor Fletcher. The latter soon made the best of his way back to New York, where he had more authority than he was soon likely to obtain over the Connecticut rnilitia. 3-6. Describe the reception of the governor and secretary. 7. "What did Goveruot Fletcher do after his failure with the militia? 11* 126 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER LVL Religion in the Colonies. FLETCHER was more successful in another direction than he had been at the east. The king,inlG93Jmv- ing taken the go \ eminent of Penn sylvania into his own hand, Fletch er was placed over that colony as well as that of New York. Here he met with no opposition. 2. Indeed, he was not without merit. For, to say nothing at present of what he did for the promotion of common education, he was at great pains to introduce public worship into the provinces he governed, especially New York. The Episcopal church was his favorite ; and he did much to introduce Episcopal ministers and build churches in the province. 3. Religion, as we have seen, had been introduced into most of the colonies from the very first. The colonies of New England, however, Avere greatly distinguished for their piety, and especially for a pious and learned ministry. As early as 1642, a number of ministers had been sent for to go to Virginia. Others were sent for in 1698, to go to the West Indies. 4. The Dutch Reformed Church was introduced into New York with its first settlers. The Men -non-ites came to Pennsylvania in 1692. The Tunk -ers, or General Baptists, arrived in 1719. The Mo-ra -vi-ana came over in 1741. Whiteiield arrived in 17o8, and, though he d i A CHURCH IN EAKLY. TIMES, AND A PUKITAN PREACHER. rjiAi-. LVI 1. What had the king of England done in 1693? 2. What can you say in favor of Governor Fletcher? 3. "What of n-ligion? How were the colonies of Ne^T Fnsland distinguished? What had been done in 1642? What in 169S? 4. Whatchurch was introduced into New York by the first settlers? When did tho Mennonites come H L t iinsylvania? What, of the Tunkers? Moravians? What of Whiteiield? RELIGION IN THE COLONIES. not found a sect, ho exerted much influence. The Shakers first reached America in 1774. 5. The progress and decline of infidelity will bo mentioned in con nection with the history of the country during the revolutionary war and subsequently to that period. It revived again soon after the close of the second war with England, which ended in 1815, but in other and often less odious forms. G. The first Wes -ley-an Methodist society in the United States was formed in New York, as late as 1766, by some Irish emigrants. They soon increased rapidly ; at present their number is very great. Tho Methodists are not generally Calvinists, though we sometimes hear of Culviuistic Methodists. 7. The Universalists made their appearance about the year 1760, though John Murray, their principal leader, did not arrive till 1770. They are now numerous in many parts of the Union. 8. The first church at Boston was built in the year 1632, by the two congregations of Boston and Charlestown, neither of the two being able to erect it alone. It had mud walls and a thatched roof, and stood on the south side of State-street. 9. In 1642, from thirty to forty churches had been erected, and a greater number of ministers 1 houses built. The progress of these things was not so great immediately after this period. The long and tedious Indian wars made the people poor. In 1700 there were only about one hundred and twenty ministers in all New England. In 1760 they had increased to five hundred and thirty. 10. The Westminster Assembly of Divines, in 1642, sent an invita tion to some of the ministers in the New England colonies to attend their meeting, but they did not comply. The next year an attempt was made by the Assembly of Divines to establish the Presbyterian government in New England, in place of the Congregational, but it did not succeed. 11. The Cambridge Platform, as it was called, was adopted by the churches in 1648. The Say brook Confession of Faith, sometimes called the Saybrook Platform, was adopted in Connecticut in 1708. These were some of the institutions of religion in the colonies, in early times. At a later date, sects of various denominations have spread over the country. The Roman Catholic religion has been established, and is now one of the most numerous of our religious societies. The Shakers? 5. What of infidelity? 6. What was founded in 1766? What can you Ray of the Methodists ? 7. The Universal ists? 8. When was the first church in Boston built? Describe it 9. What had been done in 1642? What w;is the increase of minis- Virs from 1700 to 1TCO ? 10. What was done by the Wrstmin.stor Assembly ? What was adopted in 1648 ? What in 170S? What of other sects ? The Roman Catholic religion ? 128 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTEE LVIL Education in the Colonies. 1. ONE of the first acts passed by the Pennsylvania assembly, after Governor Fletcher came into office, was an act requiring all parents UK! guardians to have their children instructed in reading and writing ind taught some useful trade. 2. The subject of education had not been forgotten in the other colonies. As early as 1G19, a college for Indian children had \>een con templated in Virginia, to be located at Ilenrico; and, in 1621, measures were taken to connect with it a free school, and to extend its benefits to the childi en of the settlers. Ere long fifteen hundred pounds sterling, with large grants of land, had been appropriated to each purpose. 3. Harvard College at Cambridge, in Massachusetts, was founded in 1038, by Rev. John Harvard, a minister; and something had been done for the encouragement of instruction in reading and writing in the colony not excepting the Indian children. Catholic Maryland had even spread among the people books of devotion, and encouraged the formation of libraries. 4. The College of William and Mary, in Virginia, was founded in 1692.- Maryland passed laws in favor of free schools in 1694 and in 1696. Yale College was founded in 1701, and the college at Princeton, in New Jersey, in 1738. A grammar-school was established in New York in 1702, and a free school in Charleston, South Carolina, in 1712. An Indian charity-school, founded at Lebanon, Connecticut, about the year 1760, was, in the year 1770, removed to Hanover, New Hamp shire ; and, by a large grant of land and a charter of incorporation, became in the end Dartmouth College. 5. In 1740, George Whitefield laid the foundation of an orphan house, a few miles from Savannah, in Georgia, and afterward finished it at great expense. It was designed to be an asylum for poor children,, Avho were to be clothed and fed, and educated in religious knowledge, free of expense. The institution, however, did not flourish. 6. Something was early done in the colonies for libraries. A con siderable library was given to the free school in Virginia, by Rev. CHAP. LVIL I. What was one of the first acts of the Pennsylvania Assembly? ? What was done for the cause of education? 3. When was Harvard College founded f What of reading and writing? Maryland? 4. What college was founded in lf>92? What was done in 101)4 and 1090? When wa.s Yale College founded? Princeton College.? What was established in 1702? In 1712? 6. What of an orphan asylum ? QUEEN ANNE S WAR. Thomas Bangave. Subscription libraries were, however, first set on foot by Dr. Franklin, in the year 17->1. 7. Since those early days, schools and colleges have been spread over the Union; school and village libraries are numerous, and some of them, in the larger cities, are very extensive. CHAPTER LVIII. TIvc Wai 1 of Queen Anne. Capture of Port Royal. Abortive Expedition against Canada. Indian Depre- datimis. 1. WE must now return to the wars of the colonies. The winter before the close of King William s war in 1G9T, had been unusually severe. This, added to the expense and losses of a long and tedious conflict, produced a state of very great suffering. Every thing, for man or beast, was scarce and dear, and constantly becoming more so. 2. And yet only five years passed away, before another French and Indian war broke out, little less dreadful than the former. As Queen Anne was then on the throne of England, we may call it Queen Anne s war. It began in 1702, and continued till 1713, a period of eleven years ; though for the first four or five years it was chiefly con fined to skirmishing on the one part, and to plundering, burning, cap turing, and murdering on the other. 3. But, in 1707, another expedition was fitted out against Port Royal, ft consisted of one thousand men, and they sailed from Nantucket. Little, however, was accomplished, except to exasperate the enemy, and increase the suffering on our frontiers. A land expedition against Canada, conducted by three thousand men, in 1708, also failed. 4. But the idea of reducing Port Royal was not yet abandoned by the colonists. After repeated applications to England for help, Colonel Nich -ol-son was sent over with a fleet, who, with the aid of a few regiments of troops from New England, invaded and took it, and changed the name of the place to An-nap -o-lis, m honor of Queer Anne, who was then on the throne. 5. Encouraged by this success, another attack was planned against 6. What was done for libraries? What was done in 1731 ? 7. What of schools and col leges in modern times? Libraries? CHAP. LYIIL 1. What was the cause of the sufferings of the colonies nfter Ktoc Wil liam s war in 1!>7? 2. Describe the war from 1702 till 17 ia 3. What was dona b* the expedition of 1707. Of 1706 ? 1 What was done, by Colonel Nicholson ? fi* 130 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Canada, A fleet came over from England, but the ships were without provisions enough to last them a single month. The colonies supplied them with every necessary both provisions and men. Fifteen ships of war, forty transports, and six store-ships, with seven thousand men, soon sailed from Boston. 6. But this great armament, in proceeding up the Bay of the St Lawrence, was misdirected by its pilots, and dispersed by storms. A part of the transports, with seventeen hundred of the men, were cast away, and one thousand were lost. A land force of four thousand men, from Connecticut, New York, and New Jersey, which was to cross the country by way of Lake George, and unite with them, hear ing the disastrous news, returned home again. 7. This last failure was charged by England on the colonies, but the charge was unfounded. They had done their part, and indeed much more. They had not only furnished most of their own troops, at their own expense, but they had done a great deal toward sustaining the forces sent over by the mother country. 8.- The French and the Indians, all this while, continued their depre dations. Along the extended frontiers of Maine and New Hampshire, the attacks were so frequent and the murders so numerous, that one half the whole body of the militia were continually on duty. 9. The reader may be anxious to know what half the militia, at this early period, would amount to. Massachusetts, the most thickly-settled of the colonies, had a population, in 1710, of about eighty thousand. The population of all the colonies was estimated at two hundred and sixty thousand. From these data we may conjecture the number of the militia to have been about twelve thousand, but we have no exact statement of tho number. 5. What fleet sailed for Boston? P>. What became of this great armament? "Wha of tl..? .land force? V What hadheei; done by the colonies for England ? 8 Whatoftht >% ( ,v.j arid Indian.-?. 1 C. What of the militia at this early period? Population? THE WAR AT THE SOUTH. 131 CHAPTER LIX. The War at the South. Unsuccessful Attempt against the Spanish Possessions in Florida. The Apalachian In dians subdued. Arrival of the Palatines. Ind n-,*. Massacre. 1. Tins war of Queen Anne had been declared against Spain as \veh as France ; and the colonies of the south, from their nearness to the Spanish settlements in that region, had their full share of its expenses, dangers, and sufferings. They, too, had Indians on their borders, which fact, of itself, describes their condition. 2. An expedition had been fitted out in 1702 by Governor Moore, of the South Carolina settlement, almost before hostilities had begun else where, against Flor -i-da. lie had sailed, with twelve hundred colo nists and Indians, to take St. Augustine [aio-gits-tcen ]. This place, if taken, it was supposed would give him the key of the province, and perhaps unlock to him treasures of gold and silver. 3. But he found greater difficulty in taking St. Augustine than had been expected. The town was, indeed, soon conquered, but the fort held out for some time. For want of a proper understanding between the officers commanding the land and naval forces employed, he w**w at length obliged to raise the siege and return. 4. This, to the colony, was not only a failure, but worse, if possible, than mere failure. It involved the infant settlement in an immense debt, to get rid of which they resorted to a paper currency, as Massa chusetts had already done in circumstances somewhat similar, and sub jected themselves to all its evil consequences. 5. A more successful expedition was made, soon after, against the Ap-a-lach -i-an Indians. They had become quite hostile and trouble some, and Governor Moore, in order to chastise them, led his troops into the very heart of their country, burned their villages and towns, made six or eight hundred of them prisoners, and reduced the rest to submission. 6. In 1706, the tide of war, in this quarter, became turned, and the Spaniards and French invaded Carolina, witli a view to annex it, to Florida. Governor Johnson had succeeded Governor Moore, and was a, more efficient warrior. By his prompt and energetic movements,, the CHAP. LIX. 1. "What can yon say of th southern colonies? 2. What of Governor Moore? 3. What success had he in Florida? 4. What was the consequence of the fail ure of hi* plans to the colony? r>. What can you say of tho Apalachian Indians? 6. Whirt took place in 1707 ? What of Governor Johnson ? 132 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. assailants were defeated, and the Carol inas became able, in their turn, to attack their invaders, and to make some captures. 7. About the year 1710, a body of six hundred and fifty German emigrants settled on the Roanoke River, in North Carolina. They were called Pal -at-ines. They had been stripped of their property by the ravages of war in Europe, and by the benevolence of their countrymen had found their way to America. Three thousand of the same class came to New York. 8. The settlers on the Roanoke were headed by one Baron Graf -fen- ried, a Swiss, who called the place where they settled New Berne, in honor of his native city. These colonists were among the best and most worthy citizens who had as yet made their appearance in the United States. 9. But the savages, whenever their vengeance is aroused, do not dis criminate very nicely between good and bad citizens. They fell upon the poor Palatines in their houses, and butchered one hundred and thirty-seven of them in a single night. The militia rallied, drove them back, and kepi them in check till they could send for help to South Carolina. 10. Governor Cra -ven, of the latter colony, soon dispatched, f or their relief, a body of six hundred militia and three hundred and seventy friendly Indians, who, attacking the enemy with great energy, killed eight hundred, made one hundred prisoners, and pursued the rest to their own settlements, where, after destroying some six or seven hundred more of them, and burning their huts, they compelled them to make peace. 11. The colonies at the north were also relieved in March, 1713 ; but the relief came from a distant quarter. A peace was concluded between France and England. They were not, however, immediately delivered from the depredations of the Indians. These continued their barbari ties two years longer, and many hundreds of valuable lives wer sacrificed. 7. Who settled North Carolina about the year 1710? What were these settlers called ? What had happened to them? 8. What of the settlers on the Roanoke? What was the character of these colonists ? 9. What did the savages do? 10. What, of Oovcrmr Craven? 11. What took place in the yoar 1713? What of the IiKli-mr y TIIK v AM ASI-;K WAR. CHAPTER LX. The Yamasee War. Great Indian League. Severe . The Indians Defeated. 1. THERE was at this time, at the southern point of the colony of South Carolina, a numerous and powerful tribe of Indians, called Yain-a-sees . These Indians, becoming in some way excited against the colonists, devised a plot to destroy them. They had also drawn into their scheme all the other tribes of Indians, from Cape Fear tc Florida. .2. On tbe 15th of April, 1715, about break of day, they came upon the village of Po-co-tal -i-go and the plantations around, and murdered, in a very short time, above ninety persons. The news soon reached Port Koyal, the nearest village of any considerable size, and a vessel happening to be in the harbor, the inhabitants all went on board, and sailed for Charleston. 3. The Indians came on, and, but for their timely escape, would, no doubt, have .massacred the whole of them. A few families on scat tered plantations, who had not time to get on board the vessel, were all either killed or captured. The tribes in the north, toward North Carolina, also commenced a work of destruction in that region. 4. So great was the danger that many began to fear for the safety of Charleston. The governor ordered out every ian in the city and neighborhood who was able to bear arms, except the slaves, and even some of the most trusty of these were enrolled ; and the most vigor ous eiforts were made to defend the place, and successfully prosecute the war. 5. Meanwhile, the Indians on the northern frontier had gained some advantages over the colonists. Captain Barker, with a party of ninety horsemen, had been drawn into an ambush, and many of his men slain. Another party of seventy whites and forty negroes had surrendered, and been afterward murdered. 6. The alarm increasing, Governor Craven sent to Virginia for aiti, and even to England. He put the whole country under martial law, and forbade any ships leaving the province. He also ordered bills of credit to be issued to pay the troops, already amounting to twelve hundred men. CHAP. LX. 1. What can you say of the Tamasees ? 2. What happened in the year 1715? What was done by the people of Port Royal? 3. What did the Indians do? 4. Whnt was done by MAC governor of Charleston ? 5. Describe the troubles between the Indians und the whites. t>. What was donn now by Governor Craven? 12 134 HISTORY OF THE U SITED STATES. 7. But he did not act merely upon the defensive. lie inarched slowly and cautiously against the Yamasees. Arriving at a place on the banks of the Sal-ke-hatch -ie, he attacked them in their cam]). Here was fought, from behind trees and bushes, one of the most severe and bloody battles which had ever been waged in the provinces, arid the issue was for a long time doubtful. 8. The Indians were several times repulsed ; but they seemed nnrncr ous as grasshoppers in the woods, and fresh bodies of them continually came on to the attack. At last the governor was victorious. He drov them from their camp, and pursued them across the Savannah River, and slew great numbers. The few who survived went to Florida, and joined the Spaniards. 9. What number of the colonial troops w^ere killed in this bloody battle, history does not say. Four hundred were slain, in all, during the war. But the defeat of the savages was decisive. Several forts were, indeed, erected on the frontiers against them, but they did not return to molest the settlers any more. CHAPTEE LXI. American Pirates. Wreck of the Whidah. Captain Kidd. Other Pirates. 1. IN the year 1717, a remarkable shipwreck took place on the shores of Cape Cod. The vessel in question was the Whidah, a ship of twenty- three guns rind one hundred and thirty men, com manded by Samu el Bellamy. More than one hundred dead bodies of the men floated on shore. Six es caped with their lives, but were WRECK OP THE wiiiDAn. afterward taken and executed. 7, 8. Describe the battle with the Yamasees. 9. What was the effect of these Indian wars f CHAP. LXI. 1. What took place in the year 1717 in respect to the Whidah * AMERICAN PIRATES. 135 2. The Whidah was t ]>irate vessel which had long been trouble some on the coast of New England. She had made many captures, and was greatly feared, and no one was sorry for her loss. But she was not the only piratical vessel on the coast. The Atlantic Ocean had been infested with sea-robbers for many years. 3. Among the more distinguished of these lawless plunderers of the ocean was William Kidd. The people of England, wishing to suppress piracy, about the year 1096 sent out Captain Kidd forthispurpo.se But lie turned pirate himself, and after infesting the seas three yeara, he returned to the eastern end of Long Island, and anchored in Gar - den-er s Bay. 4. Here and in other places lie was said to have buried great quan tities of treasure, which he had stolen on the ocean. But how many of the stories concerning him are true, and how many fabulous, is un certain. Only twenty thousand dollars of his hidden treasure were ever found. The most we know with certainty is, that there was such a pirate as Kidd, and that he was taken in Boston, in 1G99, sent to England, tried, condemned, and in 1701 executed. 5. In 1700, the year that Kidd was seat to England, the coast of Carolina was greatly disturbed by pirates. In a quarrel among them selves, nine were turned adrift in a longboat, and, on getting ashore, were taken, carried to Charleston, tried, and seven of them executed. 6. Still the pirates continued to be troublesome along the whole Atlantic border. In the West Indies their depredations had been checked by the English ; but oif the coast of North Carolina they were still very numerous, and committed many acts of robbery. 7. One of these vessels, with thirty men, was taken and carried into Charleston, and the crew tried and condemned. Another was taken, but the pirates were all slain, except two, before they would surrender. The survivors of both vessels were executed. One historian says the whole number put to death at this period was forty -two. 8. But the decisive blow against them was not struck till 1723. This year the Greyhound man-of-war took a crew of twenty-five of these sea-robbers, and carried them into Rhode Island, where, upon trial they were found guilty, and sentenced to be executed. Their execu tion took place at Newport, July 19. 2. What injury had been done by the Whidah? 3, 4. Tell the story of Captain Kitl.l When was he executed? 5. What happened in the year 1700? 6. Were the pirates troublesome after the destruction of the Whidah ? 7. What retribution fell upon tLa pirates? 8. What took place in the year 1723? 136 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER LXIL Settlement of Georgia. Arrival of General Ogletkorpe, Attack upon St. Augustine. Attack and Repulse of the Spaniards. 1. IN 1732, the country between the Snvannah and the Al-ta-ma-ha rivers, was grant ed by Georgfc II. to General O -gle- thorpe and a com pany of twenty- one others, as trustees for the establishment of a colony in Geor gia, in America. The first colony which was sent over consisted of one hundred and fourteen men, women and chil dren. They ar rived at Charleston, South Carolina, in January, 1733. 2. The people of Charleston received them with great kindness, and did all they could to aid them in getting forward to their new resi dence. The legislature voted them one hundred and four head of cat tle, twenty-five hogs, and twenty barrels of rice. They also furnished them with a small body of troops to protect them while surveying the country and building habitations. 3. General Oglethorpe and his people sailed from Charleston in a few days after their arrival, to explore the countrv they intended to settle in, and landed near Yam -a-craw Bluif, on th* 1 Savannah River. On this bluff General Oglethorpe marked out a town, and called it Savannah ; and, by the 9th of February, they were ready to erect buildings. CHAP. LXIL 1. What happened in 1732? What did the first colony consist of? When did it arrive at harleston ? 2. How was the colony received? 3. On what bluff was S:t- vanuali situated? JAM MS OCLETnOKP SETTLEMENT OF GEORGIA. 137 4. For some time, however, the colony did not flourish. The trustees ftad ordered that all lands bought or held by the settlers should go back to the original owner, in case the settler had no male heirs. Nor wrrc they allowed to import rum, or trade with the Indians, or make uso of negroes. 5. Beneficial as a part of these prohibitions must undoubtedly h.-ne been, it is highly probable that the condition in regard to the descent :>f property did harm. The people remained poor, and seemed to lack 2iiterprise. Other inducements were at last held out to settlers, and lot without success. In the course of three years fourteen hundred planters joined the colony. C. At length, the passion for conquest, or at least for power, began to spring up. In 1740, only eight years after the settlement of the colony, General Oglethorpe, as Commander-in-chief of the forces of South Carolina and Georgia, at the head of two thousand men, marched to Florida, and, having taken a few small forts, besieged St. Augus tine ; but, after some time and much loss, he was obliged to raise the siege. 7. In 1742, the Spaniards, in their turn, invaded Georgia with thirty- two sail of vessels and three thousand men. They .did not, however, accomplish their object. General Oglethorpe was too skilful for them. To rid himself of his invaders, he adopted a stratagem. 8. A French soldier from the Georgian army having deserted from them and gone to the Spaniards, General Oglethorpe feared he would inform them how weak his forces were, and thus encourage them to prosecute the war. To prevent this, he endeavored to make the Spaniards think the deserter was a spy. He, therefore, wrote a letter to him as such, and bribed one of the captive Spaniards, whom he had in his camp, to carry it. 9. In this letter he had directed the deserter to tell the Spanish general that the Georgian forces were weak and feeble, and urge him on to an immediate attack. But, if unsuccessful in this, he wished him, if possible, to remain with the troops, where they were, three days longer, as he expected within that time six British ships of war, and two thousand troops from Carolina. 10. This letter, as was intended, fell into the hands of the Spanish general, and the deserter was put in irons. A council of war was called, when lo! three ships appeared in sight. Believing them the British ships of war which were expected, they burned the fortress and tied in confusion, leaving behind them their cannon and stores. 4. What restrictions were placed upon the colony? 5. What was their condition in throe years? 6 What was done in 171<? 7. What did the Spaniards do In 1T42? How did General Oglethorpe treat them? S-10. Describe the stratagem adopted. 12* 138 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 11. Such glaring deception in an officer arid magistrate, even in tim* of war, may startle the conscientious reader and so it ought. But he must remember that almost all kinds of iniquity are tolerated in war. People will do almost any thing to save [themselves or their country. Hence the obvious and certain tendency of war to immorality. CHAPTER LXIIL George II? s War. Capture of Louisburg. Destruction of the French Fleet. Peace of Aix-la-Chapelle, 1748. 1. BY the treaty of. 1713, the French had given up Nova Scotia and Newfoundland [nu 1 -fund-land] to Great Britain. Finding by experi ence the want of a fortress in this region, they had built Lou -is-burg on the island of Cape Breton. They had been twenty-five years at work on it, and had made it so strong that it was regarded as a sort of Gib-ral -tar. 2. Another war having broken out in 1744, between Great Britain and France and Spain, the New England colonies soon found that the French made use of this fortress as a hiding-place for the privateers which annoyed or took their fishing vessels; they were, therefore, anxious to get possession of it; and, in 1745, having privately ob tained the sanction of the British ministry, they set themselves at work. 3. A naval force was first got ready for sea. Next, four thousand three hundred and sixty-six men were raised from the various colonies, and properly equipped. These forces, aided by Commodore Warren, a British officer from the West Indies, were soon before Louisburg. The French were taken by surprise, but they made every preparation to resist which was in their power. 4. Louisburg was in two divisions the town and the batteries. Both, however, were well fortified. The colonists found no great diffi culty in landing and taking possession of the batteries ; but to get possession of the to\vn was quite another affair. It was the last hope of the French, and was, therefore, resolutely defended. 5. But the assailants, having taken two months provisions with them, were determined on a siege. They had captured the outposts, and, with them, many implements convenient in carrying on tho CHAP. LXIIL 1. What had the French done by the treaty (if 1713? What can yon eay of Louisburg? 2. What were the New England colonies anxious to do ? What did they do in 1745? 3. What forces attacked Louisburg? 4. How was Louisburg divided? Wae the town well defended : ; >. What was determined upon : SIEGE OF LOUISBURG. 139 siege ; but there was yet a great work to do. " Rome was not built in a day ;" neither could Louisburg be taken in a day. 6. Between them and the town was a deep morass or swamp, which horses and oxen could not pass. There had, indeed, been a draw bridge over it, but it was now destroyed. Over this morass it took them fourteen days and nights to transport their cannon. But their end was at length gained, and a tire was opened upon the town. 7. The siege lasted 1 orty-nine days. Commodore Warren was of great service to the assailants. He not only bombarded the town, and did much in battering down the walls, but he captured one seventy- four-gun ship with all its men and stores. The town and island sur rendered June 17th. 8. The capture of this important post was no sooner known in France than a heavy naval force was dispatched to America, to retake it and punish the colonies for their insolence. A fleet of forty ships of war, fifty -six transports, three thousand live hundred men, and forty thou sand stand of arms, under the direction of the Duke d An-ville , an excellent officer, sailed early in the spring of 1746. 9. When the colonies heard of this armament, they were alarmed. They had made the attack on Louisburg without the public approbation of the mother country; and, though they had gained their end, they had incurred the displeasure of the French, and would Britain now protect them from their vengeance? 10. But a Power unseen had already interposed in their behalf. A violent storm had destroyed some of the vessels and injured others, and one had returned to France. Only two or three of the ships, and a few of the transports, ever reached Halifax ; and the admiral and vice-admiral both died soon after their arrival. Though an. attempt was still made to do something, violent storms prevented the remnant of the fleet from acting in concert. 11. This expedition being frustrated, nothing of importance was done except upon the Canadian frontiers, where the French and Indians were, of course, troublesome. But negotiations at last took place be tween England and France; a treaty of peace was made, and the colonies relieved from their anxiety. This was signed at Aix-la-Cha- pello [aix-lah-sha-yell ], in October, 1748. 6. What obstacles were there in the way of the besiegers? 7. Length of the sieg<-f What of Commodore Warren ? 3. What did the French do when they heard of the cap ture of \ oiiishunr? 9. Why were the colonists alarmed ? 10. TTo\v were the French forces made harmless? 11. What was done on the v. unadian frontiers? What treaty was u;d inl 4b? 140 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER LXIY. Progress of Agriculture and Manufactures in the Colonies. 1. THE colonies had been so much involved in the long French and Indian wars, tliaf agriculture had been, as yet, but little attended to. The forests were indeed cleared, and .-.J a large amount of produce was raised, and not a little of it exported to the West Indies and England. Still, the more enlightened modes of husban dry were almost- as little known at this period among the English colonies as among the Dutch. 2. Nor had the arts and manufactures made much greater progress, and for similar reasons. But there was another difficulty with regard to manufactures. The regulations and prohibitions of the mother country continually came in their way. It was not Sir Edmond Andros alone that had sought to throw obstacles in their path. The parliament of England had done it continually. 3. In 1732, for example, they had passed an act prohibiting the ex portation of American hats, as well as limiting the number of appren tices taken by hat-makers. Again, in 1750, an act was passed to check the progress of the iron and steel manufacture, under a penalty of two hundred pounds sterling. 4. Still, something had been done both in agriculture and manu factures. The introduction of tobacco into Virginia had been effected, and the plant had been cultivated to a very great extent. Virginia, in 1758, is said to have exported seventy million pounds. Rye was first harvested in Massachusetts in 1633. CIIA.P. LXIV. 1. What of agriculture? 2. Arts and manufactures ? How had the mother country Interfered with them T 3. What. a-:t was passed in 1732? What in 1T50 ? L \V kit can bo said of tobacco ? When was ryo lirsL gathered in ilasoachusctlji ? AGRICULTURE AND MANUFACTURES. 141 5. The cultivation of the grape, for the manufacture of wine, was Introduced into Virginia in 1622; into South Carolina in 1(590; and into Illinois, by the French settlers, in 1709. This branch of industry, however, was little pursued till a recent ^period; it has now become extensive in some of the Western states, and is somewhat attended to in the states of New York and Connecticut. 0. Silk-making was introduced into Virginia quite early. In 1GOO, the legislature passed an act for its encouragement. It was tried in South Carolina in 1703. In 1759, the manufacture of silk had be .some so common in Georgia, that ten thousand pounds of raw silk were received in a single year at Savannah ; and it brought half a dollar more a pound in London than any other silk. But this culture en tirely ceased many years ago. The production and manufacture of silk were, however, prosecuted in the United States about twenty years nince to some extent, but they are now nearly abandoned. 7. Hemp and flax must have been introduced into Maryland early, for the legislature passed an act for their encouragement in 1071. Hemp was introduced, in 1701, into Massachusetts. Tea began to be culti vated in Georgia in 1770, but it did not thrive very well. Rice was introduced into Carolina in 1695. The exports from South Carolina, in 1729, were two hundred and sixty-four thousand four hundred and eighty -eight barrels. Rice is now one of the leading crops of South Carolina and Georgia. 8. Cotton, the great staple of the southern Atlantic states,does not ap pear to have been cultivated till after the war viz., in 1788. In 1791. it first began to be exported. The whole crop of the Southern states then amounted to a few thousand pounds ; in 1800 it exceeded five millions of bales, of four hundred pounds each, valued at upwards of two hundred millions of dollars. The Indigo plant was brought to S.mth Carolina in 1743, by Miss Lucas, and its culture was prosecuted for a time. The Spanish potato was introduced into New England in 1704, but the Irish kind was cultivated there much earlier. 9. The introduction of the art of printing into the colonies has been mentioned. The Boston News Letter the first newspaper in North Aim-rica was begun in 17<>4, by Bartholomew Green. During the next fifty years four moVe newspapers were established in New Eng- ") When was the grape first introduced into Virginia? Into South Carolina? Illinois? -.. \Vhcn was the manufacture of silk introduced into Virginia? South Carolina? <i.-ori. ia? 7. What of hemp? Flax? What of tea? Rice? What of the exports in ITJH? 8. When was cotton first cultivated? What does the present crop of cotton amount to? When was indigo taken to South Carolina? What of potatoes? 9. What >-ns the first newspaper printed in North America? When begun? What of othe newspapers and books? 143 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. land, four in the Middle States, and two at the South. Books, also, began to be published. 10. Little was it thought in 1704, that in 1754 there would be ten newspapers in the provinces. Still less was it thought, that, in 1850, nearly a century later, the number of newspapers and periodicals in the United States would be more than twenty -five hundred, and their annual circulation four hundred and fifty millions of copies. CHAPTER LXV. Sufferings of the Colonies. Expenses of New York and New England in the War of 1744. Losses by Sea and* Land. Prosperity attendant upon Peace. 1. IT is impossible for us, at the present day, to understand the full extent of the losses and sufferings of the colonies at this early period. For when we draw away a few thousand men from our present popu lation, or a few thousand dollars from a national or state treasury, the loss is scarcely perceived ; but it was far otherwise one hundred and fifty or even one hundred years ago. 2. The expenses of New England and New York in the war of 1744, though it hardly lasted four years, were estimated at over one million of pounds sterling. Massachusetts herself is said to have expended four hundred thousand pounds, or two millions of dollars, in the ex pedition against Louisburg. 3. Here, again, paper money was issued, which seemed to answer, as it usually does, a very good purpose for the time. But it did injury in the end. Two or three millions of it were hardly worth half a million of gold or silver at the first; and, at last, twenty pounds in bank notes were only worth about one pound sterling in good money. 4. The emission of paper money, while it seemed to afford relief, and, in truth, did afford relief to particular individuals at the time, wa* a loss to the whole community. It divided the losses of the war, it is true, by compelling every man, whether soldier or laborer, who held the money at the time of its depreciation, to bear his share. 5. Losses had, moreover, been sustained by sea, as well as by land, 10. What was not thought in 1704? Present number of periodicals in the United States ? Annual circulation of copies ? CHAP. LXv". 1 What diiference is there in the state of things between the present time and one hundred years ago ? 2. What were the expenses of the wars of New Eng land and New York ? 3. What was the value of paper money? 4. How was the emis- ion of the money hurtful? 5. How had losses been sustained ? What happened in 1641 and 1642? PEACE AND PROSPERITY. 143 through the odious practice of privateering. Massachusetts soon learned the art of trading, not only at home, but even with England and the West Indies. A trade was begun with the West Indies, as early as 1641, and in !G-i2 the colony had five ships already at sea. 6. Nor were the other colonies backward to engage in commercial enterprise. It is mentioned as a great drawback upon the prosperity of the Now Haven colony during the first years of its existence, espe cially about the year 1647, that the trade with the West Indies wa unfortunate, and many vessels were lost at sea. 7. But we have other facts on this subject. In 1676, there were, in the whole of New England, thirty shipwrights. In 1680, Connecticut had twenty-four vessels engaged in trade with Boston and other places. In 1681, forty-nine trading vessels entered the single harbor of Ports - mouth. And, in 1731, "Massachusetts alone had six hundred sloops and vessels, with five or six thousand men, engaged in the fisheries. 8. It is easy, then, to see that the losses, by means of privateers, during a war, to say nothing of the depredations of pirates, must bft very great. But the loss of property, by sea and by land, was not all. Multitudes of the best of the citizens, of every age, especially in thfe prime of life, had fallen in the wars. 9. What the loss of men, women, and children actually was, during the long French and Indian wars, is not known. The loss of Massa chusetts, including Maine and New Hampshire, between the years 1722 and 1749 . when there was as little war as at any period of twenty- seven years after the settlement of the country, has been supposed to be fifty thousand. 10. No wonder the colonies were glad to enjoy, when it came, the blessing of peace. No wonder trade and commerce revived, agricul ture flourished, and the arts and manufactures made progress. What a pity the peace between the nations could not have been permanent I I low strange that th early history of the United States, like that of almost every nation, should be tarnished by a ser es of wars and con sequent sufferings! 6 What cirenmst unco was prejudicial to the New Il.-m-n colony? 7. WJiot of com merce from 1690 to 1731 ? 8 What losses were sustained during the war? 9 Whnt -n the reduction of population ? 10. What WM not surprising? \V iat is the hi&Tm-y ,:! ,.i- VMK4, everv rwdinn? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER LXVI. Discoveries in the West. The Mississippi audits lran< explored ~by Joliet and Marquette. Explorations of La Salle and Father Hcnncpin. 1. IT is time now to attend to the history of the Great "West. Th& travels of Fer di-nand de So -to have been men tioned, lie saw and crossed the great Mississippi; but the French, under Joliet and Marquette [mar ket ], two Cana dians, first ex plored it, togeth er with some of its principal branches, such as the Fox, Wis- con -sin, Ar-kan - sas, and Illinois. This was a little before the time of Philip s war. 2. A few years later, that is, in 1G7 ( J, M. de La Salle, a French Canadian officer, equipped a small vessel at the lower end of Lake Erie, nearly opposite where Buffalo now stands, and, in company with Louis llen -ne-pin, a friar, and thirty-four otber persons, explored th shores of several of the northern lakes, and, having built a small forfc wintered near the mouth of the Mau-mee liiver. 8. The next, spring they set out again, and travelled among the 11-li- nois Indians. Their travels, the year before, bad given them much knowledge of the Indian character. They crossed the wilderness to the Illinois River, a journey of a few days, with their canoes and pro visions upon their shoulders, and then descended it. 1. In pMssin-r along, down the river, they came to an Indian viliagb of five hundred huts, but without inhabitants. Going on about one hundred miles further, they suddenly found themselves in the midst LA SALLE ON HIS EXPLORING KXl KDITION. CHAP. LXVI. 1. Where did Ferdinand dc Soto travel ? 2. Wha . was done by La Sali * ;6T9? 8. -*. Lecrihe the jonrney of La Salle and his companions among the Indian?. MAP OF THE MISSISSIPPI VALLEY 14-5 of a host of Indian warriors, on both sides of the river, who offered them battle. The company made signs of peace, however, and soon quieted their fears. 5. The strangers conducted in such a manner that not only was the cnriosity of the Indians awakened, but their friendship secured; and MAP OF THE VALLEY OF THE MISSISSIPPI. . In looking at a map of the Western country, representing it as it now is, w ee that the valley of the Mississippi and the region of the Great Lakes are occupied by several states and territories. This whole region, comprising nearly three-fourths of the present territory of the United States, was almost entirely unsettled until about the period of the Revolutionary war. |3F" The thicker will here put swh question* (is lie think-* proper. 18- 140 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. our travellers concluded to remain among them for a time. Accord ingly, they built a small fort arid made it their residence. But the men grev weary of the place, and not only weary but mutinous against La Salle. They even attempted to excite the prejudices of the Indian* against him. 6. La Saile, indeed, found it easier to regain the confidence of the savages than t^vat of his own men. They were still dissatisfied, and at. length laid a plan to destroy him and some of his friends, by mixing poison with their food. The poisoned food, in fact, made them very ilL but they all recovered. 7. Early in the spring of 1680, La Salle set out again on his journey down the river. On reaching its mouth, they sailed up the Mississippi almost to its source. The voyage occupied them *nany months. On the 8th of November he set out for home. 8. In returning, however, they passed through the country where they had seen the deserted Indian village. While in this region, they met with new troubles, on account of the hostility of the Ir -o-quois tribe of Indians, and Father Hennepin came near losing his life. The;y escaped, finally, without any injury. 9. In 1C83, La Salle sailed down the Illinois River the second time, and also down the Mississippi. Here he encountered many dangers, and had many hairbreadth escapes, especially from the Natchez tribe of Indians. They reached the mouth of the river on the 7th of April. La Salle is supposed to have been the first white man who ever navi gated the Mississippi for any considerable distance. 10. Standing together on the shore of the Gulf of Mexico, at the end of a voyage of two thousand miles, in small open boats, on an un known stream, whose banks were lined with savages, the party united in thanking God for their preservation, and in singing a hymn together, after which they prepared for themselves a temporary shelter. 11. On the llth of April they set out on their return up the river, visiting the Indians as they passed along. They reached Michili- mackinac in the month of September, soon after which La Salle sailtnl for Quebec, and thence to France, to make a report of his discoveries to the king. 12. He returned once more to America, but not to the north. IK*. undertook to explore the country about the mouth of the Mississippi. \A r here, after many curious adventures and not a few discoveries, ho \v as basely murdered, about the year 1686, by one of his companions. . What did the travellers conclude to do? C. What plan was formed against La Salic 1 7 \Vhat w:is done in 1630? 8. What troubles did the party of La Salle encounter ? !. Whit took place in 1C.S3? What is said of La Salle ? 1 .). What did tha travellers <lu v the snores of the Gulf of Mexico ? 1 1. When did they return home ? 12. What was tU fate o. La Salle? SETTLEMENTS IN THE SOUTH AND WEST. 147 CHAPTEE LXVIL Settlements in the South and West ; at Kaskaskia, in Illi nois ; in Louisiana; in Florida; in Michigan; at Natchez, on the Mississippi ; on the Mobile River, in Alabama.. Troubles between the Ohio Company and the French Governor of Canada. 1. FATHER HEXXEPIST resumed his travels in the West after La Sailed death, but made no permanent set tlements. La Salle and he had, how ever, paved the way for other ex plorers, and also for fur-traders, and ul timately for emi grants. The French churned the coun try on both sides of the Mississippi,and in fact all the way from the Gulf of Mexico to Canada. 2. The first permanent settlement in the great Mississippi Valley, as it is now called, was at Kas-kas -kia, in Illinois perhaps about 1688 or 1690; for the year is not exactly known. There were, indeed, /nilitary forts there as early as 1687; and one also where St. Louis now stands. 3. The second known white settlement in the South-west the first in the Lou-is-i-an -a country was made by DT-ber-ville, of Canada, in May, 1699, with forty or fifty men, at the bay of Biloxi. It did not nourish, but led the way to better things. Pen-sa-co -la, in Florida, was begun about the same time. De-troit , in Mich -i-gan, was set tled in June, 1701. A settlement was made on the Mobile River, in 1702, and at New Or -leans in 1717. SETTLEMENT AT KASKASKIA. CHAP. LXVIL 1. What of Father Hennepin? What did the French claim ? 2 What settlement was made at Kaskaskia? What of St Louis? 3. What settlement wa m-xio by D lberville ? What .settlement wa-* made in 1701 ? In 1702 ? In 1717 ? 148 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. The settlements in the Mississippi Valley received a terrible check in the year 1V29. The warlike tribe of Indians called the Natchez, having become excited against the French, seized their opportunity, and murdered all the settlers they could find. Of seven hundred or more, scarcely enough survived to carry the tidings to New Orleans. 5. But, instead of giving up the country, the French troops in New Orleans and the vicinity only meditated revenge. They pursued the Natchez, till they had driven them to their villages and forts, where /hey fell upon them and cut them to pieces. The few who survived ,vere made slaves of, and the tribe perished. 6. From the preceding statement, it will be perceived that the great valley of the Mississippi was first explored and settled by the French. In fact, about the year 1V30, they had a line of forts and settlements all the way from New Orleans to Quebec. They had even ascended the Ohio, and built a fort where Pittsburg now stands, which they called Fort du Quesne [Jcane]. The English colonists to the east, along the Atlantic, were jealous of their movements, and their jealousy at length ripened into hostility, as we shall hereafter see. 7. A trading company, called the Ohio Company, was formed in the year 1749, consisting of English and Virginia merchants, whose ob ject it was to trade with the Indians for furs. They had obtained a grant of six hundred thousand acres of land, near the river Ohio. This, in turn, raised the jealousy of the governor of Canada and he ordered the traders to be seized. 8. He also opened a line of communication between Presque [presk] Isle, as it was then called, on Lake Erie, where the town of Erie now stands, and Fort du Quesne, at the head cf the Ohio, and stationed troops and built fortifications along this line. His object, in short, was to break up the trade of the Ohio Company, and hold the country. 9. The Ohio Company complained of the French to Governor Din- wid -die, of Virginia, who laid the subject before the General x\ssem bly. They ordered a messenger to be sent to the French commander, to inquire into the cause of the measures he had pursued, and to ask that the forts might be evacuated and the troops removed. 4. What took place in 1729? 5. "vV up , was done by the French troops? 6. Who first rtiscoveix d and settled the valley of the Mississippi? What possessions had the French in this quarter in 1780? What fort ^d the French built where Pittsburg now stands ? What rfft oct had the Fronch settlement on the English colonists? 7 What trading com- l>:mv was formed in the year 1749 ? 8. What was done by the governor of Canada? 9. \\Lnl was Jone by the Ohio Compaq The General Assembly of Virginia ? GEOKUE WASHINGTON. Ill) CHAPTEK LXYHI. &eorge Washington begins his public career. His Educa tion and his Character in youth. He is sent as a Mes senger to the French on the Ohio. Anecdotes of the journey. i . THE messenger intrusted with this important errand was Geor^s Washington, (hen scarcely twenty -one years of age. He was 3 ^-^^K:. ^A^p^ ceived no other education than that of the fam ily and the com mon school. His mind, as it ap- WASHINGTON GOING TO FORT DU QUESNB. matical turn, and lie had early be come a surveyor. 2. But he was most distinguished for his excellent moral character. oil this respect few young men of his time stood higher. His passions were indeed strong, but he strove to govern and subdue them. At the age of nineteen he had been made an adjutant-general of some troops, raised for the defence of the country against the Indians, and held tho rank of major; but he had never been called into service. 3. Such was the person selected by Governor Dinwiddie for an ex pedition at once difficult and dangerous. Several young men, to whom the commission had been offered, refused it, for want of courage to en gage in the undertaking. But Washington was born to save his country. and not solely to seek his own ease and comfort. 4. He set out on his journey from Williamsburg, the capital of Vir ginia, October 31, 1753. He had with him an Indian interpreter, & French interpreter, a guide, and four other persons, two of whom wero CHAP. LXVIIL 1. Give gome account of Washington. 2. His character? 8. HO\T did ftis conduct differ from that of several other young men ? 4. Whom did he take with hin* on his journey? From what place did he start? 13* 160 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Indian traders; making, in all, a company of eight men, with their horses, tents, baggage, and provisions. 5. The distance from Williamsburg to the principal fort of the French was about five hundred and fifty miles. They were to pass high and rugged mountains and cross deep rivers. Half the distance, moreover, was through a pathless wilderness, where no traces of civilization had yet appeared, and where, perhaps, none but savages and wild beast: had ever trodden. 0. But danger did not move Washington where duty was concerned lie pursued his way, and delivered his letter to St. Pierre, the French commander, whom he found at a fort on French Creek, sixty-five miles north of Fort du Quesne. lie obtained a reply from the French officer, and returned, having, however, secretly taken the dimensions of the French fort, and collected much useful information. 7. His mission did not prevent a war from breaking out, but it was at least satisfactory to him to know that he had done what he could, lie received the thanks of the governor and council of Virginia for his services. 8. Some few anecdotes of this journey are worth relating. On their return homeward, Washington was shot at by a French Indian, but, though the savage was not fifteen paces off, according to Washington s o\vn statement, and probably meant to kill him, not the slightest in jury was done him. 9. Again, as they were obliged to cross the rivers on rafts, and in such other ways as they could, and as it was winter, they sometime!? narrowly escaped being drowned. In one instance they were wrecked on an island, and obliged to remain there all night; the cold, in the mean time, being so intense thait the hands and feet of the guide were frozen. 10. In another instance, while descending a river in acanoe, perplexed by rocks, shallows, drifting trees and currents, they came to a place where the ice had lodged, which made it impassable by water. They were, consequently, obliged to land and carry their canoe across a neck of land for a quarter of a mile or more. 5. How far wa<5 he to travel ? What country were they to cross? 6. How did Wnsl<- inirton prform his task? 7. What of his mission? 8-10. Tell some anecdotes of ;i3^ journey. BATTLE AT THE GREAT MEADOWS. 151 CHAPTER LXIX. Washington and his land of Virginians march against the French. Battle at the Great Meadows. 1. THE French continuing their aggressions, the British ministry en couraged the colonies, especially Virginia, to arm themselves and resist them in the best way they could. This was in the beginning of the year 1754, two years before the British and French came to an open rupture, in what has usually been called the u French and Indian war." 2. Virginia raised a regiment of two or three companies, of whom Washington was made lieutenant-colonel. The case was thought an urgent one, and, as the chief officers in command did not arrive, nor any aid from the other colonies, though it had been promised, Wash ington, with his little army, boldly entered the wilderness, and marched against the enemy. 3. On the 28th of May, at a place called the Red Stones, they came up with a party of French and Indians, whom they attacked and de feated, killing ten or twelve, and taking twenty-two prisoners. From the prisoners, Washington learned that the French forces on the Ohio amounted to a thousand regular troops, beside Indians. Nothing daunt ed, however, he continued his march. 4. At a place called the "Great Meadows," he halted and built a fort, calling it Fort Necessity. Here he waited a long time for troops from the other colonies; but none came, except a company of one hundred independents from South Carolina. The forces now amounted to four hundred men. 5. On the 3d of July, Washington received information that the whole body of French and Indians were marching to attack him. At eleven o clock they arrived, and commenced their assault. They wero met, however, with a bravery that could hardly have been expected from troops so inexperienced. 6. The battle lasted from eleven in the forenoon to eight in the evening. "Scarcely, since the days of Le-on -i-das and his three hun dred deathless Spartans," says Trurnbull, in his "Indian Wars," u hit the sun beheld its equal. With hideous whoops and yells, the enemy ."HAP LXIX. 1. What took place in the year 1754? How long was this before the French and Indian war? 2 What was done by Virginia? What was done by Washing ton? 3. What happened at Red Stones? 4. What did Washington do at Great Meadows 5. What happened on the 3d of July ? 6. Give Truinbull s description of the battle. 152 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. came on like a host of tigers. The woods and rocks and tall tree tops, as the Indians climbed into them to pour down their bullets into the fort, were in one continued blaze and crash of fire-arms." 7. Nor were the young Virginians idle. Animated by their chief, they plied their rifles with so much spirit that their little fort seemed a volcano in full blast, roaring, and discharging its thick sheets of liquid death. For full nine hours, salamander like, enveloped in smoke ami flame, they sustained the shock, and laid two hundred of the enemy 3ii the field. 8. Discouraged by such desperate resistance, Count de Vill -iers, the French commander, sent in a flag of truce, extolling their gallantry, and offering to treat with them on the most honorable terms. They were to give up the fort, but the troops were to be permitted to march away with all the honors of war, carrying with them their stores and baggage. The terms were accepted, and, accordingly, they left the fort early the next morning. 9. Although the French commander had promised that the Virginia troops should not be molested, they had not retreated far, before a party of a hundred Indians came upon them, and robbed .them of a part of their baggage. They soon arrived, however, without any fur ther loss of life, at Williumsburg. 10. A vote of thanks was passed by the legislature to Colonel Wash ington and his brave companions, and a pistole granted to each of the soldiers ; for, although baffled and defeated in their enterprise, they had conducted bravely. Of the three hundred Virginians engaged in che defence of the fort, only twelve had been killed. 7. "What of the young Virginians? 8. What of Count de Villiers? 9. "What hnd the French commander promised? What was done by a party ol Indians? 10. What was granted to Washington and his men? What is a pistole ? juris. A Spanish coin wurth about three dollars snd sixty cents. UNION OF THE ENGLISH COLONIES. 152 CHAPTER LXX. Cke Union of the English Colonies in 1754. Attacks upon the French Colonies. Franklins eminent services. Braddoc&s Defeat. I The French and Indians continuing their depredations on thr frontiers of the colonies, tin British ministry, without f< i mally declaring war, en couraged the colonists to de fend themselves, and to units for the purpose. They ac cordingly sent delegates, who met at Albany, in 1754, arid ,>-<r-ti ^vx ~z i^r^^ ;-**&% a plan of union was adopted. /<^&^ -^IT^^L 01 veryumike the present federal constitution. 2. This plan, or system was signed by the agents o^ "^ ^^^^^ Massachusetts, New Hamp \ \ shire, Rhode Island, Nei" York, Pennsylvania, an } Maryland, July 4th, the very day of Washington s retreat from Fort Necessity. The deputies frotf* Connecticut alone refused to sign it, though some features of the pla" were disliked by the colonial assemblies and the members of the councils. 3. Early in 1755, the colonies proceeded to attack the French at four different points Nova Scotia, Crown Point, Ni-ag -a-ra, and Ohio Ki iT er. The expedition against Nova Scotia, under Generals Monckton juid Winslow, was completely successful; the whole country was sub dued, with the loss of only twenty men. 4. The expedition against Crown Point, on Lake Cham-plain , led by General Johnson of New Y T ork, though a failure as to its main object was yet honorable to the officers and men who were employed in it. In a great battle fought near Whitehall, seven hundred of the French were killed, and three hundred wounded, while the whole loss of the colonies scarcely exceeded two hundred. CHAP. LXX. 1. What was done by the British ministry? What plan was adopted by tho colonies? 2. What agents agreed to this system? 8. What took i\w. in ,7ri? 4. What of the expedition to Crown Point ? 7* BENJAMIN FRANKLIN. 154 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 6. It was at this battle that a noble French officer, by the name of Dieskau, was wounded and taken prisoner. He w r as shot in the leg, and, being unable to retreat, was taken by an English soldier. Fear ing for his safety, he was feeling for his watch to give it up to the soldier, when the latter, supposing him to be feeling foi- his pistol, in flicted a deep wound in his hips. lie was treated with great kindness, and survived eleven years. 6. The expedition against Niagara, with twenty-five hundred men, nuder Governor Shirley, of Massachusetts, was begun too late in the year. The troops proceeded no further than Os-we -go, on Lake On- ta -ri-o, when the proposed attack was abandoned. No more attempts were made, in this quarter, till after the declaration of war, which took place June 9, of the next year. 7. In the operations against the French, on the Ohio, there was not only a want of success, but a signal failure, in the memorable defeat of General Braddock, whom the British had sent over in February, with two thousand men, to the aid of the colonies. He was an aged and experienced officer one who not only thought well of himself, but was thought well of by others. 8. No sooner had he arrived than the Virginian Assembly raised a body of eight hundred men to join him, and Washington agreed to serve as his aide-de-camp. The army marched without being molested till they were within seven miles of Fort du Quesne, now Pittsburg. 9. It was on this occasion that Franklin rendered his country a most important service. The troops being in want of a suitable number of wagons to transport their baggage, Franklin, who lived at Philadel phia, persuaded the farmers of Pennsylvania to let them have both wagons and horses. In the end, the wagons and horses were lost, and Franklin was expected to pay for them. The damage was about one hundred thousand dollars. 10. Franklin would have paid the debt had he been able, but he was not. He had advanced considerable money already. The owners of the horses and wagons at last began to sue him. The government, however, at length interposed, as they ought, and paid the debt. 11. But to return to General Braddock. On the morning of July 9, when within a few miles of Pittsburg, a large party of French and Indians were discovered in ambush. Washington now informed Gen eral Braddock what sort of an enemy he had to deal with an eneinj who would fight chiefly from behind hedges and rocks and trees, where they could not be easily seen. 5. Tell the anecdote of the French officer. 6. What of the expedition against Niagara ? 1, What of General Braddock ? 8. How did Washington serve ? 9. Describe the service rendered by Franklin 10. Who at last paid for the wagons and horses ? 11. What did Wui.Uin ton toll General IJraddock? BRADDOCK S DEFEAT. 155 12. General Braddock, who was sadly ignorant on the subject, in sload of receiving the information with gratitude, was only angry, and said things had indeed come to a strange pass when a young Virginian should presume to teach a British general how to fight. He would not even grant the modest request of Washington to let him place himself at the head of the Virginian riflemen, and fight the savages in their own way. 13. AVashington bit his lips with anguish, for he knew too well .vhat would be the result. The troops were soon assailed on all sides, not by an enemy whom they could see and meet in fair fight, but a foe which, to them, \vas invisible. Slain by hundreds, and unable to resist, they soon fell into confusion, and General Braddock himself was mor tally wounded. 14. Washington, however, remained perfectly calm and self-pos sessed. As soon as Braddock fell, he placed himself at the head of the Virginian Blues, as they were called, led them against the enemy, checked their fury, and enabled the shattered British army to retreat. Braddock lived long enough to see his folly and to applaud the bravery of the Virginians. But he died ; and Washington, to prevent the savages from discovering or disturbing his remains, buried him in the road, and ordered the wagons, on their retreat, to drive over his grave. 15. In this battle, the English and the colonists had seven hundred and seventy-seven men killed and wounded, while the enemy scarcely lost fifty. Washington had four bullets sent through his clothes, and two horses slain under him, and yet he escaped unhurt ! He again received the thanks of his country, though not in a formal manner. 16. It was not long after this battle that, near Pittsburg, an Indian warrior is reported to have said that Washington was not born to be killed by a bullet ; for he had seventeen fair shots at him with his rifle, during the engagement, and yet, after all, he could not kill him. Such a sentiment, whether uttered by a savage or invented for the occasion, seems to have been almost prophetic. 12. How did Braddock receive Washington s advice? 18. What was the result of th battle? 14. "What of Washington when Braddock fell? Where was Braddock buried f 15. What was the loss in this battle ? What happened to Washington ? 16. What did a jrvage say of him? 156 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTEE LXXI. The French and Indian War. Plan of the Colonists for taking Crown Point. Montcalrrfs capture of the Fort at Oswego, etc. Lord Chatham, British Minister. Louisburg recaptured. A. hercrombie^s disastrous Attack >n Fort Ticonderoga. Capture of Forts Frontenac and du Quesne. Great Indian Treaty. 1. ALTHOUGH for about two years the French and English colonies had been at war, the two governments still maintain ed the relations of peace at home. But in May, 1756, war was declared by Great Britain against France, in due form. Then began that celebrated conflict, called in our annals The French and Indian War. 2. In the full expectation of immediate aid from the mother country, the colonies laid apian to take the French forts at Crown Point* and Niagara, and for this pur- LORD CHATHAM. pose raised seven thousand men, placing them under the command of General Winslow, of Massachusetts. 3. Governor Shirley had been, for some time past, the commander of the Massachusetts forces. But now the British ministry appointed the Earl of Loudon to this office, though, until his arrival, General Abercrombie was to have the command of the troops of Massachusetts. But General Abercrombie was an inefficient officer, and nothing decisive >.vas done this year. CHAP. LXXI. 1. What were the relations of France and England at home, while die colonies were at war? .When was war formally declared ? 2. What expectations had the colonists? What forces were raised by them ? Where was Ci own Point? 3. What of Governor Shirley? Lord Loudon? General Abercrombie? * Crown Point was on the western shore of Lake Cham plain, and occupied a point of land projecting into the lake. It was ninety-five miles north-east of Albany. The sit now presents a heap of ruins THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR. 157 4. In the mean time, the Canadian arid Indian forces, amounting to eight thousand men, under General Mont-calm , had attacked and taken Oswego, the American key to Lake Ontario, with sixteen hundred of our troops, and a large quantity of cannon and military stores as signal a disaster to the colonies as could have befallen them. 5. Lord London at length arrived in America, and great preparation was made in England and America for the campaign of the next year. In 1757, eleven ships of the line, fifty transports, and six thousand troops arrived, destined to act against Louisburg, which had again fallen into the hands of the French. But the attack was delayed till it was so well fortified that it was not thought advisable to besiege it. 6. General Moiitcalm, the French commander, in pursuing his suc cesses, had, by this time, besieged and taken Fort William Henry,* on Lake George. Nor did he meet with much resistance, although Gen eral Webb, with four thousand men, lay at Fort Edward, only fifteen miles off, and evidently knew what was going on. 7. It was a condition, in the surrender of the troops at Fort "William Henry, that their lives should be spared after the surrender ; and yet the Indians butchered great multitudes the French officers pretending they could not restrain them. Yet they had a regular force of at least seven thousand men ! 8. In 1758, the celebrated Mr. Pitt, Lord Chatham, was placed nl the head of the British ministry. This event infused a new spirit into all the affairs of the government, and what was done with regard to the prosecution of the war in America, was done promptly and effi ciently. 9. He sent letters to all the American governors, requiring them to raise as many troops as they could, at the same time promising to send a large British force to their aid. The colonies complied with the re quest, and Massachusetts, Connecticut, and New Hampshire, alone, raised fifteen thousand men. They were to. be ready for action in May. 10. The first movement was against Louisburg, in the months of June and July. This fortress, after a stout resistance, surrendered, and. with it, five thousand seven hundred and thirty -seven men. A considerable amount of cannon also was taken. The whole country, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Nova Scotia, fell into the hands of tho English. 4 What had the Canadian and Indian forces done? 5. What of Lord Loudon ? What took place in 1757 ? 6. What of General Montcalm ? 7. What happened at Fort William Henry ? S. When was Pitt made prime minister? 9. What steps did he take ? 10. What was the first attack ? What fell into the hands of the English ? * Fort VVilliaui Henry was situated at the southern point of Lake George, on the north eastern border of the present state of New York. Fort Edward was on the east side of the Hudson Elver, forty -five miles north of Albany. 14 158 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 11. An attack was next made on Ti-eon-de-ro -ga.* As Lord Lou- don had returned to England, the expedition vras conducted by the inefficient Abercroinhie. Though he had a force of seven thousand British and nine thousand colonists, and though the garrison consisted of but three thousand men, he was repulsed, with a loss, in killed and wounded, of nearly two thousand men. 12. The passage of General Abercroinhie over Lake George, when going to Ticonderoga, is said to have been one of the most splendid and imposing scenes ever witnessed. The morning was bright and beautiful, the music fine ; the ensigns glittered in the sunbeams, and n fleet of one thousand and thirty -five boats, with sixteen thousand men, moved along in the most exact order. How different must have been their return ! 13. General Abercrombie, as if to atone for past remissness, now sent out three thousand men against Fort Fron -te-nac, near the outlet of Lake Ontario, which in two days surrendered. An expedition was also fitted out against Fort du Quesne, but the French had evacu ated it the evening before they arrived. It was at this period that it took the name of Pittsburg. 14. A treaty was made this year at Easton, sixty miles from Phila delphia, by the English colonies, with the principal tribes of Indians between the Atlantic and the Rocky Mountains. No less than five hundred Indian representatives, including women and children, were present, in their national costume. 15. Among them were Mo -hawks, O-nei -das, On-on-da -gas, Ca-yu - gas, Sen -e-cas, Tus-ca-ro -ras, Nan -ti-coques, Co -nays, Tu -te-loes, Chug -nuts, Del -a-wares, TJ -na-mies, Min -i-sinks, Mo-hi -cans, and Wap -pin-gers. Such an assembly had not been seen before, since the days of Penn. 11. Who atUr>e l Tiocni-srega find with what siiccess? 12. Describe the passage ov*r Lake George- 13. What did Arwerombie now do? 14. Wh.it treaty was made tl.> year? 15. What tribes of Indians were present? * Tico*(}eroga was situated t tiie outlet of Lake George. ATTACK UPON QUEBEC. 159 CHAPTER LXXH. Campaign of 1759. Quebec captured. Death of Wolfe and Montcalm. 1. THE campaign of 1759 was opened with an invasion of Canada. G eneral Amherst had succeeded General Aber- crombie as the commander of the colonial forces, and was a far more efficient officer. In July of this year, he led a part of his forces against Ti- conderoga and Crown Point, both of which were taken with out much resist- DEATH OF WOLFE. ance. 2. Another division of the army went against Niagara. Here was some irregular fighting, during which a serious accident occurred. General Prideaux, the English commander, was killed by the bursting of a gun. He was succeeded in the command by General Johnson, who in a few days gained possession of the post. 3. It now became the great object of the English and American forces to take Quebec. It was quite an ancient place as old, within one year, as Jamestown, and was strongly fortified. It was considered almost as difficult to be captured as Louisburg or Gibraltar. 4. Quebec is on the north-west side of the St. Lawrence, and is divided into the upper and lower town. The upper town is built on high limestone rock, two hundred feet higher than the river; but the lower town is on a plain, almost level with the water. Where the upper town joins the river, is an abrupt precipice, the summit of which is CHAP. LXXII.1. What took place in 1759? What of General Amherst? 2. What was done by another ilivision of the army? What of General Prideaux? 3. What of Qiifbec? 4. Describe it. 16U HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. called the Heights of Abraham ; around it, or near it, is the plain of Abraham. 5. General "Wolfe, a brave and experienced British officer, sailed from Louisburg, with eight thousand men, in the month of June, to meet General Arnherst there, and attack Quebec. He landed on the island of Orleans, a little below the city. After many unsuccessful attempts to approach the city, which took up the time till September, he coti- oeived the bold plan of ascending the Heights of Abraham. 6. After waiting as long for General Amherst as the season would admit, he resolved to proceed alone. Leaving the island of Orleans, he first went up the river nine miles. The French, observing this, immediately detached a part of their forces at Quebec to oppose his landing in that direction. 7. But he did not intend to land there; he had another object in view. He was about to attempt what no one before him had ever at tempted, and what the French did not suspect. During the night of September 12, the troops, in flat-bottomed boats, with some difficulty, succeeded in landing at the foot of the heights, and an hour or two before daylight had begun to climb the precipice. 8. It was no light matter for eight thousand men to climb an almost perpendicular precipice of two hundred feet, and draw up after them all their artillery, baggage, etc. But they persevered, General Wolfe himself leading the way. At daybreak, the whole army had fairly scaled the heights, and were on the plains of Abraham. 9. Though surprised at their appearance, General Montcalrn rallied the French troops, and made the best possible preparation for a stout defence. About, the middle of the forenoon the two armies met. A hard-fought battle followed, often contested at the point of the bayonet, but the English were at last victorious. 10. The battle was not only severe, but exceedingly bloody. The English lost six hundred in killed and wounded, and the French many more beside a thousand prisoners. But the loss was most striking in valuable officers. The commanders of both armies were killed, as well as the second in command. Two other principal generals of the French army were also wounded. 11. General Wolfe, who had placed himself in the front of his army to encourage the troops, received a wound in his wrist, early in the. action, but he wrapped his handkerchief around it, and continued at his post. Soon after, a ball pierced his groin, but he concealed the 5. What of General Wolfe? 6. What did he first attempt ? 7. What end had he in view ? What was done on the night of September 12 ? 8. Describe the ascent. 9. What of General Montcalni ? Describe the battle. Who were victorious ! 10. What was the loss on both sHes? 11. What wounds did Wolfe receive? CAPTURE OF QUEBEC. ItJl anguish, and fought on. At length, a shot pierced his breast, and ha fell. 12. lie did not expire, however, immediately, but lived long enough to know the issue of the battle. " They fly ! they fly 1" said the nu-n, at a little distance, as he leaned, in the agonies of death, on the hhoulder of one of his lieutenants. " Who fly?" said he, raising for sin instant his drooping head. Being told it was the French, "Then," ;<aid he, " I die happy." 13. The death of Montcalm, the French commander, who was wound ed in the battle, was not less striking. When told that his wound would be fatal in a short time, he replied, "Then I shall not live to see Quebec surrendered." He spent his last moments in writing a letter to the English commander, recommending the French prisoners to his care and attention. 14. The death of these generals has been the theme of frequent eulogy ; both possessed in a high degree the soldierly merit of courage and devotion to their cause. Wolfe was a young man scarcely thirty- three years of age, and much beloved. Montcalm was something over forty-five. They were not merely men of genius, and skilled in their profession ; they possessed the nobler qualities of truth, honor, and humanity. CHAPTER LXXIIL The French and Indian War concluded. The St. Fran cis Indians chastised. The Cherokees defeated. Sur render of the French North American Colonies to the British. Peace of 1763. 1. IMPORTANT to the colonies as were the events described in the last chapter, they did not end the struggle. The French were still in possession of a powerful army and uiany strongly fortified posts. In deed they were not yet reconciled to the loss of Quebec. 2. In April of the ensuing spring, the French approached Quebec with a view to retake it, when General Murray, who had been left in command of the garrison during the winter, marched out to meet them. A bloody battle was fought, about three miles from the city, in which the colonists were defeated with the loss of a thousand men. 12. Describe Wolfe s death. 13. Describe the death of Montcalm. 14. What of the death of the two generals ? What were the ages of these two groat commanders? Their i-hai- acters ? CHAP. LXXIII. 1. What of th French? 2. What of General Murray? To wl..u city did the French lay svege ? 14* 162 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 3. Though the loss of the French in this battle was twice as great as that of the English, yet, with their superior numbers, they were still able to invest the city. Soon after the siege was begun, an Eng lish squadron arrived in the river, which attacked and destroyed a French lleet of six frigates, and compelled the invading army to raise the siege. 4. The English and colonists no\v united all their strength to take Montreal. They had assembled at its gates a force of more than tea thousand men, and new troops were daily arriving, when the com mander, believing resistance would be useless, surrendered the city,, De-troit and Michilimackinac [mish-il-e-mak -in-aw], now called Mack- inac or Mackinaw, and all the fortified posts of Canada, surrendered a few days afterward. 5. During the campaign of 1759, Major Rogers, with two hundred men, was sent against the St. Francis Indians. Their principal town was St. Francis, situated near the river St. Lawrence, about half way between Montreal and Quebec. Major Rogers succeeded in burning their town, killing two hundred of their people, and taking twenty women and children, most of whom he afterward set free. 6. .These St. Francis Indians had been the most barbarous enemies with which New England had been obliged to contend. They had, in six years, killed and taken four hundred of the colonists, and hundreds of scalps were found hanging over the doors of their wigwams when Major Rogers entered the village. 7. But the victory over them, though complete, was dearly bought. "We marched nine days," says Major Rogers, "through wet, sunkei> ground, the water, for most of the way, being nearly a foot deep. In going and returning, and in the battle, he lost about a quarter of his men. 8. In 1760, there was much trouble with the Cherokee Indians at the south. A quarrel between them and the Virginians had long ex isted, but the French traders, it was supposed, inflamed the minds of the Indians anew. A detachment of twelve hundred men was sent out against them, but nothing effectual was accomplished. 9. In 1761, abody of twenty-six hundred men, under Colonel Grant, met them in a great battle, in their own country, in which the Chero- kees were completely defeated. Their houses, magazines, and corn fields were burned, and they were dri von to the mountains. A few days afterward the chiefs came in, however, and signed a treaty of peace. 3. What was done by the English squadron ? 4. Why did the commander surrender Montreal? What places afterward surrendered? 5. What did Major Eogers do? 6 ^Vhat of the St Francis Indians? 7. What does Major Rogers say of the march? 8. TV! Opened in 1760? 9. In 1761 ? REVIEW. 163 10. Although Canada was conquered, and the war ended in that quarter, peace was not fully concluded between Great Britain and France till the year 1763. In the year 1762, Great Britain and Spain were at war, and a force being about to be sent against Mar-tin-ique in the West Indies, eleven battalions, consisting of four thousand men, under the command of General Monckton, were ordered for New York. 11. The French struggled hard, this year, to retake Newfoundland, but without success. This was their last effort. Peace was made be tween the contending nations in 1763, by which all the possessions of the French to the northward of the United British Colonies were ceded to Great Britain, to which country they still belong. Louisiana was also ceded by the French to Spain about the same time. 12. Thus ended the long and bloody conflict, called the French and Indian War. Except the Revolutionary w r ar, of which we shall soon give an account, it was by far the most important conflict in which the American colonists were ever engaged. It resulted in removing the .French from this continent, and in transferring to the British a terri tory equal in extent to the half of Europe. CHAPTER LXXIV. Review of the preceding History. The Thirteen Colonies. The approaching Conflict of the Colonies with the Mother Country. The preceding portion of this His tory, Colonial; the succeeding portion, National. 1. WE have now traced the history of the English colonies in North America from the first settlement in 1607 to the year 1763. At this latter date these colonies w T ere thirteen in number, and contained about two millions and a half of inhabitants. Such had been the progress of these settlements in a hundred and fifty-six years. 2. In the Southern Division of the country, there were the colonies of VIRGINIA, settled in 1607; NORTH CAROLINA, settled about 1660; SOUTH CAROLINA, settled in 1670; and GEORGIA, settled in 1733. 3. In the Middle Division there were NEW YORK, settled in 161";; NEW JERSEY, settled in 1624; PENNSYLVANIA, settled in 16S1 ; DELA WARE, settled in 103^; and MARYLAND, settled in 1634. 10. When was peace concluded between France and England ? What of the year 1 7( ^ ? 1 1. What of the French ? What was the consequence of the peace of 17fi3 ? What -.f Louisiana ? 12 What was the result of the French and Indian war ? (, H AI>. LXXIV. 1. For what length of time have we now traced the history of the Eng lish colonies? Population of the colonies in 1768? How many colonies were therof 2-4. Name the thirteen colonies and the date of settlement of each. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. In the Northern Division there were MASSACHUSETTS, settled in 1620; CONNECTICUT, settled in 1633; ERODE ISLAND, settled in 1636, and NEW HAMPSHIRE, settled in 1623. What now constitutes the state of Maine, then belonged to Massachusetts ; and the territory of the present state of Vermont, containing only a few inhabitants at that time, was claimed both by New Hampshire and New York. 5. These were the colonies which took part in the French and Indian War, of which we have just given an account. Although the British, government sent over ships, men, and money to aid in that war, yet on the colonies fell the heaviest share of the burden, and to them chiefly belongs the merit of the great success that attended the con flict. 6. In this war, the colonies, as we have seen, did not act separately as in the beginning ; they united as all belonging to one country, and thus laid the foundation of that union which bound them during the Revolution, and which now binds them, as a republic of many states, forming one nation. Y. Hitherto, our history has been an account of the rise and pro gress of separate colonies ; from this time forward, it is the history of a nation. We are now about to enter upon the events w r hich caused a state of hostility between the colonies and the mother country, and which, resulting in a long and severe war, ended in a final separation between them. Hitherto we have spoken of the people of this coun try as English ; we must henceforth regard them as Americans. 4 What of Maine? Vermont? 5. What part did these thirteen colonies take ir the French and Indian war ? To whom does the chief credit of the success of the war belong f 6. Describe the union of the colonies in this war. Of what did this union lay the foun dation? 7 What has our preceding history been? "What will the subsequent part be? What have we called the people of this country hitherto? What may we con&id hereafter ? TAXATION OF THE COLONIES. 105 CHAPTER LXXY. PERIOD OF EVENTS LEADING TO THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION. Taxation of the Colonies. The Sugar Act. 1. WE now come to that period in our history when Great Britain entered upon a system of measures which caused the colonies to rc- iist the government of the mother country, and finally to achieve their independence. This system consisted mainly in the laying of taxes upon sugar, stamps, tea, and various other articles imported into, or used in this country. 2. As will be hereafter seen, the chief ground of opposition to these measures was, that the colonies were not represented hy any members of their own country, in the British government, and that it was alike unjust, dangerous, and contrary to the British constitution for any people to be taxed by the government in which they had no represen tatives to watch over and vindicate their rights and interests. 3. As early as the year 1651, Great Britain had begun to pass laws to restrain and direct the colonial trade. Similar attempts were made in 1060; again in 1672, 1676, 1691, and 1692. In the year 1696, a pamphlet was published not indeed by the ministry, but by some person of distinction in which it was recommended to lay a tax on one of the colonies. 4. This pamphlet was answered by two others, which denied the power to tax colonies which were not represented in parliament, and which had never consented to such taxation. Indeed, the colonies had always felt aggrieved by the British restrictions upon their trade and commerce ; and Massachusetts and New York had shown their dissatis faction by public acts of their assemblies. 5. It is true that the British had incurred a heavy expense on ac count of the colonies, but then the trade of the latter was of immense value to them. Still they seemed determined to impose taxes in some form. In 1764, it was distinctly stated in the English papers, that they were about to defray the expenses of quartering a body of troopa among our countrymen, by requiring a duty on sugar, molasses, indigo, coffee, etc. CHAP. LXXV. 1. What period do we now come to in our history? What was the fystern of measures which induced the American colonies to resist the government of the mother country? What was the final result of their resistance to the British govern ment ? 2. What was the chief ground of opposition on the part of the colonies to this system of taxation ? 3. What passed between the years 1691 and 1696? .4. How was the pamphlet answered f What of thf Colonies ? 5. Whut of British taxation ? What wa done in 1764* 166 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 6. The Sugar Act, as it wus called, was passed the 5th ot April of this year, 1764; and it was at the same time determined that ten thousand soldiers should be kept in America. The British had a large standing army, and they must be quartered somewhere; and why not, they doubtless thought, keep a part of them in America, where there was of late such a frequent demand for their services? 7. But the colonists complained loudly of both these measures, espe cially as the^ had not given their assent to them. The Massachusetts agent in England had indeed partially assented to them, but the colo nists had immediately protested against the concession, as admitting a principle which they had never intended to yield. It was all to no purpose, however ; the parliament were determined to make the ex periment of taxation without representation. 8. How much the British were influenced, at this time, by a fear of the rising power of the colonies, who had shown themselves able to overcome, almost single-handed, the whole host of French and Indians from Newfoundland to the Gulf of Mexico, cannot now be known. Certain it is, however, that they began to entertain hostile, or at least jealous feelings- toward our country on this account. 9. On the other hand, the determination of the mother country to pay no regard to the complaints of the colonies, respecting taxation without representation, had laid the foundation of much ill-will, on the part of the colonies, toward her ; and much was said and written on the subject by their ablest statesmen and writers, especially by James Otis, of Boston, and Richard Henry Lee, of Virginia. 10. The sugar act led to a great deal of smuggling, and finally to an almost entire extinction of the colonial trade with the French and Spanish West Indies. The colonies, to retaliate, resolved not to pur chase clothing of -the English, but to use, as much as possible, their own manufactures. 11. This resolution was so generally adhered to, that the consump tion of British merchandise was greatly diminished in the colonies, especially in the large and populous towns. In Boston, alone, having then about fifteen thousand inhabitants, it was lessened, in the year 1764, more than ten thousand pounds sterling in value, that is, about fifty thousand dollars. But this, instead of inducing the English to relax the severity of their measures, only induced them to persevere hi their oppression. 6. What was determined upon ? 7 What of the colonists? What of Massachusetts ? What were the Parliament determined to do ? 8. What cannot be known ? What is certain? 9. What of the determination of the mother country ? Who wrote on the aub- hct of taxation ? 10. What of the sugar act? Upon what did the colonies resolve? 11 What of the consumption of British merchandise ? What of the English ? THE STAMP ACT. 167 CHAPTER LXXYI. The Stamp Act. Dr. Franklin in London. Patrick Ilen^s celebrated Speech. A Congress of the Colonies. 1. I 1765, the British parliament passed what has always been known by the name of the Stamp Act. Ac cording to this act, no colonial instruments in writing, SUQ!I as deeds, bonds, and notes, were to be binding, or of any force whatever, un less they were executed on stamped paper, for which a duty was to be paid to the crown of Great Britain. 2. As the re sult of this act, a ream of stamped bail-bonds would come to one hundred pounds sterling, or nearly five hundred dollars, and a ream of stamped policies of insurance to one hundred and ninety pounds; whereas, before this, the former cost only fifteen pounds, and the latter twenty. It wtus, however, only a tax of one or two dollars on each sheet, arid was not, in itself, aside from the principle on which it was based, very op pressive. 8. Though the act passed the House of Lords in Great Britain unani mously, it met with opposition in the House of Commons. Colonel Bar -re, in particular, spoke against it with great warmth and eloquence. And when the question was put, whether or not it should be passed, fifty members out of three hundred were against it. PATRICK HENRY. CHAP. LXXVL 1. What was done in 17C5? 2. What was the result of this act? What of Colonel Barre? 168 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. It is also worthy of note that, while the act was thus under de bate, Dr. Franklin, who was then in London, and much respected for his good sense, was sent for and consulted. He told them plainly the Americans would never submit to it. After the act passed, he wrote to a friend : " The sun of liberty is set. The Americans must now light the torches of industry and economy. " 5. But the opposition the stamp act had met with in England was as nothing compared to the resistance it was destined to meet with in the colonies.* A general burst of indignation pervaded the country, and most of the legislative assemblies passed resolves, and some of them protests, against it. Nowhere, however, was more spirit manifested on the subject than in Virginia. 6. The assembly of this colony l\s ting met soon after the news of the stamp act arrived, a series of resolutions, strongly expressive of disapprobation, was introduced, whi< h occasioned a warm debate and some very hard words. It was on tlis occasion that Patrick Henry, then quite a young man, by a bold remark of his, gave an impulse that was felt from one end of the continent to the other. 7. He had been asserting that the British king had acted the part of a tyrant. Then, alluding to the fate of other tyrants, he observed, "Caesar had his Brutus, Charles f. his Cromwell, and George III. " Here he paused ; upon which the cry of u Treason ! treason !" being raised in the house, he only added, " may profit ly their exam ple! If that be treason, make the most of it." 8. A Congress of the colonies having been recommended by Massa chusetts, one was accordingly convened in New York, in October. It consisted of three members from each of the colonies of Massachu setts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsyl vania, Delaware, Maryland, and South Carolina. They remonstrated against the stamp act, and drew up a declaration of their rights, de- glaring taxation and representation to be inseparable. 9. But the public disapprobation was expressed in another way. The people had burned, or reshipped, or hid, the stamped paper already in the colonies, so that on the day in which the act went into opera tion, little, if any, could be found. They would not even receive the Canadian gazettes, because they were on stamped paper. Such a course was indeed equivalent to the suspension of nearly all business, but it was resolutely persevered in. 4. Relate the anecdote of Franklin. 5. What effect had the stamp act in the colonies? fj. What resolutions were passed ? What of Patrick Henry ? 7. Relate the anecdote of him. S. What of a congress of the colonies? 9. How was disapprobation otherwise expressed? * Massachusetts had passed a stamp act of her own, in 1759, which included even news- |>pers; but she was not willing to be taxed by the British government. SOCIETIES AND MOBS. CHAPTER LXXVII. Newspapers^ Societies and Mobs. 1. NEWSPAPERS had as great an influence on the public mind, in pro portion to their number, in 1765, as now, and perhaps even greater. These continued to be published, though on inferior paper. They were, as with one voice, clamorous against the stamp act, and sever* hi their denunciations of those who were friendly to it. 2. Societies in great numbers were formed during this year, of those who were determined to unite in resisting parliamentary oppression. They called themselves " Sons of Liberty." They were particularly numerous in New York, Connecticut, and Massachusetts. Toward the close of the year, these associations, in the several colonies, became united by a kind of national compact. 3. Societies of quite another kind were also formed. Dr. Franklin had advised the people to " light the lamps of industry and economy." These, therefore, embraced persons of all ages and of both sexes, who were more willing to do without luxuries, and live by their own in dustry, than to depend on Great Britain. 4. Instead of wearing imported cloth, the more wealthy people were soon seen in dresses of their own manufacture; and for fear there might not be wool enough for their purpose, the use of sheep for food was discouraged. The most fashionable people could now card, spin, and weave their own cloth, and deny themselves the use of all foreign luxuries. 5. Nor were these resolutions and changes in modes of living, con fined to cities and towns, and to the more wealthy. Close economy became the order of the day. Multitudes of artisans and manufac turers in England were left without employment, as the consequence of the diminished sale of their productions in the colonies; and Great Britain everywhere began to feel the consequences of her folly. 6. Meanwhile, mobs began to be got up in the colonies. In August, two images, called effigies, were found hanging on the branch of an old aim tree, near the southern limits of Boston. One represented a stamp dificer. There was a great jack-boot also, out of whicli rose a horned head, which seemed to gaze around. Multitudes collected from all parts to witness the strange sight. CHAP. LXXVII. 1. What of newspapers in 17C5? 2. Societies? 8. Other societies? 4. What was done by the inore wealthy people? 5. Describe otlmr changes in the modes of living. 6 Describe the effigies in Boston. 15 170 HISTORt OF THE UNITED STATES. 7. This, however, was but the beginning of mobs and mob law. About dark the same day, the effigies in Boston were taken down, placed on a bier, arid carried about the city in solemn procession. The mob followed, shouting aloud, "Liberty and property forever, and no stamps!" 8. After passing through several of the principal streets, they halted at a building belonging to one Oliver, a stamp officer, which they sup posed to be intended for a stamp office, and having demolished it, uiTied the wood through the streets, with a tremendous noise, to tie dwelling of Mr. Oliver; where, having gone through the cere mony of cutting off his head, in effigy, they finished by breaking his windows. 9. They then marched up Fort Hill, still following the two figures, jack-boots, horns, and all. Here they kindled a bonfire with them, returned to Oliver s house with clubs arid staves, and destroyed his gardens, fences, and out-houses. Oliver fled. They then broke open his doors, -and destroyed much of his furniture. The next day, Mr. Oliver gave notice that he would not serve as a stamp officer ; upon which the farce ended. 10. These riotous acts, or those which were similar, were repeated in Boston and elsewhere throughout New England, and even in New York, Maryland, and the Carolinas. At Newport and New York, the effigies of various political characters who were disliked were dragged about, hanged, burned, etc. ; and, in a few instances, houses were plundered. CHAPTER LXXVIII. Repeal of the Stamp Act. 1. TFTE king and parliament of Great Britain finally saw their error, but they were too proud to retrace their steps by repealing the of fensive law. However, something must be done to quiet the colonies ; and this became, at the opening of the parliament in 1766, a leading object of inquiry. 2. Dr. Franklin was again consulted on the subject. He did not jssume an air of triumph, and say, "I told you all this would happen." He knew too well the weakness and folly of human nature, even in members of parliament. He only repeated what he had before said, " That, though the Americans were a reasonable people, they would 7. What more was done by the mob ? 8, 9. Describe the procession. 10. What took place in New England and elsewhere? CHAP. LXXVIII. 1 What of the king and parliament ? 2. What of Dr. Franklm? REPEAL OF THE STAMP ACT. 171 COLONEL BARRE. never submit to taxation of any kind without representation, unless compelled to do so by mere force of arms." 3. Fortunately for Great Britain, as well as America, there had been about this time a change in the admin istration, and the repeal of the stamp act had be come, at length, a subject of earnest and deep con sideration. And though there was great and even obstinate opposition to its repeal, the measure was at length carried. 4. The repeal of the act was hailed with universal joy. The American merchants in London were among the first to tes tify their gratitude. The ships lying in the river Thames displayed their colors. The houses of the city were lighted up, cannon fired, bonfires kindled, and messengers sent to spread the news, as fast as possible, in England and America. 5. But it was in America that the tidings were received with joy the most heartfelt and sincere. The general assemblies of Massachu setts and Virginia went so far as to vote thanks to Mr. Pitt and the other members of parliament who had done so much to effect a repeal ; and in Virginia it was proposed to erect a statue to the king. Mr. Pitt, Colonel Barre, and Edmund Burke, who had favored our cause in parliament, received the thanks of the people, ai d Charles Grenville, who had op posed it with great ability, ex cited general feelings of indigna- EDMUND BURKE. ,. tion. 3. Was the stamp act repealed ? 4. How was the }oy of the Americans in. London pressed on account of the repeal ? 5. What was done in America ? 172 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 6. There was one drawback upon the general joy ; for, at the time Of voting for the repeal of the stamp act, parliament also voted that they had a right to tax America whenever they should think it ex pedient. This, of course, was an adherence to the general principle against which the colonists had been all along contending. 7. Well had it been, no doubt, for the mother country had she stopped here ; and though the right to tax America had been asserted, refrained from any other offensive or oppressive acts. But Providence had not designed so it would seem that the colonies should always remain the subjects of a monarch three thousand miles distant ; and the hour of separation was rapidly approaching. CHAPTEK LXXIX. George III. More Taxation. Petitions, Circulars, monstrances. The British Custom-House Officers Mob- led in Boston. 1. ON the 29th of June, 1767, the king, George III.* signed another act, which involved the principle of taxation without representation, and as applied, in its worst features. It required a duty, to be paid by the colonists, on all paper, glass, paiaters colors, and tea, which were imported into the country. 2. The people of America did not hesitate to pronounce this act as unjust as the sugar and stamp act had been. It was not that they were too poor to pay a small tax on such articles as these, but if the crown could tax them without their consent in one way, it could in another; and where was the matter to end ? 3. The British, it is true, reasoned otherwise. Their finances, they said, were exhausted by a war for the support of the colonies, and which had cost them nearly four hundred millions of dollars. It \vas ? therefore, not only right that the Americans should contribute toward paying its expenses, but extremely ungrateful for them to refuse. They had taxed themselves severely on cider, ale, beer, porter, tea, sugar, cof fee, molasses, etc., and why could not the colonies pay something also? 4. And as to taxation without representation, the British said that the colonies had taxed themselves, most heavily, and without being rep resented in parliament. They were not represented when Massachu- 6. What was still to be lamented? CHAP. LXXIX. 1. What was done in 1707 ? What of George III. as to his reign, age, tc. ? 2. What of the people of America? 3, 4. What was urged by the British? * George IIL came to the throne of Great Brita n in 1760, and died in 1820, aged eighty- two. For seven years before his death ho was insane, and his aon, afterward George IV. was regent. MORE TAXATION. 173 setts paid two millions of dollars for the support of one French war, and furnished twenty thousand to thirty thousand troops ; why did they not complain then? This reasoning, however, did not satisfy the colonists. 5. But the tax on paper, glass, tea, etc., was not alone. A law was passed which obliged the several American legislatures to provide quarters for the British troops, and furnish them with fuel, lodging, candles, and other necessaries, at the expense of the colonies. This aci was little less odious than the former. 6. New York, it is true, so far yielded as to make partial provision for the troops about to be quartered there. The assembly, at the re quest of the governor, voted to furnish barracks, fire-wood, candles, and beds ; but not salt, vinegar, cider, and beer, as the law demanded. They, however, finally furnished the whole. 7. Still more than all this : an act passed the parliament, establish ing a custom-house and board of commissioners in America. The duties were to commence November 20 ; and early in that month three of the commissioners arrived at Boston. The colonists, believing this board was created to enforce payment of the new duties, were more inflamed than ever. 8. Beside, the duties collected were to be applied in paying the salaries of governors, judges, and other officers ; and it was easy to see that if they were paid in this way, rather than by the general assembly, they would not be so likely to regard the interest of the people whom they served, and would be more apt to be the mere tools of the king and parliament. 9. The consequences were, resolves, petitions, and remonstrances from all parts of the country. In 1768, the legislature of Massachu setts voted a humble petition to the king on the subject. This was followed by a circular letter to the representatives and burgesses of the other colonies, requesting them to unite in some suitable measures for obtaining a redress of their grievances. 10. This circular and the petition to the king, by Massachusetts, gave great offence to the British administration, and they demanded of the colonies that they should retrace the steps they had taken, and crush in the bud the rising propensity among them to act in concert. To this end, they, in their turn, sent a circular to the colonies. But all to no purpose. 11. The merchants and traders of Boston now entered into a com- \>act, by which they agreed not to import, for one year, any kind of 5. Whatotherlawwaspassed? 6 What of NewYork ? The assembly? 7 What act was passed by Parliament ? What effect was produced on the colonies? 8 What of ilic da tfes collected? 9. What TV as dona hi 17C8? 10 What did the British parliament demand 15* HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. goods or merchandise from Great Britain, except a few articles which they specified ; nor to purchase British articles of the same kind from other colonies or nations which had procured them from England. 12. But there was trouble springing up of another kind. The gov ernment laws of trade had been hitherto greatly eluded, but the board of commissioners now determined they should be executed. A sloop, laden with wine, from Madeira [ma-dee -ra], came into port. During the night, all the wine, except a few pipes, was unladen by government officers, and put into the public stores, ^he vessel was also seized, and put under a guard. 13. These acts roused the indignation of the Bostonians more than ever. A mob collected and proceeded to the houses of the collector and comptroller of customs, broke the windows, dragged the collector s boat through the streets, and finally burned it on the common ; and some of the custom-house officers narrowly escaped with their lives. CIIAPTEK LXXX. British Troops in Boston. Great Excitement among the Colonists. Proposal of the British Parliament to send Americans to England for trial. Resolutions of North Carolina and Virginia. 1. THE existing excitement was much heightened by the arrival in the harbor, a few days afterwards, of two regiments of British troops, sent to assist the governor and the other civil magis trates of Boston, in preserving peace, and to aid the custom-house officers in per forming the i r duty. What ad ded still more to BRITISH TROOPS IN BosTox. the public indig- 11. What did the merchants and traders of Boston now do? 12. "What other trouble was iiere ? What of the sloop laden with wine ? 13. "What was done by the mob in Boston f C/IIA.P. LXXX. 1. What of the British troops? INDIGNATION IN THE COLONIES. 175 rtation was the fact that the troops marched through the city, to the common, with muskets charged and with fixed bayonets. 2. The selectmen of the town at first refused to give the soldiers any quarters, though they finally consented to admit one regiment of them into Faneuil Hall. The next day, as if in direct defiance of the public fooling, the governor opened the state-house to them, and they not only occupied it, but stationed a guard with two field-pieces in front of it. 3. This was new to the Bostonians. It was quite as much as thej tould bear to have a royal governor and foreign collectors of custom* among them ; but to have the king s soldiers and cannon about the state-house, and fill the streets, even on Sunday, with the noise of drums and fifes, was more than their independent spirits could calmly endure. 4. It was not, however, till the beginning of the year 1769 that an universal indignation was roused throughout the colonies. The feeling of opposition had hitherto been somewhat local, but the spirit of re sistance had now extended to every part of the country. 5. The British parliament, in February, 1769, had requested the king to give orders to the governor of Massachusetts to take notice of such persons, in his province, as might be guilty of treason, and have them sent to England to be tried. These orders were, doubtless, to have been extended afterward to the governors of the other colonies. 6. No measure could have been adopted by the parent country, more likely to alienate the feelings of her American subjects than this. To be liable to be torn from their own land to be tried by a jury of strangers, was as repugnant to their feeLngs as it was to the spirit of the British constitution. 7. The house of burgesses of Virginia, and the general assembly of North Carolina, having met a few days after the arrival of this odious intelligence, passed a series of resolutions, which greatly offended their governors who, like the governor of Massachusetts, were royal favorites and they forthwith broke up their deliberations. But it was too late to silence the people, and especially the representatives of the people in general assembly. 8. Affairs proceeded no better in Massachusetts. When their legis jature met, in May, they refused to transact business as long as the state-house was surrounded by an armed force. As the governor was unwilling to remove the troops, they adjourned to Cambridge, where, 2. What of the selectmen? The governor? 3. What was the effect of these move ments upon the Bostonians ? 4. What was the feeling in 1769? 5. What of the British parliament in February, 1769? 6. How were the Americans affected by this measure f 1 What of Virginia and North Carolina? S.Massachusetts? 176 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. after passing some resolutions which were offensive to the governor, they were dismissed by him, and sent home, as their southern brethren had been. CHAPTER LXXXI. Repeal of obnoxious Duties. The Boston Massacre. 1 DuKiriG the session of the British parliament in the spring of 1770, an act was passed for repealing all the duties which caused sc much complaint, except that on tea. This was continued, to show that they had not yielded the right to impose taxes, if they chose to exercise it. As might have been expected, however, the colonists were still dissatisfied. 2. The British troops remained in Boston, and seemed determined to remain there, notwithstanding the known disgust of the citizens at the idea of having a foreign force stationed among them. There was, it is true, for some time, no open quarrel, but the citizens and soldiers were continually insulting each other. 3. Things could not long remain thus. On the 2d of March, 1770, as a soldier was going by the shop of a rope-maker, he was attacked and severely beaten. He ran off, but soon returned with a number of his comrades, and attacked and beat some of the rope-makers. 4. The people were now excited to the highest pitch. Between seven and eight o clock in the evening of March 5, a mob Collected, armed with clubs, and proceeded toward King-street, now State-street, crying, "Let us drive out these rascals they have no business here drive them out! Drive out the rascals!" Meanwhile, there was a cry that the town had been set on fire. 5. The bells rang, and the throng became still greater, and more tumultuous. They rushed furiously to the custom-house, and seeing an English sentinel there, shouted, " Kill him ! kill him !" at the same time attacking him with pieces of ice and whatever they could find. The sentinel called for the rest of the guard, and a few of them came forward. 6. The guard now inarched out with their guns loaded. They met a great crowd of people, led on by a gigantic negro, named Attucks. They brandished their clubs and pelted the soldiers with snowballs, abusing them with harsh words, shouting in their faces, and even challenging CHAP. LXXXI. 1. What act -.v:is p.-isse.l in 17TO? 2. What of the British troops? 3. What took place in March, 1T70? 4. What of a mob on March 5? 5-8. Describe the fight between the people and the soldiers. THE BOSTON MASSACRE. 177 them to fire. They even rushed close upon the very points of their bayonets. 7. The soldiers stood awhile like statues, the bells ringing and the mob pressing upon them. At last, Attucks, with twelve of his men, began to strike upon their muskets with clubs, and to cry out to the mob, "Don t be afraid they dare not fire the miserable cowards kill the rascals crush them underfoot!" 8. Attucks now lifted his arm against the captain of the guard, and seized hold of a bayonet. "They dare not lire!" shouted the moh again. At this instant the firing began. Attucks dropped dead im mediately. The soldiers fired twice more, and two others were killed and others still wounded. The mob dispersed, but soon returned to carry oft" the bodies. 9. The whole town was now in an uproar. Thousands of men, women, and children rushed through the streets. The sound of drums, and cries of "To arms! to arms!" were heard from all quarters. The soldiers who had fired on the people were arrested, and the governor at last persuaded the mob to disperse and go quietly to their homes. 10. The next morning, the troops in the city were ordered off to Castle William, one of the city fortifications. On the 8th of March, the three slain citizens were buried. The shops were all closed during the ceremony, and the bells in Boston and the adjoining towns were all the while tolling. An immense procession followed to the church yard. 11. The soldiers were soon afterward tried. Two of them were condemned and imprisoned, and six of them were acquitted. John Adams and Josiah Quincy, eminent lawyers, pleaded their cause. The mob would have torn them in pieces if they could have had their own way, for mobs are seldom just or reasonable. 12. There is no doubt that in most of these transactions the mob were in the wrong ; the source of the mischief lay, however, in the fact that the British government insisted upon keeping an army among a people outraged by a series of unjust and irritating laws. This con duct showed that the king and parliament of Great Britain intended to compel the colonists to submission by force of arms, and not to govern them by fair and proper legislation. 9. What was the state of the town ? What of the governor? 10. What was done tb next .day? Describe the funeral. 11. What of the soldiers? "Who pleaded for them? 12. Were the mobs in these affaire right or wrong? What was the real source of the diffi culty? 8* 178 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER LXXXIL Continuation of Difficulties. The Regulators of North Carolina. Burning of the Gaspee. Appointment of Committees of Correspondence. 1. FOR a year or two, things went on somewhat better than before, though not by any means quietly. The merchants began again to buy English goods, except tea, which they would have nothing to do with* Associations were even formed in many parts of the country, the parties pledging themselves not to use it. 2. The revenue officers continued to be despised, and, ac much as possible, treated with contempt. In the year 1771, one of them, in Boston, had undertaken to seize a vessel for some violation of the lav/, when he was taken by the mob, stripped naked, carted through the city, and tarred and feathered. 3. There was, the same year, an insurrection in North Carolina. A body of the inhabitants, to the number of fifteen hundred, under the name of Regulators, rose against law, order, and government, and against all lawyers and officers of government. Governor Try on marched against them, killed three hundred, and took some prisoners. A number of them were tried for high treason and executed. 4. But one of the most startling events of this period took place at Rhode Island, in the year 1772. The Gaspee, a British armed schooner? had been lying for some time at Providence, to sustain the laws re specting trade. The Ehode Island people, many of them, hated her, and only waited for a favorable opportunity for giving vent to their indignation. 5. Such an opportunity soon occurred. The Gaspee was accustomed to require the Providence vessels to take down their colors on their arrival, and to fire on them and chase them into port, if they refused. One day, as a packet was coming in with passengers, she refused to lower her colors; upon which the Gaspee gave chase to her, and in tho chase ran aground. 6. This was just what the packet desired, and she had, in fact, manoeuvred for this purpose. On arriving at the city, a plan was laid to destroy the schooner. A volunteer company of soldiers was soon enlisted under Captain Wipple, and several boats, with armed men, prepared for the service. CHAP. LXXXIL 1. What of tho merchants in America? 2. What of the revenue officers? 8. What of the Regulators of North Carolina? 4, 5. Relate what took place between the Gaspee and th 1 : packet. 6. What plan was laid ? BURNING OF THE GASPEE. 179 7. About two o clock, the next morning, the party found means to get on board the Gaspee. After sending the lieutenant, with his more valu able effects, together with the crew, on shore, they burned the schooner, with all her stores. The lieutenant, in a conflict, while they were board ing the Gaspee, was wounded, but no ono was otherwise injured. 8. Great pains were taken by the officers of the British government to discover and punish these offenders against the royal authority. Among other measures, a reward of five hundred pounds sterling was offered. Commissioners were also appointed to hear and try the cause No discovery, however, was made. 9. At a town-meeting in Boston, this year, a Committee was ap pointed to lay before the several towns in the provinces, as well as before the world, the views of the people respecting their own rights in relation to the parent country. Virginia came into the measure in the year 1773, and recommended the plan to the other colonies. Com mittees of Correspondence were appointed, which kept up an inter change of opinions between the colonies, and laid the basis of their final union. CHAPTER LXXXIII. The Tea thrown Overboard. 1. A BILL was passed by the British parliament, in 1773, allowing the East India Company to ex port their teas to America without the duties paid in England. As this would make tea actually cheaper in Ame rica than inGreat Britain, it was thought that the colonies would willingly pay the small duty thus THROWING OVER THE TEA. demanded oT \hern, it being only three pence, or six cents a pound. 7. What success had the assailants? 8 What was done by the British government? 9. What took place in Boston ? Virginia? What of Committees of Correspondence ? CHAP. LXXXIII. 1. What was done by tho parliament in 1773? 180 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 2. Large ships were accordingly loaded with tea, and sent out to America. When they arrived, however, not a man could be found to receive the tea, or have any thing to do with it. A few chests, which some individual had brought to Philadelphia, were let down very quietly into the water by a band of persons who went slyly on board for that purpose. 3. The East India Company, confident of finding a market for their iea, reduced as it now was in its price, freighted several ships with it to the colonies, and appointed agents for its disposal. Some cargoes were sent to New York, some to Philadelphia, some to Charleston, South Carolina, and three to Boston. 4. The inhabitants of New York and Philadelphia sent the tea which came to them back to London. The people of Charleston unloaded theirs, and stored it in damp cellars, where it was soon spoiled. The Bostonians tried to send theirs back to London, but could not succeed. They would not, however, suffer it to be landed. 5. As a last resort, a town-meeting was summoned, and it was agreed to call on the governor and make a formal request to him that the ships might be sent off. But the governor paid no attention to the request. This produced a great uproar, and a man in the gallery, dressed like an Indian, shouted the cry of War ! upon which the meet ing was instantly dissolved. 6. The multitude then rushed toward the wharf where the tea ves sels lay. Here were seventeen sea captains, carpenters, etc., dressed and painted like Indians. It was now night, and in the darkness they went on board the three vessels, and in less than two hours three hundred and forty chests were staved and emptied into the sea. When this was done, the crowd dispersed quietly to their homes. 7. An account of these disturbances reached England early in 1774, but it only incensed the government so much the more against the colonies, and made them so much the more resolute in th^ determina tion to punish them for their insolence. Boston was the first to feel their vengeance ; and, in order to destroy the trade of that town, they forbade the landing of any goods in it ; thus virtually placing it in a state of blockade. 8. This last act of parliament was called the Boston Port Bill. It took effect June 1st. Its passage was a most unpropitious event. Not only in Boston, but throughout the country, there was a general burst of indignation. Town-meetings were held and fasts appointed ; and a 2. Give an account of the reception of the tea in America. 8. What of the East India Company? 4. What was done with the tea by the different towns ? 5. What of a town- meeting in Boston? 6. What was done by certain persons in disguise? 7. What was done by the British government? 8. What of the Boston port bill? The League anl Covenant MEETING OF THE FIRST CONGRESS. 181 League and Covenant" as it was called, not to trade any more with England, was signed by immense numbers of the citizens. 9. General Gage, who had, in the spring of the year, been appointed governor of Massachusetts, issued his proclamation against the league, declrring it to be treasonable; but the Bostonians only said, in reply, that his proclamation was treason, and that all who refused to sign th? were enemies to their country. CHAPTER LXXXIY. The first Congress meet at Philadelphia in 1774. 1 . WHEN the legislature of Massachusetts met at Salem, in June of this year, 1774, a meeting of committees, or delegates, from the several colonies was proposed, and delegates on the part of Massachu setts were selected. The other colonies fell in with the measure, and it was gradually adopted, and delegates appointed from New Hampshire to Georgia. 2. This meeting of delegates, or First General Congress of the colo nies, was opened September 4, 1774, at Philadelphia. Committees, or delegates, were present from eleven of the colonies. Those from North Carolina did not arrive till the 14th. They chose Peyton Randolph president, and Charles Thompson secretary. They also determined that, in their proceedings, each colony should be entitled to one vote only. 3. The proceedings of this Congress were distinguished for great boldness, decision, and determination. A Declaration of Rights was soon agreed upon. It was also resolved that no goods should be carried to Great Britain, nor any received from that country. They further agreed to send a Petition to the king, an Address to the British people, and -a Memorial to the inhabitants of Canada. 4. The congress was in session eight weeks. Before it was dis solved, another congress was proposed to be held at the same place on the 10th of the following May, "unless a redress of their grievances should be previously obtained ;" to which meeting, or congress, all the colonies were advised to appoint delegates as soon as possible. 9. What of Governor Gage ? CHAP. LXXXIV. 1. What was done at Salem? What measure was adopted? 2. What was done in September, 1774? From how many colonies were delegates present at this first General Congress ? 3. What can you say of the proceedings of this COD gress? 4. How long was this congress in session? What was proposed? 16 182 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 5. Concerning the proceedings of the first congress of the united colonies, which have been alluded to, we have, the testimony of Mr. Pitt himself, the British minister, who had read their memorial, ad dress, and petition, and who would not be apt to speak too highly of their character. It is as follows: 6. " I must declare and avow that in all my reading and study and it has been my favorite study I have read Thucydides and have studied and admired the master states of the world that for soliditj of reasoning, force of sagacity, and wisdom of conclusion, under such oomplication of circumstances, no nation or body of men can stand ic preference to the General Congress at Philadelphia." CHAPTER LXXXV. The rising /Spirit of Liberty. The Boston Boys. General Gage. 1. WHILE the king s troops remained in Boston, it was curious to watch the influence of their presence on the young. The boys of the city soon caught the spirit of opposition which burned in the bosoms of their fathers, as will appear in the following anecdote : 2. The boys of Boston were, in the winter, in the habi^of building, for amusement, little hills of snow, and sliding them into the pond on the common. The English soldiers, merely to provoke them, beat down these snow hills. The boys rebuilt them. On returning to them after school, however, they found them beaten down again. 3. Several of the boys now waited upon the British captain and in- formed him of the conduct of his soldiers. But the captain only made light of it ; the soldiers perceiving this, became more troublesome to the boys than they were before. 4. At last they called a meeting of the largest boys, and sent them to General Gage, the commander-in-chief. lie asked why so many children had called upon him. "We come, sir," said the tallest boy, "to demand satisfaction." "What!" said the general, "have your fathers been teaching yon rebellion, and sent you to exhibit it here? T? 5. "Nobody sent us, sir," answered the boy, while his cheek red* dened and his eye flashed. " We have never injured or insulted youi troops ; but they have trodden down our snow hills, and broken the Ice on our skating-ground. We complained, and they called us young 5, G. What was Pitt s opinion of the first congress held at Philadelphia? CHAP. LXXXV. 1. Were the boys of Hoston influenced by the feelings of thei lathers? 2-0- Relate the anecdote of tho boys and the English soldiers. PREPARATIONS FOR WAR. 183 rebels, and told us to help ourselves if we could. We told the captain of this, and he laughed at us. Yesterday our works were destroyed the third time, and we will bear it no longer." 6. General Gage looked at them a moment in silent admiration, and then said to an officer at his side, "The very children here draw in a love of liberty with the air they breathe. You may go, my brave boys.; and be assured, if my troops trouble you again, they shall be punished." CHAPTER LXXXVL PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR. Preparations for War. The Massachusetts Provincial Congress. Sim ilar Assemblies in other Colonies. Dr. Franklin re moved from the office of Postmaster- General. 1. THAT period in our history which is called the American Revolu tion, is generally regarded as beginning with the Battle of Lexington, in which, for the first time, the people openly met and resisted the British troops. This occurred in April, 1775, and the war thus begun was not finally termi nated till the peace of Septem ber, 1783. During this long period of more than eight years, the colonies were com pelled to suffer all the trials and miseries inflicted by a bloody contest with Great Britain, the mother country, now become as vindictive as she was powerful. We shaT. find this portion of our his - tory full of the most remark able and interesting events. 2. The symptoms of rebel lion became so apparent in the BRITISH GENERAL. CHAP. LXXXYI. 1. What is generally regarded as the beginning of the American Rer- !ution ? When did the battle of Lexington take place ? How long did the Revolutionary war continue ? What shall we find the history of the Revolutionary war to bo ? 184: HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. progress of the year 1774, tliat Governor Gage began to fortify Bos ton Neck, as the narrow portion of land which unites Boston with Roxbury and the back country, was then called. This being done, he sent out troops, and seized upon the powder magazine at Oharlestown. 3. These measures produced much excitement in Boston ; to add to which, some evil-minded person raised a report that the British vessels in the harbor had begu-n to fire upon the town. Such an uproar ex isted, in and about Boston, that, in a few hours, from twenty to thirty thousand men were on their inarch to the city. Finding their mistake bowever, thej went home again. 4. But the public excitement was not confined to the immediate neighborhood of Boston. In Portsmouth, New Hampshire, the col onists seized upon the fort, though garrisoned with British troops, and carried off every gun and every pound of powder. The people of New port, Rhode Island, also took possession of forty pieces of cannon in the same way. 5. As Governor Gage had been unfriendly to the measures of th&- colonial assembly, it was determined by the colonists that the legisla ture should meet in Concord. The meeting was resolved into a Pro vincial Congress, and John Hancock was chosen its president. Here> measures were taken for arming the whole province ; twelve thousand men were to be raised, and to hold themselves ready to march at a moment s warning. 6. A request was also forwarded by this assembly to Connecticut, New Hampshire, and Rhode Island, to urge their co-operation in the measures of the Massachusetts congress, and to increase the army of " minute men" that is, soldiers ready to march at a minute s notice to twenty thousand. A. committee was also appointed to correspond with the inhabitants of Canada. 7. Another remarkable thing was done by the congress at Concord. A circular letter was addressed to the ministers of the gospel in the province, requesting their assistance in avoiding that " dreadful slavery," as they called it, with which the country was threatened. What effect this letter had does not appear ; but it is well known that both the ministers and lawyers of the states were, almost to a man, among the friends of liberty. 8. A Provincial Congress, which was held in Maryland, sustained, by its resolutions and measures, both the doings of the general congress at Philadelphia and those of the provincial congress at Concord. The 2 What did Governor Gage do in 1774 as to fortifications? 3. What excitement was raised in Boston ? 4. What can you say of the people in different places? 5. What was now resolved? What of a provincial Congress? 6. What request was made by the as sembly ? 7. What letter was circulated ? What is well known ? 8. What of trie provin cial congress held in Maryland? THE BATTLE OF LEXINGTON. is:, same spirit was manifested by the resolutions and acts of some of the other provinces, especially South Corolina. 9. It was at this juncture that Dr. Franklin was removed from tl a office of Postmaster-General of the BritHi colonies of North America, The honest bnt decided course ho had taken, both while residing in England and v hile at home in Philadelphia, in behalf of his country, had offended the British government, and they were determined tkafc *.e should feel the effects of their displeasure. CHAPTER LXXXVIL PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Battle of Lexington. 1. LITTLE attention appears to have been paid by the British govern ment to the actual state of things in Boston and else where. They thought the colon ists wrong-headed and rebellious, and that they must be forced into obedi ence. Mr. Pitt, in deed, was wiser ; but his opinion was disregarded. They passed an act in February, 1775, de claring the Massa chusetts people to be rebels, and another to raise more troops and seamen for compelling them to submission. 2. Meanwhile, the colonies were preparing for war. Among other munitions, they had a great amount of military stores in Boston, and wished to remove them to the country. To deceive the British guards, they carried out cannon and ball in carts covered with manure, powder in market-baskets, and cartridges in candle-boxes. BATTLE OF LEXINGTON. 9. What of Dr. Franklin ? CHAP. LXXXVIL 1. What of the British g 1775? 2. What were the colonies now preparin 16* vernment? What was dono in February. g to do? What military stores had tlu-y / 186 HISTORY OF TI1E UNITED STATES. 3. Nor was Governor Gage wholly idle ; he made preparation, too. One day he sent his soldiers for some cannon he had heard of at Salem. As they were returning, the people had assembled and taken up a drawbridge, and would not let the soldiers pass; and had it not been for the interposition of Mr. Bernard, a clergyman, a battle would probably have ensued. 4. Late in the evening of April 18, Governor Gage* sent out eight hundred grenadiers and light infantry to destroy some military stores at Lex -ing- ton and Con -cord some twelve or fourteen miles north west of Boston. But, in spite of the lateness of the hour and the secrecy of their movements, they were discovered, and a part ot the militia of the country were on the green near the rneeting-house in Lexington, by two o clock in the morning, ready to defend the stores, it necessary. 5. At five o clock on the morning of the 19th, the British troops, with Major Pit-cairn at their head, carne marching into Lexington. "Disperse, you rebels!" said Major Pitcairn, with an oath, to the militia ; "throw down your arms, and disperse!" The order was not obeyed. He then rode toward them, discharged his pistol, brandished his sword, and ordered his men to fire. They fired, and three or four persons fell dead. 6. The militia, upon this, began to disperse, but the firing did not cease. The British shouted and fired, while the Americans were re treating ; and the latter stopped occasionally to return the fire. Sev eral of the Americans were slain in their retreat, and several others wounded. The whole number of Americans killed was eight. 7. The British now proceeded to Concord. There they destroyed two large cannon, threw about five hundred pounds of ball into wells, and staved sixty barrels of flour. The Concord militia had at first assembled with hostile intentions ; but finding the British too strong for them, they had retired. They were soon reinforced, however, by Major Buttrick, and ordered on to the attack. The British fired oc them as they advanced, and killed two men. 8. A severe battle ensued, in which the British were forced to re treat with some loss. They now began to make the best of their way back to Boston, for the people were pouring in from all parts of the 8. What of Governor Gage ? What passed between the soldiers find the people? 4, vV hat did Governor Gage do in April ? Where are Lexington and Concord ? What of tiia lidlitia ? 5, 6. Describe the meeting between Pitcairn and the militia How many Americans were killed? 7. What did the British now do? What happened at Concord? , Describe the battle and retreat of the British. * Gape arrived in Hoston in May, 1774, being both governor of Massachusetts, and coininander-in-chief of the British forces in North America lie returned to England October, 1775, and the command of the prmy at Boston devolved upon General Howe BATTLE OF LEXINGTON. 187 country toward Lexington and Concord. There were farmers arid 1 1 ic ( h anics, fathers and sons, side by side. 9. They came, it is true, with their own weapons many of them such as they had been accustomed to shoot squirrels and other animals with, and rather rusty, but they were trained to the use of them. These they employed as well as they could, from behind barns, houses, sheds, stone walls, and trees ; and their shot did execution. 10. When the British reached Lexington they met a reinforcement of nine hundred men from Boston. With this fresh aid. they were able to check the Americans for a short time, but not long. The road everywhere was beset by the patriots, and the British were falling, here and there, as they proceeded back to Charlestown, which they i-eached about sunset. 11. The results of this enterprise, though no pitched battle had been fought, were very distressing to both parties, but especially to the British. They had sixty -five killed, one hundred and eighty wounded, and twenty-eight made prisoners. During the whole day, the Amer icans had fifty killed, thirty -four wounded, and some four or five taken prisoners. 12. This series of skirmishes, called the Battle of Lexington, was the signal of war. The news of the event flew from town to town, and everywhere aroused a spirit of resistance. The forts, magazines, and arsenals, throughout the country, were instantly secured by the colonists, that they might be ready for use should they become neces sary. Twelve years of peace had not made them forget all the lessons they had learned in the art of war. Regular forces were soon raised, and money furnished for their support. 13. An army of twenty thousand men was collected in the neigh borhood of Boston in a very short time. One considerable body of them came from Connecticut, under Colonel Putnam, an experienced and valuable oflicer. These forces encamped around Boston in a semi circle, as if to shut up the town on every side but the water. 9. What .arras had the colonists? 10. What of the British? 11. What was the IOM U both parties ? 12 What is the conflict called in history? What was now done by the colonists? 13. What army waa collected? Who came from Connecticut? What of the American forces? 188 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTEE LXXXYIII. PEEIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Cap ture of Ticonderoga and Crown Point. . .. No sooner was it seen that a war with Great Britain was inevit able, than the people of Con necticut set on foot a plan tor the capture of Crown Point and Ticonderoga, forts on the northern frontier which wt, have had frequent occasion to mention. The necessity of such a measure was so obvious that there was little difficulty in raising both men and money ; and this, too, with almost absolute secrecy. 2. Colonel Ethan Allen, a brave man, who had emigrated from Connecticut to the Green Mountains of Vermont a few years before, and wa* well known there, was appointed as the conductor of the eriter- pbs^ prise. As soon as forty men were raised in Connecticut, they were sent off to Colonel Allen. 3. They met him at Castle- ton, where he had already collected two hundred and thirty men. Here they were unexpectedly joined by Benedict Arnold, who, some time afterward, made such a strange figure in American history. He had collected a company of volunteers in New Haven, and taken them on to Boston, where he had been commissioned to raise four hundred men. in Vermont, or elsewhere, and proceed against Ticonderoga. 4. Without waiting to raise more troops, they proceeded with their little band of two hundred and seventy to Ticonderoga, Allen being first in command, arid Arnold second. They reached Lake Champlain, ETHAN ALLEN. CHAP. LXXXVIII. 1. What was done by the people of Connecticut? 2. What <-f Colonel Ethan Allen? 8. How many men were there at Castleton? What of AruoM. VERMONT AND ETHAN ALLEN. 189 opposite Ticonderoga, May 9. They found some difficulty in obtain ing boats. A* length they procured enough of these to carry eighty- three men, who lauded near the garrison, just at dawn of day, undis covered. 5. After a short contention who should go in first, the two colonels agreed to enter at the same time, abreast of each other. A sentinel snapped his gun at them as they entered, and then retreated to alarm his sleeping comrades. The American troops having followed their officers, they formed themselves into a hollow square and gave three huzzas. 6. The garrison being now roused, a slight skirmish took place. The British commander was required to surrender the fort. " By what authority?" he asked. "I demand it," said Allen, "in the name of the Great Jehovah and the Continental Congress." The garrison was immediately given up, and with it forty-nine prisoners, one hundred and twenty cannon, and many valuable stores. Thus Allen and his enterprising companions, acting by no orders but their own, became complete masters of Lake Champlain. 7. The fort at Crown Point was taken without difficulty, it being garrisoned by only thirteen men. A sloop of war and several pieces of cannon were also seized at the same time, together with a schooner fitted out for service on the lake. All this was accomplished too with out the loss of a single man. CPIAPTEK LXXXIX. PEEIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Ver mont and Ethan Allen. 1. COLONEL ALLEN, though a brave man, was not always exemplary in his language. Like many other brave men, not only of the Ameri can army, but of almost all armies, he had great defects of character. His declaration to the British officer, which we have just mentioned, savored strongly both of profanity and untruth. 2. He had emigrated to Vermont, or the Green Mountains, as it tfas then called, while quite young. This part of New England did not begin to be settled till 1731, and, even for a long time after was considered as a part of New Hampshire. A contest at length arose 4 How many men marched against Ticonderoga? What Like did they cross ? Ho\v any men went to the garrison? 5. How did the colonels enter? What did the troops do? 6. Describe the surrender of the garrison. 7. What of Crown Point? What ware seized by the Americans ? CHAP. LXXXIX. 1. What can yon say of Colonel Allen ? 2. What of Vermont ? What contest arose between New Hampshire and New York? 190 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. about it between New Hampshire and New York, as we have already- stated, which was adjusted by the king in a way which greatly dis pleased the settlers. 3. The consequence was, that a quarrel took place between Vermont and New York, or, more properly, between Vermont and the crown, in which the Green Mountain Boys, headed by Colonel Allen, resisted the officers of justice, as well as the New York militia, who were galled out to sustain them. 4. At the period of the capture of Ticonderoga, and even somewhat later, Vermont had not so much as even a territorial form of govern ment. In 1777, however, a convention of delegates met at Westmin ster, and declared themselves an independent state, by the name of New Connecticut, though it was afterward changed to Vermont. They re mained independent till some time after the end of the revolutionary war, though they did good service in the cause of independence. 5. Allen was employed for a time, after the capture of Ticonderoga, in Canada, in trying to persuade the people of that province to join the colonies. Failing in this, he formed a plan, in the fall of 1775, in concert with Colonel Brown, to take Montreal, but was himself taken prisoner, put in irons, and sent to England. 6. On the passage, both he and his companions experienced the most cruel treatment. They were all, to the number or rnlrty-four, handcuffed and crowded into a small place in the vessel, not more than twenty-two feet long and twenty wide. After an imprisonment of six months, in England and Hal -i-fax, he was sent to a prison-ship in New York. He remained a prisoner there about a year and a half. 7. Allen, though very daring and eccentric, was a man of humane and tender feelings. Wnile being carried from Halifax to New York, a plan was laid by one of the American prisoners to kill the captain, but when it was proposed to him, he refused to join in it. In an other instance, the British, knowing him to be a man of great energy, attempted to bribe him to unite Vermont, an independent colony, tvith -Canada. But money could not buy him. 8. And yet it must bo confessed that he was an open unbeliever in Christianity. He not only published the first formal attack on the Christian religion which was ever written in America, but he adoptee the notion that the soul of man, after death, would live again in beasts, birds, fishes, etc., with many other notions still more singular. 9. It is said that though his wife was a pious woman, and taught 3 What quarrel arose between Vermont and New York ? "What of the Green Moun tain Hoys? 4. What can you say of Vermont? What was it first called? 5. How was Allen employed for a time? What plan did he form in 1775? 6. How were he and his companions t ranted? What afterward happened to Allen? 7. What can you say in proof of Allen s kindness and integrity? 8. What was his religious belief? BATTLE OF BUNKER S HILL. 191 Lev children the truths ot Christianity, one daughter inclined to the same strange opinions with her father. When about to die, she sent word to her father that she wished to converse with him. The father accordingly came to her bedside. 10. u I am about to die," said she ; " shall I believe in the principles yon have taught me, or shall I believe in what my mother has taught frje?" The father became agitated, his chin quivered, his whole fram shook, and, after waiting a few moments, he replied, " Believe whs* /our mother has taught you!" Allen died suddenly in 1789. CHAPTER XC. PliBIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Battlt of Bunker s Hill. i. WE have seen that soon after the battle of Lexington and Con cord, Boston was, as it were, invested with American troops. Their num ber, at one time, is said to have been about thirty thou sand. Their prin cipal head-quarters were at Cambridge and Roxbury. Col onel Putnam com manded at the for mer place, and Gen eral Thomas at the BATTLE OP BUNKER S HILL. DEATH OF WARREN. latter. 2. Some time in May, Howe, Clinton, and Bur-goyne , three British generals, arrived in Boston, with a reinforcement of British troops. Governor Gage now offered a pardon to all the rebels, as he still called them, except Join Hancock and Samuel Adams, who had been very active in rousing the people to resistance, if they would lay down their arms and b* peaceable subjects. But as no attention was paid to the offer, ho ac tively prepared for war. 9. 10. Relate what passed between Allen and his daughter. When did he die? CUAP. XC. 1. What of the American troops afte> the buttle of Lexington? 2. wa? - one in May, 1775? What of Governor or General Gage? 192 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES PLAN OF THR BATTLE OF BUNKER S HILL. 3. There now began to be skirmishing between the two armies almost every day. The Americans concluded at length to fortify Dor*, -;hes-ter Neck, now South Boston, and occupy Bun -ker s Hill, in Oharlestown. In order to effect the latter purpose, Colonel Pres -cott was sem,, on the 16th of June, to Charlestown, with one thousand 3. "What did the Americans conclude to do? What of Colonel Preseott? g^W The teacher wi l put such questions here as he deems necessary, and explain to the pupil that the obelisk in the engraving represents the BUNKER HILL MONUMENT, LATELY BEABED ON THE KITE OF THE BATTLE. BATTLE OF BUNKER S HILL. 193 men. He left Cambridge with his troops about nine o clock in the evening. 4. His movements were so silent that the British did not discover him. lie, however, mistook Breed s Hill for Bunker s Hill,* and, with his troops, ascended and began to fortify it. At daybreak, on the morning of tbe ITtli, they had thrown up an embankment, or redoubt, about eight rods square and four feet high, on a spot which overlooked and, as it were, commanded nearly the whole of Boston. 5. As soon as day dawned, the British saw what was going on, and jegan to fire on them, both from their batteries in the town and from iheir vessels. They also established and put in operation a formidable battery on Copp s Hill, on the northern part of the town, wlrch threw in among the Americans showers of bomb-shells. 6. But all their ships and batteries combined did not batter down the works of the Americans. They even, labored all the forenoon in the midst of the shot and the bomb-shells, and by noon had completed a breastwork from the redoubt to the bottom of the hill toward Mystic rtiver, and, strange to relate, had lost all this while but a single toan! 7. Finding he could not dislodge the Americans in thi? way, Gov ernor Gage, about noon, sent over some of his best troops, under Gen erals Howe and Pigot, to drive them from the hill. Having landed, they waited for a reinforcement, and to mature their plan : for they were not wholly without fears that the Americans might be a little too strong for them. At length, they had collected together about three thousand men. 8. The Americans, in the mean time, were also reinforced by a body of troops, and by Generals Warren, Pomeroy, and Putnam. The latter, who had just been made a brigadier-general, was c^mmander-in-cliief for the day. The Americans now amounted to abou. fifteen hundred, though most of them were only armed with muskets wiu ">ut bayonets. 9. At three o clock in the afternoon, the British began to ascend the hill, in face of the Americans. The Charlestown militia oppo; .^d them at first, but soon retreated. The British now set fire to Charlestown, sontaining from four to five hundred wooden buildings. As the wind vas high, the fire raged terribly ; and the sight, though fearful, ww nblime. 4. What did he do ? What mistake was made ? How large was the redoubt ereotcd fry the Americans? 5. What was done by the British? 6. What did the American-. do in the mean time? 7. What steps were now taken by Governor Gage? 8. What was the number and condition of the American forces ? 9. What was the first move- Trent of the British iu the attack ? * "What was called Breed s Hill, and is thus nnmod in the plan at p. 192, is now called ^ Hill, and the battle is historically known as the ^Battle or Bunker s mil." 17 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 10. The British went slowly up the hill. It was a perilous noun Thousands of people, on the tops of the steeples and houses in Boston, as well as on the hills round about, waited, in breathless silence, to know the result. A battle there must be, as every one foresaw, prob ably a bloody one ; and the fate of the country depended, perhaps, on its issue. 11. But the British were now near the redoubt, and the American* Dnly withheld their fire in compliance with the -orders of General fhtnam. "Do not fire a gun," said he, "till you can see the white* trf their eyes." But even the strict letter of this command did not require long delay. Such a tremendous volley was at last poured upon the invaders in an instant, as thinned their ranks and compelled them to retreat. 12. They soon rallied, however, and came on as before, but were re pulsed a second time with great loss, and fled down the hill. The green field was covered with dead bodies. General Howe had not an officer left him on the field. General Clinton now came over from Copp s Hill, with new troops, and the battle was renewed with more spirit than ever. 13. At this critical moment, the powder of the Americans failed them, and they began to retreat, fighting with their muskets, using them as clubs. They moved westward as far as Prospect Hill, w r here they began to throw up new works. The British, however, were not disposed to pursue them nor had the Americans the power to drive them from Bunker s Hill. 14. In this hard-fought battle, the British had two hundred and twenty-six killed, and eight hundred and twenty-eight wounded. Of the Americans one hundred and thirty-nine were killed, and three hundred and fourteen wounded and missing. Among the slain, of the Americans, was General Joseph Warren ; among the British, Major Pitcairn, who had made himself so notorious at Lexington. 15. The death of General Warren was deeply lamented by tho Americans. He was a physician, and greatly beloved both in his pro fession and in private life. He had received the commission of major- general just three days before the battle, and was only thirty -five years tf age. He went into this battle as a mere volunteer. He was killed almost instantly by a ball in the head, on or near the spot where Bunker Hill Monument now stands. 10. Describe their ascsnt up the hill. 11. What was their reception ? 12 What British general now joined in the attack? 13. What unfortunate occurrence compell**! thn Americans to retreat? 14. What was the loss of tho British? Of the Americans? U What of General Warren? GENERAL PUTNAM. 195 CHAPTER XCL PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Ge/n* eral Putnam. m 1. THIS is jrproper place to say something more of the principa: commander* of the army of Bunker s Hill General Put -nam, after ward Major-General Putnam. Till the French and Indian war broke *>ut in 1754, he was a farmer in Connecticut, and nothing had occur red in his life worthy of much notice, except his adventure with c rolf, which is so famiHar to every schoolboy that it need not be related tare. 2. Throughout the whole of the French and Indian war, which lasted **bout nine years, General Putnam was employed as an officer; first as * captain, afterward as a major, and still later as a colonel. No officer ^as more bold or skilful ; few were more successful or more beloved. 3. In August, 1757, while stationed in the northern part of New York, he was engaged in a severe contest with the French and Indians, m which he was taken prisoner and tied to a tree. The battle went on, and, as it turned out, Putnam stood for some time in the hottest fire of both parties. Many balls lodged in the tree near him, and some pierced his clothes. 4. But he was reserved for further trials, Even before he was loosed from this very tree, whon the colonial troops had, in one in stance, retreated a little way, a young Indian amused himself by throw ing his tomahawk at the tree, apparently to see how near he could throw it without hitting Putnam. In several instances it came within a hair s breadth of him. 5. He was at length untied, but not till he had been cruelly treated by a French officer, who struck him heavily on the cheek. He was next deprived of his vest, stockings, and shoes, and his hands tied together, and then loaded with the packs of the wounded soldiers. 6. The cords were tied so tightly round his wrists as to cause much swelling and great pain, and the blood flowed from his torn and naked feet, till his sufferings became so great that he begged the savages either to loosen the cord or kill him. A French officer removed a rart of the burden, and an Indian gave him a pair of moccasins. THAI*. XCI. 1. "What can you say of General Putnam? "What war broke out in 1754. 8. How long did thia war last? How was General Putnam employed? 8. What hap pened iu 1757 ? 4-G. Describe the trials to which he was exposed. * It would nppoar probable that there was no regularly appointed commander at Bun ker s Hill, and it has been even said that Putnam was not there. But it has been md clsar that h* was there, and no doubt gave directions to the American troops. 196 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 7. During the day, an Indian had also wounded him deeply in the cheek with a tomahawk. But the arrival of night brought greater trials than before. It was now the determination of the savages to roast him alive. He was bound to a tree, entirely naked, and tho flames were kindled, and the Indians had already begun their horrid iancing and singing around him. 8. A sudden shower partly extinguished the flames, but they SOCK raged again. Already was he beginning to writhe in torture, and hi^ *?.se was becoming hopeless, when a young French officer, rushing ferough the throng, dashed away the firebrands, and though he wan , ! .Tiost past feeling, liberated him from his sufferings. 9. Suffice it to say that he was sent as a prisoner, first to Ticonde- roga, then a French post, and afterward to Montreal, where he was exchanged, upon which he immediately re-entered the army. He served under General Amherst, in the expedition to the West Indies, in 1762 ; was out in an expedition against the Western Indians, in 1764 ; and after serving nearly ten years in the army, he returned to his plough. 10. We hear no more of him in public life, except that he was opposed to the stamp act, till the news of the battle of Lexington reached him. He was ploughing in his field ; but he left the plough standing in the furrow, and, without staying to change his clothes, rode to the scene of war. Subsequently to this he was, as will be seen, concerned in many of the most important battles of the Kevolu- tion. He died in May, 1700, aged seventy-two years. He was rough in speech and manner, but possessed sterling qualities of head and heart. 7 "Wha f plan had the Indians concerning him in the night? 8. How was he liberated 9. Wl-atvas then done with hitn? Where did he afterward aerve ? lOi Wben 4o w flain .ea^jfhim? When did he die? WASHINGTON IN THE ARMY. 1U7 CHAPTER XCII. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Th* Second Continental Congress. Washington at the hi<l <rf the A rmy. 1. THF Second Continental Congress met, according to the prcvk; ions of the first, at Philadelphia, May 10, 1775. At this meeting, twelve of the colonies were represented. Georgia, it seems, did not send in her dele gates till some time in July. Mr. Kandolph w a s again chosen their president. 2. At the open ing of the con gress, John Hancock presented the most ample and conclusive evi dence that, in the battle of Lexington, the king s troops were the first aggressors. The delegates were united in the opinion that it was necessary to put the colonies in a state of defence, and, though they should continue to hope for the best, to make all possible preparation for the worst which could happen. 3. For the purposes of defence, they voted to raise and equip an army of twenty thousand men, and to issue bills of credit to the amount of three millions of dollars, to pay the expenses the twelve colonies being pledged for their redemption. They next proceeded to select George Washington, one of the delegates from Virginia, \vho was already favorably known, Commander-in-chief of the army. GENERAL WASHINGTON, CHAP. XCII. 1. Where find when did the Second Continental Congress meet ? How many colonies were represented ? "Who was the president? 2. What was done by John Hancock? What was deemed necessary ? 3. "What did thoy first proceed to do? To what station was Washington appointed? 17* HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. The following anecdote will serve to show, in a striking manner, the modesty of Washington. The elder President Adams, then a mem ber of Congress from Massachusetts, was the person who first proposed to make the appointment. Though he does not appear to have called Washington by name at first, yet his allusions were so strong that nc one could mistake his meaning, upon which Washington sprang from his seat, and retired to an adjoining room. 5. One more fact, in this place, concerning him. Before his appoint ment, five hundred dollars a month had been voted to the chief << i:> mander of the army. After Washington s appointment, he mtt respectfully assured Congress that he did not wish to receive any profit from the office. "I will keep an account," said he, "of my expenses; these, I doubt not, they will discharge ; and that is all I desire." 0. Four major-generals and eight brigadier-generals, to serve under Washington, were also appointed. The names of the first were Ar - te-mas Ward, Charles Lee, Philip Schuy -ler, and Israel Putnam. Those of the second were Seth Pomeroy, Richard Montgomery, David Woos- ter, William Heath, Joseph Spencer, John Thomas, John Sullivan, and Nathaniel Greene. 7. At this critical period in the history of the colonies, Congress appointed a general or national fast the first of the kind ever kept in this country. The season, as it appears, was religiously observed. It was the 20th of July. 8. The appointment of Washington, as commander-in-chief of the army, was made on the 15th of June. He received his commission four days afterward. In company with Generals Lee and Schuyler, he left Philadelphia for the north on the 21st of June, and, after a little delay in New York where he left General Schuyler he arrived at Cambridge, near Boston, on the 2d of July. 4. Tell the anecdote of Adams and "Washington. 5. What more can you say ^ him? fi. Tell the names of the generals and brigadier-generals chosen to serve under ton. 7. What fast did Congress appoint ? 8. What can you say of Washington at ATTACK ON QUEBEC. 199 CHAPTEE XCIII. PERIOD OF THE BEVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. At tack on Quebec. Death of Montgomery. Governor Dunmords Operations in Virginia*. 1. WHEN Washington reached Cambridge, the British forces in Bos ton amounted to eleven thou sand five hundred. TheAine" rican forces were nominally about seventeen thousand ; though, exclusive of the sick and absent, really but fourteen thousand five hundred. As they were arranged, however, in a semicircle of about twelve miles in length, they were thought insufficient for closely besieging the city. 2. Washington, as soon as he had taken a survey of the whole ground, called a council of war. This council, with out a dissenting voice, gave it as their opinion that the posts around Boston, though nume rous, must be occupied and sustained ; and that, for this purpose, a force of at least twenty-tw<? thousand men was necessary. They also recommended to the colonies of New England to make up the deficiency. 3. One great difficulty which stared them in the face was the want of ammunition. Washington had found, to his surprise, that there was not powder enough in the whole American army to furnish nine cart ridges to each man. This was a most alarming fact, and perplexed even the commander himself. 4. While he was employed in organizing the army near Boston., s as to render it available, Generals Schuyler and Montgomery had taken Fort Cham-blee , in the north, and besieged St. John s. The latter was a)so at length taken, with six hundred prisoners and five hundred CHAP. XCIII. 1. What was the amount of the British forces? Of tho American? 2. What was proposed by the council of war of the Americans? 3. What great difli. cnlty had the colonists to contend with ? 4. What was doing in other places? 5. What did General Montgomery do T GKXERAI. MONTGOMERY. 200 IlKSTOitr OF THE UNITED STATES. DEATH OF MONTGOMERY. stands of anus. It was during the siege of St. John s that Colonel Allen was taken prisoner, as we have already stated. 5. After the capture of St. John s, General Montgomery went against Montreal, which surrendered with out resistance, lie npt marched against Quebec ; but, in the ines.n time, Washington had dispatched General Benedict Arnold, witli ele ven hundred men, by way of the Kennebec River, seven hundred of whose troops had arrived late in the autumn, scaled the heights of Abraham, and placed themselves before the city. 6. Arnold had, however, been so slow in his operations, after his ar rival in the river near the city, that the enemy was better prepared for a defence than had been expected. Beside, he had no artillery, and only six charges of powder to each man. In these circumstances, he was obliged to fall back twenty miles up the river with his troops, and wait the arrival of General Montgomery. T. He was joined by the latter and three hundred men, December 1st, and they proceeded forthwith to the siege of Quebec. After con tinuing the siege till December 31st, they made a desperate attempt to scale the walls, in which General Montgomery and several of his most valuable officers were slain, and General Arnold wounded. 8. Being thus defeated in his purpose, Arnold ordered the army to retire about three miles, where they spent the winter. He had lost about one hundred men who were killed, and three hundred who were taken prisoners. In the spring, finding his force too small to accom plish any important purpose, he left the country ; and the posts whicl hud been taken in this quarter gradually returned into the hands of tl t British. 9. The death of General Montgomery was deeply lamented, both in What of the expedition against Quebec, led by General Arnold? 6. What /lid A lo after his arrival? 7. What happened in the siege of Quebec? b. Whav, Uii> nold order ? What did he do in tho spring t ARNOLD S EXPEDITION TO QUEBEC. 201 Europe and America. He was born in Ireland, and was a most excel lent officer and valuable citizen. He and his two aides-de-camp fell at the same instant. At his death Montgomery was only thirty-eight years of age. Congress caused a monument to be erected in New York to his memory, which may be seen in the churchyard neai St. Paul s church, New York. 10. There were some internal troubles about this time in Virginia Lord Dun -more, the governor, like most of the colonial governors, was unfriendly to the colonies. Fearing the colonial troops would seize the powder of the public magazines, he ordered it to be carried or, board a vessel. He also undertook to arm and equip several vessels for the crown ; and, when the people would not furnish them with provisions, he proceeded to burn. Norfolk, then a town of about six thousand inhabitants. CHAPTER XCIY. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Anec dotes and Ineidt nis of A mold s Expedition to Quebec. 1. THE project of taking an army across the District of Maine to Quebec, over ninety years ago, was certain ly one which few would havf. undertaken but Benedict Ar nold. We shall learn something more of him hereafter. For the present it is only necessfiry to say that he was more rash than judicious, and that his strange though ARNOLD S EXPEDITION TO CANADA. daring expedition to Quebec, proved him to be so. 9. Give some account of Montgomery. 10 What of the troubles in Virginia? CHAP. XCIV. 1. What can you say of Arnold * project? 9* 202 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 2. It is true that Washington approved Che plan, and encouraged it; but this does not show that it was not both rash and hazardous. Washington did not know what a rough and dangerous route it was, and depended for his information on others, \vho probably misunder stood and misrepresented the facts. 3. General Arnold set out in September. He had with him, as was stated in the preceding chapter, eleven hundred men. He had also a few volunteers beside, among whom w r as Aaron Burr, afterward vic^ president of the United States, but then only twenty years of age. They went by water to the mouth of the Kennebec River, in the usual manner. 4. There they procured two hundred bateaux. These were long, light flat-boats, for shallow water. The current of th river was rapid, the bottom rocky, and the navigation often interrupted by falls. Some times they had to transport the baggage by land ; sometimes they were obliged to carry their boats on their shoulders, or drag them up tha rapids with ropes. 5. They had steep precipices to climb, vast shady forests to pass under, and quagmires to wade through. They had also deep valleys to traverse, w r here the pine-trees were tossing over their heads in the stormy wind, and where the river was rushing and foaming over the rocks with a noise like that of the ocean. 6. They w^ere sometimes a whole day in travelling four or five miles, with their baggage lashed on their backs, and axes in their hands to hew a road through the wilderness. Some of them died at last from mere fatigue ; many others became sick and perished, and all suffered greatly for want of food. 7. Many a young soldier, as he lay down at night on his pillow of green boughs, hungry and fatigued, and perhaps cold, too, for the frosty nights had come, thought of the parental home and fireside, where, perhaps, a mother and sister were weeping for him. But these thoughts were driven away by the next morning s march. 8. By the time they reached the source of Dead River, a branch of the Kennebec, their provisions were almost exhausted ; and what remained were damaged, as well as their ammunition, by water which had got into the bateaux during their passage. The soldiers, it is said, began to kill and eat the lean dogs they had with them ; and even this food was esteemed a luxury. 9. The sick had now become so numerous that one of the colonels was ordered back with them to Boston. He not only obeyed the 2. What is true respecting Washington ? 8. "What troops had Arnold ? 4. How did the troops proceed upon the water? 5-7. What difficulties had thoy by land? 8. What of their provisions ? HESSIAN TROOPS SEXT TO AMERICA. orders, but went further, and took back his whole regiment of three or four hundred men. He was tried afterward for deserting General Arnold ; but the court-martial acquitted him on the ground that the men must have starved had they remained. 10. But Arnold, who was a man of great decision, marched on. For thirty-two days not a human dwelling was seen. They arrived, at last, on the mountains between the Kennebec and Chau-di-ere , and found their way down the latter to Point Levy, opposite Quebec, where they arrived November 9. The people were here as mud amazed at their arrival, as if so many ghosts had come among them- - which, indeed, many of them more resembled than living beings. CIIAPTEE XCY. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. The Hessian troops hired and sent to America. General Howe succeeds General Gage. The British driven from Boston. 1. THE British, all this while, had possession of Boston, Roxbury Neck, and Bunker s Hill, as well as the command of the harbor and shipping. They, therefore, had free access to such supplies as came to them by the water. But it happened, in one instance, in the win ter of 1775-6, that the supply of fuel and food fell short, and the army were put on very scanty allowance. 2. In this extremity, they sent eleven armed vessels to Georgia, to bring rice ; but only two of them could get any, on account of the hostile tate of the public feeling toward them. For fuel, they used the timber of dwelling-houses and other buildings which they pulled down for that purpose, and even of some of the churches. 3. In the spring of 1776, .efforts were made in England to raise troops for the American war, but they were not very successful. The war was not popular among the mass of the people there, and only a few thousand soldiers were enlisted. At length a bargain was mado by the government for seventeen thousand German troops, called Hessians, because they came from the small state of Hesse. These were all bent over to America. 9. What was clone by one of the colonels? 10. Describe the appearance of th men n reaching Quebec. CHAP. XCY. 1. How were the British situated at this time? 2. What did they <1 fcr food and fuel? 3. "What was done in England in the spring of 1776? What bargair was at length made as to Hessians ? 204 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. General llo\ve had suc ceeded General Gage in the command at Boston, some time in the year 1775. About the end of December, Wash ington had discovered that a plan was on foot for mak ing an attack on some part of the coast perhaps New York. To prevent this, as well as to gain possession of Boston, he began to meditate an attack on the town. 5. It had been his purpose to make the attack in Feb ruary, when both Charles Riv er and the harbor were firmly frozen over ; but in a council of war the plan was opposed, and he yielded his "t-^ opinion, though he did it re luctantly. It was now deter mined to get possesssion of Dorchester Heights, near nth Boston, and which commanded the harbor. 6. On the 2d of March the movement was begun. To conceal his real design from the enemy, Washington first made an attack on the town from Cambridge and Lech -mere s Point with bomb-shells. This was continued for two or three days, especially at evening. The object was to divert the attention of the British from Dorchester Heights, which lay in the opposite direction. 7. During the night of March 4, 1776, immediately after the firing began from Cambridge and elsewhere, General Thomas, with eight hundred men, and a working party of twelve hundred, with the ne- ^?ssary tools, passed over from Roxbury, as silently as possible, to the Heights, and went to work. The ground was very hard, but by daylight they were able so far to complete an entrenchment, that it served to shield them, in a good degree, from the shot of the enemy. 8. When the British saw these works in the morning, they were greatly astonished. They perceived, in a moment, what an advantage this position gave to the Americans, and that they must either dis- 4. What of General IT owe? "Washington? 5. What was his purpose? How was the plan changed f 6. What was done on the 2(1 of March ? Why was this done ? T. What was done on March 4th ? HESSIAN OFFICER. THE BRITISH EVACUATE BOSTON. 205 lodge them or give up the town. They sent out two thousand troops against them in boats, but a storm prevented them from landing so as to act in concert. 9. At a council of war held by them the next morning, it was deter mined to quit the town. But as they did not depart at once, the Americans continued to strengthen and extend their works, till, on the 17th of March, they had made such progress that the British dared not remain longer ; and by ten o clock in the forenoon they were all under sail. 10. Great was the joy of the Boston people when they saw the last of the British troops embark, and a division of Washington s army, under General Putnam, marching triumphantly over the Neck into the town. Washington himself, with the rest of his army entered next day amid general acclamations. 11. Boston must have presented a dismal spectacle at this time. For sixteen months it had been subjected to all the distresses of a close siege, and to all the multiplied abuses of a foreign soldiery. Churches had been used for quarters for the soldiers, and their furni ture and benches destroyed, and shops and houses, in many instances, had been pillaged of goods and clothing. 12. The sufferings of the citizens, for want of food and fuel, had become extreme. Wood could not be had for less than ten dollars a cord ; fish was twenty-two cents a pound ; ham forty-five cents ; ducks a dollar apiece ; turkeys three dollars ; sheep eight dollars, and vege tables could scarcely be had. Apples were seven or eight dollars a barrel. Some, in the scarcity of food, were glad to eat horseflesh. 13. Yet there were some Americans who did not share in the gen eral joy at seeing the British depart. They believed America was wrong in resisting the parent country, and could not conscientiously afford their aid. These were called Tories or Refugees. More than a thousand such some say fifteen hundred left the town with the British fleet for Halifax ; and many never returned. 14. The Boston people, after the battle of Lexington, had been permit ted to leave the town with their effects, provided they lodged their arms in Faneuil Hall ; and nearly two thousand fire-arms and six hundred and thirty-four pistols, &c., had been deposited there. These inhabitants now began to return with the army of Washington, consisting of twenty- one thousand eight hundred regular troops and six thousand eight hun dred militia, which gave quite a new appearance to the face of things. 8. What did the British do when they saw the American works on Dorchester Heights . 9. How did the Americans secure their advantage over the British? 10. Describe the feelings of the Boston people. 1 1. What was the state of Boston at this time ? 12. What were the prices of fuel and provisions? 18. Who were those Americans who did not rejoice at the departure of the British ? 14. What had been done at the battle of Lcxing- to ? Of what did the army consist ? 18 206 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER XCYI. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. The British meditate an attack on Nw York and aho OK Charleston. Battle at Sullivan^s Inland. 1. THUS driven from Boston, the British generals now turned their thoughts toward the capture of New York and Charleston. The attack on the latter place was to he attempted first. For this purpose the British admiral, Sir Peter Parker, and General Clinton, having met at Cape Fear, sailed to the south, and, on the 4th of June, anchored about six miles from the city. 2. The fleet consisted of two fifty -gun ships, four frigates, each of twenty-eight guns, and several smaller vessels. The land forces of General Clinton were twenty-eight hundred. Their anchorage was only three miles from Sullivan s Island, which the Americans had fortified, and which was defended by three hundred and seventy -five regular soldiers and a few militia. 3. Before proceeding against Charleston itself, it was thought advis able to destroy the works on Sullivan s Island, situated ten miles be low the city, at the entrance of the harbor. An attack was therefore made on the 28th of June, a little before noon. The fort on the island was built of palmetto wood, so spongy that the shot buried themselves in it, without shivering it to pieces. It was defended, moreover, by sixty pieces of cannon. 4. For ten long hours, the contest was terrible. Ship after ship poured in upon the fort its tremendous broadsides. The Americans also fought with great energy and effect. The whole harbor seemed to be m a flame. Two of the vessels were soon disabled, and a third almost destroyed, while great numbers of their men were slain. 5. In one instance the fire of the fort completely ceased. Their powder was exhausted. The British now thought themselves sure of victory. But a new supply of powder came, and the battle went on hotter than ever for a considerable time longer. 6. In another instance, the flagstaff of the fort being shot awny a sergeant, by the name of Jasper, leaped down upon the beach, took up the flag, and, in spite of the incessant firing of the shipping, CHAP. XCVI. 1. What of the British after being driven from Boston? Wh: prep- urations were made to attaek Charleston ? 2 Of what did the forces of the JintiM- consist? How was Sullivan s Island defended? 8. Where was Sullivan s Island? 4 Pescribe the attack. 5. What hap-pened at one time * DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. 207 1301111 ted and placed it again upon the rampart. This sergeant was afterward presented with a sword and a commission; but the latter he refused to accept. 7. The- tiring ceased between nine and ten in the evening, and the rihips hauled off. They were exceedingly shattered, and two hundred of their men were killed or wounded. The Americans had but ten killed and twenty-two wounded; though the damage done to tlic island was immense every hut and even every tree being destroyed. 8. This defence of Sullivan s Island was considered as one of the most brilliant events of the Revolutionary War. Great credit wa given to the commanding officer, Colonel Moul -trie, in honor of whom the fort was afterward called Fort Moultrie. CHAPTEK XCYII. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Dec laration of Independence. 1. THE reader will understand that the government of the country, during the Revolutionary War, consisted of what was called the Con tinental Congress, composed of members deputed by the several colo nies. They held their sessions at Philadelphia, during the greater part of the period. 2. The first Continental Congress, as we have stated, was opened at Philadelphia, in September 1774, all the thirteen colonies being rep resented, except Georgia. Peyton Randolph, of Virginia, was chosen President, and George Thomson, of Pennsylvania, secretary. 3. The second Continental Congress convened in May, 1776, John Hancock, of Massachusetts, being elected President. The session was one of great and permanent interest. The independence of the colonies had, indeed, already been talked of among the people ; but now it became an early topic of discussion by their delegates. 4. The first resolution of this body, on the subject, was introduced June 7, by Richard Henry Lee, one of the delegates from Virginia. 6. Tell the anecdote of the flagstaff. 7. When did the battle cease? What was the loss on both sides ? 8. What was thought of the defence of Sullivan s Island? What nras it afterward called ? CHAP. XCVII. 1. What was the government of the colonies during the whole Rovohi. Jionary War ? Where did the Continental Congress generally hold their sessions ? 2. What of the first Continental Consross? 3. When did the second Continental Con gress meet? Who vas elected President? Why was the secon.l Congress ooo ol particular interest ? 208 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. "" "" JOHN HANCOCK. It -was, "that these united colonies are, and of right ought to TJC, free and independent states ; that they are absolved from all allegiance to the British crown; and that all political connection between them and the state of Great Britain is and ought to be totally dissolved." 5. His speech, on introducing this resolution, was one of the most eloquent ever heard in the councils of America, and drew forth able remarks from others. On the llth of June, it was still further dis cussed, and again on the 1st of July. On the 2d of July, a committee was elected to draft a declaration according to the spirit of Mr. Lee s resolution. 6. This committee, consisting of Thomas Jefferson, of Virginia, John Adams, of Massachusetts, Benjamin Franklin, of Pennsylvania, Roger Sherman, of Connecticut, and Robert R. Livingston, of New York, re ported a DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE, which, on the 4th of July, was adopted, and ordered to be handsomely engrossed on parchment, in order to be signed. 4. What was the first resolution passed by the body in relation to our National Inde pendence? 5. What of Richard Henry Lee s speech? 6. Who were the members of the committee to draft the Declaration? DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. 209 V. By this instrument the thirteen American colonies declared them selves Free and Independent, under the name of the Thirteen United, States of America. It was signed on the 2d of August by all the mem bers of the Congress then present, and by some who had not been pn sent on the 1th of July. Their number was fifty-six. 8. To sign such an instrument as this, under such circumstances,re- qnired no little firmness. It would surely be regard ed by Great Bri tain as treason, and might bring the parties to the most violent or ig nominious death. Yet the hand writing of the signers, as may bo seen by the copies of the Declaration which are preserved, is firm, except in the case of Stephen Hopkins, an aged man, who had the palsy. 9. None of these signers of the Declaration of Independence are now living, though most of them reached a good old age. Four lived beyond the age of ninety ; fourteen exceeded eighty ; and twenty- three exceeded seventy. Their average age was about sixty-five. The average age of the delegates from New England was seventy-five. 10. This fact of their great age has been sometimes adduced as a proof of the Divine approbation and blessing on the cause they es poused. To a truly philosophic rnind, it proves that life is prolonged and health promoted by living for such purposes as develop all our powers, instead of remaining in the depths of ignorance, or pursuing a career of listlessness, or selfishness. 11. It, however, intimated one thing more. Since the mental activ ity and energy which are awakened in a great political conflict are favorable to health and longevity, is it not highly probable that tlio CELEBRATION OF THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. 7. What was declared by the instrument drawn up by the committee? By whom WHS Jt signed? 8. What was required in the signing of this instrument ? What i" said of the handwriting of the signers? 9. What can you say of these men? 10. WKat Tiny be deduced from the fact of the long lives of the signers of the Declaration? 1 1. wl Kt reflection can you make on this subject ? 18* 210 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. great moral revolutions, in the midst of which we live, by rousing the whole being the moral and religious, no less than the intellectual powers will be still more so? 12. The Declaration of Independence was received everywhere throughout the Union with tokens of approbation. Processions were formed, bells rang, cannon fired, and patriotic addresses made, accom panied by all the usual demonstrations of public joy. Such was the spirit at least of the majority ; though it must be admitted there were those who viewed the whole matter in a very different light. The da;y on which this instrument was adopted by Congress, the 4th of July, 1776, has since been annually commemorated, and its anniversary has become the great holiday of our country. CHAPTER XCVIIL PERIOD or THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. The British commence their plan of Attack on New York. Battle of Long Island. 1. THE British forces began to assemble about this time on Staten Island, near New York, in order to make preparation to attack the city. General Clinton, after the battle at Sullivan s Island, had gone there with his troops, and General Howe had arrived from Halifax early in July. Some of the refugee colonists of New York had also joined them two hundred in a single instance. 2. As it had early occurred to General "Washington that the British would aim at New York, he had left Boston, where his presence was no longer absolutely necessary, and repaired to thai GENERAL CLINTON. city, accompanied by General Lee ; to which place the troops soon followed him. "When collected together, in the city and its 12. How was the Declaration received throughout the Union? ITmv bis the anniver- gary of the passing of the Declaration of Independence been since o!>scrvH ? CHAP XCVIII. 1. What did the British now begin to d.y Who joined them? 2. What had "Washington done ? What troops had he at New 1 <.rk : DEFENCE OF NEW YORK. 211 PLAN OF THE BATTLK OF LONG ISLAND. ricinity, they were found to amount to seventeen thousand two hun dred and twenty-four men, most of them, however, raw recruits. 3. About fifteen thousand of the American troops, nnder Generals Sullivan and Putnam, were stationed at Brooklyn, on Long Island. On the 22d of August, a part of the British ar^y, the whole amount ing to near thirty thousand men, crossed over from Staten Island to Long Island, to make a descent upon the Americans. 3. What troops were sent to Brooklyn? What did the British now do? 212 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. On the 27th of August they began an attack, arid a battle ensued, which lasted the whole day, and ceased only with the darkness of the night. The British had the advantage ; though it was obtained at the expense of from three to five hundred lives. 5. But the American loss was still greater. More than a thousand of their number were taken prisoners ; and among the rest, General Sullivan and Lord Sterling. From one to two hundred were slain, About five thousand of the American troops were actively engoged, these being obliged to sustain the shock of fifteen thousand of the enemy. 6. One cause of the misfortunes of the Americans this day was, no doubt, the inexperience of the troops. Another was the want of suit able officers. One of the generals was sick, and General Putnam, though as brave a man as there was in the army, had but recently arrived, and was unacquainted with the ground. 7. The British army encamped within half a mile of the American lines, and on the following day began to make preparations to renew the attack, confidently expecting that they should speedily be able to cut off the whole army. In this, however, they were disappointed; for, when they were ready for the attack, not an American was to be found on the island. 8. Under the personal care and inspection of Washington, who had crossed from New York and joined the army the day after the battle, the American troops recrossed to the city on the morning of the 30th, just in time to save themselves. They had moved chiefly in the night and under cover of a fog. Indeed, the British were so near the last troops who embarked, that they distinctly heard their move- xnents. 9. Upon the retreat of the American army from Long Island, Wash- mgton gave vent to his feelings in terms of strong exasperation and impatience, almost the only instance in which he was deserted by that calmness and equanimity which formed a prominent element of his character. lie had been on horseback continually two or three days and nights, and had not closed his eyes in sleep for the whole time, ano was, therefore, ill prepared to endure the mortification of so severe e defeat. 10. As it was expected that the British would forthwith attack New York, a council of war was called, in which it was at length determined to evacuate the city. After removing the military stores and baggage 4. Describe the battle on Long Island. 5. What was the loss of the Americans ? 6. "What was the cause of the misfortunes of the Americans ? 7. What was done by the British *rmy ? 8. How had the Americans left New York ? 9. What can you say of Washington? 20. What did the council of war determine upon? BATTLE OF WHITE PLAINS. 213 to Kingsbridge, fifteen miles north of the city, about nine thousand of the troops followed, and the remainder soon afterward. The British took possession of New York September 15. CHAPTER XCIX. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Battle of White Plains. Retreat of Washington. 1. AFTER leaving three thousand troops to garrison Fort Lee, Wash ington had retreated from Kingsbridge, and entrenched himself at White Plains, twenty-seven miles from New York. The British, after gaining some advantages in a skirmish at Harlem Heights, near the city, slowly pursued the retreating army, and overtook them at their encampment at White Plains. 2. Here, October 28, a considerable action took place, and several hundreds fell on both sides. It would not be easy, however, to say which party was victorious. Washington did not leave his position, and the British did not immediately advance. Finding, however, that the enemy had received a reinforcement soon after the battle, Wash ington retreated five miles to North Castle. 3. Here he left seven thousand five hundred men under General Lee, and then crossed the Hudson with the rest of his troops, and sta tioned himself in the neighborhood of Fort Lee, on the New Jersey shore. 4. On the 15th of November, the British went against Fort Wash ington. A summons was sent to Colonel Magaw, the commander, to surrender, on pain of being put to the sword. As he refused to com ply, an attack was made the next morning with such fury that when a second summons was sent, the colonel felt constrained to capitulate. All his men, amounting now to about two thousand six hundred, were made prisoners. 5. The British army sustained a heavy loss in the conflict from eight hundred to one thousand men. But, being determined to follow up the victory, they soon proceeded, under Lord Corn-wal -lis, to at- CHAP. XCIX. 1. Where did Washington encamp? What was done by the British? 2. What of the engagement at White Plains? To what place did Washington retreat? 3. Where did he then station himself? Describe the capture of Fort Washington by the liritish. 5. What was next done by the British? Who commanded Fort Lee? * Fort Lee was situated on the west side of the Hudson, in the town of Hackensack, New Jersey, ten miles north of New York; Fort Washington was situated on Manhattan Island, on the east side of the Hudson, eleven miles from New York. These two work* commanded the river 214 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. PLAN OF THE BATTLE OF WHITE PLAINS. tack Fort Lee. This was commanded by General Greene. As the British forces were evidently too strong for him, he evacuated it before he lost the opportunity. 6. General Greene, whom we shall have frequent occasion to men tion, was a humane man, as is evident from his unwillingness on this and other occasions to expose, to no good purpose, the lives of his men. He was the son of a Quaker preacher in Rhode Island, and manifested 6. What was the character of General Greene? His early history ? BATTLE AT TRENTON. 215 an early fondness for learning, though lie had but few opportunities for study. 7. lie had first signalized himself in the battle of Lexington, before which he had been engaged either in studying or in school-teaching. I.:i\v \vas the profession at which he aimed, and in Which his natural inclination and great perseverance would have made him successful, had he not been called away in early life to share the fortunes of war. 8. The whole American army now retreated through New Jersey toward Philadelphia the British eagerly following them. The pursuit was so close that the hindmost forces of the Americans were some times in sight of the bridges they had passed over and pulled down after them, when the British were building them up again. 9. This was a calamitous hour to the Americans. When the re treat commenced, the American forces scarcely exceeded four thou sand ; and when they crossed the Delaware, at Trenton, the number of effective men was reduced to three thousand. Even this force, poorly fed and sustained, was daily and hourly diminishing. 10. Washington, however, in the midst of all this discouragement, did not allow himself to be depressed. While all else wore the ap pearance of gloom even the countenances of the soldiers Washing ton was serene and cheerful. Trusting to the justice of the cause he had espoused, and to Heaven, he persevered, in the midst of difficul ties which would at least have shaken the constancy of many who have deserved the name of very brave men. 11. On the very day of Washington s retreat over the Delaware, the 8th of December, the British forces took possession of Rhode Island, and blocked up a squadron of American vessels there, with a number of privateers at Providence. The island was held by the king s forces two or three years. CHAPTER C. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. JBattlo at Trenton. 1. PHILADELPHIA being now in imminent danger of becoming th eat of war, Congress, in December, 1776, adjourned to Baltimore ; not, however, till they had drawn up and adopted certain articles of Con- 1. Where did he first signalize himself? What was his intended profession? 8. What ci the American army? Describe the pursuit of the British. 9. What was the situation of the Amerifrans ? 10. How did Washington appear in these trying circumstances? J* What did the British forces now do in Rhode Island? CHAP. C. 1. What did Congress now do ? What articles did they draw up? 216 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. federation, in spirit not unlike the Federal Constitution adopted many years afterward. These they sent to the respective assemblies of each state for approbation. They also gave nearly absolute power to Gen eral Washington to conduct the military affairs of the country, 2. After crossing the Delaware River into Pennsylvania, Washing ton very fortunately received a reinforcement of about fifteen hundred men, beside a considerable body of militia; so that he had now with him an army of seven thousand. But, as the term of enlistment with a large proportion of his older troops would expire at the end of tiie year, Washington was anxious to effect something immediately. 3. The British army was yet at Trenton. Washington s plan was to recross the Delaware and attack them in their quarters. It was late in the season, being December 25; and, to use a well-known phrase, u as cold as Christmas." Yet, neither Washington nor his troops were to be deterred by this. 4. At night, the army, in three divisions, attempted to cross the river in as many different places. It was not only cold, but dark and stormy. The river was crowded with broken ice, rushing together and sweeping down its rapid current. The division commanded by Washington in person was alone successful. This got safely over, and at eight in the morning they were before Trenton. 5. They first attacked a body of Hess -ians, who, after a most de termined resistance, at length surrendered. From nine hundred to one thousand of them w r ere made prisoners, with some cannon. Five hundred cavalry alone made their escape. This brilliant achievement, at a moment of great despondency, roused the spirits of our army, and kindled anew the nagging hopes of the country. 6. As Washington did not think it prudent to hazard any thing more at present, he immediately returned to the Pennsylvania side of the Delaware with his prisoners. But having refreshed his troops and secured his prisoners, he crossed once more to Trenton, and took up his head-quarters there. 7. Their success at Trenton had infused new courage into the American troops, and Washington w r as determined to make the most of it. It was soon found that the British were concentrating their forces at Princeton and preparing for battle. On the 2d of January, 1777, they came on to Trenton. On their approach, Washington retired with his forces and posted himself on the opposite bank of a rivulet, from which he kept up a firing upon the enemy till night. 2. What reinforcement did Washington receive? What was he anxious to do? 3. What was Washington s plan? 4. Describe the passage of the Delaware. 5. What body waa first attacked ? What was the result of the attack? fi. What did Washington now do? 7 What was soon found ? What took place January 2. 1777? What *id Washington do BATTLE NEAR PRINCETON. 217 8. At dark, the firing ceased on both sides. Cornwallis encamped with his troops near the village, expecting to receive a reinforcement early the next morning, when he should he well prepared to renew the attack. The fires kindled by tlie two armies were in full view of each other. 9. The situation of the Americans was exceedingly critical. The forces of Cornwallis, if they were concentrated at Trenton, as there was reason to expect, were greatly superior to those of Washington. If a battle should be hazarded in the morning it was with almost a certainty of beingv defeated. But the Delaware could not now be crossed with safety, on account of broken ice. 10. But there was another difficulty in the way of recrossing the river. It would leave New Jersey wholly to the enemy, depress the public mind, check the enlistment of recruits, of which the army stood iii great need, and leave open the door to an attack on Philadelphia. CHAPTER CI. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Battle near Princeton. 1. THE final determination was, to march by a circuitous route as quickly as possible, to Princeton, and, if possible, proceed to Bruns wick, where Lord Cornwallis had stores. In order, however, to secure the baggage, Washington had it removed, as secretly as possible, to Burlington. 2. The army commenced its inarch at midnight. With a view to deceive the British, the fires were left unextinguished ; the guards even remained to keep them burning brightly, as well as to watch the bridge and fords of the rivulet till daylight, when they were to follow the army. The project succeeded to a charm, and a little after sunrise, next morning, Washington s army was seen approaching Princeton. 3. Here he met with some British regiments on the inarch, and one )f the hottest battles ensued which was fought during the whole war. A.t first, the British, with fixed bayonets, compelled the Americans ro retreat, with considerable loss, and, among the rest, that of Genei. \ Mercer of Virginia. 8. What was the state of both armies at dark ? 9 What was the situation of the Americans ? 10. What good reasons were there for not crossing the Delaware ? CHAP. CL 1. What was finally determined upon ? What did Washington do as to the bacvage? 2. What was done to deceive the British : What of Washington s army * ft Vuat now ensued? Result to th Amerrans? 19 218 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. Washington, with the main body of the army, now /^ame on, and renewed the attack with great spirit. Contrary to his usual policy, and the policy of the war generally, he exposed himself, for a time, to the hottest fire of the enemy. At length, victory was declared ia favor of the Americans. 5. But it was dearly bought. In addition to the brave General Mercer, two colonels from Pennsylvania, and several other valuable officers, were among the slain. The total loss of the Americans was not floated. It was only said that while the British lost one hundred killed and three hundred prisoners, the American loss was somewhat less. 6. Lord Cornwallis discovered, at daylight, that the Americans had escaped, upon which he followed on to Princeton. But he arrived a little too late to engage in the conflict, Washington having retired, in his usual prudent manner, toward Morristown. Here the army took up their quarters for the winter. 7. It was time for them to do so, for it was not only January, but the troops needed repose, as well as almost every thing else. During their late marches many of them had been without shoes, and their naked feet, in passing over the frozen ground, were so gashed as to mark every step with blood. Moreover, there was scarcely a tent in the whole army. 8. Though the main body of the army was stationed at Morristown, a small body of troops, under General Putnam, wintered at Princeton. These, with the volunteers and militia, completely overran New Jersey. One party surprised Elizabethtown, and took one hundred prisoners. Another took sixty refugees on British pay. Another, still, beside some prisoners, took forty wagons, one hundred horses, &c. General Putnam, alone, with his small army, captured, during the winter, about one thousand prisoners ! 9. There had been, for some time, a great want of arms and ammunition in the American army ; but, about this time, a twenty- four gun vessel arrived from France, with eleven thousand stand of arms and one thousand barrels of powder. At the same time, also, ten thousand stand of arms arrived in another quarter. 10. It is also worthy of record that the smallpox having appeared among the regular troops at Morristown, during the winter, "Wash ington had his soldiers nearly all inoculated. The disease was light, except in a very few instances; not a day passing in which they could not, hud they been called upon, have encountered the enemy. 4 What c.f Washington? 5. What officers did the Americans lose ? What of tno British loss? 6. What did Lord Cornwallis then do? Wncre dm the American arin^ encamp for the -winter? 7. What had been the state of tne troops? 8. What of the troops under Putnam ? What success had they during the winter? 9. What arms antf ammunition did the Americans now receive ? 10. What of the smallpox ? ATTACK ON DANBURY. 219 CHAPTEK OH. PERIOD OF TIIK REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Attack on Danbury. 1. IN* the spring of 1777, the British commander in New York Amused himself by sending out detachments of troops to ravage the country. One of these was sent against some military stores av Peekskill, on the east side of the Hudson, about fifty miles above New York. On its approach, the Americans fired the storehouse* and retired. 2. On the 26th of April, General Tryon, with a detachment of two thousand men, made an expedition to Connecticut for a similar pur pose. He landed near Fairfield, and marched through the country, with the greatest possible speed, and almost without opposition, to Danbury. 3. The few militia who were at Danbury fled to a neighboring height, and waited for a reinforcement. The British, in the mean time, destroyed eighteen houses, eight hundred barrels of pork and beef, eight hundred barrels of flour, and two thousand bushels of grain. Seventeen hundred tents were also either destroyed or carried away. Nothing was spared but the houses of the tories. 4. On their return through Ridgefield, they found the road blocked up by General Arnold with five hundred men. They also soon found themselves attacked in the rear by Generals "Wooster and Silliman, with a force of three hundred. A skirmish ensued, in which General Wooster was mortally wounded and his troops driven back. They then proceeded and were met by General Arnold. 5. A sharp conflict ensued. A whole platoon fired at Arnold, when he was not over thirty yards distant, but they only killed hip horse. A soldier advanced toward him with his bayonet, but Arnold *hot him dead with his pistol, and escaped. But two thousand regu lar troops were too strong for eight hundred raw militia, and the latte r were dispersed. 6. Arnold, however, returned to the attack next day at eleven o clock, and opposed the British till five in the afternoon, when they reached their ships. Even here the Americans charged upon them, but were re alised. The British now embarked for New York ; not, however, without the loss of nearly three hundred of their men. CHAP. CIL 1. What can you say of the conduct of the British in 1777? What of Peekskill ? 2. General Tryon ? 3. What destruction did the British make at Danbury ? 4. What occurred at Ridgefield . I. /hat of General Arnold ? 6. What did Arnold d* tho next day? Result of the conflict ? 220 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 7". Arnold behaved, on this occasion, with great bravery ; as, indeed, up to this hour, he always had done. On account of his good conduct, Congress presented him with a fine, nobly caparisoned war-horse. To the memory of General Wooster, they ordered a monument to be erected. This, however, was not executed, but in 1854, a suitable monument was completed, and consecrated at Danbury, by the citizens of the state. CHAPTER CHI. PERIOD OF THE R EVOLUTION ARY WAR, CONTINUED. Battle of the Brandyivine. 1. DURING the spring of this year, 1777, Washington remained en- tienched among the hills of New Jersey the army daily and hourly gaining strength by new recruits. His forces at length amounted to fifteen thousand men, and the British were- becoming afraid of him- hi the latter part of the spring, his camp was at Middlebrook. 2. News was received about this time that General Burgoyne, with a large force, was approaching Ticonderoga, from Canada; and 7. What was Arnold s conduct on this occasion? What was done by Congress? CHAP. C. III. 1 What of the Amcricau fom-s during the spring of 1777? BATTLE OF THE BRANDYWINE. 221 there was room for suspicion that he aimed at New England. It was thought that the British were likely to pass up the Hudson to meet and join him, instead of making the long-threatened attack or. Philadelphia. 3. All doubt was, however, dissipated by the arrival in the Chesa peake,* in the month of July, of the British fleet from New York, with sixteen thousand men, under General Howe. By the 3d of September they-were rapidly approaching Philadelphia. Washington, who had kept his eye on all their movements, was on the road to meet them. The two armies met at a place called Chad s Ford, on the river Brand r- wine, about twenty -five miles south-west from Philadelphia. 4. Here, on the llth of September, a severe battle took place, which lasted nearly all day. The Americans were at length defeated with very great loss. They then made the best of their way to Chester, where they arrived that night, and the next day they pro ceeded to Philadelphia. 5. Among the Wounded of the American army, were General Woodford and the Marquis de La Fay-ette . The latter had only just arrived from France ; his commission in the army was dated July 31st. He fought for the Americans, except when absent on their account in France, till the end of the war; and always without pay. The Count Pu-las -ki,t who had arrived with La Fayette, also fought for our coun try, for the first time, in this battle. 6. Washington was very much chagrined at this defeat. But neither the public mind nor Congress itself would have been satisfied, without at least an attempt to prevent the British from entering Philadelphia. Indeed, Congress advised him to hazard a second battle, and he was on the 16th of September, about to do so ; but an unexpected shower wet the powder in the cartridge-boxes of the troops, and he was obliged to give it up. 2, What news was received of General Burgoyne ? What was thought likely to bo done by the British? 3. What general was at their head? Where did Washington meet him? 4. What was the result of the battle ? 5. What ofucers were wounded? What of Marquis La Fayette ? Count Pulaski ? Kosciusko? G. \\hatgreatlychagrined Washington ? What of Congress ? * They went up the Chesapeake because they -had heard that the Delaware WM ot ahncted. t The cause of the Americans, struggling for their independence, brought to thtir a d a number of Europeans who sympathized with them, and generously exerted themselves in their behalf. Among these was La Fayette, whose n:ime is almost as dear and as familiar to the Americans as that of Washington. Another was Pulaski, a Polish nobleman, who had distinguished himself in his own country, and became a brigadier-general in ear army. He fougnt bravely in several engagements, and finally fell in an assault on Savannah, in 1779. There is a monument erected to his memory in that place. Kosciueko, a Polish re fugee, and one of the noblest characters in history, also camo over to America and did good service in our causa. 19* 222 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 7. The British also gamed some other advantages about this time; among which may be mentioned the surprise and defeat of General Wayne. lie had been sent with fifteen hundred men to harass the British army, and cut off straggling parties. The enemy, having found out his position, came suddenly upon him, and killed and wounded about three hundred of his men. 8. It was at length concluded to quit the city and neighborhood o Philadelphia, and repair to a strong position on the Schuylkill, twenty miles northward. The British, on the 26th of September, entered Philadelphia, and posted the main body of their forces at German town, seven, milea to the north. CHAPTER CIY. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTION ART WAR, CONTINUED. Capture of O-eneral Prescott, in Rhode Island. 1. AMONG the many daring exploits which took place during the war, one of the most remarkable was the capture of General Prescott. On the 10th of July, of this year, 1777, while the British, under this officer, had complete possession of the island of Ehode Island, and lay encamped on the western side of it, one Barton, a militia colonel, of Warwick, having learned, from a deserter, their exact position, planned and executed an attack upon them as singular as it was successful. 2. He first collected together his regiment, and then asked which ot them would hazard their lives in an expedition he was about to under take. Such, he said, as were willing, might signify it by stepping two paces forward. As he was known to be worthy of their confidence, every man of them stepped forward. 3. Having made a selection of forty of the boldest and stoutest of them, and procured five whale-boats, they started off at nine o clock in the evening. He directed them to sit perfectly still, like statues, and merely attend to and obey his orders. His <>wn boat went for ward,, and to distinguish it, had a long pole extended from the fore part, with a handkerchief tied to it. 4. As they rowed by Prudence Island, they heard the English 7. What of General Wayne ? 8. What was at length concluded upon by the American* ! Where did the British post themselves? CHAP CIV. 1. Where were some British troops encamped in July, 1777? What <tid ( ulonoV II:u ton undertake? 2. How did he select men for his enterprise? *. How dil they proceed in their expedition? How was Barton s boat sig CAPTURE OF GENERAL PRESCOTT. 223 guard cry, " All s well." A noise was heard on the mainland, like the trampling of horses, but, as it was very dark, nothing could be seen, and not a whisper was uttered. At length they landed, and set off for General Prescott s lodgings, about a mile from the shore. 5. In going along, they were obliged to pass a house occupied by a company of cavalry. "Who comes there?" said the sentinel. They said nothing and moved on. " Who comes there ?" said the sentinel again. "Friends," said Barton. "Advance, friends, and give the countersign," said the sentinel. " We have none," said Barton ; "but have you seen any deserters to-night?" 6. In an instant, the sentinel found himself seized, his musket wrested from him, and himself pinioned. "Say not a single word," said Barton, "on penalty of instant death." Terribly frightened, and unable to make any resistance, he yielded to the command, and they took him along with them. 7. They soon reached a house, burst the door, and rushed in. A British soldier, in his shirt, ran to awake and rouse the cavalry ; but the men would not believe a word he said, and only laughed at him. He confessed that the creature he had seen, who it happened was Colonel Barton, was dressed in white, which only increased the laugh, and so it ended. 8. " Is General Prescott here ?" said Barton, in a resolute tone, to the master of the house. "No, sir," said the poor fellow, frightened almost to death. Having secured him as a prisoner, they proceeded to search, but could not find Prescott. At this instant, Barton, from the head of the stairs, called to his men to fire the house at the four corners, as he would have General Prescott, either dead or alive. 9. Firebrands were already in motion, when somebody in the next room asked, "What is the matter?" Barton burst open the door, and found an elderly gentleman sitting up in bed. " Are you Gen eral Prescott?" said he. "Yes, sir," was the reply. "You are my prisoner, then," said Barton, clapping him on the shoulder. lie begged the favor of putting on his clothes, but they only wrapped a cloak about him, and a stout negro man carried him to the boats. 10. Major Barrington had leaped from the window while they were seizing General Prescott, but he too was taken and hurried away to the boats. They had scarcely rowed through the British fleet, when a discharge of cannon convinced them that they were discovered, and fifty boats were on the pursuit. 4. What did they hear among the British ? 5. Describe the meeting with the sentinel. 6. What did Barton do with the sentinel ? 7. What did the British soldier do ? 8. Whut means were taken to secure Prescott? 9. Describe the meeting between Barton and Prescott. 10. What other officer was taken ? 224 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 11. But the pursuers were a little too late. Colonel Barton, with his prisoners, soon landed at Warwick Point. u You have made a bold push, colonel," said General Prescott, as he stepped ashore. Thank you," said Barton, with a bow, "we have done as well (is we could: CHAPTER CY. PKEJOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. .Events in the North. Approach of Burgoyne. Murder of Miss M.cHea. Attack upon Fort Schuyler. 1. THE movements of Bur-goyne at the north have been alluded to. He had arrived at Quebec in May of this year, 1777, and while the British troops in the Middle States had been advancing to Phila delphia, he had begun his march by way of the river Sorel and Lakes Champlain and George, toward Albany, where he hoped to meet Colone\ St. Leger, who was to come from Lake Ontario, by way of the Mo hawk. 2. General Burgoyne was an ambitious, enterprising, and able officer. Fifteen years before, he had been engaged in the wars of Great Britain with the Portuguese and Spaniards, and, during the siege of Boston, he had been for a short time employed there. He set out from Canada with more than seven thousand men, beside a considerable body of artillery, and a thousand Canadian volunteers. 3. On the 20th of June, he proceeded up Lake Champlain, and landed near Crown Point, where he met some Indians, to whom lie made a war speech and gave the hand of friendship. Accompanied by a considerable body of the Indians, he advanced to Crown Point and soon afterward to Ticonderoga. 4. This place was defended by three thousand men, under General St. Clair. At a council of war it was concluded to leave the fort at once; but the British came up with the rear of their army, at Hub- bardton, as they were leaving it, and a battle ensued, in which two hundred Americans were killed, six hundred wounded, and two hun dred taken prisoners. 5. The invading army reached Fort Edward, on the Hudson, July 11. What did General Prcscott say to Barton ? His reply? CHAP. OV. 1. What of General Burgoyne? 2. How had he formerly been engaged? 8. By whom W88 he joined at Crown Point ? 4. How was Ticonderoga defended? What was the loss of the Americans in the engagement at Hubbardton ? MURDER OF MISS McREA. X 25 80, having destroyed much American property on the road. Here they made a halt, while the troops, especially the Indian allies, rav aged the country. It was at the time these soldiers were quartered here, that the famous murder of Miss McRea, a beautiful and accom plished American lady, took place. 6. She was to have been married soon, to a young Englishman, and he had sent two Indians, whom he considered trustworthy, to guide her . M-ross the woods to the place where he was stationed. On their way, th ? Indians fell into a quarrel which should have the offered reward for transporting her, when, to end the dispute, one of them killed her witli his tomahawk. 7. General Schuyler, who had commanded Fort Edward previous to the arrival of Burgoyne, had with him a force of about four thousand four hundred men. On the approach of the enemy, he had annoyed them greatly by felling trees in the roads and destroying bridges ; but finding them too strong for him, he had abandoned the fort, and re treated across the Hudson to Sar-a-to -ga. 8. Colonel St. Leger, \vith an army of British regulars, New York tories and Indians, had by this time approached Fort Schuyler, at the head of the Mohawk River, where Rome now stands, and laid siege to it. A body of militia, on their way to act in its defence, was ambushed by the Indians, and four hundred of them killed, mortally wounded, or taken. 9. After much skirmishing, and some hotly-contested battles in the neighborhood of the fort, in which victory was alternately on the side of the British and the Americans, General Arnold, who had been sent to the relief of the fort, and who was not wanting in ingenuity, devised a stratagem for drawing off the Indians from St. Leger s army, which BO weakened it that he was compelled to raise the siege. CHAPTER CVI. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Prog rets of Burgoyne. Battle of Bennington. Battle of Stillwatcr. 1. WHILE Burgoyne, with his army, was at Fort Edward, he learned that the Americans had a considerable amount of military stores and 5. "What of the invading army ? Who was murdered while the British were at Fort Edward? fi. What was the cause of her murder? 7. Who had commanded Fort Edward? What did General Schuy er do on the approach of the enemy? 8. What of Colonel t Leger? 9. What was duiiu by General Arnold? 10* 226 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. provisions at Bennington. With a view to secure them, lie sent out Colonel Baum, a brave German officer, with five hundred German troops and one hundred Indians. 2. According to a manuscript order of General Burgoyne s, the num ber of these Germans was three times as great as has just been stated. But whether there were fifteen hundred or only five hundred, they were not only very clumsy, but very inefficient troops. Their hats and swords alone weighed nearly as much as the whole equipment of a common soldier ; and they could scarcely march under their weight, 3. When Colonel Baum, with his troops, was within seven miles of Bennington, he learned that the Americans were strongly entrenched, and were hourly expecting a reinforcement. He therefore halted, sent back information to Burgoyne, and waited for further orders. Burgoyne immediately sent five hundred more German troops to his assistance. 4. But before the arrival of these last, General Stark, with a body of New Hampshire and Massachusetts militia, had determined to attack Colonel Baum in his position. The battle began about tfiree o clock in the afternoon, August 16, when the Germans were defeated and dispersed, and Colonel Baum mortally wounded. 5. The pursuit of the Americans was checked, for the moment, by the arrival of the reinforcement which Burgoyne had sent ; but the latter soon expended their ammunition, and were obliged to retreat with their companions, with a loss of six hundred in killed and pris oners, beside one thousand stand of arms and nine hundred swords. 6. It is said that in order to animate his soldiers, who were unused to war, General Stark, before the opening of the battle, appealed thus to their sympathies : "My fellow-soldiers," said he, "we conquer to day, or to-night Mary Stark is a widow." The appeal had effect; the soldiers fought as if in full view of their homes and firesides. V. General Stark had been in the old French and Indian war, and was once taken prisoner by the Indians. He was also at Bunker Hill and Trenton. He was a brave man and good citizen, and was the -last surviving general of the American Revolution. He died at Manchester, in New Hampshire, in 1822, aged ninety -four years. 8. After St. Leger abandoned the siege of Fort Schuyler, he re turned to Montreal. Both he and Burgoyne had done their utmost to effect a junction of their troops at Albany, but had been hindered more CHAP. CVI. 1. Who did Burgoyno send to Bennington ? 2. What can you say of the German soldiers? 3. What occasioned Colonel Bauin s delay? 4. Describe the attack of General Stark. 5. What of the reinforcement? 6. How did Stark appeal to his soldiers before the battle? 7. Give some account of him. 8. "What of St. Leger and Burgoyne ? BATTLE OF BENNINGTON. 227 PLAN OF THE BATTLE OF BEXNINGTON. by the Americans than they expected. The condition of Burgoyne. moreover, was now becoming every day more and more critical. 9. On the 21st of August General Gates arrived at the Americm camp, Congress, on the 4th, having given to him the command of the northern army. General Arnold also joined them about the saim time. Burgoyne, however, continued to advance, it being easier for him to get forward than backward. 9. "What of Generals Gates and Arnold? 228 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. AMERICANS BRITISH YARDS. 1O SO JOO PLAN OF TUB BATTLES OF STILLWATER AND SARATOGA. 10. The two armies met on the 19th of September near Still -wa-ter, :wenty-two miles north from Albany. Here a severe battle was fought for four hours, which was only checked by night and darkness. Both armies, however, had suffered so much that they did not choose to renew the battle next morning. They were in sight of each other till October 7, when a second battle was fought, in which Burgoyne was defeated. 10. Describe the battle at Stillwater. What of a second battle ? CAPTURE OF BURGOYNE. 229 CHAPTEK CVIL PERIOD OF TIIK REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Capture of Burgoynt . 1. AFTER the second battle of Rtillwater, Burgoyne, with his troops, retreated to Sar atoga. His army was exceedingly crippled, having lost, in both en gagements, from twelve to fifteen hundred men, and at least one valuable officer. General Frazer. The American* too had suffered, but not so severe ly; among others, General Arnold was wounded. 2. The British general had now abandoned his haughty designs of conquest, and thought only of escape. Perceiving his object, General Gates posted several strong detachments of his army in situations to cut off his retreat. 3. Burgoyne s first attempt was to reach Fort George, by way of Fon, Edward. Finding his path unexpectedly obstructed, he caused his army to march by night ; still he found his retreat intercepted. About this time, moreover, the news came that Fort Edward had fallen into the hands of the Americans. 4. Every door of escape now seemed closed, and every hope fled. Incessant toil and sickness, with much severe fighting, had worn down his army to three thousand five hundred effective men, and even thesa were almost destitute of provisions ; while the American army was daily increasing in numbers and courage. It is said that Burgoyne hao two thousand five hundred on the sick list. SURRENDER OF BURGOYNE. CHAP. CVIL 1. What was the loss sustained by the Bvitish and American forces? 2 How was Burgoyne s plan of escape disconcerted by General Gatws? . Wna . did Burgoyne make at escape ? 4. State 20 280 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 5. In these circumstances he called a council of war, at which it was decided to surrender the army to General Gates. The preliminaries were soon settled, and the whole army, amounting to live thousand seven hundred and fifty-two men, witli five thousand stand of arms, was given up to the Americans ou the 17th of October, 1777. 6. The capture of an entire army was, of course, a matter of much exultation with the American people, as it more than compensated for the reverses at and near Philadelphia. The thanks of Congress were voted to General Gates, and a gold medal was struck and presented to him by the president, in the name of the United States. 7. The surrender of Burgoyne was followed by the reduction of several British posts in the north. Mount Defiance and Mount Hope had even surrendered to General Lincoln as early as September 13, and Mount Independence and Ticonderoga gave up soon afterward. An armed sloop was also taken, and two hundred and ninety prisoners. 8. Although Sir Henry Clinton, with his troops, had not been able to proceed up the Hudson, to meet Burgoyne, yet he had done that which might have encouraged the latter, had it been in time. He had taken several forts on and near the Hudson River above New York, among which were Forts Clinton and Montgomery. CHAPTER CYII1. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAK, CONTINUED. The War on the Ocean. 1. BEFORE the war of the Revolution, the colonies had no navy ex cept a few vessels fitted out to cruise for pirates or to transport troops. But as soon as the war was fairly begun, this subject engaged the at tention of public men. 2. In October, 1775, Congress ordered one vessel of ten guns and another of fourteen to be equipped as national cruisers, and to be sent to the eastward on a cruise of three months, to intercept supplies de signed for the royal troops. On the 30th of the same month, two more ressels, one of thirty-six and the other of twenty guns, were ordered. 3. In October, 1776, the Americans had five frigates of thirty- two guns, five vessels of twenty-eight guns, and three of twenty-four, in 5. Describe the surrender of Burgoyne, 6. What was the effect on the Americans? What of General Gates? 7. What followed these events? 8. What had been done by Clinton? CHAP. CVIIL 1. What of the American navy before the Revolution ? 2. What did Congress order in October, 1775? THE WAR OX THE OCEAN. 231 course of building, and several were ready for sea. One twenty-fonr, one twenty, two six- teens, three fourteens, one twelve, two tens, and two or three smaller vessels, were actually in * Jliii i iiSill *^ e sery i ce - Congress, at this time, ordered three severity -fours, five frigates, and two smaller vessels, to be built. Jlillliii 4 - Th c Alfred, a twen ty-four gun ship, was, as we have seen, the largest in service. Of FLAG OF THE UNITED STATES THE STARS AND STRIPES. tblS VCSSCl, Dudley Sal- tonstall was captain, and John Paul Jones first-lieutenant. The first ensign ever shown by a regular American man-of-war was hoisted on board the Alfred, by Lieutenant Jones, in December, 1775. 5. What this ensign was is. not now known with certainty. It is said, however, to have been a device representing a pine-tree, with. a rattlesnake coiled at its root, and about to strike, with the motto, "Don t tread on me." The present national colors were not adopted by Congress till the year 1777. 6. The first regular cruisers ever got to sea under the new govern ment, were the Hornet of ten guns, and the Wasp of eight. The first battle fought was off the Bermudas, April 6, 1776, between the Alfred and Cabot on the American side, and the British ship Glasgow, of twenty guns. The Americans fought well, but the enemy escaped them. 7. On the 17th of the same month, the Lexington, of sixteen guns, commanded by Captain Barry, fell in with the Edward, an armed ten der of the ship Liverpool, and, after a close and spirited action of near an hour, captured her. The Lexington had four men killed and wounded, while the Edward was nearly cut to pieces. These battles gave the people great encouragement. 3 What increase was there in 177C? 4. "What of the Alfred? Her commanders? What of the first flag? 5. What was the device ? When was the present national tl:ii: adopted? 6. What of the Hornet and Wasp? "What was the first naval battle? The rrsult? 7 "Whfft of the next engagement? 232 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CIX. PEKIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Exploits of Paul Jones. \. JOHN PAUL JONES, or as he was commonly called, Paul Jones,* was transferred, in May, 1776, from the Alfred to the com mand of the Providence, a vessel mounting twelve guns, and having on board seventy men. In this, he made six teen prizes in little more than three weeks. He was also twice chased by British men- of-war, but escaped by strata gem and superior sailing. 2. In 1777, while the Brit ish were taking possession of Philadelphia, and Gates was spreading a net forBurgoyne, Paul Jones was in France, en deavoring, through the influ ence of the American commissioners, Franklin, Deane, and Lee, to get the command of a larger and better vessel than any the Americans had, in the service. 3. Unwilling, however, to be long idle, he sailed on a cruise in April, 1778, in the Ranger, of eighteen guns. With this single little vessel he kept the whole coast of Scotland, and part of that of England, for some time in a state of alarm. He even made a descent, in one in stance, upon Whitehaven, and surprised and took two forts with thirty pieces of cannon, and set fire to the shipping. 4. In the vicinity of Whitehaven, an act was committed by his men which Jones very much regretted, and did all he could afterward to atone for. The house of the Earl of Selkirk, in whose service Jones s father had been gardener, was robbed of its family plate. It was rc- PADL JONES. CHAP. CIX. 1. "Where was Paul Jones born ? When ? What ship did he now command ? What did he accomplish? 2. What did he do in 17T7? 3. What did he do in the Ranger? 4. Describe the attack upon Whitehaven. * Paul Jones was a native of Scotland, born in 1736 He early settled m America, an devoted himself with ardor to the cause of the country of his adoption. EXPLOITS OF PALL JONES. 233 turned after a time to Lady Selkirk, with a letter of apology and re gret. 5. In May, not long after the descent on AVhitehaven, Jones was en gaged wit!?, the British sloop-of-war Drake, a vessel equal in size and strength and the number of its men to the Ranger, which, after a smart action of about an hour, was captured. Soon after this event, !M> sailed for Brest, in France, carrying in with him, it is said, tw<; hundred prisoners. (5. But the most remarkable exploit of Jones remains to be mention ed. In the spring of 1779, with the aid of Dr. Franklin, who \V;H then in France, he obtained the command of a little squadron of fivo vessels, of which the Bon Homine Richard, his own vessel of forty -two guns, was the largest. 7. With this little fleet, he set sail, June 19, and after a cruise of a few weeks returned. Two more small vessels were now added tc hi* squadron, and he sailed again on the 14th of August. On the 23d of September, after a most desperate battle, he captured olf Flam borough, on the north-east coast of England, the British ship of war Se-ra -pis, of forty-four guns and a full complement of men. 8. The circumstances of this engagement were most extraordinary. The fight commenced at evening, and continued into the night. The t\vo frigates coming in contact, Jones lashed them together, and for two hours the dreadful conflict was carried on in this situation. At last botli ships took fire. In this awful state of things, the American frigate Alliance came up, and in the darkness discharged a broadside into the Richard. 9. Soon perceiving her mistake, she turned with fury upon the Serapis, which very soon surrendered. Of three hundred and fifty men on board the Richard, three hundred were either killed or wounded. The vessel was also so shattered that she soon sank, the Americans be ing transferred to the captured vessel. 10. Another British frigate, the consort of the Serapis these two ships being engaged in convoying a fleet of merchant vessels returning from the Baltic surrendered to the Americans during the capture of the Serapis. AVith great difficulty Jones brought his shattered prize* into a port of Holland. 11. This victory was considered as one of the most remarkable feat* of the revolutionary war. It raised the reputation of Jones as a naval commander to the highest pitch, both in Europe and America. The 5. What of the engagement with the Drake ? How many prisoner? had Jones mad - * 0. With how many vessels did ho sail June It ? T. What did he capture? S, 9. Describe the capture of the Serapis. 10. What of her consort.* 11. What was thought (rf t>ii victory? 20* 234: HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. king of France presented him with a gold sword. Congress also praised his zeal, prudence, and intrepidity, and voted him a gold medal. 12. But, though a hold and skilful commander, Jones never knew how to command himself, nor to submit to the command of others. He was irritable, impatient, and impetuous, and harsh in his mode of government. So true is it that they only know how to govern well, who have first learned to obey. 13. Jones continued in the war till near its close, and was afterward in the service of the Empress of Russia. But he was not successful ; he finally became indigent, neglected, and diseased the consequence of his own want of moral and religious principles and good physical habits. He died at Paris in 1792. CHAPTER CX. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Battle of Germantown. 1. LET us now return to the events of the war in 1777 at and near Philadelphia. The British contented themselves with the quiet posses sion of the city and the adjacent places, till some time in October, when a part of their troops were detached to assist Admiral Howe and the fleet, in reducing some forts on the Delaware below the city the re mainder continuing in Germantown. 2. Washington, who well knew that the eyes of the country were upon him, seized this opportunity for attacking them. His forces could not have amounted to more than ten thousand men, and many of them were poorly armed and equipped ; one thousand of them were actually barefooted, and not a few actually sick. Yet, under all these disadvantageous circumstances, it Avas thought necessary to hazard a battle. 3. At seven o clock in the evening of October 3, the troops set out for Germantown. The distance was fourteen miles. They marched rapidly, in order, if possible, to take the enemy by surprise. The plan was well contrived and well executed, and the surprise of the British was complete. The attack was made between daybreak and sunrise on the morning of the 4th. 12. What can you say of Paul Jones as a man and commander? 13. What of Jones s subsequent life ? When did ho clio ? CUAP. CX. 1. What were the British no\v doinu ? IIw were tbelr troops occupied f 2. What did Washington think it necessary to do? . ,. Di-,sc,r;l,e tlie attack upon the British at Germantown. BATTLE OF GERMANTOWN. 235 4. At first the British were repulsed at several points, and from one hundred to one hundred and twenty prisoners taken. But after the battle had lasted about three hours the ammunition of the Americans in part failed. Nor was this the worst. A thick fog came on, and it wax so dark that they could hardly distinguish friend from foe, and while the British were retreating in disorder, the Americans also, by some means, took to flight, and were in the end completely routed. 5. Several amusing anecdotes are related of this bloody battle. One division of the army was commanded, it seems, by General Greene, whose aide-de-camp, Major Burnet, wore his hair in a cue. In the heat of the battle, this cue was shorn off by a musket-ball, which General Greene perceiving, said, "Don t be in haste, major; just dismount and get that long cue." The major dismounted and recovered the hair. 6. Not many minutes afterward, another shot carne whizzing so close to General Greene, as to take from his head a large powdered curl. The British, at this moment, were hotly pursuing them. "Don t be in a hurry, general," said Major Burnet; "dismount and get your curl." The general, however, did not venture to follow his advice. 7. After the battle, Washington resumed his former position, but in a few days removed to White Marsh, eleven miles north-west of Philadelphia. The British, on their part, left Germantown and retired to the city. Both armies appeared to have gained confidence by this engagement, notwithstanding the well known fact, that both were most severely injured. 8. A battle was fought, about this time, seven miles below Phila delphia. The British had sent two thousand men, under Colonel Donop, to attack a small fort which the Americans had erected on the Jersey side of the Delaware, at Red Bank. They were obliged tcr retire from the attack, with the loss of their brave commander and four hundred men. 4. What was the result of the battle? 5, 6. Relate the anecdote of General Greene ant* Buriit*f. 7. What was now done by both armies? What was the effect of the ;:i>r niunx : o. Describe the attack of the British upon the fort at Red Bu*fc 230 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CXI. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Confederation. The Stars and Stripes adopted. Treaty of Alliance with France. Treaty with the Cherokee*. American Ariny at Valley Forge. DrjMxo the session of Congress for the year 1777, the Confedera tion of the colonies, which * M5 : ?*j$>i had been attempted the year before, was again under dis cussion, but it had not yet been ratified by the states. By one of the articles the name given to the confed eracy was, " The United States of America." 2. One prominent article of -the confederation fixed a line of distinction between the powers of the several states and Congress, in ordet to prevent collisions. To thia end the articles were verv specific, and they appear to adapted to the existing condition of th& SILAS UJvANE. have been, in many respect country. 3. This year, also, Congress adopted a national flag, as we have already stated. The resolution was in these words : " Resolved, that the flag of the thirteen United States be thirteen stripes, alternate red and white; that the union be thirteen stars, in a blue field, represent ing a new constellation." 4. For nearly a year before the surrender of Burgoyne, three com missioners from Congress, Dr. Franklin, Silas Deane and Arthur Leo, had been urging France to acknowledge the independence of tne United Colonies. When intelligence was received in Paris of that important event, the solicitations of the commissioners were renewed, and finally with success. 5. A treaty of alliance and commerce, between the two nations, was signed February 6, 1778. By the treaty, neither of the two CHAP CXI. 1. What was done by Congress in 177T? 2. What wns a prominent article of the confederation ? De-scribe the national flag. 4 What of Dr. Franklin and the commiSMoners Deane and Lee? EVACUATION OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 powers was to make war or peace without the formal consent of the other. This alliance with France, with the previous and subsequent assistance of La Fayette, proved, in the end, of the highest importance to the United States. 0. A treaty of peace was also made during the year 1777, between the states of South Carolina and Georgia and the Cherokee Indians. This was another highly important measure to both parties. By this treaty the Cherokecs ceded to South Carolina more than three mil- ion acres of their lands. 7. At the close of this eventful year, 1777, Washington and his army retired, for winter-quarters, to Valley Forge, a deep and rugged hollow, twenty miles north-west from Philadelphia. On the 18th of December they began to build huts. These were sixteen by fourteen feet, and were made to accommodate twelve men each. They were so numer ous that when the encampment was completed, it had the appearance of a town, with streets and avenues. 8. Troops from each particular state had their quarters together, in this temporary village of log-huts, and here they suffered together, rbr it was a winter of the utmost severity; thousands had no blankets, and were obliged to spend the nights in trying to get warm, rather than in sleeping. They also suffered greatly, at times, for want of food. CHAPTER CXII. PKRIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Evacu ation of Philadelphia, and Battle of Monmouth. 1. THE British kept possession of Philadelphia this winter and the following spring; and although "Washington s camp was within three or four hours inarch of the city, no attempt was made to molest him. Foraging parties went up, it is true, and committed depredations, but they sometimes suffered severely for their temerity. 2. The British troops in the United States were now about thirty three thousand, of whom nineteen thousand five hundred were at Philadelphia, ten thousand five hundred in New York, and three thousand in Rhode Island. The American army did not exceed fifteen thousand ; of whom more than eleven thousand were at Valley 5. What treaty of alliance was signed in 1778? 6. What other treaty was made in 1777? 7 Where did Washington s army winter? Describe the encampment. 8 Do- scribe the sutterinus of the troops ? <"HAP. CXII. 1. What of the British in regard to Philadelphia? 2. Number of theU troops? What of the Amori.-an urmy? I pon \vhat had Congress resolved? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Forge. Congress had, indeed, resolved on raising forty thousand new- troops; but the resolution had not yet been carried into eiFect. 3. About the first of May, Washington called a council of war, on the subject of attacking the British in Philadelphia. Such a measure was at length decided to be inexpedient. The wisdom of this decision was soon evident; for it w r as found that they had not only greatly underrated the numbers of the British, but that these were about to .cave the city of their own accord. 4. On the 18th of June, 1778, the British evacuated Philadelphia, and marched through ]STew Jersey toward New York. On the 28th, when they had advanced as far as Mon -mouth court-house*, sixty- four miles north from Philadelphia, they found themselves attacked by the American army, under the command of Generals Charles Lee, Greene, La Fayette, Wayne, and Washington himself. 5. In the beginning of the attack, the American army was thrown into confusion by the sudden, unexpected and unnecessary retreat of General Lee, from a post which had been assigned him. But, by the exertions of Washington and his able coadjutors, order was again restored, and the battle vigorously sustained till dark, when it was re solved by the Americans to suspend their operations till next morning. 6. They lay on their arms all night, in the field of battle. Even Washington slept in his cloak, under a tree, in the midst of his sol diers, determined to renew the battle at the returning dawn of day. In the mean time, however, the British disappeared, and with so much silence, that their departure had not been suspected. 7. In this battle of Monmouth, both parties, as they had often done before, claimed the victory; yet both were very great sufferers. The Americans had about seventy killed and one hundred and sixty wound ed. The British lost, in killed, wounded, and prisoners, three hundred and fifty-eight. During this day, and on their previous march, one thousand more had also deserted them. 8. Among the slain of the British was Colonel Monckton, a most valuable officer, and one greatly beloved. It is said by the British historians, that, in the midst of the confusion and danger of the battle, the troops dug a grave for him with their bayonets, and "placed over him, with their hands, the eartli they had first moistened with their tears." 3 Upon what did the council of war decide in regard to attacking Philadelphia? 4. When did the British leave Philadelphia? Where and by whom were they al lacked on Ihe 2Sth June? 5. I low were the Americans thrown into confusion? 6. Describe the army at night. What of the British? 7. What was the loss on each side at tke battle of Monmouth? 8. Describe the death and burial of Colonel Moncktnn. * Monmouth is now called Freehold, which consists of a small village, eighteen miles outh-east fro in New Brunswick, New Jersey. GENERAL CHARLES LEE. 239 9. The day of the battle was excessively hot one of the hottest ever known in the month of June. Fifty-nine of the British soldiers, and several Americans, perished, without a wound, from the com bined effects of extreme heat and fatigue, and drinking too much cold water. XO. One anecdote deserves to be remembered here. In the begin ning of the battle of Monmouth, as one Molly Pitcher was carrying water from a spring to her husband, who was employed in loading am j firing a cannon, the husband was suddenly killed before her eyes. An officer came along and ordered the vacant cannon to be put out of the way. To his great astonishment, however, Molly took her husband s post, and performed faithfully its duties ; and Congress, as a reward, gave her half-pay for life. 11. This is not the only instance of female patriotism which occurred during the war of the Revolution. Not long after the battle of Lex ington, the females of Bristol county, Pennsylvania, resolved to raise and equip a whole regiment of soldiers at their own expense, and even to arm such as were unable to arm themselves. One of their number presented the colors their own hands had wrought, and made an eloquent address. CHAPTER CXIII. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Life and Character of General Charles Lee. 1. GENERAL LEE was very much blamed by Washington for his conduct in the battle of Monmouth, not only at the time, but after- \vard. Indeed, he was tried by a court-martial, who found him guilty of disobeying orders, misbehaving before the enemy, and treating Washington, his cornmander-in-chief, with disrespect. His sentence w.-i-; suspension from the army for one year. 2. General Lee was born in North Wales, and became an officer, a- it is said, at the age of eleven years. He served early in America and was with General Abercrombie at his unsuccessful assault on Ticonderoga, where he was wounded. At a period still later thar this he served under General Burgoyne, in Portugal. 3. When the quarrel began to arise between Great Britain und 9. From what cause did many soldiers die? 10. Tell the story of Molly Pitcher. 11 What was done by the women of Bristol county ? CHAP. CXIII. What happened respecting General Charles Lee? 2, 8. Give some *o- count of him. 240 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. GENERAL LEE BEFOUE THE COURT- il AKTI AL. America, Lee was on the side of the colonies, and wrote in their favor. .-,_ After this, he spent several flSH years wander - ing over Europe, until about the y ear 1774, when, having killed an Italian officer in a duel, he was obliged to fly. Coming to New York, Congress made him at once a major- general. 4. Tn Decem ber, 1776, while marching through New Jersey to join Washington, as he lay carelessly at a considerable distance from the main body of the army, he was seized by the British, put on horseback, and carried to New York. He was kept a prisoner by the British, and sometimes very ill-treated, till the surrender of Burgoyne, when he was exchanged. 5. II is suspension from the army for a year, for his misconduct at Monmouth, finished his career as a military man. He might indeed have again engaged in the war at the end of that time, had he been a true patriot, but such he seems not to have been. He wrote a pam phlet, in which, besides defending his own conduct, he took it upon himself to abuse Washington. 6. There is little doubt that Lee, who was proud, selfish and ambi tious, envied Washington, and secretly sought to diminish his influ ence, in order to elevate himself. Yet he was, for the most part, a good military officer, as well as a fine scholar, and few men in the army had more capacity than he. 7. His abuse of Washington led to a duel with Colonel Laurens, in which the latter received a wound. After this Lee retired to hit estate in Virginia, wli3re he lived alone, in a miserable hovel, without windows or plastering, amusing himself with his books and his dogs lie died at a public house in Philadelphia, in the year 1782. 4 What happened to him in 1770? f>. What did ho do after his suspension from the army? d. Whnt ia supposed to have actuated him in abusing Washington ? 7. What, of v. duel between Lee and Colonel Laurens? How did Loo end his days? EVENTS IX RHODE ISLAND. GENERAL SULLIVAN. CHAPTER CXIY. PERIOD OF TI-IK REVOLUTIONABY AVAR, CONTINUKD. Events in Rhode Island. 1. Ox the first of July, 1778, the very day on which the British troops, in their retreat from Philadelphia, reached New York, Count d Estaing, with a French fleet of twelve ships of the line, six frigates, and four thousand men. arrived off the coast of the United States, in the hope of attacking the British fleet in the Delaware River or Ches- tipeake Bay. 2. But he was a little too late to engage them at the south, for they wad just sailed for New York. By the advice of Washington, d Estaing proceeded to the north, to assist in a plan which had heon formed for expelling the British from Rhode Island. He arrived, with his fleet, at Newport, July 25th. 3. In the mean time, the American armv, to the numher of ten rXTV. t. What of Count d Kstaing? 2. Where di<l ho sail, and for what HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. thousand men, under Generals Sullivan and Greene, had been collected together at or near Providence. Here General Sullivan and Count d Estaing laid a plan together to take Newport; but, just before they were ready for the onset, a British fleet appeared in sight, and d Estaing sailed out to make an attack. 4. A violent storm came on, which scattered both fleets, and so crippled the French as to prevent an engagement. Meanwhile, General Sullivan, in expectation of the arrival of the French fleet, and mabie to wait longer, crossed on the 9th of August to Rhode Island, , T ith nine thousand men, and on the 14th besieged Newport. 5. The French fleet at length made its appearance, but, instead oi corning to the aid of General Sullivan, sailed to Boston, to refit. This was a sad disappointment to the Americans, and General Sullivan found it expedient, on the 28th of August, to raise the siege, and retire to his first position, at the north end of the island. 6. The British troops, about six thousand strong, taking advantage of his retreat, went out against him the next day, and a long and seVere battle ensued. The British, after having lost about two hundred and sixty men, retreated. The American loss was considerable, but not so great as that of the British. 7. The next day, a brisk cannonading was kept up on both sides, but there was no sharp conflict. At this juncture General Sullivan received a letter from Washington, informing him that a large body of British troops had just left New York, probably for the relief of Newport ; upon which it was determined to retreat from the island. 8. The retreat was conducted with great skill, and was accomplished during the night of the 30th of August. It was, undoubtedly, a lucky escape ; for Sir Henry Clinton, with four thousand men, arrived next day, and a little longer stay on the island would probably have been fatal. General Sullivan s troops were chiefly raw recruits and militia, not yet inured to war. 9. The British troops from New York, not being wanted at Rhode Island, proceeded along the coast of Massachusetts to iN r ew Bedford and Martha s Vineyard. Their avowed object was to seize the Amer ican privateers, which were known to be in the habit of resorting to New Bedford ; but they did not scruple to burn stores, houses, mills, barns, etc. At Fair Haven they received a repulse, and were glad to retreat. 8. Where was the American army assembled? 4. What effect had the storm on the two fleets? What did General Sullivan do? 5. How did the French fleet disappoint the Arutti-icans? 6. What did the British troops then do? 7 What did General Sullivan hear from Wash ngton ? What was determined? 8. What of the retreat? Why wa their escape a, fortunate one? 0. How did the British troops now occupy themselves? Wnac happened at Fair Haven? TRUMBULL, THE ARTIST. 243 CHAPTER CXY. Pi KIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAK, CONTINUED. Trum- lull, tlie Artist. 1. OKK excellent young officer, who was very active in the American army, under General Sullivan, during this period of the war in Rhode Island, deserves something more than a mere passing notice. The person referred to was Major John TrumbuK, of Connecticut ; afterwards Colonel Trumbull, the celebrated painter. 2. Young Trumbull was first introduced to the army as an adjutant of militia, under Gen eral Spencer, of Connecticut, a relation of Governor Trum bull, his father. It was soon after the battle of Lexington. The regiment to which he be longed being attached to Gen eral Thomas * division of the army, was stationed at Roxbury. 3. Here they were sometimes annoyed by the fire of the enemy ; this was especially the fact on the day of the battle of Bunkers Hill. Hearing the firing that day, General Spencer s regiment was dravn up in full view of the British troops, posted on the Neck; upon which the latter opened a fire on them. Most of the balls passed over their heads ; one of them, however, came so near a soldier standing by Trumbull, that, without being touched by it, he fell. 4. Trumbull thought the soldier was only frightened, and bade him get up ; but he said he was not able, and that he should die. The soldiers took him to the surgeon, but there was no wound, nor the slightest bruise. And yet he died. The heart and large vessels near it were full of thick, dark blood. He was evidently killed by the force the wind, as it is called of the ball. COLONEL TRUMBULL. CHAP. CXV. 1. What of John Trumbull? 2. How was he first introduced into lh< unny? Where was he stationed? 8. Describe the situation of the troops on the NtU 4. Wliat of the soldier aud the cannon-ball? 244 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 5. Soon after this, Washington was desirous of obtaining a correct plan of the enemy s works about the Neck. As Major Trtnnbull was known to be apt at drawing, a brother of his in the army advised Vim to take this opportunity of introducing himself to the favorable notice of the American commander; and he profited by th sugges tion. 6. By creeping along under cover of the fences and high grass, lv 3ould approach so near as to sketch their works with a good deal of accuracy. A British deserter came into camp about this time, and *ave Washington the desired information; but Trumbull s drawings were also consulted, and found to agree with the soldier s story. Major Trumbull was, soon after this, made Washington s second aide-de camp. 7. On going to New York with Washington, soon after the British left Boston, he accepted the office of adjutant, with the rank of col onel, to General Gates, at the north, and was with him till after the surrender of Burgoyne. His services in the army were greatly en hanced by his skill in drawing, and were appreciated by the officers and the public. 8. After this he was a short time with Washington again, not long after his success at Trenton ; but was soon sent out with General Arnold to Rhode Island. He remained there till March, 1777, when he left the army, and returned to his father s, at Lebanon, Connecticut. Some time in the course of the year, he went to Boston, to perfect himself in the art of painting. 9. When the Americans began to plan an attack on Newport, Colonel Trumbull left Boston, and again entered the army as a volun teer aide to General Sullivan. After the army had crossed over to the north tnd of Rhode Island, and was skirmishing with the enemy, he was employed more than once in the most dangerous services; which, however, he performed with the greatest courage and faithfulness. 10. One day when the skirmishing had begun early in the morning, arid Trumbull, in the discharge of his duty, was carrying an order to one of the officers, the wind blew off his hat. As he did not think it safe to dismount for the sake of a hat, he tied a white handkerchief round his head, and wore it all day. 11. " Being :.nounted," says lie, " on a superb bay horse, in a summer dress of nankeen, with this headdress, never was aide-de-camp ex posed more to danger than I was, during that entire day, from daylight 5. What (lid Washington wish to obtain? 6. What did Trumbull do for Washington ? 7. What office did he hold under General Gates? 8. Where did he next go ? When did he leave the army? 9. When does he again appear upon the field? 10. Tell the story of Trumoull when his hat blew off. Jl. Give his account of his perils and his escape. MASSACRE AT WYOMING. 245 to dusk." Yet he escaped without the slightest injury. u I thank thee," lie adds, "O, thou Most High, for thou hast covered my head in the day of battle!" 12. This interesting young man left the army again immediately after General Sullivan s retreat, and returned home to Connecticut. One more anecdote concerning him will he hereafter given in connection with the account of the capture and execution of Major Andro. CHAPTER CXYL PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Mas sacre at Wyoming. 1. THE savages on the western frontier, during the year 1Y78, were exceedingly troublesome. There was a beautiful settlement on the eastern branch of the Susquehanna River, comprising four townships, each five miles square, and so thickly peopled that, according to some statements, it had already furnished one thousand inn to the con tinental army. 2. This district of Wy-o -ming* was settled by Connecticut people, who carried with them their industrious habits, and were very pros perous and happy. They lived in the shade of their own forest-trees in summer; and in winter, by their own bright and warm firesides. Their barns were filled with grain and corn, and their green pastures, by the river banks, were spotted with sheep. 3. Excited, as is supposed, by the tories, the Indians fixed an evil eye on these settlers; but, to prevent suspicion, first sent messages of peace and friendship. Suspicion, however, was now raised, and the settlers applied to Washington for an armed force to protect them, but it was too late. Early in July, four hundred Indians, with more than twice that number of tories and half-blood Englishmen, came upon the settlement and destroyed it. 4. They were headed by Brandt, a cruel half-breed Indian, and John Butler, a tory. The officers only were dressed in British uniform ; the rest were all painted and dressed like the Indians. The colonists, in 12. Where did he go after General Sullivan s retreat? CHAP. CXVL 1. What of the savages on tic frontier? 2. Describe the district oi Wyoming. 3. What took place between the settlers and the Indians? 4. Who headed the savages? What had tao colonists done as a defence against danger? * The name of Wyoming was given to a beautiful valley lying on both sides of the Susquehanna. in what is now the county of Luzerne, Pennsylvania. The little village of Wyoming, on the western side of the Susquehanna, is situated nearly opposite the present town of Wilkesbarre. 21* HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. their apprehension of what might happen, had built a few small forta, and gathered their families and some of their effects into them. 5. The savages and savage-looking whites now appeared before one of the forts, which was commanded by a cousin of Butler, and de manded its surrender. They persuaded its commander to come out to a spot agreed upon, in the woods, for the purpose, as they said, of making peace. He accordingly marched to the spot with four hun dred men ; but not an Indian or a tory was to be found there. G. They pressed on through the dark paths of the forest, but still no one was to be found. At last they saw themselves suddenly sur rounded by the enemy. The savages were in every bush> and sprang out upon them with terrible yells. All but sixty of these four hundred men were murdered in the most cruel manner. 7. The enemy now went back to Kingston, the village, and, to strike the Americans in the forts with as much fear as possible, hurled over the gates to them the reeking scalps of their brothers, husbands, and fathers. The distressed people now inquired of Butler, the leader of the tories, what terms he would give them. lie answered only u the hatchet. 1 8. They fought as long as they were able, but the enemy soon en closed the fort with dry wood, and set it on lire. The unhappy people within men, women, and children all perished in the fearful blaze. The whole country was then ravaged, and all the inhabitants who could be found were scalped ; the houses, crops, and orchards were burned ; and even the tongues of the domestic animals were cut out, and the poor creatures left to perish. 9. This was one of those bloody deeds which the Indians are so apt to perpetrate, especially when led on by designing white men. The same company of Wyoming murderers committed other acts of violence than those above related. They were, however, at length invaded and 1 tumbled, and made willing to remain at peace. 10. After the treaty, which was at length made with them, the petty chiefs of the New York and Pennsylvania Indians occasionally came to the camp to see Washington, whom they called their Great Father. Washington, in showing them his army, rode before them on his own fine gray war-horse, while they followed on miserable horses, without saddles and almost without bridles, and wore nothing but dirty blankets. 5. What did the savages now do? How were the Americans deceived ? 6. Describe the slaughter. 7. What was then done in the village? 8. What became oi the inhabit ants? 9. What of these bloody murderers? 10. What was Washington called Ly tho chiefs ? THE WAK IN GEORGIA. 247 CHAPTER CXYII. PERIOD OF THB REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Event* in Georgia. \. TnKUK was little severe fighting this year, 1778, between the regular troops of the two great contending armies, except what has been mentioned. The only additional movements, worthy of notice, were the invasion of Georgia from two very different points Florida .ind New York. 2. During the summer, two parties of British regulars and American refugees made a sudden and rapid incursion from Florida into Georgia. One of the parties, advancing to a fort in Sunbury, twenty-eight miles south-west from Savannah, summoned it to surrender ; but, on receiv ing from the commander the laconic answer, "Come and take it," they abandoned the enterprise. 3. The other party went toward Savannah, but after meeting with many attacks from the militia as they passed along, and hearing of the failure of the other party, they returned. In their return, they burned the church and nearly every house in the village of Medway, and carried off the slaves, cattle, and other property. 4. This was followed by an expedition from Georgia and South Carolina of two thousand men, chiefly militia, into Florida. They proceeded to a fort on the river St. Mary s, which they destroyed, and then, after some skirmishing, advanced toward St. Augustine. But a mortal sickness having attacked the troops and swept away one-fourth of them, the survivors returned. 5. The second invasion of Georgia was undertaken much later in the season than the former. On the 27th of November, Colonel Camp bell, with two thousand British troops, left New York, and in three weeks landed at the mouth of the Savannah River. Near Savannah were six hundred regular American troops and a few militia. 6. The British, being about to make an attack, were shown by a negro a private path leading to the rear of the American forces, of which they availed themselves. The latter, finding the enemy both in their front arid rear, attempted to fly, but were mostly taken or slain, and the fort and town of Savannah fell into British hands. 7. The victory at Savannah was followed up as closely as possible by the British troops, and the fort at Sunbury soon surrendered to them and the Florida forces. The combined troops of New York and CHAP. CX VII. t. "What of the Invasion of Georgia? 2. Describe the incursions into Georgia. 3. What of the other party? 4. What of the expedition into Florida? 6. De scribe the second invasion of Georgia. 6. Who betrayed Savannah into the hands of the Uritish ? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. St. Augustine now held, and for some time continued to hold, posses sion of the state of Georgia. 8. Such of the Americans as had been taken prisoners during the war between Britain and the United States, and had not yet been ex changed, were kept in prison-ships, in Isew York and elsewhere, and in jails in England. Those in prison-ships often suffered extremely, and many died of their sufferings and by disease. Great and just com plaint, in regard to their treatment, was made both at home and abroad. 9. Just at the close of the year 1778, a meeting was held in London for the relief of the American prisoners coniined in British jails, of which there were about one thousand. Subscriptions were opened, both in London and in the country. P>y January 10, 1779, the subscrip tions amounted to three thousand eight hundred and fifteen pounds seventeen shillings and sixpence, or nearly nineteen thousand dollars. These proceedings, on the part of the people of the hostile country, are sufficient evidences of the inhumanity practised towards the American prisoners ; while it may also be taken as evidence of the sensibility of the British people to these enormities. CHAPTER CXYIII. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. The British at Charleston. 1. NKAK the close of 1778, General Lincoln had been appointed to take command of the army at the south. He was an ex cellent officer; and having been next in command to General Gates, in the movements against Burgoyne in the north, was there active, faithful and successful in all his operations. 2. Very early in the year 1779, he proceeded to the post assigned him. As Georgia was ) now overrun by the British troops, lie took his stand on the northern side of the Sa- River. Soon after l.i* GENERA, LINCOLN. arrival, a detachment of fifteen 7. Who hold possession of the state of Georgia? S. What of the American prisoners during the Revolutionary war? 9. What was done in London ? CIIAI-. CXV1JI. 1. \\ hut cau you say of General Lincoln? THE BRITISH AT CHARLESTON. 240 hundred North Carolina militia and sixty regular troops, under Gen eral Ash, having crossed the river, were defeated by General Prevost with great loss. 3. But General Lincoln, nothing daunted, marched his army to ward Augusta, the head-quarters of General Prevost. His whole forces now amounted to five thousand. General Prevost, with twenty- four hundred men, left Augusta about the same time for Charleston As Lincoln supposed this to be a feint to draw him from his design, he continued his march. 4. When the British were about half way from Augusta to Charles ton they halted two or three days, which gave time for putting tho latter in a state of defence. All the houses in the suburbs were burnt, cannon were placed around the city at proper intervals, and a force of three thousand three hundred men were assembled for its defence. 5. The enemy reached the city and summoned it to surrender on the 12th of May. The inhabitants contrived to spend the day in parleying, before they gave an answer, that they might gain time. When, however, they were told that if they surrendered, it must be as prisoners of war, the negotiation terminated, arid they prepared for an assault. 6. To their surprise, however, no attack was made, and the British, during the following night, withdrew their forces, and, crossing Ash ley Ferry, encamped near the sea. General Lincoln soon arrived, and stationed his forces near Charleston, unwilling to risk a general battle if he could help it. 7. However, he w r as not disposed to be idle, and learning the weak state of a British fort at Stone Ferry, he advanced against it with twelve hundred men. The Americans had the advantage in the fight, though they thought it necessary to retreat soon afterward. General Prevost, about the same time, left the vicinity of Charleston, and his main army retreated to Savannah. 2. Where did he station himself? What battle was now fought? 3. What of General Lincoln s forces? W T hat of I revost? 4. What preparations were made at Charleston for defence? 5. What of the inhabitants of Charleston ? 6. What did the British now d, What of General Lincoln? 7. What engagement was there at Stone Ferry ; Geu.- al Ji voet ? 11* 250 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CXIX. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Attack of the Americans on Savannah. 1. COUNT d EsTAiNG, after his fleet had refitted in Boston, sailed for the West Indies, where he remained till the next summer. He arrived on the coast of Georgia so unexpectedly to the British, that, before they were ready to meet him, he had captured one man-of-war of fifty guns, and three frigates. 2. General Lincoln had long expected him, and when it was known that he had arrived, he marched with his regular troops and a con siderable body of Carolina and Georgia mi! .a to Savannah. Before he arrived, however, d Estaing was there, and had summoned the place to surrender. 3. General Prevost, on receiving the summons, asked for a day to consider it, which was granted. In the mean time, however, receiv ing a reinforcement of eight hundred men, his courage was so much increased that he determined to defend himself to the last. 4. On the morning of October 4, the American and French forces laid siege to the place, arid, on the 9th, a direct assault was made, which was repulsed. The invaders rallied, and a desperate battle was kept up for some time, when the French and Americans were obliged to retire with a very heavy loss. Of the former, six hundred and thirty-seven were killed or wounded; of the latter, two hundred and forty-one. 5. Count Pulaski, the Polish nobleman, was wounded in the battle, and soon afterward died, as we have already stated. lie was one of those who carried off Stanislaus, king of Poland, from his capital, and who, in consequence of this act, after the king made his escape, were proscribed as outlaws. 6. The attack on Savannah was doubtless ill-judged and premature. It was hastened on by d Estaing. Had the siege been conducted more slowly it might have been successful. After the siege was raised, nearly all the American troops went to their homes, and d Estaing re-embarked and sailed for Europe. CHAP. CXIX. 1. What of Connt d Estaing after refitting his fleet? 2. What did Gen eral Lincoln do on the arrival of d Estaing? 3. How was General Prevost encouraged? 4. Describe the s: pge and assault What was the French arid American loss? .V What can you say of Omit Pulaski ? fi. Was the attack on Savannah well timed ? What </ che Amer can and French troops? EVENTS IN CONNECTICUT. GENKRAT. PUTNAM. CHAPTEK CXX. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTION ARY WAR, CONTINUP:D.- in Connecticut. General Putnam. -Events 1. THE northern department of the American army had chiefly wintered, 1778-1779, near the Hudson some on the New Jersey side, and some on the other. Two brigades were as high up as West Point. Three brigades were also quartered near Danbury, in Connecticut. 2. Thus arranged with regard to New York, they could not only watch the movements of the enemy, but keep up a communication with each other, and be able to act in Concert, should it be necessary. General McDougall commanded in the Highlands, and General Putnam CHAP. CXX. 1. How was the northern American army stationed during the winter <>/ 1778-1779? 2. What advantages were derived from this arrangement ? Who com manded in the Highlands ? Who at Danbury ? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. at Daubury. The British forces in New York were commanded 6y General Clinton. 3. In the spring of 1779, a British force was sent to ravage the coasts of Virginia. They destroyed every tiling in their way villages, shipping, and stores. They also seized on large quantities of tobacco. Being asked by the Virginians what sort of a war this was, their general replied, that "all rebels must be so treated." 4. Indeed, it seemed to be a leading object with the British, this year, to distress and impoverish the Americans as much as possible, in order, as they themselves said, "to render the colonies of M little use as possible to each other in their new connections." They plun dered, consumed, and destroyed as much as they could, both at the north and at the south. 5. A month or two after the foregoing ravages were committed in Virginia, General Tryon was sent out to make similar ravages on the coast of Connecticut. In expectation of an attack, the militia of Fairfield were mustered and in arms. Tryon came to the spot, ordered them to surrender, and gave them an hour to consider his proposal ; but, in the mean time, laid most of the town in ashes. 6. At New Haven, all possible damage was done. The harbor was covered with feathers poured out from the beds. Desks, trunks, chests and closets were broken open ; the women were robbed of their buckles, rings, bonnets and aprons. East Haven was afterward burned, and Norwalk shared a similar fate. 7. Near Stamford, the British, with some fifteen hundred men, came suddenly upon General Putnam, who had no other means of defence than one hundred and fifty militia and two pieces of cannon. But with these alone, this brave officer was almost a match for them for some time. At last, however, he ordered his men to retreat to a neighboring swamp. 8. For himself, being hard pressed, he rode at full gallop down a steep rock. Nearly one hundred steps had been hewn in it, like a tlight of stairs, for the people to ascend in going to church. The cavalry, who were pursuing him, stopped at the brink and discharged their pistols, but dared not follow him. lie escaped with a bullet-hole through his hat. 9. This year, also, in July, a fleet of thirty-seven small vessels and fifteen hundred militia, under Generals Wadsworth and Lowell, was htted out from Boston to drive the British from the Penobscot Eiver, 3. What was done, by the British in 1779? 4. What seemed to be a leading object with them? 5. What of General Tryon? 6. What ravages were committed at New Haven? East Haven and Norwalk? 7. What was done near Stamford? 8. Describo Pvitnam s escape. 9 What fleet was fitted out in Boston, and for what purpose? ANECDOTE OF LA FAYETTE. 253 In Maine, where they had collected and built a fort. This was at a place called Bagaduce, now Castine. The expedition, however, did not succeed. CHAPTER CXXI. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAK, CONTINUED. Anec dote of La, Fayettc. 1. AN anecdote tf L:i Fayette, which belongs to this year, de serves to be preserved in con nection with the history of tho United States, lie had intended to make a visit to France to ward the close of the year 1778, but had been detained several months by sickness. Again he was detained a while longer at Boston, to wait for the frigate Alliance to be got ready, in which he was to sail. 2. The government of Massa chusetts offered to complete tho number of men necessary to man the Alliance, by impress ment a measure that had been LA FATETTE. sometimes resorted to during the war; but La Fayette was too benevolent to permit this. At last, the crew was made up by other and more merciful means. 3. The Somerset, a British sixty -four-gun ship, had been wrecked on the coast of New England, and part of her men had found their way to Boston. Some of these men offered to go in the Alliance. There were volunteers also from among the prisoners. Added to these were a few French seamen. 4. With this motley crew, English, French and American, and stran gers in great part to each other and to the ship, La Fayette, in simpio but unwise confidence, trusted himself, and the vessel sailed the llth of January. They had a tempestuous passage, but nothing happened worth relating till they were within two days 1 sail of the English coast. CHAP. CXXI. I. What did La Fayette intend in 1773? 2 What did the government rtfiVr to <lo ? Did La Fayette accept their offer ? 3. How wore tho men collected to nia the Alliance? 4. Describe the departure of La Fayette. 22 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 5. Here a conspiracy was formed by the English part of the crew, amounting to seventy or eighty men, to kill the officers, seize the vessel, and take it into an English port. The British government had in fact passed a law, some time before this, to encourage acts of mu tiny, by the offer of a reward to all such crews as would run away with American ships. 6. The intentions of the conspirators appear to have been of the most cruel nature. The work of death was to have been begun pre cisely at four o clock of the afternoon of February 2d. The signal to begin the work was the cry of " Sail ho!" which it was well known would bring the officers and passengers upon the quarter-deck, where they could be seized in a body. 7. The captain was to have been put into a boat, without food, water, oars or sails, heavily ironed, and turned loose upon the ocean. The gunner, carpenter and boatswain were to have been killed on the spot. The marine officer and surgeon were to have been hanged and quartered, and their bodies cast into the sea. 8. The sailing master was to have been cut into morsels and thrown overboard. The lieutenants were to have had their choice, either to navigate the vessel to the nearest British port, or to walk overboard. The passengers were to have been confined and carried into England as prisoners of war. 9. Among the crew was an excellent young man, whom the muti neers took, from his accent, to be an Irishman, but who had become, in fact, an American. They had proposed their plan to him, and he had learned their whole secret. About an hour before the massacre was to have taken place, he revealed the plot to La Fayette and the captain, who immediately took measures to prevent it. 10. The officers and passengers, as well as such other men as could be trusted, were informed of what was going on. A few minutes before four o clock, the officers, passengers, and American seamen rushed on deck, with drawn swords and other weapons, and thirty or forty of the mutineers were seized and put in irons. The crime was confessed, the mutineers were secured, and the ship soon arrived at Brest, in France. It was proposed to punish them ; but the noble-minded La Fayette insisted on exchanging them as mere prisoners of war. 5. What of a conspiracy ? "What had the British government done? C. Describe the plan of the conspirators. 7,8. What was to have been done w.th the officers of Ilu> ship? What was to have been the fate of the passengers ? 0. How was the infamous plot defeated? 10. What means were taken to disarm the mutineers? Where did the hip land ? What was done with the prisoners? CONTINENTAL MONEY. 255 CONTINENTAL MONEY. CHAPTER CXXII. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Con tinental Money. 1. THE year 1779 was less distinguished for splendid or brilliant achievements by either of the two great contending nations, than any year since the commencement of the war; and this, too, notwith standing the alliance of the United States with France. One cause of this, among many others, was the troubles which now began to be experienced in respect to paper money. 2. The history of money, in connection with the United States, is quite curious. Going back to 1643, we find the general court of Mas sachusetts ordering that wampumpeog, or the Indian wampum, should pass current in the payment of debts, to the amount of forty shillings, except taxes ; the white wampmnpeog at eight for a penny, the black at four. 3. The first mint for coining money in New England was erected fn 1652. The money coined was shillings, sixpences and threepences. The law ordered that they should have Massachusetts and a tree on one side, and New England and the value of the coin on the other. This currency continued not only to be used but to be coined, for thirty years or more. CHAP. CXXII. 1- "Why was the year 1779 less distinguished than many others hr>4 2. What was used as money in 1648? 3 When was the first mint in N> n 1 es aMishe I? What was the money coined? 256 HISTORY or THE UNITED STATES. 4. Bills of credit, or paper money, appear to have been issued by Carolina, in the year 170(3. Soon after the emission, the value of the money fell one-third: one hundred and fifty pounds of Carolina cur rency being worth only one hundred pounds in English coin. Happily, the emission was only eight thousand pounds. However, in 1712, the iSouth Carolina legislature issued forty-eight thousand pounds, in these bills of credit, to defray the expenses of their Indian wars. 5. About the year 1691, during the progress of King William s war, Massachusetts issued bills of credit to pay the troops. Connecticut, New York and New Jersey followed in turn, in 1709, and issued their paper money, and for the same reason, viz., to pay the expenses of their Indian wars. The legislature of Georgia issued paper bills of credit to the amount of seven thousand four hundred and ten pounds sterling, in 17GO. There were also some other instances in the colonies of the same sort. 6. The first emission of bills of credit by Congress was in June, 1775. The amount was two millions of dollars. Eighteen months afterward, twenty millions of dollars more were issued ; and still later, a larger quantity ; in all, three hundred and seventy-five millions. The states also issued many millions. In 1780, at least two hundred millions of Continental money were in circulation. 7. The Confederation was indeed pledged to redeem these bills, and each colony its proportion of them, by the year 1779. Nevertheless, they began to lose their value in 1777, and by the year 1778, the period to which, in the progress of our history, we have now arrived, five or six dollars of it would pass for one dollar in specie. 8. But this was only the beginning of its depreciation. In 1779, twenty-seven or twenty-eight dollars of it were only worth one of hard money, and in 1780 it was fifty or sixty for one. By the middle of this year, the bills almost ceased to circulate; and when they did circulate, it was at less than a hundredth part of their nominal value, sometimes less than the five-hundredth. 9. Yet Congress had ordered that they should be a lawful tender for the payment of debts, at their fuli nominal value, and the soldiers were to be paid in them. Why should not a war be poorly sustained with such a miserable public currency? 10. How could men be raised to fight, even for their homes and firesides, when the money in which they were to be paid would not 4. When was paper money first issued ? What effect had this upon the value of money ? What was done in 1712 ? 5 In 1691 ? In 1709 ? In 1760? 6. What was done by Congress in June, 1775? What amount was issued? Howmuch continental money was in circula tion in 176^- 7. What was th Confederation pledged to do? What happened in 1777 1 In 1778 T h Describe the depreciation of these bills. 9. What had Congress ordered? CAPTURE OF STONY POINT 27 support their families? Six months paj of a soldier, in 1779, would not provide bread for his family for a month ; nor the pay of a colonel u purchase oats for his horse." 11. There were many causes which operated to produce this un heard-of depreciation of a currency which the nation was hound to redeem. 1. Too much of it was issued. 2. The quantity was greatly increased by counterfeits and forgeries. 3. It was for the pecuniary advantage of public agents since they received a commission pro portioned to the amount of their purchases for the army to pay high prices. 4. There was a doubt of the ability of the states to redeem these notes, as well as a distrust of the faith of the states, in respect to tliei* redumption. 12. But whatever the causes may have- been, and however promis ing its first effects, no measure of Congress produced more mischief, in the end, by weakening and destroying public confidence, than this same Continental Money. It may be difficult, however, to say by what other means the war could have been sustained. CHAPTER CXXIII. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Cap ture of Stony Point and Paulus Hook. 1. AMID the general paucity of events, there were two brilMnnt and somewhat decisive actions in the vicinity of New York during the year 1779. One of these was the capture of Stony Point, a strong military post on the west bank of the Hudson, forty miles north of New York, and guarded by about six hundred British troops. Anxious to regain this post, Washington deputed General Wayne, with twelve hundred men, chiefly New Englanders, to make the attempt. 2. General Wayne set out on the 15th of July, and at evening halted a mile or two from the fort to make his arrangements. One hundred and fifty volunteers, guarded by twenty picked men, were to march in front of the rest. They were ordered to proceed in perfect silence, with unloaded guns and fixed bayonets. 3. The attempt was perilous. One disorderly fi-llow persisted in a- 10. Give some idea of tlio insufficiency of this money for support. 1 1. What were th* pauses of this depreciation of currency? 12. What of the measures of Congress concern- ins Continental money? CHAP. CXXIII. 1. Where is Stony Point? What did Washington do? 2. Whut of General Wayne? How was the iiiurch of the tnwips arranged? 22*" 258 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. GENERAL, WAYNE. determination to load his gun, for which he was killed by his captain on the spot. The fort was defended by a deep swamp, covered with water. The troops marched through it, waist deep. The British opened upon them a tremendous fire of musketry and artillery ; stili the Americans were not allowed to fire a gun. 4. But their success was complete. The fort was carried at the point of the bayonet, and its surviving defenders all taken. The Amer icans lost about a hundred men in the onset, of whom seventeen were of the twenty picked guards who went in front of the rest. Tho British had sixty-eight killed the rest surrendering at discretion. 5. General "Wayne was among the wounded of the Americans. As they were entering the fort, a musket-ball cut a gasli in his forehead, lie fell, but rose upon one knee, and said, " Forward, my brave fellows, forward!" Then, in a low voice, he said to one of his aides, "Assist me; if I die, I will die in the fort!" But the wound proved less severe than was at first expected. 3. What happened as to one of tho soldiers ? Inscribe the nttfick npoii the fort. 4 WhatwastheBUcecssoftheAmerioans? Their lo b .,? \ hat of tho British loss? ft. De- eoribe General Wayne s conduct \vhen wounded. THE SIX NATIONS AND OTHER INDIANS. 2^ 6. General Wayne was a truly brave man. He was at this time about thirty -five years of age ; but, though young, he was old in war having been continually employed in the most active services of his country for four years. He had been in Canada, at Ticonderoga, at Brandywine, Germantown, Monmouth, and several other points of great hazard and danger. 7. For this brilliant attack on Stony Point, Congress gave thanks to Washington, who contrived it, and a gold medal to Wayne, who exe cuted it. But the army gained, with the fort, something beside mere honor. A large quantity of military stores, of which they stood in great, indeed absolute, need, fell into their hands. 8. This successful adventure was followed, in a few days, by another. Major Lee, with three hundred men, made a descent upon PaulusHook, a British post on the New Jersey shore, opposite New York, which he completely surprised and carried, with but two men killed and three wounded. CHAPTER CXXIY. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. The Six Nations and other Indians. 1. THE history of events in the United States for the year 1779 would be incomplete without some further accounts of the war with the Indians. These, except in the vicinity of Wyoming, were exceedingly troublesome. 2. In May of this year, a small body of men from Fort Schuyler marched against the Onondaga Indians, and burnt their village, consisting of about fifty houses, with a large quantity of pro visions, without the loss of a single man. They also took thirty* lour prisoners. 3. Detached parties of men were also sent out against the Indians on the borders of South Carolina, and in the neighborhood of Pitts- burg, Pennsylvania. On the frontier of South Carolina, eight Indian towns were destroyed; and in the neighborhood of Pittsburg, a num ber of Indian huts and about five hundred acres of corn. 6. Give some account of General Wayne. 7. What rewards did Congress give ? What did the Americans take in the fort ? 8. What exploit was performed by Major Leo ? CHAP. ( XXIV. 1. What of the Indians in the United States? 2. What attack was made upon the Onondaga Indians? 8. What other attacks were made upon th Indians ? 26U HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. The "Six Nations, ;; as they were called, had promised to bo neutral in the war; but, ex cept the Oneidas, they be came at length quite trouble some plundering, burning, and murdering. They were instigated, no doubt, by tho British agents. General Sul livan, with apart of the Ame rican army, was at length sent out against them. IIo arrived in their country in August. 5. The Indians, aware of his approach, had fortified themselves after the English fashion. They defended them selves most manfully against the attack of General Sullivan for more than two hours. They were, however, finally driven from the position, and their villages, gardens, corn RED JACKET, A SENECA CHIEF. all(1 frllits destroyed. 0. Still it was in the power of detached parties of the Indians to do much mischief. In July, 4. What of the "Six Nations"? Let the pupil give ;;n account of the Five Nations from the foot-noto. Who was sent against them? 5. How did the Indians defend themselves : This powerful confederacy consisted originally of the five Nation*, that i,, th* Seneca. ( <ti/uga, Onondaga, Oneida, and Mohawk tribes. These were the proper Iroquois, and arc to be distinguished from the Huron-Iroquois. They all occupied lands in Western New York, and the names of towns and counties, at the present day, indicate the region of their settlement;.. Their great council-fire was with the Onomlagas. and their chief village was near the present town of Syracuse. At what time the confeder ation was formed is not known, but it was in existence at the time the French became acquainted with them, in 1609. The name of Iroquois was given by the French ; the Algonquins called them Minyox. They were very warlike, and were almost constantly engaged in hostile excursions against other savages, as well in the Fast us the South and West The Tuxcnroraft, having been defeated by the Carolinians in 1712, migrated to the North, ami became a member of the confederacy, which from this time has borne the title of the Six Nation*. They were generally the friends of the British during the revolutionary war They were finally reduced to a state of submission and insignificance. They num bered over forty thousand souls in 1715; but at present do not exceed three or four thou sand. Most of them are removed west of the Mississippi ; a few. partially civilized, l>cinj< ;n or near their originnl sites in Western New York. The celebrated Red ,7ark"t, \vlw died in 1830, was chief of oiiu of the tubes, the Senecas. SURRENDER OF CHARLESTON. 261 about the time of the Wyoming massacre, Brandt, the half-blood chief, with a body of Indians and tories, burnt ten houses and killed forty- four men at Minisink settlement, near the Hudson. The bones of those who tell there, after whitening in the sun forty-three years, were iii 1823 collected and buried with much ceremony. CHAPTER CXXY. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Sur-ren* der of Charleston. Other disastrous Events in tlw South, 1. THE greater part of the American army at the north had win tered, 1779- 80, in Morristown, New Jersey. There were, however, strong detachments at West Point, and other posts about the Hudson, and a body of cavalry in Connecticut. Little was done on either side during the winter, which was one of unusual severity. In truth, the sufferings of the American army were so great that Washington at times thought of disbanding them. 2. The army for the campaign of 1780 was fixed by Congress at thirty-five thousand two hundred and eleven men ; of which each state was to furnish its proportion by the first day of April. But it was easier to furnish an army on paper than actually to procure the enlist ments. Only ten thousand four hundred men could be actually mus tered in April ; while the British force at New York was seventeen thousand three hundred. 3. Nor was the condition of the American army in some other re spects at all encouraging. Their wages were five months in arrears; their food was scanty, and sometimes bad ; they had no sugar, tea, wine, spirits, or medicine ; and, worse than all, no prospect before them of any thing better. 4. Gloomy as these circumstances were, however, the spring was spent in preparation for war. In April, La Fayette returned from France, with the cheering intelligence that a large land and naval force might soon bo expected from that country. They did not arrive, how ever, till July; and until their arrival the war at the north was con- lined to unimportant skirmishing. G What outrages were committed by Brandt? ^. HAP. CXXV. 1. Where was the greater part of the American army in the winter of 1779-17 ^>? Where were strong detachments? What of suffering? 2. What of the anuj for the campaign of 1 780 ? What men were actually raised ? What was the British forcr tS What was the condition of the American army? 4. What news was brought by 1-* Fayette? 262 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 5. But not so at the south. Sir Henry Clinton, with seven or eight thousand men, had landed at Savannah early this year, and sailed from that place to attack Charleston, which at the time was defended by the Commander-in-chief of the army of the south, General Lincoln, and Governor liutledge. He opened his batteries upon the city, April 2d. G. The American forces amounted to about five thousand men; and they had four hundred pieces of artillery. But the forces of the enemy were much superior, and the siege was carried on with great spirit. On the 12th of May, the Americans, finding the fortifications of the city mostly beaten down, and various neighboring points of importance surrendered to the British, while no hopes of relief were atForded them, capitulated, and gave up the place. In the defence near one hundred of their number had been slain, and one hundred and forty wounded. T. On the 14th of April, while the siege of Charleston was going on, a body of American cavalry and militia were surprised by the British at Monk s Corner, thirty-two miles north from Charleston, and dis persed. Fort Moultrie also, on Sullivan s Island, had surrendered on the 6th of May to the British naval forces. 8. Another misfortune befell the American army at the south on the 29th of May. Lord Cormvallis, who commanded a division of the British troops near the Santee River, detached a body of his men to a place in North Carolina, called the Waxhaws,* and completely cut otf a corps of four hundred men, under Colonel Buftbrd ; only one hundred effecting their escape. 9. Nor were these all the misfortunes of the Americans in this quarter at this period. The important fort of Ninety-Six, in South Carolina, one hundred and fifty miles north-west from Charleston, fell into the hands of the enemy, while the country along the Savannah was ravaged. Many of the Americans in the south, considering the cause of the country as hopeless, joined the royal standard. 10. The southern American army being now greatly reduced, the British found it easy to post garrisons in various parts of Carolina, and to regard it as, in effect, conquered. Only four thousand men were deemed necessary to complete what they had begun, and with the rest of the army Sir Henry Clinton returned to New York. 11. Meanwhile, the state, though overrun, was very far from being conquered. A partisan war was long kept up, sometimes with much 5. "What was taking place at the south? 6. What wore the forces of the two parties? What did the Americans conclude to do? 7. Where were a body of Americans surprised by the British? What of Fort Moultrie? 8. What was done by Lord Cornwallis? 9. What other misfortunes befell the Americans at the south? 10. What did the British find it easy to accomplish? * This place, on the Waxhaw Creek, near its entrance into the Wateree or Cataw?>- was about one hundred and fifty miles north-west of Charleston. GENERAL GATES. 263 spirit. Many gallant exploits were performed, and many triumphs ob tained, by Generals Sampler, Marion, and others: so that the British could hardly fail to learn that to gain a few victories and to conquer a country, were very different things. CHAPTER CXXVI. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Commander of the Southern Army. Disastrous Battle, near Camden. Various Events at the South and at the North. Arrival of the French Fleet and Army under Rochambeau. 1. ABOUT this period, General Lincoln was superseded in the com mand of the American army at the south by General Gates. The Baron de Ivalb, a brave German officer, was second in the command. Their troops amounted to one thousand regular soldiers and three thousand militia. 2. General Horatio Gates was an Englishman by birth, but had often served in the British army in America dur ing the colonial wars. Some where between the years 1763 and 1770 he removed to Amer ica, and settled in Virginia. In 1775 he was made a briga dier-general. He continued in the army chiefly at the north till the year 1780, when ha was transferred to the south. 3. At the time of the cap. COUNT BOCHAMBEAU. ture of Burgoyne, Gates wa* about fifty years of age. Hi* success had rendered him extremely popular, while Washington, lesa 11. What of Snnipter, Marion, etc.? CHAP. CXXVI. 1. What of the American army at the south? Its commanders? 2, Give some account of General Gates. 3. What state of feeling was shown respecting Gates and Washington? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. fortunate at this juncture was rather unpopular. Efforts were made to remove Washington from the command of the army, and supply hib place by Gates, but they were as unsuccessful as they were unreasonable. 4. General Gates marched with his troops from North Carolina toward Charleston. On the road, six or seven hundred Virginia militia joined him. When near Camden, in South Carolina, one hundred and ten miles north-west from Charleston, he was met by Lord Cornwullis and two thousand regular troops, who gave him battle. The Virginia ;nilitia and part of the others threw down their arms and fled at the beginning of the fight. The regular soldiers fought bravely, but were finally overpowered by numbers. 5. This battle occurred August 16th, and was exceedingly severe. Not only the battle-ground itself, but the fields, roads, and swamps, for many miles round, were covered, as it were, with the slain. Of the Americans, seven hundred and thirty-two were killed or captured ; the British loss in killed and wounded was also very heavy. Among the slain w r as the Baron de Kalb, to whose memory Congress ordered u THOU imient to be erected. With the remnant of his forces Gates rapidly retreated into North Carolina. f>. Another defeat soon followed. General Sumpter, having taken a small fort, with about three hundred prisoners, and a large quantity of stores intended for the British army at Camden, was retreating with his booty up the AYateree River, when Colonel Tarleton, with a part of the British army, surprised him, rescued the prisoners, and killed, wounded, or dispersed his whole force. 7. But, after this long series of reverses, the tide of the southen\ war began to turn. Exasperated by the atrocities committed in North Carolina by a detachment of the British, and profligate Americans who had joined them, the militia armed themselves as best they could, and fell upon them fiercely at a place called King\s Mountain.* They w r ere defeated, with but little loss on the part of the Americans. No less than eight hundred of their best troops were taken prisoners, with fifteen hundred stand of arms. Ferguson, the British commander, wa,> killed. This battle took place October 7th, 1780. 8. The British were also <U " rated on the 12th of November, in a partial engagement at Broad River, and again, eight days afterward on Tiger River. The losses, however, in either of these two last 4. What of the march of General Gates? What battle was fought near Camden? .1, Vlmt was tlie loss on both sides? What of Baron de Knlb? 6. What of General Sumptrr nl Colonel Tarleton? 7. Where were the British defeated? 8. Other defeats of the Uriiish? * Kinir s Mountain is near the boundary between North and South Carolina, and in the .esent Oostoii <-<-unty. North Carolina, two hundred miles west oy south of Raleigh THK TREASON OF ARNOLD 2(15 rncnts, were but trifling; nor were the advantages pained of very great consequence. 5). It has been seen, in another place, that little was done at the north during the early part of the year 1780. In June, about five thousand British soldiers, under General Knip-hau -sen, plundered ;md burned several villages in New Jersey, and, hi a few instances, committed the grossest acts of barbarity. 10. The arrival of the French fleet at Newport, July 10th, 1780, con sisting of seven sail of t!o Hue, five frigates, live smaller vessels, and several transports, under Admiral de Ternay, and about six thousand men under Count Rochambeau, a spirited officer, infused new courage into the whole country, and perhaps gave a new turn to the war. CHAPTER CXXVII. PERIOD OF THK REVOLUTION AKY WAR, CONTINUED. The Treason of Benedict Arnold. 1. WE come now to some of the most painfully interesting events in the history of the American Revo lutionary war. These are, the treason of General Arnold, and the consequent capture and execution of Major Andre, an excellent British officer, as a spy. 2. General Benedict Arnold was a native of Norwich, in Connecticut. His father was a man of doubtful in tegrity, but he had a good mother. His education was merely such as the common schools of the place could give. While yet a lad, he was appren ticed to a firm of druggists in Nor- AUNOLU wich ; but he ran away several times during his apprenticeship, beside be- i.ig. in other ways, a source of perpetual trouble to his friends. .. Every thing pertaining to this early period of his life, indicated a a-iint of conscientiousness cruelty, ill-temper, and recklessness with regard to the good or ill opinion of others. Robbing birds 1 nests. 9. Describe the pillage committed by the British in New Jersey. 10. What fleet arid forces arri veil at Newpoi l ? What effect hail the arrival of these Frendi forces at New port < MAP ("XXVII. 1. Who was Major Arnlrt ? 2. Givu SOUK- account of Benedict ArnohJ. 8. K-scriU- his youth. 266 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. maiming and mangling young birds to draw forth cries from the old ones, vexing children, and calling them hard names, and even, beating them, were among the frequent, if not daily, pastimes of his youth. 4. lie was also fond of daring, not to say dangerous, feats. For ex- ampJe, he sometimes took grain to a grist mill in the neighborhood and, while waiting for the meal, he would amuse himself and astonish his playmates by clinging to the arms of the large water-wheel, and passing with it beneath and above the water. 5. At the close of his apprenticeship, he commenced business as a Iruggist in New Haven. His enterprise .and activity insured success for a time ; but his speculations ended in bankruptcy. He returned, it is true, to his business; but he was never esteemed .for honesty or solid integrity, either before or afterward. 6. While an apprentice, he had once enlisted in the army ; but, dis liking his duties, had deserted. When the news of the battle of Lex ington arrived, Arnold, who had become a captain of what were called the Governor s Guard, took occasion to harangue the people, and call for volunteers. Sixty men joined him, and they set out for Cambridge. His subsequent movements have been alluded to in other chapters. 7. The autumn of 1780 found him in the command of West Point, on the Hudson. Here he secretly entered into an arrangement with Sir Henry Clinton, the British commander in New York, to give up the fort of West Point, with the men, arms, stores, etc., to the British. Such a result, had it not been for a timely discovery of the plot, would doubt less have been effected. 8. What adds greatly to the wickedness of Arnold, in this matter, is the fact that he enjoyed the entire confidence of Washington, by whom he had always been well treated, and also that he had solicited the command of West Point with a special view to the commission of this act of treachery. Had he betrayed Washington and his country in a moment of angry excitement, the case would have been far dif ferent. 4. What were some of his fe-ats? 5. How did he commence business? How was U Mteeincd ? (!. What took place while he was enlisted as a soldier in the army? What ili l hi do on hearinjr of the battle of Lexington? ~. What did he enirage to do for th< 1. vtiMi as to Wrst Pointy 8. What added to the wickedness of Arnold ? CAPTURE OF MAJOR ANDRE. 267 CHAPTER C XXVIII. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTION ARY WAR, CONTINUED. Cap ture of Major Andre. 1. TIIR agent employed in Arnold s negotiations with Sir Henry Clinton was John Andr6, adjutant- general of the Brit ish army. He waa an accomplished young man, about twenty-nine years of age. To favor his c o m in u n i c a- tions with Arnold, the Vulture, a Brit ish sloop of war, had been previous ly stationed in the Hudson, as near West Point as it could be without exciting suspicion- 2. On the night of September 21st, a boat was sent from the shore to bring Major Andr6 from on board the Vulture. When it returned, Arnold met him at the beach, outside of the forts of both armies. Their secret interview took place at Ilaverstraw, on the west side of the Hudson. To arrange all the details of the surrender of the fort re quired considerable time, and the business was not finished till it was too near morning for Andre to return to the Vulture; he was therefore -fbliged to conceal himself for the day, within the American lines. 3. During his absence, the Vulture bad changed her position, and Andre, unable to get on board, was compelled to cross to the east side af the river and set out for New York by land. After exchanging his uniform for a plain dress, and receiving a passport from Arnold, under the name of John Anderson, he set out on horseback, and made the best of his way down the river. CHAP. rXXVIII. 1. What of AD:lr6? What sloop was static jd in the Hudson to aid Andr6 s operations? 2. What meeting took place on September 21st, 17SO? 3. What was Andre compelled to do ? WAJOU ANDRE. 268 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. He had the address, with the aid of his passport, to escape the suspicions of the guards and outposts of the army. But when lie cam*, to Tarry town, a small village ahout thirty miles north of New York, on the east side of the river, he was met by three New York militia belonging to a scouting party, who, after examining his papers, allowed him to pass on. 5. One of them, however, suspecting from his appearance that all was not right, called him back. Andre asked them where they were from. " From down be low," they replied. "So am I," said he. They then ar rested him ; upon which he owned he was a British offi cer, and endeavor ed to bribe them to release him, by the offer of a purse of gold and his watch. 6. But they were not to be bribed, though they were poor and needy. They conducted him to Col. Jameson, their commander, who,while he secured him, incautiously allowed him to drop a line to Arnold, w r ho, on receiving the letter, went at once on board the Vulture, and thus escaped the punishment which would otherwise have been inflicted. 7. Washington, at this moment, was on his way from Connecticut, where he had been to confer with Count Rochambeau. lie arrived at West Point just in time to save it from being delivered up to the British, but not in time to secure Arnold. 8. Andre, in the mean time, was tried by a board of fourteen mili tary officers, who, after hearing his confession for he was too noble a man to deny any part of the truth unanimously pronounced him a spy ; and declared that, "a^eeubly to the laws and usages of na tions, he should suffer death." 9. Though prepared to die, lie still shrank from perishing on a gib bet, and therefore entreated to be shot. Washington, moved by his , presented his request to his officers; but it was refused, lie EXAMINATION OF ANDR6. 4. Describe his journey on horseback. What happened at Tarrytown? 5. "What passed between An<lr<j and the three men? *i Where did they take him? What of Arnold? 7. Wher was Washington ut this time? c Describe Andy s trial and l*mi EXECOT1OM 01 II ALE ANJ) PALMER. expired on a gallows, October 2d, 1780, lit Tappan, in New Jersey, twenty-eight n.iles above New York. 10. The three brave young men who took him, whose names were John Paulding, David Williams, and Isaac Van Wart, were rewarded by Congress, in an annual pension of two hundred dollars each for life, and a silver medal, on one side of whicli was a shield, inscribed, u Fidelity ;" and on the other the motto, Vincit amor pa trim, or "Tli imv of country conquers." 11. Washington concerted a plan for seizing Arnold, and saving Andre, but it did not succeed. Champe, a bold and persevering sol dier, was to desert to the British army, in New York, watch his op portunity, and bring off Arnold to the American camp. After seizing Arnold, he was to have been met at the lines of the two armies and assisted in securing him. Champe entered upon the project, reached New York, and had nearly succeeded, when Arnold suddenly changed his quarters, and the scheme failed. CHAPTER CXXIX. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. JK,cecu- iton of I rale and Palmer. Col. Trumlmll in London. 1. WE have already noticed some of the evils of war, but there is at least one more; it is the dreadful system of retaliation. If ono opposing party burns a village, or plunders private property, or hangs deserters, the other is apt to do so, in order to avenge itself. Had it not been for this for what was deemed a necessity, under this system, by the American officers Andre might have been spared, for his high character was well known, and there was great sympathy for him, a well among his enemies as his friends. 2. After the Americans had retreated from Long Island, in the year 1770, Captain Nathan Hale passed over to the island in disguise, and examined carefully every part of the British army, and found out its general plan of movement; but just as he was ready to return, he was taken, found guilty, and executed. The presence of a clergyman, and even the use of a Bible, were denied him, and the letters which he wrote to his friends were destroyed. 8. The Americans never forgot this. While the war was going on with Burgoyne in the north, and General Clinton was trying to force 9. What was bis request? Where \\ as lie executed? 10. How were the three inon rewarded who took Andre? 11. What plan had Washington formed? What was chaniii> V) do ? What did he accomplish ? CHAP. OXXIX. 1. What is ono of the evils of war? 2. What of Captain Nathan liuit.r 23* 2TO HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. a passage up the Hudson, spies and scouts were constantly passing be tween the two armies. One Palmer was at last caught by the army un der General Putnam, and executed. He had been an American tory, but had deserted to the British, and received a lieutenant s commission. 4. The British general in New York, having heard of the arrest of Palmer, wrote to General Putnam, entreating that he might be spared, and threatening vengeance in case of a refusal. But neither his en treaties nor his threats moved Putnam, and Palmer was condemned as a spy and executed. 5. The brave Colonel Trumbull has been mentioned. He was in London, pursuing his studies as a painter, when the news of Andre s death arrived ; and though Trumbull had been entirely disconnected from the army for several years, he was now carefully watched, .and at length taken and subjected to a rigid examination. Their rough method of examination not pleasing him, he soon brought it to a close by a voluntary confession. 6. "I will put an end to all this insolent folly," said he, " by telling you who and what I am. I am an American my name is Trumbull ; J am son of him whom you call the rebel governor of Connecticut; 1 have served in the rebel American army, and I have had the honor of being aide-de-camp to him you call the rebel General Washington/ 7. He was respected for his frankness and his spirit, but not re leased. After further examination, he was committed to prison, and would probably have been executed but for the kind interference of West, the celebrated American painter, then in London and on good terms with the king, who persuaded the latter to spare his life. He w:^, however, kept in close confinement seven months, CHAPTER CXXX. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUKD. Arnold invades Virginia and New London. 1. ARNOLD received 6,315 pounds sterling equal to about thirty thousand dollars for his treachery, with the commission of a brig adier-general in the service of his majesty, the British king. Hifi vanity and extravagance had involved him in debt, and he doubtless sold himself and his country for the means of replenishing his purse. 3. What took place daring the war at the north ? What was the fato <>f Palmer? 4. What passed between the British general an<l Putnam ? 5. What happened to Colonel TriTuhnll? fi. Repeat his confession. 7. Row waft he treated ? CHVP. CXXX. 1. How was Arnold rewarded for hi* treachery? What was probably t!,o cnuse of his fall? ARNOLD INVADES VIRGINIA. 271 2. Soon after his arrival in New York, he published an " Address to the Inhabitants of America," explaining the course he had pursued, and endeavoring to justify himself in it. It was of little force, how ever. It was rather a tirade against Congress and the alliance with the French, than an address to the Americans, or an apology for his own conduct. 3. In about two months after he joined the British, he was ap pointed to the command of an expedition against Virginia, consisting of sixteen hundred men. A violent gale separated the fleet in which lie and his men had embarked, but they all arrived at Hampton Roads about December 30th, except four hundred of the troops, who were a week later. 4. Not waiting for those who were missing, Arnold proceeded up the J alnes River, burning and plundering, without any distinction be tween public and private property. After doing all the mischief he could, he descended the river, and stationed himself at Portsmouth ; and in a few weeks after returned to New York. 5. Washington and La Fayette exerted themselves to the utmost to cause him to be captured, but without success. A French lleet was e\en sent to the mouth of Chesapeake Bay, chiefly for this service, but they were pursued by the British admiral Arbutlmot; and though they had captured some of Arnold s vessels, they were compelled to retire to Newport. Arnold took care to secure his own person. G. We hear little more of this desperate man except that he en deavored, without success, to make an attack upon West Point till the autumn of 1781, when he made a descent with fifteen hundred men upon the mouth of the Connecticut River, and took Forts Trurnbull and Griswold, committing a merciless slaughter at the latter place, after the troops had partly surrendered, and burning the town of New London. 7. Not long after these last events, he sailed for England. He lived till the year 1801, but was almost unnoticed. A small part of his time was spent at St. John s in the province ot New Brunswick, and in the West Indies ; but the greater portion of it was spent in London, where he died at the age of sixty-one years. Arnold the Traitor has become a name of infamy throughout this country, and even in Eng- ?.and, where he was generally despised. 2. What did he do soon after his arrival in New York ? 3 To what expedition was he appointed commander? 4. Describe his march up the James River. 5. What meant were used to take Arnold ? 6, 7. What more do we hear of him? When did he die i IJlSTOJtV OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CXXXI. PERIOD OF TIIK REVOLUTIONARY WAH, CONTINUED. Eventi at South. GENERAL GREENE. L. WK have been carried forward a little in the history of the war, in order to finish the story of Arnold. Let us now return to Washington and the American army, whom we left stunned with amazement at the conduct of the traitor, at West Point, 2. The troops wintered 1780- 1781, for the most part in New Jer sey, as they had done the year be fore. In the spring of 1781, the Pennsylvania troops, to the num ber of thirteen hundred, revolted and rebelled for want of pay. It was found, on examination, that their complaints we re well found ed. Their claims being met, the rebellion ceased. 3. Little was done at the north, during the year 1781, except what has been mentioned in connection with the story of Arnold. The- theatre of war was principally at the south. General Greene had succeeded to General Gates, as the commander-in-chief of the army there, and affairs soon began to wear a more favorable aspect. 4. A brilliant victory was gained, January 17th, of this year, by a part of General Greene s army, under General Morgan, at a place called the Oowpens, in the western part of South Carolina, near King s Moun tain, over a detachment of British troops under Colonel Tarleton. Tlw latter had one thousand of the best men of the army ; the former aborJ live hundred regulars and a few raw militia, only half clothed and hal) fed. 5 The Americans, with a loss of only twelve in killed and sixty wounded, took five hundred prisoners, besides twelve standards, t\\c pieces of artillery, eight hundred muskets, thirty -five baggage wagons. CHAP. CXXXI. 2. Where did the American troops winter 1780-1731 ? What of the troops in the spring of 1781 ? 8. Who succeeded General Gates n command at the south? 4. Describe the battle of the Cowpen-. 5. What was the loss of the Americans? What prisoners and baggage fell into their hands? WAR AT THE SOUTH. 273 and one hundred horses, and killed one hundred mul wounded two hundred men. So disastrous mi event gave a permanent check to the progress of tho British troops in the Southern states. 6. At the time of tho defeat of Tarleton, Lord Cornwall ^ was on the point of invading North Carolina, but lie now went in pursuit of General Morgan, who made a rapid retreat. General Greene, sus pecting Corn wallis intentions, set out with his troops to re inforce Morgan. Having left the main body of his army at the left bank of the Pedee River, opposite Clieraw, he arrived, and took command of Morgan s division, closely pur sued however by Corn wallis. 7. By a series of masterly movements, and great gooJ fortune, the season seeming to aid him and his troops, Greene baffled his pursuers, until at last, having; joined his forces and received several reinforcements, his army amounting to forty-four hundred men, he took a station at Guilford court-house,* and awaited the enemy. 8. Here on the 15th March, he was attacked by the Britisli, com manded by Cornwallis in person. A severe engagement followed, in which, though the enemy lost in killed and wounded about five hun dred men, they were at last victorious. The Americans lost about four hundred men, mostly regular troops the militia having fled at the beginning of the battle. But the result of the engagement to the ritish was little less injurious than a defeat. C. Another battle was fought, on the 25th of April, near Camdcn, The British had fortified the place, and left Lord Rawdon and nine hun- iKNKRAL MORGAN. 6. What of Lord C ornwallis ? 7. What of tho movements of General Greene ? 8. What >f th battle at Guilford court-house ? 9. What of the battle of Caiuden ? * Guilford court-house was about six miles south of tho present Grcensboroiigh, in North Carolina, eighty miles north-west, of Raleigh. Cainden, in South ( ttiolina. as already stated, is one hundred and ton miles north-west from Charleston. 12* 27-i HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. dred men to guard it. General Greene, with twelve hundred men at tacked them, but was at length obliged to retreat without accomplish* ing his purpose. 10. But all these victories of the British were dearly bought, and were fast reducing their Strength. The defence of Camden alone, though successful, had cost them nearly three hundred out of nine hundred men. It was therefore concluded, not only to evacuate Camden, but also all their other posts in Carolina, except Ninety-Six* and Charleston. Here they still had strong forces. 11. The former place, Ninety-Six, was attacked by General Greene on the 18th of June, but he was again unsuccessful, though the British some time afterward evacuated the place and retired to the Eutaw Springs, forty miles north-west from Charleston. A close engagement took place at these Springs, September 8th, in which both sides claimed the victory. The British lost, in killed, wounded, and missing, eleven hundred men ; the Americans half as many. 12. This finished the war, for the time, in South Carolina. The Brit ish retired to Charleston, and General Greene, satisfied with driving them out of the country, did not molest them further. For his good conduct at Eutaw Springs and elsewhere, Congress presented him with a British standard and a gold medal. CHAPTER OXXXII. PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. IV aval Operations. 1. THE naval operations of the Revolutionary war have been alluded to in connection with the story of Paul Jones. A few other engage ments, in the years 1779, 1780, and 1781, remain to be mentioned. 2. Some time in the spring of the year 1779, the Hampden, a twenty- two-gun ship that sailed from Massachusetts, engaged an English vessel, five hundred miles north of the A-zores . In this action, though the Hampden was obliged to haul off, the British were not disposed to triumph. This is said to have been one of the most closely contested actions of the war. 10. Whut was tho effect of their success upon the British? 11. Whnt place was attacks! )> General G^ cno ? What of Eutaw Springs ? 12. What of General Greene ? Whoiv lid the British retire? THAI-. CXXXII 2. What of tho Hampden ? * Ninety-ttix was in South Carolina, one hundred and fifty miles north-west from Charleston. NAVAL OPERATIONS. i>7." 3. During the summer of 1779, Commodore Nicholson, with two ships, one of thirty-two guns, and the other of twenty-four, made a cruise, in which he took many prizes, but fought no important battle. The Providence, of twelve guns, this year took the Diligent, a British vessel of equal size ; and the Hazard, of fourteen, guns, took the British vessel Active, of eighteen guns, after a bloody battle of thirty minutes. 4. During the early part of the year 1780, while the French fleet, nuder Count d Estaing, was in the West Indies, the British, by means of their superior force, were able to capture or destroy a considerable part of the little navy of the United States. The Providence, twenty- eight guns, the Queen of France, twenty-eight, the Boston, twenty- four, the Ranger, eighteen, and several others, successively fell into their hands. 5. On the 2d of June, a most severely contested action was fought, some five hundred miles eastward of the coast of Virginia, between the Trumbull, of twenty-eight guns, Commodore Nicholson, and the Wyatt, Captain Coulthard, of thirty-two or thirty-six guns. The TrurnbulL had thirty-nine men killed and wounded; the Wyatt nearly a hundred. The latter, though severely injured, escaped. 6. In October, of the same year, the Saratoga, of sixteen guns, Captain Young, captured a British ship of war and two brigs, after a short but very spirited action. The Saratoga was run alongside of the enemy s vessel at once, and her men boarded her and fought for victory on the deck of the enemy s ship, and against a force double their own. 7. During the year 1781, the Alliance, of thirty -two guns, Captain Barry, had several engagements with vessels nearly her own size, in all of which she was victorious. The principal of these was on the 28th of May. On this occasion she fought two ships, one of sixteen guns and another of fourteen. Both were taken. 8. The Trumbull, still under the command of Commodore Nicholson, had a most sanguinary engagement, on the 8th of August of this year, off the Capes of Delaware, with the British frigate Iris, of thirty-two guns, and the Shark, of eighteen, in which the Trumbull was finally captured ; but not till she had first almost disabled the Iris. 9. Some other engagements took place on the ocean, both in 178] and 1782, but they were chiefly of the same general character with those described above. Let us now return to the war in the Southern states, and especially the operations of Cornwallis. 3. "What of Commodore Nicholson ? What British ships were taken in 1779 ? 4. What was done by the British navy in the year 17SO? 5. Describe the action of the 2(5 June 6 That of October. 7. What was done by the Alliance? 8. What of the engagement b tween the Trumbull and the Iris and Shark ? 9. Other engagements ? 276 HISTORY OF T II E U N 1 T E D STATES. CHAPTER CXXXIIL PERIOD OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR, CONTINUED. Sur render of Lord Oornwallis. \. SOON after the battle at Guilford court-house, Cornwallis left South Carolina to the care of Lord Raw- don, and marched into Virginia, This was just after the French fleet, with a land force of three thousand men, under La Fayette, which had been sent against Arnold in Virginia, had returned toward the north. On reach ing Elkton, in Mary- land, La Fayette heard of the arrival of Lord Cornwallis at Petersburg, and hastened with his troops to meet him. 2. As JL,a Fayette approached Petersburg, Cornwallis offered him ,battle; but Ending his forces greatly inferior to those of the British, .he chose to retreat, and wait for reinforcements. Meanwhile, Wash ington and other officers at the north were making every possible prep aration for an attack upon New York; and were already concentrat ing their forces, including the French, under Rochambeau, at Kings- bridge. 3. About this time, Cornwallis received a reinforcement of troops, upon which, after various movements, he marched to Yorktown,* near the head of York River, on its southern bank, and forthwith began to fortify the place, as well as Gloucester, on the opposite side of the river. His whole force now amounted to about seven thousand men. SURKENDKIl OF LOUD COKXWALLIS. CHAP. CXXXIIL 1. What did Lord Cornwallis do soon after the battle at Onilfonl court-house ? What of the French fleet? What did L:i Fayette then do? 2 What was being done by tho American and French forces ? 3 What of Cornwallis? His force? * Yorktown, the capital of York county, in Virginia, is a small place, situated on th vuith side of York River, about seven miles from its entrance into the Chesapeake. It in seventy miles south-east of Richmond. SURRENDER OF LORD CORNWALLIS. 277 YORKTOWN OCT, 1781 ft PLAN OF THE BATTLE OF TOBKTOWN. 4. Just at this time, Washington learned that the French fleet, which was expected to unite with him in the siege of New York, was about to sail for the mouth of Chesapeake Bay. This changed his deter mination, though he did not suffer his plan to be known, and he hast ened with his forces, Americans and French, at once toward Yorktown to attack Cornvvallis. 5. On the 30th of September, the combined armies of the north and south, amounting to twelve thousand men, were fairly encamped round about Yorktown and Gloucester, while the French fleet, under Count de Grasse, blockaded the mouth of the river, to prevent Cornwallis from receiving any assistance from New York or elsewhere, and from making his escape. 0. Washington arrived in person on the 6th of October, and the siege was begun and carried on with so much vigor that, on the i9tli of Oc tober. 1781, Lord Cornwallis found himself obliged to surrender, with 4. What of Washington just at this time? "What changed his rtetermfnttinn ? 5. De scribe thti situation of the French :>rvl Ameri. .-m force* ni Vorktown. t. XV .^n -li l i.orti Cornwallis surren<U r? 24 278 HISTORY OF THE U N 1 T E I) STATES. his whole army of more than seven thousand men an event which two months before was as unexpected by the Americans as it was by the British government. 7. At the capture of Charleston, eighteen months before, by the British, much pains had been taken to render the manner of the sur render as humiliating to the Americans as possible. This was remerri bered by the victorious army at Yorktovvn, and retaliated. So humil iating indeed was it, that Lord Cornwallis would not appear in persou to give up his sword, but sent it by General O llara. 8. So rapid, and at the same time so secret, had been the move ments of Washington and his army to the south, that the British did not for some time suspect his departure from the neighborhood of New York. When they learned what was going on, they sent the traitor Arnold to Connecticut, as we have elsewhere stated, in order to divert Washington from his object. Sir Henry Clinton also sailed with an armament of seven thousand men for the relief of Cornwallis, but as he did not reach the Chesapeake till five days after his surrender, he re turned to New York. 9. This -important event, the surrender of Cornwallis, revived the dying hopes of the country, and diffused universal joy, of which the strongest public testimonials were everywhere given. Nothing was to be heard, for some time, but the praises of Washington, La Fuyette, Rochambeau, and De Grasse. The war was now thought to be chiefly over. The 30th of the December following was appointed by Con gress as a day of national thanksgiving. 10. The British still occupied New York, Charleston, Savannah, and a few other posts; but they no longer, as before, overran New Jersey and the Carolinas. Nor was there, in truth, much more severe fight ing. The fall of Cornwallis may therefore be justly said to have de cided the war; and to have decided it in favor of the Americans. 11. Among the more considerable events of the year 1781, in addi tion to a few which have already been noticed, was an expedition, late in the autumn, against the Cherokee Indians, who had recently been troublesome. In this expedition, thirteen of their towns and villages were burnt, and many of the Indians were slain. 12. Soon after the capture of Cornwallis, the northern division of the American army returned to their old position on the Hudson, while the French troops and the southern division of the army remained in 7. What of the surrender at Charleston? What of that of Cornwallis? S What can you pay of the movements of Washington s army? 9. What demonstrations of joy were made all over the country? 10. What places were occupied by the British at this time? What decided the war? 11. What expedition was made in 1781 in recrard to the Indians? /2. Where did the Americans and French station themselves soon after the c: pture of Corn wullis? T R K A T V OF PEACE. 279 and about Virginia. Count de Grasse sailed with his fleet to the West Indies, where they spent the winter. 13. It should be added here, that the Articles of Confederation, which Congress had prepared and signed, and sent to the several states for adoption, were finally ratified by them all, this year. Till this time, objections of one kind or another had been made, and various amend ments proposed ; but it was at length seen to be necessary to unite, in order to sustain the contest with Great Britain, and hence the corn pact of the Confederation was adopted. CHAPTER CXXXIV. CLOSE OF THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR. Treaty of Peace. 1. AFTBU the surrender of Lord Cornwallis, the war with America began to be quite unpopular in England ; but nothing decisive was done to put an end to it till March, 1782, when the House of Commons passed a resolution against prosecuting, or attempt ing to prosecute, the American war any further. Still the troops were not withdrawn immediately. 2. The first truly pacific public measure adopted by Great Britain, was that of appointing Sir Guy Carleton, one of the best and ablest of the British generals, to the command of the forces in America, and directing him to settle the differences between the two countries. This officer endeavored to open a correspondence with Congress for this purpose ; but they refused to do any thing except in concert with their French allies. 3. It was not till late in the year 1782, that any thing effectual was accomplished toward making peace between the two countries. At SIR GUY CARLETON. 13. What of tho Articles of Confederation? CHAP. CXXXIV. 1. What was done in England in 1782? 2. What did Sir Guy CitrJo- .>n attempt to do? 3. What comimssionors ni.-t at Paris? 280 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES, length, however, by the advice and request of the French court, two commissioners on the part of Great Britain, Messrs. Fitzherbert and Oswald, and four on the part of the United States, John Adams, Ben jamin Franklin, John Jay, and Henry Laurens, met at Paris. 4. Here, after consulting long on the subject, they formed what were called Provisional Articles of Peace. These were signed on the 80th of November. On the 20th of January, 1783, it was agreed by the commissioners that all hostilities between the two countries should <x-ase. The news of this was received in the United States on the 24th of the March following. 5. On the 19th of April, precisely eight years after the battle of Lexington, Washington issued a proclamation of peace. There had been no blood shed, however, or almost none, for nearly eight months. A definitive treaty of peace was made and signed at Paris, September 3d, 1783, by which Great Britain acknowledged the independence of the United States. 6. This acknowledgment had been already made by several of the countries of Europe. Sweden had acknowledged it February oth ; Den mark, February 25th ; Spain, March 24th ; and Russia in July. Treaties of amity and peace were also made between the United States and these several nations. 7. The United States army was kept together till the third day of November. On that day, .after suitable preparation had been made, it \vas disbanded in due form. Washington, in an affectionate address, first bade farewell to his soldiers, and subsequently to his officers. These last, at parting, he took by the hand separately. The formalities of bidding adieu took place at New York. 8. The British do not appear to have left New York till the 25th of the same month, though Charleston and Savannah had been evacu ated long before. It may seen a little surprising that the British should remain at New York so long. One reason for the delay was the want of transports for carrying awa} T their military stores and supplies, as well as for conducting to Nova Scotia the refugees who had fled to them from all parts of the country for protection. 9. On the 23d of December, Washington appeared in the hall of Congress at Annapolis, and resigned his commission. The act of res ignation was "accompanied by a short but affecting speech, in which after recounting briefly the events of the war, he commended his conn- 4. What articles were signed in November? What agreement was made? 5. When was peace proclaimed? \Vhnt of the treaty signed at Paris? (i. Wluit countries had acknowledged the independence of the United .States ? 7. Describe the disbiinding of tin- army. 8. How long did the British stay in New York? Why was their stay so pr<- tracted ? EFFECTS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION. 2S1 try, and all concerned in the administration of its affairs, to the special protection of Heaven. 10. Congress, in accepting his commission, replied to him through General Mifflin, their president, in a manner expressive of their con fidence in his wisdom, and their gratitude for his services. lie thru left them at Annapolis, and hastened to his family and farm at Mount Yernon, where he hoped to spend the remainder of his days. CHAPTER CXXXV. Effects of the American Revolution. 1. THUS ended a war of eight years duration, in which a hundred thousand lives were lost, and hundreds of thousands suffered greatly from wounds, sickness, poverty, or from the losses or sufferings of their friends; and in which, also, hundreds of millions of property were expended. Let us recount the losses and gains. 2. Great Britain, of course, gained nothing by the war. Hers was wholly loss. The United States gained their Political Independence u a name and a place among the nations of the earth." This was, indeed, a great boon, but the war brought with it a long train of evils. Dr. Ramsay, of South Carolina, who wrote a history of the Revolu tion soon after its occurrence, says as follows: 3. "On the whole, the literary, political, arid military talents of the United States have been improved by the Revolution; but their moral character is inferior to what it was. So great is the change for the worse, that the friends of good order are loudly called upon to exert their utmost abilities in extirpating the vicious principles and habits which have taken deep root during the convulsion." 4. Voltaire had said, long before this time: "Put together all the vices of ages, and they will not come up to the mischiefs and enormi ties of a single campaign." But if this is true of a single campaign, and who will doubt it? how much more is it true of a series of campaigns like that of the American revolutionary war ! 5. Before the Revolution, and especially before the long and disas- trous Indian wars, the people of the United States were an industrious, sober, honest, and religious people. A large proportion of them were 9, 10. Describe the resignation of Washington s commission. CII.MI. CXXXV 1. What had boon the ruiiM-qucnces of the war with England * 2 What was the comparative gain of Great Britain and America? Repeat an extract from Dr. Kamsay. 4. What remark docs Voltaire make concerning war? 5. What of tuo United States before the Revolution ? 24 * 282 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. engaged in husbandry or mechanical pursuits. There was compara tively little of useless speculating and downright idleness. 6. An army is always corrupt, and always corrupts the society which holds it in its bosom. If this effect was less visible in the case of the American army, made up as it was, for the most part, of its own citizens, rather than hireling Hessians, yet we must remember that even the American army contained many useless and vicious citizens, and that not all who were virtuous when they enlisted, were so at the period of their discharge. 7. The cause of education suffered greatly during the war. Com mon schools, instead of being fostered by the government, the church? or the family, as they always had been before, were not only neglected, but in a great many instances absolutely overlooked and suffered to perish. The course of instruction in our colleges was sometimes sus pended. Many a student became a soldier. 8. But the worst evil which befell the country was the introduction of irreligion. The Revolution opened the door to infidelity in two ways. First, by introducing foreign fashions, habits, and modes of feeling, thinking, and acting a practical infidelity ; and secondly, by introducing from England and France, but especially the latter, an open opposition to Christianity. 9. The atheistical philosophy of God win, Rousseau, Voltaire, and others, was spread in the United States during the Revolution with a fearful rapidity. But there were infidel writers in our own country. Ethan Allen s " Oracles of Reason 1 had already appeared. Thomas Paine s " Common Sense," written to aid the Revolution, with much truth had in culcate:! some error, and paved the way for his other and more objectionable writ ings. The effect of all these evil influ- THOMAS PAINE. dices was long fait in the country. 6. What is the nsii.-il effect of an army on society? 7 "\Vlint of education dnrinsr tho ar? 8. Wbat was the worst evil that befell the country r i>. What of atheistical phi- of inmU-1 writers? DEBTS OF THE UNITED STATES CHAPTER CXXXYL Debts of the United States imposed by the Revolution. Discontents of the People. Shays* Rebellion. 1. THE war hud involved the United States in a debt of forty mil lions of dollars. Of this sum, eight millions were borrowed of foreign powers. The rules of the confederation of 1777 empowered Congress to carry on the war; but they had no power to provide for its ex penses. They could only recommend to the several states to raise money for that purpose. 2. Accordingly, on the 30th of May, 1781, Congress passed a reso lution requesting the several states to furnish their proportion respect ively of the eight millions of dollars of borrowed money. They also appointed a committee to determine what proportion of the money ought to be paid by each state. 3. It was proposed to the states that a duty of four per cent, on all foreign goods imported into the United States should be paid, and that the revenue arising therefrom should be applied to the payment of the national debt, both foreign and domestic. The latter was principally due to the officers and soldiers of the army. 4. All the states, except Rhode Island and New York, assented to this proposal. But as these two states had a large share of the public trade, their refusal to contribute to pay the public debt defeated the whole plan ; and the consequence was, that even the interest of the national debt remained unpaid. The government was exceedingly perplexed, and knew not in such a case what to do. 5. Certain measures of Great Britain added to the embarrassment. Instead of permitting a free trade with the colonies in the West In dies, she shut her ports there against our vessels ; and Congress, of course, had no power to compel her to open them. And what Congress could not do, the different states were not disposed to attempt, had they possessed the power. 6. Under these embarrassing circumstances, it was perfectly natural for those states which felt desirous of discharging their debts in an honorable manner, to make the utmost exertion to do their part. Massachusetts, in particular, resolved to bear her portion of the public burden, and proceeded to act accordingly. < n*n. CXXXVL 1. What debt did the United States owe? Could Congress provide for the expenses of the war? 2. What was done in 1781 ? 3. What was proposed to the states? 4. Which states objected to the proposal? What eft ect had their refusal? 6- \\ hut added to tho perplexity of government 9 6. How did the states feel? 284 11 1 ! " li V U ! THE UNITED STATES. 7. The country was nut, however, in a perfectly settled state. There were some men in Massachusetts who, though they had betu willing, in 1776, to go to war with Great Britain rather than submit to taxa tion without representation, were willing, in 1786, to go to war with the government rather than pay their share of the expenses which the contest with Great Britain had occasioned. 8. On the 22d of August, 1786, delegates from fifty towns in the county of Hampshire met at Hatfield, and set on foot an opposition to t.h-3 hardens, as they called them, which were lying on the people. Tne excitement soon spread to Worcester, Middlesex, Bristol, and Berkshire counties. Indeed, it did not stop in Massachusetts it ex tended to New Hampshire. 1). In some parts of Massachusetts, tumultuous assemblies, under the specious names of conventions, were assembled, which obstructed the proceedings of courts and other bodies. Daniel Shays, who had been a captain in the revolutionary war, was considered as the head of the in surgents hence the movement took the name "Shays Insurrection." JO. In August, no less than fifteen hundred of these insurgents as sembled in Northampton. They took possession of the court-house, and would not allow the courts to sit. In December, three hundred of them, under Shays himself, acted a similar farce in Springfield. In truth, the spirit of opposition to taxation was rife everywhere in the states, and seemed to be on the increase. 11. In December, 1786, or early in January, 1787, a body of four thousand men was raised to sustain the courts and suppress the insur rection, and General Lincoln the same man who had so much dis tinguished himself in the army of the United States was appointed to the chief command. The troops were raised for a service of only thirty days. 12. One of the first directions to the new army, was to go to Wor cester, and defend the courts there. In this they succeeded. Another object was to defend the arsenal at Springfield. For this last purpose, twelve hundred men, under General Shepard, assembled at Springfield; and, on the 24th of January, Shays, with eleven hundred men, marched against them. 13. When the insurgents were within two hundred and fifty yards of the arsenal, word was sent them not to come any nearer, for if they did they would be fired on. Disregarding this, they advanced one hundred yards further, upon which General Shepard ordered his 7. What new trouble now arose ? 8. What was dono in 1780? How far did the opposi tion extend? 9. What of tumultuous assemb ies? Who headed the insurrection? 10. What was done in August? In December? 1 1 Who headed the men raised to suppress the insurrection ? 12. What did the army first attempt ? What wus another object? S II A Y S U E 15 E L L I O X . 285 riK .d to fire, but to direct the first shot over their heads. This only quickened their approach. The artillery was then levelled against them, and three of their number were killed and one wounded. 14. Shays endeavored to rally his men, but in vain. They retreat ed first to Ludlow, and afterward to Pelhain, where they again assem bled. General Lincoln, hearing of this at Iladley, marched against them, ia the ir.idst of deep snow, and took one hundred and fifty of them prisoners, and dispersed the rest. 15. Conditional pardon was now oftered by the legislature of Mas. sachusetts to all the rebels ; of which seven hundred and ninety availed themselves. Fourteen were tried and received sentence of death ; but were, one after another, finally pardoned. The rebellion was at length suppressed, and the peace of the commonwealth restored. CHAPTER CXXXYII. Foliation and Adoption of the Constitution of the United States. Washington elected President. 1. WK have seen that a confederacy of the states was proposed, during the first years of the "Rev- ill, olutionary War, Ijijljjjl: and signed by the !!||i|i|i : thirteen states, in j||| 1781. lint expe rience at length seemed to show that, how wisely soever it had been framed for a time of war, it was not adequate to all the wants of the country in a time of peace. 2. In January , a proposal was made by the legislature of Virginia, for a con- IS. Describe the advance of the insurgents. Their reception. 14. Wht was the fate o Shays men ? 15. What was the fate of the rebels ? CHAP. CXXXVII. 1. TVh:it .- in y.m say <>f tl;.- nmfmlerary si-n.-.l in 1781 ? 286 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. vention of commissioners from the several states, whose duty it should be to take into consideration the trade and commerce of the country, and either devise some plan for their regulation, or delegate to Con gress the power to legislate upon it ; in other words, to revise the federal system. 3. Provision was made for holding such a convention in Annapolii in the following September ; but as there were delegates present at that time from only six of the states, the subject was deferred to the following May. In the mean time, new efforts were made to procure a general attendance at that meeting. 4. In May, 1787, commissioners from all the states but Rhode Island met at Philadelphia, and having chosen General Washington, who was one of the delegates from Virginia, their president, they proceeded to the important business assigned them. Their whole number was fifty- five. 5. The question which first engaged their attention was, whether to revise the old federal system, or form a new one. The object for which the convention had been originally appointed, was that of mere revision. And yet the defects of the old system were such that it was finally determined by the majority to form a new system. 6. The next thing was, to agree upon the principles which should form the basis of the new confederation. Here, in general, there was much harmony of opinion at first. But when they came to the prac tical application of those principles, there was more of disagreement. One point, in particular, upon which they could not soon agree, was the formation of a national legislature. 7. It was a long time before all the members of the convention were willing to have the members of the House of Representatives be in proportion to the whole number of free citizens in the state and three- fifths of the others. And as to the Senate, there was still greater dif ficulty. The small states wished to be on an equal footing with the larger ones; to which the latter were, of course, strongly opposed. 8. When this last point had been agitated for a long time, and the convention seemed about to adjourn without accomplishing its object, Dr. Franklin, a member from Pennsylvania, then over eighty years of age, in a speech which abounded in good sense, and was not wanting in eloquence, proposed daily morning prayer. .i. This hint being well received, prayer was henceforth offered, every day, before proceeding to business. From this time, there was 2. What was to be the iVfty of the commissioners? 3. What of a convention at Annapo lis? 4. What was done in May, 1787? How many commissioners were there? 5. "What flrst occupied them ? 6. What was the next consideration ? Upon what point did they disagree? 7. What difficulties arose in the state* ? 8. What w-spropos.-.i l.yDr. F WASHING TON ELECTED PRESIDENT. 287 more aud more of harmony in their deliberations, till at length a con stitution was matured and signed by the members, and presented to Congress, who forth with presented it to the several states, for them to consider and ratify. 10. It had been resolved by the convention, that state conventions should be called to discuss the merits of the new constitution, und to accept or reject it, as might seem to them best ; and that Congress should carry it into effect as soon as it should be signed or ratified bj nine of the states. 11. For a time it was quite doubtful whether it would ever go int* operation. At length, however, it was ratified by eleven of the states ; North Carolina and Rhode Island alone, of the thirteen, refusing to accept it. They finally consented to receive it the former in 1789. the latter in 1790. 12. All classes of people, whether federalists or not for by tlib name the friends of the federal government were called now turned their eyes toward Washington as their first president. On opening the votes for chief magistrate of the United States, at New York, March 3d, 1789, it was found that George Washington was unanimously elect ed ; and that John Adams was chosen vice-president. 9. What contributed to produce harmony? What was at length formed ? 10. What was resolved upon by the convention ? 11. By how many states was it ratified? What states finally received it? 12. On whom did all fix as president, ? When were the vott* taken V Who was chosn president? Who vice president ? 288 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. WASHINGTON* AS PRESIDENT. CHAPTER CXXXYIIL Beginning of the New Government under the present Con stitution. WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION, FROM MARCH 4TH, 1789, TO MAKCH ^TH, 1797. Proceedings of the first Congress. [. WE have now reached the period when the present Constitution- iff fhfi United States went into operation. Washington was the first president, and began his administration in 1789; from that time to this, a period of seventy-seven years, we have had seventeen presidents. Washington was inducted into his new office April 30th, 1789, in tht presence of the first Congress of the United States which convened uu ler the new constitution. As soon as {he inauguration ceremonies were over, he entered tin 1 Semite rhu.inf>er and delivered his first specn-h. This sj;>eech, which lias been much commended, was in nothing more CHAP. CXXXVIII. 1. \Vlio WHS the first American president? When did Wash- Jigton s first administration begin? How long since the government began under the institution? How many presidents since Washington? Describe the inauguration of T ashtBgUm. For what was his speech remarkable? How did the ce-rem<ny dos ? FIRST CONGRESS. remarkable than its frequent reference to a Supreme Being as the Rnler of the universe, and Controller of human actions and human destiny, whether individual or national. Then, "suiting the action to the word," he and the members of both houses of Congress attend ed divine service almost immediately afterward. 2. Never was the business of a legislative body more pressing or more important than that of the first Congress of the United Stilton. Four prominent measures could not be delayed. There must be a revenue; the various departments of government must be arranged and filled ; a judiciary department and its officers were needed ; and tho public credit was, if possible, to be maintained. 3. To create a revenue and pay the public debt, foreign and domes tic, and support the present government, it was decided that duties should be laid on imported goods and merchandise, and on the tonnage nf vessels. A Department of State, a Treasury Department and a Wai- Department were created, and Thomas Jefferson, Alexander Hamilton, and Henry Knox placed at their heads respectively. 4. The power of removal from office, in the executive departments, occasioned a good deal of discussion ; but it was at length decided that it should be left with the president alone. Congress adjourned Sep tember 29th ; but not till they had requested the president to recom mend to the people a day of public thanksgiving and prayer. 5. During the recess of Congress, President Washington made a tour through New England as far as Portsmouth, in New Hampshire, with a view to observe the character, habits, etc., of the people. He was received everywhere with those marks of attention which indi cated an entire confidence in his administration. G. The second session of the first Congress commenced January 8th, 1790. From the report of Mr. Hamilton, secretary of the treasury, it was found that the United States debt was fifty-four million dollars, f(r the payment of all which he recommended adequate provision. 7. No objection was felt in Congress, to paying the foreign debt which had been incurred, now amounting, including interest, to eleven million five hundred thousand dollars; but the question of the lull assumption, by Congress, of all the rest of the debts, including thoe Contracted by the states, caused a long and anxious debate. 8. Congress, however, by a small majority, finally concluded to pav the whole debt. In order to do this, the money derived from the sale 2. What four measures were deemed necessary t< be taken? 8. What was decided upon? What departments were created, and who were placed at the head ? 4. What dis cu.ssion arose.? When did Congress adjourn? ft. What journey d d Washington take? C What debt had the Tinted States incurred? 7. What caused a lonjr debate? R. UJKIB what did Congress conclude ? What sum did they decide to borrow ? 26 21M HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. of western lands was to be applied, together with what remained of the revenue after paying the current expenses of the government. It was also decided to borrow, at five per cent, interest, two millions of dollars. 9. During the session, the state of Vermont, by consent of both houses of Congress, was received into the Union, which although it had aided actively in the Eevolutionary War, had not joined the con federation. The seat of general government was fixed for ten years at Philadelphia, after which that is, in the year 1800 it was to be re- tr.oved to Washington. A tax was laid, after a long and angry debate, c- 1 domestic spirits. A National Bank was also established, with a capital of ter millions of dollars, and a charter was granted, to extend to May, 1811. CTIAPTEE CXXXIX. WASHINGTON S ADMIN ISTKATION, CONTINUED. Rise of Par ties. Wars with the Indians. 1. THU discussion of so many great and important subjects at the two sessions of the first Congress had already formed a line of de marcation between the two great political parties, whose frequent subsequent conflicts for power have more than once shaken the rery confederacy itself to its cen tre. 2. But while these things were going on at Philadelphia, a war was preparing with the Indians of the north-west. By an ordi nance of Congress, in 1787, a terri torial government had been form ed north-west of the river Ohio; and, by another ordinance, power had been given to commissioners > v > treat with the Indians. In spite, however, of governments and treaties, an Indian war broke out in t7 .)<>. KHKKRAI. ST. CLAIR. 9. When was Vermont received into the Union? Where was the seat of government to be at first ? When was it to be removed to Washington ? What tax was lid ? What of a bunk? ( HAP CXXXIX. 1. What distinction in parties grew out of the debates in Congress ? 2. What war was in preparation ? What had been ordered by Congress? GENERAL ST. CLAIR. 291 3. On the 30th of September, General Harmar, with fourteen hun dred and fifty men, three-fourths of whom were Pennsylvania and Kentucky militia, marched against the Indians at their villages, on the Sci-o -to and Mi-a -mi Rivers. The Indians, having set fire to their huts with their own hands, fled to the woods. 4. After burning and plundering and some skirmishing, for several flays, a general and decisive battle was fought near the spot where Chillicothe now stands, in which the army of the United States was defeated, with the loss of nearly two hundred men. The loss of the Indians, however, was considerable. They had lost also, during the whole time, about three hundred huts and wigvams. 5. The success of the United States was greater this year, in making treaties with the Indians, than in lighting them. By the persevering exertions of General Knox, the secretary of war, a treaty was made with the Creek Indians, in which a large territory, hitherto claimed by that tribe, was ceded to Georgia. (5. After the failure of the expedition under General Ilarmar, Gen eral St. Clair was appointed to the command of the north-western army, and additional troops were raised. He was also appointed gov ernor of the North-Western Territory, lie was^instructed to carry on the war against the Indians, by destroying their villages about tlit Miami, and driving them wholly away from the Ohio country. 7. In the spring of 1791, he took the field with about fifteen hun dred men. The Indians in that region had, as it was supposed, about an equal number of warriors. Generals "Wilkinson and Scott were sent out with eight hundred and fifty men, but did not effect much. Early in November, General St. Clair himself went against them with his whole force. 8. On the 4th of November, a great battle was fought on the Miami, in which the army of St. Clair was entirely defeated, with the loss of more than six hundred men nearly half his army. This was the most signally destructive battle which had been fought with the Indian* since the memorable defeat of Braddock. 9. But, instead of relinquishing the war, on account of a few disas ters, Congress, after a good deal of discussion and much opposition to the measure, passed a bill to raise several new regiments of troops, to be employed in the service, if necessary, three years. 10. .During the year 1791, Washington made a tour of observation through the Southern states, as he had done through the Northern, 3. Who marched against the Indians ? 4. Where was a battle fought ? What of the Indian loss? 5. What was done by General Knox ? 6. What of Generaf St. Clair ? 7. What *as done in 1791 ? 8. What of tho battle on the Miami ? 9. What did Congress do in re gard t<i the Indian war 292 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. two years before, and for similar purposes. The day, and in many instances the hour, of his appearance at each place, was fixed long before his arrival, from which, except in a single instance, he never de viated. He was received everywhere with demonstrations of great joy. CHAPTER CXL. WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Kentucky Admitted to the Union. 1. DURING the year 1792, Kentucky was admitted to the Union, as the fifteenth grand pillar of the Union Vermont having made the fourteenth. It may be useful to trace the history of this state from the earliest known periods, as well as the character of the individual who began its settlement. 10. Describe Washington s tour In 1791. CHAP ( XL. 1 \Vhi-n w:is Kentucky made a state ? KENTUCKY ADMITTED TO THE UNION. L !>3 2. The Revolutionary War, though it retarded the progress of the settlements in the West, did not wholly prevent emigration thither. In 1773, no less than four hundred families passed down the Ohio River iu six weeks, most of whom settled at or near Natchez. The same year three hundred families of Germans emigrated from Maine to the south-western parts of South Carolina. 8. But the most remarkable of all the attempts to people the western country at this period was made by Colonel Daniel Boone, of North Carolina, lie was a great hunter, and had rambled in the forests of tiie k Mighty West" several years before he ventured, in defiance of wild beasts and still wilder men, to take up his residence there. 4. He lirst left home, in company with six other adventurers, in 1769. Kentucky was found to be a fine place for hunting the bult alo. At length, he and a companion by the name of Stuart were taken prisoners by the Indians. They escaped from them and found their way back to their camp, but it had been plundered, and the rest of the company were dispersed. 5. Soon after this, his brother and another man joined him, so that the company was again increased to four. Stuart was soon after killed by the Indians, and the other man by wolves, so that Boone and his brother alone remained. They, however, built themselves a cottage with poles and bark, and wintered there. (5. In May, 1770, the brother of Boone returned to North Carolina, in order to procure a recruit of horses and ammunition, leaving him entirely alone, and, as he himself says, "without bread, salt, or sugar, or even a horse or a dog. 1 This winter, in one of his rambles, he narrowly escaped the savages. But he was one of those men who, like Washington, seemed reserved for special purposes. 7. Ilis brother returned to him late in July, and they spent the rest of the year there, and the following winter. During this time, beside hunting, they discovered and gave name to the principal rivers of the country. The whole region seemed to them a paradise, and in March, 1771, they returned home to bring their families there. 8. In September, 1773, they set out for Kentucky. Five other fam ilies had been induced, by their representations, to join them. Forty men also joined them at Powell s Valley, on the road. Soon after this, they were attacked by the Indians, and six of the party slain, among whom was Boone s eldest son. Their cattle also were scattered. l). They retreated forty miles to a settlement on Clinch River, where 2. Describe the emigration of the year 1TT3. 3. Wlutt of Daniel Boone? 4. 5. Pescrib* his adventures in 17C9. 6. What took place in May, 1TTO? 7. What happened after tlm return >f his brother? What did he an 1 his brother do in 1771 ? 8. What happened in September? What was dune by th* Indians 26* 294 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. they left their families. From this time forth, for nearly two years, Boone was employed in surveying the country and in building roads and forts. Among the rest, they built a fort at a place which they called Boonesborough. He removed his family to the fort in June 5 i775, about the time of the battle at Lexington. 10. This is supposed to have been the first permanent settlement in that state at that time a part of Virginia though two others were made not far from the same time. The wife and daughter of Colonel Boone were, as he says, "the first white women that ever stood upon the banks of Kentucky River." 11. But this settlement was not effected without great peril. Several times did the Indians attack Boone s party during the journey from Clinch River to Boonesborough. Five of the company were killed, and as many wounded. Others were slain after their arrival. The daughter of Boone was even carried off by the savages, in 1770 ; but her father recovered her. 12. The whole life of this father of Kentucky is eventful and in teresting ; we can only add here, that he remained in his favorite state, though often much exposed and once taken a prisoner, till 1798, when he removed, with a large train of relatives and friends, to Missouri, where he spent his days in hunting and trapping. He died in 1822, aged eighty -five years. CHAPTER CXLI. WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Formation of various Societies in the United States. 1. THE year 1792 is distinguished for the formation of the Massachu setts Agricultural Society ; an association which, by itself and its auxiliaries, has, in the progress of half a century, done much for the advancement, in the United States, of that which constitutes the real wealth and happiness and greatness of a nation. 2. Up to this period, societies for the promotion of improvement, physical or moral, had been little known among us. But an interval of rest from war had led many at length to turn their thoughts to mechanics, manufactures, agriculture, education, morals, and religion. 9 How was Boone employed for two years? To wliut place did he remove his family? (0. What was the first permanent settlement in Kentucky? "What of the wife and iaogbter of Boone f 11. How were the settlers annoyed by the Indians? 12. How long did Boone remain in Kentucky? Where did he then go? When did he die ? CHAP. CXLT. 1. For what is the year 1792 distinguished? 2. What had been done JuriHjj the interval of rc-st from war? SOCIETIES IN THE UNITED STATtia. 295 3. It is worthy of remark that the rearing of mulberry-trees and silk-worms had succeeded so far, in Connecticut, that the Rev. Jason Atwater, a minister in Branford, had a silk gown made for him this year, at his own home. This was the first Clergyman s silk gown made in America. Silk stockings had been fabricated a little before, and also silk handkerchiefs. 4. One of the first and most curious societies ever formed in thi* country was the Boston Society for Encouraging Industry and Em ploying the Poor. It was established about the year 1750, though it continued but a few years. A large and handsome brick building was erected in Boston, in connection with this society, for the linen manu facture, the expense of which w r as paid by a tax on carriages and other articles of luxury. 5. Tins society held its first anniversary in 1753, when a public dis course was delivered by Rev. Mr. Cooper. In the afternoon, about three hundred young female spinsters, decently dressed, appeared on the com mon, at their spinning-wheels. The wheels were placed regularly in three rows, of one hundred each, and a female was seated at each wheel. 6. The weavers, also, of the city and its vicinity, appeared on the Common, neatly dressed m garments of their own weaving. One of them, with his loom, was carried on the shoulders of the people, at tended by music; the music of the shuttle continuing along with the rest. The crowd that attended to witness these novel but interesting spectacles was immense. 7. An association of tradesmen and manufacturers of the town of Boston was formed in 1785. The Boston Mechanics Association was formed in 17C5. The Delaware Society for Promoting American Manu factures was instituted at Wilmington in 1817; and the Scotch loom came into Rhode Island the same year. The Maryland Economical Association was formed at Baltimore in 1819. 8. The American Bible Society was formed at New York in 1816. Delegates were present from thirty -two societies. It is, moreover, a curious fact, that, in view of the want of Bibles in the country, Con gress, in 1777, had ordered twenty thousand Bibles to be imported. 9. But there had been societies for other purposes, in considerable numbers, formed long before the year 1792 the period at which we are now arrived. There was a society for propagating the gospel in New England, incorporated in 1649 for propagating the gospel among the Indians in New England and elsewhere, in 1661, and the Society for propagating Christian knowledge among the Indians, in 1762. 3. What of the culture of silk in Connecticut? 4. "What society was formed in 1750 T Wlint building was erected? 5 What was done in 1758? Describe the scene on Bostop Common. 6. Describe the meeting of the weavers. 7. What other associations wer* formed ? 8. What of Bible societies? 9. What societies were there prior to 1792? 296 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 10. In more modern times, associations or societies have become numerous in all parts of the United States, including those devoted to agriculture and other domestic arts; to religion, to charities of many kinds, to literature, science, the fine arts, etc. These societies have been the means of promoting, in many ways, the peace, improvement, and happiness of the people. CHAPTER CXLIL WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. His Second Election. The French Revolution. M. Genet s Opera tions. Jefferson s Resignation as Secretary of State. 1. SOON after the opening of Congress in 1792, an attempt was made to show that Hamilton, the secretary of the treasury, was a dangerous man, aiming at the destruction of the liberties and rights of his coun try ; and hints to the same effect were even thrown out against Presi* dent Washington himself. 2. But, notwithstanding all these inpinuations, in March, 1793, Wash ington was declared unanimously re-elected to the presidency, and Mr. Adams was again chosen vice-president. Washington had at first de cided not to be again a candidate for this high office, but had at length yielded his own wishes to those of the people. 3. A treaty was this year made with the Indians on the Wabash, and the promise of a conference, the next spring, was obtained of sev eral of the other tribes. In the mean time, however, the business of enlisting soldiers for an exigency, which might, after all, require them, was perse veringly though slowly carried on, and the troops already in the service were kept in a proper state of discipline. 4. Early in 1793, news readied America of a Declaration of War by France against England, Spain, and Holland, and caused much excite ment. From the nature of the relation which had subsisted between the United States and France during the late war, a majority of the people sympathized strongly with the French, and were as strongly opposed to Great Britain. 5. The question therefore arose, whether the government of the L nited States should espouse the cause of either party in the contest. This question was finally decided by Washington and his council in 10. What of societies in more modern limes? CHAP. CXLII. 1. What attempts were made by some invidious persons about 1792? 2. When was Washington re-elected president? 3. What treaty was made this yeai. 1733? What was done in respect to soldiers? 4. What news in 1793? How were tnu Americans disposed ? 5. What question arose ? What wag issued April 2 Jd ? THE FRENCH REVOLUTION. 297 the negative. Accordingly, on the 22d of April, President Washington issued a proclamation enjoining entire neutrality on the part of the United States. 6. The Revolution in France, which resulted in the execution of the king, Louis XVI., and changed the government from a Monarchy to a Republic, had commenced about the year 1789. It seems to have been brought on, or at least hastened, by the Revolution in the United States. The new republic now recalled the French minister in the United States, who had been appointed under the king, and sent over M Genet in his stead. 7. The principal object for which M. Genet was sent over was, to persuade the United States to aid France in the pending war. He landed at Charleston, South Carolina, and, being kindly received by the constituted authorities there, both on account of the dignity of his office and the gratitude which was felt toward the French nation, he boldly proceeded to the performance of various unauthorized, and in deed wholly illegal, acts. 8. lie did not hesitate to enlist men, and to arm and fit out privateers, to cruise and commit hostilities against nations with whom the United States were at peace. When any captures were made, he allowed the French consul at Charleston to hold courts of admiralty on them, and to try and condemn them, and authorize their sale. 9. All this was done, too, by M. Genet before the American gov ernment had recognized him as a minister. He had presumed on a disposition to aid France without regard to consequences. Finding that the Americans disapproved of his conduct, he endeavored partly, no doubt, in self-defence to excite them to opposition against their own government. 10. When Congress met, in 1793, they approved of Washington s proclamation, as well as of all his conduct in relation to France. They also encouraged the president and his cabinet to urge the French gov ernment to recall M. Genet, and appoint a successor. M. Genet was therefore recalled, and M. Fauchet appointed in his stead. 11. The last important event of the year 1793 was the resignation of Mr. Jefferson, secretary of state, and the appointment of Edmund Randolph, of Virginia, as his successor. Mr. Randolph had been for some time attorney -general of the United States, and had sustained the office with singular ability. 6. What of the French Revolution? What of the new republic? 7. Why was M. Genet sent to America? 8. What did he proceed to do? 9. What did he do on the disapproval of the Americans? 10. What was done by Congress in 1793 ? Who was sent M French minister to the United States in place of M. Genet? 11. Who succeeded Jef ferson as secretary of state? What of :.lr. Randolph * 13* 298 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 12. It is necessary to state here that from the beginning of the new Constitution, some persons had been opposed to it. Among them was Mr. Jefferson, who afterward became the head of the Republican party, which espoused the cause of France, and expressed great hostility to Great Britain, during the period to which our history now refers. The supporters of the Constitution, or Federal government, among whom were Washington and Hamilton, were called Federalists. The conflicts between the two parties soon shook the country to its dation. CHAPTER CXLI1I. WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Difficulties with Great Britain. 1. FEARS began to be entertained, in 1794, of another war with Great Britain. The govern ment of that country had issued an order in January, 1793, for bidding the exportation of corn to France, and authorizing the seizure of neutral vessels found carrying it there. As a conse quence, many American vessels had been captured. 2. Additional instructions had also been given, in the November following, to British ships of war and privateers, to take all such vessels as were carrying provisions or other supplies to France or her col onies. Great Britain, moreover^ had failed to deliver up to the United States the Western posts, according .to the provisions of the treaty of 1783. 3. In view of these difficulties between the two countries, and the uncertainty to what they might lead, Congress, in 1794, passed bills for laying an embargo upon ships in our ports for thirty days, /or in creasing the standing army, and for organizing the militia and erecting 12. What of Mr. Jefferson ? What of the two parties, Kepublicans and Federalists? CHAP. CXLIII. 1. What order had government issued in 1793? 2. What was done in November? How had Great Britain failed to fulfil her treaty? . What bills were passed in 1794? To what office was Mr. Jay appointed? THE WHISKEY INSURRECTION. 299 fortifications. At the same time that these precautionary measures were taken, John Jay, of New York, who had heen greatly distin guished hy his wisdom and patriotism during the Revolution, was ap pointed an envoy extraordinary to the court of Great Britain. 4. Mr. Jay succeeded, during this and the following year, in making a treaty for the settlement of the difficulties between the two coun tries. This, while it met the approbation of a majority of the people of the United States, only increased the complaints of those who won- opposed to the existing administration, and widened the gulf which separated the two great political parties. 5. The conference which had been promised by the Indians of tho north-west having failed, General Wayne, the successor of General St. Glair, was sent out against them in August, 1794, and succeeded in gaining a complete victory on the banks of the Miami, and in laying waste their whole country. 6. The Six Nations, and the other tribes of Indians in their region, who had been for some time meditating a. great war against the people of the United States, were discouraged by the success of General Wayne, and gave up their scheme, and hopes were now entertained of a permanent peace with them. CHAPTEK CXLIY. WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED.^ The Whiskey Insurrection. 1. CONGRESS, in 1790, had enacted laws imposing duties on spirits distilled within the United States, and upon stills. To these laws four or five counties in western Pennsylvania had from the first been strongly opposed, but it was not till 1795 that their hostility broke out in angry opposition. 2. In July of this year, about a hundred persons, armed with guns and other weapons, attacked the house of an inspector of the revenue, and wounded some of the occupants. They also seized the district marshal, and compelled him to agree not to persevere in the duties of his office. Both the inspector and the marshal found it necessary to leave the county for safety. 4. What did he succeed in doing? What of the two parties in respect to Jay s treaty ? 5. Where was General Wayne sent in 1794? How did he succeed? 6. What were the leelings of the Six Nations and other Indians ? CHAP. CXLIV. 1. To what laws were some counties in Pennsylvania opposed ? 2. What outrages were committed in July, 1T94-? 300 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 3. These and other similar outrages called forth a proclamation, on the 7th of August, from President Washington, commanding the in surgents to disperse, and warning all persons against aiding them in any way whatever, in their rebellious opposition. All officers and other citizens were also required to exert themselves to the utmost, to prevent and suppress such dangerous proceedings. 4. On the 25th of September, a second proclamation was issued, the u jject of which was to admonish the insurgents, and induce them, if possible, to desist from their opposition. At the same time, however, the president declared his fixed determination, in obedience to the duty assigned him by the Constitution, "to take care that the laws be faithfully executed," and to compel the refractory to obedience. 5. Meanwhile, the insurgents, nothing daunted, proceeded to almost every form of outrage. They first robbed the western mail. Next, several thousands of them collected at BraddockVField, on the Mo- nongahela. Still later, a convention of two hundred delegates, from the disaffected counties of Pennsylvania and Virginia, met at Parkin son s Ferry, and by adjournment at other places. 6. Some were for returning to obedience; others adhered to their opposition. At length, Washington ordered out fifteen thousand militia, under Governor Lee, of Virginia, on the approach of whom the insurgents laid down their arms. Eighteen were tried for treason, but not convicted. Only three men were killed during the whole progress of the insurrection. 7. The only other historical events of the year 1795, worthy of note, were, the ratification, by the Senate of the United States, of Mr. Jay s treaty w\th Great Britain, after a violent opposition by the Republican party, in Congress and oat of it, and the conclusion of treaties with the dey of Algiers, Spain, and the Miami Indians. By the treaty with Algiers a number of American citizens wero liberated from a most painful bondage. 3. What orders were issued by Washington? 4. What of a second proclamation ? f>. Inscribe the conduct of the insurgents. 6. How were they compelled to lay d?i<vn H>-tr *<-i-: 7. "What were <--onio other historical events of the year 1793? ADMISSION OF TENNESSEE. 301 CHAPTER CXLY. WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Admission of Tennessee, the sixteenth State. 1. IN 1796, Ten-ncs-see was admiHed into the Union. It had been made a territorial government in 1790, but did not attain until six years afterward the number of inhabitants necessary to entitle it to be received into the confederacy. 2. What is now the great state of Tennessee, with more than a mil lion of inhabitants, was, till about sixty years ago, a part of North Carolina. The first settlement attempted to be made in the province \va> in 1754. At that time, about fifty families settled on Cumberland River, where Nashville now stands, but were broken up soon after by the Indians. 3. The first permanent white inhabitants of Tennessee went there in 1757. They built Fort London, now in Blount county. They were at tacked in 1760 by the savages, and two hundred men, women and children, were massacred. In 1767, the savages were humbled by Col onel Grant, and a treaty made with them, which encouraged emigra tion. 4. In 1765, settlements began on the Ilolston River, and gradually increased. Still the Indians were troublesome, but were often prompt ly repulsed, especially by Colonel John Sevier, who was the Tennes- seean hero of those times. In June, 1776, Colonel Sevier, with the militia of Tennessee, and a few soldiers from \ 7 irginia, gained a de cisive victory over the savages. 5. Where Nashville now stands was a wilderness till 1780. During that year, about forty families, under the direction of James Robert son, crossed the mountains, and founded Nashville. From this time forward, though more or less harassed by the Indians, the progress of the state, in population and improvement, was rapid. 6. In 1785, the inhabitants of the province proposed to become a state by the name of Franklin ; but the scheme was at length aban doned. In 1789, North Carolina gave up the territory, and in 1790 Congress recognized it as a separate province, and made provision for its government accordingly. CFIAP. CXLV. 1. What of Tennessee ? 2. What was its condition till about sixty years ago ? What settlement was attempted ? 3. What of the first permanent white inhabitants nf Tennessee? What of the savaires in 17*0 and 1761 ? 4. What was done in 17fi. >? In 1776? 5. In 1780? Whn was Nashville founded? 6. What was proposed in 1785 Vben did Congress recognize Tennessee as a separate province? 302 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTEK CXLYI. WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Changes in his Cabinet. Education in the Country. 1. Two years before the close of Washington s administration, there were some modifications of his cabinet. General Hamilton hadresign- 3d the office of secretary of the treasury, and had been succeeded by Oliver Wolcott, of Connecticut. General Knox had also been suc ceeded, in the war department, by Timothy Pickering, of Massachu setts. 2. No considerable change had taken place in the morals and relig ion of the community, during the administration of Washington, not withstanding his own manifestations of regard for good things. The country was still flooded with vice and infidelity. The writings of Paine and Godwin were circulated in great numbers sometimes gratuitously. 3. Trade and commerce, however, flourished during this period, beyond any former example. In 1797, the exports of the United States amounted to nearly fifty-seven millions of dollars, and the im ports to seventy-five millions of dollars. Great progress was made in agriculture, and also in manufactures. The population of the Unit ed States had risen to about five millions. 4. The national credit, moreover, had become established ; an ample revenue had been provided; a considerable part of the national debt had been paid ; and such measures had been put in operation as bade fair to extinguish the debt in a reasonable time. Treaties had been made with most of the Indian tribes, and we were at peace with mo&t foreign nations. 5. A prodigious impulse had been given, during this period, to the cause of education. Among the literary institutions which had their origin during the short period of Washington s administration, were Williams, Union, Greenville and Bowdoin Colleges, and the University of Vermont. The Historical Society of Massachusetts had its origin, also, during the same period. 6. It was in the year 1795 that the remarkable school fund of Con necticut was formed. The Connecticut reserve lands now a part of CHAP. CXLVI. 1. What changes had been made in Washington s cabinet? 2. What of morals and religion during Washington s administration? 3. Describe the increase of trade and commerce. What other progress was made ? What ot the population of the United States? 4. In what other respects had the country improved? 5. What of educa tion at this period ? WASHINGTON S INFLUENCE. 303 north-western Ohio were sold for one million two hundred thousand dollars, and devoted to this purpose. The fund now amounts to over two millions of dollars. In 1796, an act for establishing schools through out the state was passed in Pennsylvania. At the present time, nearly every state in the Union gives encouragement to common school edu cation, and high-schools, academies and colleges, in the Union, are al most beyond enumeration. 7. No man ever had such unbounded influence in the United States as Washington perhaps it is not too much to say, no man ever will have. Several other chief magistrates have indeed been extremely popular and influential, especially when they had been distinguished in military life. Yet even these had not the hearts of the whole na tion at their disposal, like Washington. 8. Had he been as ambitious as Napoleon, or even as Bolivar or Fraucia, he might have been dictator for life, as well as they. Such a course was even proposed to him, in 1782, when it was believed that the country was not yet ready for any thing but a qualified monarchy ; but he turned from it witk disdain. As the leader of a republic, in a time which " tried men s souls," no one ever exceeded him in judg ment or patriotism. 6. What of the school fund of Connecticut? 7. "What of schools, academies and eolleeres at the present time? What cnn you suy of Washington as chief magistrate ? S. What station mi^ht he b*v. tvet-1 ? What was his character? 304 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES, JOHN ADAMS. CHAPTER CXLYIL JOHN ADAMS S ADMINISTRATION, FROM MARCH 4 ni, 1707, TO MARCH 4:TH, 1801. Prospects of a War with France. 1. TIIE time for electing a chief magistrate was again, approaching, and Washington having signified his determination to retire to private life, it became necessary to bring into the field a new candidate. The most popular individual vras John Adams, of Massachusetts, and, on opening and counting the votes, in February, 1797, he was found to be elected. Thomas Jefferson was at the same time chosen vice-president. 2. Although Washington retired from the presidency, and Adam* succeeded him, with the prospects of the country, on the whole, en couraging, yet there was one drawback to the public felicity. This was the perplexing character of our relations, as a government, witk France. 3. For a long time before this, France had been committing dep- CHAP. CXLYII. 1. Who became president in 1797? drawback was there to the public happiness? Who vice-president? 2. WL DIFFICULTIES WITH FRANCE. 305 redations on our West India commerce. In the hope of being able to adjust, in an amicable way, the existing difficulty, Washington, just before his retirement from office, had recalled Mr. Monroe, our min ister at Paris, and appointed General Charles Cotesworth Pinckney iu his stead. 4. The French republic refused to receive a new minister till after the "redress of grievances" of which they complained. On learning the fact, President Adams, in June, 1797, convened Congress, arid in his address or message, though he spoke of preserving peace if possi ble, yet, us a last resort, he alluded to war. 5. The result was, that three envoys extraordinary to France were appointed, to attempt a settlement of the existing difficulties. They were General Pinckney, Elbridge Gerry, and John Marshall. Their mission finally proved an entire failure; and the spring of 1798 opened with every prospect of war. 6. Indeed, in a practical point of view, war was already begun. The treaty existing between the two countries had, in July, 1797, been declared by the United States as no longer binding on their part. The French cruisers were continually making depredations upon our com merce, and every opportunity was taken to insult the United States government. 7. In these circumstances, the first step taken by Congress was to increase the regular army. Twelve regiments of infantry, one of artillery, and one of cavalry, were ordered to be added to the existing establishment ; and the president was authorized to appoint such offi cers as might be necessary to render the army efficient. 8. For commander-in-chief, all eyes were once more turned toward "Washington ; and notwithstanding his love of retirement and of do mestic and agricultural life, he consented once more to comply with the wishes of his country. But, by the merciful appointment of Di vine Providence, the danger of war suddenly disappeared. 9. The French government having expressed a willingness to settle the difficulties which existed, on reasonable terms, President Adams appointed Oliver Ellsworth, William R. Davies, and William Vans Mur ray, envoys extraordinary to meet the commissioners of the French. They sailed for France in the summer of 1799. 10. On their arrival in France, they found a change in the govern ment. All power was now in the hands of Napoleon, who had not 3. What had been done by France? What new minister had "Washington sent to Paris? 4. What did the French refuse to do? "What did Adams say in his message to Congress ? 5. \Vhatenvoys were sent to France? 6. What of the treaty of 1797? What of tli French cruisers? 7. What steps were taken to increase the ropilar army ? 8. Who wus looked to ascominander-in.chief of the American army? 9. Who sailed for France in 171 C? 26* HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. been concerned in the transactions about which so much difficulty- existed. *A treaty of peace was made, Sept. 30th, 1800; and the army of the United States was, by direction of Congress, soon after dis banded. 11. Before the treaty was made, however, the commander-in-chief of the newly-raised American army was no more ! General Washing ton expired suddenly, at his seat at Mount Vernon, in Virginia, Decem ber 14th, 1799, in the sixty-eighth year of his age; and left a whole nation to mourn his loss. CHAPTER CXLVIIL ADAMS S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. -The Public Health. Smallpox. Yellow Fever. Cholera. 1. THE introduction of the kine-pox, or, as it was at that time called, the cow-pox or, in more fashionable language still, vaccination into the United States, in the year 1800, is an event which deserves to be remembered in our history. The individual to whom the country is indebted for this act of benevolence was Dr. Benjamin Waterhouse, of Cambridge, Massachusetts. 2. Smallpox was first known in Europe about the time of the dis covery of America by Columbus ; and, as might have been expected on its introduction into a country, was exceedingly fatal. From Europe it was soon scattered among the inhabitants of the Western World, where it was also very fatal, especially among the Indians, owing, in part, no doubt, to their wretched mode of treating it. 3. As early in the settlement of Massachusetts as the year 1631, vhis terrible destroyer appeared among the natives at Saugus, and swept away whole towns and villages. The colonists assisted, it is skid, in burying entire families of th* Indians at once. In one of their wigwams a living infant was found at the breast of its deceased mother, every other Indian of the place being dead. 4. Again, in 1633 and 1634, the disease raged in the same fearful wanner. Holmes, in his " American Annals," says, that "thirty of John Sagamore s people were buried by Mr. Maverick, of Wineseme, in one day." In 1692, it raged greatly in New Hampshire among the 10. What treaty was made by Napoloon? 11. When and where di<l Washington <lie? CHAP. CXLVIIL 1. When was tin- cow-pox first introduced into Hi.- I Tinted States, and by whom? 2. When was the smallpox first known in Europe? Where was it very fatal? 8. Describe its first appearance in Massachusetts. 4. When did it asrain ragf ? What does Holmes say in his Annuls? Where did it prevail in 10 JJ . In ITUUi 1 THE PUBLIC HEALTH. HO? colonists, having been brought there in bags of cotton from the West Indies. Again, in 1700. it was fearfully prevalent in Charleston, South Carolina. 5. The first notice we find of its appearance among the white pop ulation of Boston is in the year 1689. In 1702, it was still more prev alent and fatal, and swept off more than three hundred of the inhab- itants. Again it made great havoc in Boston and some of the adja cent towns, in 1721. Inoculation for the disease was now for the first time introduced. 6. The opposition which was manifested to the practice of inocula tion is at this day hardly credible, were it not well attested. Many thought that if a person who had been inoculated should die, his phy sician ought to be treated as a murderer. Dr. Cotton Mather, though not a little superstitious himself, labored in vain to remove the vulgar prejudices on this subject. 7. Dr. Zabdiel Boylston was the first physician whom Dr. Mather could persuade to stem the torrent of prejudice. He began by inoc ulating his own family. The populace were so enraged, that hi.s family were hardly safe in his house, and he was often insulted in the streets. And yet it was obvious thai the inoculated disease was comparatively mild, and that but few died of it. 8. But the crowning discovery of all, as a preventive of this fearful disease, was that of vaccination, by Dr. Jenner, of England, late in the eighteenth century, and first made publicly known in 1796. Much praise should be accorded to Dr. Waterhouse for his successful efforts to introduce it in this country. 9. The yellow fever first prevailed within the present limits of the United States, at Philadelphia, about the year 1698, and swept off great numbers of the people. It had, however, previously appeared in the West Indies. In 1728, it was still more fatal in Charleston, South Carolina. The physicians knew not how to treat it. Again it raged in Charleston most fearfully in 1732. 10. In the year 1746, it prevailed among the Mohegan Indians, in Connecticut, and about one hundred of them died of it. In 1793, it was very fatal in Philadelphia, and again in 1797 and 1798. In the latter year it raged also in New York, and, for the first time, in Bos ton. It prevailed in New Haven in 1794. It has since appeared at intervals in our large cities, and sometimes has caused great mortality. 11. The cholera, a new and destructive disease, after having raged . r >. When did it first appear in Boston ? What of the further ravages of the smallpox* 6. What of the opposition to inoculation? What of Cotton Mather? 7. What of Dr. Boylstou? How was he treated? 8. What of Dr. Jenner? 9, 10. What of the yellow <ever? Give some account of it. 308 II J STORY OF T11K UNITED STATES. greatly in the East, at length, in 1832, crossed to Canada, and ad vanced, by way of Albany and Xevv York, into the United States, where it became, for several years the principal epidemic disease. It was much more suddenly fatal, as well as more severe, than common cholera morbus. 12. But the scourge of the United States, in every period of their history, especially for a century past, has been consumption. With the progress of civilization and refinement, this disease has increased, 11 nd is likely to continue to increase till the community can be gener ally enlightened with regard to its numerous causes. 13. The public events of the year 1800, in addition to those which have been mentioned, were neither numerous nor important. Agree ably to a resolution of Congressmen years before, the seat of govern ment was this year transferred to Washington, in the District of Columbia.* A law was passed this year, establishing a national sys tem of bankruptcy, but it was repealed three years afterward. 14. There were also some changes made in the western territories this year. A part of the North- Western territory was separated from the rest, to be called the Indiana Territory. The Mississippi Territory was also erected into a separate government. By the census taken this year the second taken under direction of the government the population of the United States was found to be five million three hundred and five thousand four hundred and eighty-two. 15. During the administration of Mr. Adams, agriculture, trade and commerce had continued to flourish, and religion had begun to revive. Infidelity, indeed, still stalked abroad, but had greatly altered its tone. The good influence of religion upon society had begun to be admitted, even by those who did not believe in its divine origin. 11. What of the cholera? 12. What can yon say of consumption ? 13. What of the public events in the year 1800? \\hat of Washington . The District of Columbia? What law was passed? 14. What changes were made in the territories this year? What of the population of the United States? 15. What of the administration u/Mr. Adams? Infidelity? * The District of Columbia was originally ten miles square; the part that lies north of the Potomac was ceded to the general government by Maryland; the southern part by Virginia. Tnis latter poition was re-coded to Virginia in 1S46. JEFFERSON ELECTED PRESIDENT. 309 PRESIDENT JEFFEKSO.N. CHAPTER CXLIX. JEFFERSON S ADMINISTRATION, FROM MARCH 4TH, 1801, TO MARCH 4:TH, 1809. Choice of Jefferson as President and Burr as Vice-President, oy Congress. 1. ON the 4th "of March, 1801, Mr. Adams s term of office, as pres ident, having expired, and the measures of the Federal party, who had heen the chief supporters of Mr. Adams in the early part of his admin istration, having become somewhat unpopular, Thomas Jefferson, the candidate of the Republican or Democratic party, had been elected in his stead; and Aaron Burr had been chosen vice-president. As there was no election by the people, the choice for the first time had devolv ed upon Congress. The contest was long and severe. 2. The method of election, in such cases, was now first to be settled, and was fixed upon as follows. The representatives of each state were to be seated by themselves, and to ballot by themselves ; each state being OfiAP. CXLIX. 1. When was Jefferson elected president ? In what manner wai elected* What of Aaron Burr? 2. What mode of proceeding was fixed upon ? 310 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. entitled to only one vote. The doors were to be closed against every person but the officers of the house, and, the balloting having once commenced, the house was not to adjourn till a choice was eifected. 3. In the present instance, the representatives of the states were obliged to. ballot thirty-six times before they could effect a choice. At the first ballot, eight states had voted for Mr. Jefferson, six for Mr. Burr, and two were divided. Of course, neither candidate had a ma jority of the votes. At the thirty-sixth ballot, Mr. Jefferson had the rotes of ten states, Mr. Burr four, and there were two blanks. CHAPTER CL. JEFFP;BSON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Settlement of Ohio. 1. IN 1802, the eastern part of the North-Western territory was ad mitted to the Union as an independent state, by the name of Ohio. There were now seventeen states in the Union. At the time of its reception, Ohio contained seventy-two thousand inhabitants. 2. It was first permanently settled at Marietta, in the year 1788. This was a year famous in the history of western emigration, for no less than twenty thousand persons men, women and children passed the inouth of the Mus-king -urn River, during the season, on their jour ney down the Ohio ! The party which stopped at Marietta consisted of forty-seven persons, under -General Rufus Putnam. 3. Their first business was to build a stockade fort, of sufficient strength to resist the ordinary attacks of the savages. They killed the standing trees by cutting the bark, taking care, however, to hew down enough of them to admit of their planting fifty acres of corn. In the autumn, twenty more families joined them. Both of these companies were New Englard people. 4. The Indians, for many years, gave the settlers of Marietta but little trouble. Nor did the latter make war upon or molest the In dians, except in one or two instances. Twice, some of the more thoughtless of the settlers fired upon the Indians, when they came too near them, by which means one Indian was killed and another wounded. 5. The earliest settlers of Cincinnati, about twenty in number, ar- 8. What of the ballot In the present case ? Describe the result of the balloting. CHAP. CL. 1. What of Ohio in 1802? How many states were there in the L T nior. at that time? 2. For what was the year 1788 remarkable? Describe the emigration 8. What was their first business? 4. What of the Indians? The settlr-is? PRESIDENT JEFFERSON. 311 rived there in 1700. Twenty acres of corn were soon planted, and, for food, they shot down game and caught fish. They ground their corn in handmills. Their garments were chiefly of their own manufacture. 6. It has been said that Ohio was first permanently settled in 1788. There was a settlement of Christian missionaries and converted Indi ans, from Pennsylvania, formed on the Muskingum River about fifteen years earlier; but, after the lapse of a few years, they were gradually broken up, and the remnant were massacred some time after. 7. Until the year 1705, there was much difficulty in settling most parts of this state, on account of the Indian wars. But after the victory over the Indians by General Wayne during the administration of Wash ington, the population increased very rapidly, and has continued to in crease till the present time, when it numbers about two and a half millions. CHAPTER CLI. JEFFERSON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Cession of In dian Lands. Duel between Burr and Hamilton. Jefferxon-8 Second Election. 1. AT the first session of Congress after the election of Jefferson, the system of internal taxation, which had been introduced during Adams s ad ministration, was repealed, as well as several other laws which the new ad ministration did not approve. Many pub lic officers, who were strongly attached to the old order of things, were re moved to make way for those who were of a different political character. 2. Louisiana was ceded by Spain to France, in 1802, and the United States bought it of France for fifteen millions of dollars, the next year. Governor Claiborne took possession of it in De cember, 1803. By a treaty with the Indians at Fort Wayne, a large extent of Indian lands was also ceded to the United States this year. Much of what 5 Describe the settlement of Cincinnati. 6. What of the first settlement of Ohio? 7. What difficulty was there in settling this state ? What is its population at the present time ? CHAP. CLI. 1. What was done by the first Congress after the election of Jefferson* 2. Give SOIIH- history of Louisiana. 312 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. is now the state of Illinois was ceded to us by the Kaskaskias, in 1803. 3. In July, 1804, a duel was fought by Aaron Burr, vice-president of the United States, with Alexander Hamilton, late secretary of tlio treasury, and a distinguished officer of the Revolutionary war, in which the hitter was killed at the first fire. The duel took place on I he New Jersey shore, opposite New York. 4. The death of Hamilton produced a very deep sensation in the United States. lie was unquestionably one of the ablest men known in the history of our country. But, in accepting the challenge of Burr, who sought his life, he \vas misled by a false notion of honor; and, ID an evil hour, consented to take a step which he was too proud to re trace. Few men have been more lamented. 5. Jefferson was re-elected, and again took the oath of president .f the United States, March 4th, 1805. George Clinton, of New York, was chosen vice-president, This office the latter held by re-election till death, which happened in April, 1812. 6. The following anecdote will show the character of Vice-President Clinton. At the close of the Revolutionary war, a British officer, in New York, for no crime worthy of notice, was about to be tarred and feathered. With a drawn sword in his hand, Clinton rushed in among the mob, and, at the hazard of his own life, rescued the officer. CHAPTER CLIL JEFFERSON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. War with Tripoli. 1. DURING the year 1805 the first of President Jefferson s second term a war broke out between the United States and Trip -o-li, which, more than almost any other historical event of that period, deserves a particular notice. 2. For many years the inhabitants of the northern states of Africa had been known as corsairs or pirates, and the United States, as well as other nations, had suffered greatly from their depredations. The Tripolitans, in particular, had been very troublesome. Many of our vessels had been boarded and plundered ; and the crews, in some iin stances, had been carried into a captivity worse, if possible, than death. 8. What duel was fought in 1S04? Describe it. 4. What can you say of the death of Hamilton? 5. Who was re-elected president in 1805? Who was chosen vice-president* 6. Relate the anecdote of Clinton. CIIAP. CLII. 1. What war broke out in 1805? % 2. \VLat was the huracter of tit? v.rthern states of Africa? The Tripolitans? WAR WITH TRIPOLI. 313 COMMODORE BATMmiPGK. S. To protect our commerce, as well as to humble the pirates, an armed naval force, under Commodore Preble, hud been sent out to the Medi terranean as early as 1803. In the same year the Philadelphia frigate, under Captain Bainbridge, had joined him, but, in chasing a piratical vessel, had run aground anil surrendered, and the captain and his crew had been re duced to captivity. 4. After the surrender of the Phila delphia, the Tripolitans got the vessel afloat, and moored her in the harbor. While lying there, Decatur, then only a lieutenant under Commodore Preble, formed a plan to destroy her, to which, as it required but twenty men and a single officer, the commodore, after some hesitation, consented. 5. To accomplish his purpose, Decatur sailed, under cover of the night, in a Tripolitan vessel he had captured, for the Philadelphia, taking with him an old pilot, who understood perfectly the Tripolitan language. On approaching the Philadelphia, they were hailed ; upon which the pilot answered that he had lost his cable and anchor, and wished to fasten his vessel to the frigate till morning. 6. The request was refused, but they were permitted to remain near the Philadelphia till the Tripolitans could send ashore to ask per mission of the admiral. As soon as the boat had put off, Decatur and his men leaped on board, and in a few minutes cleared the deck of fifty Tripolitans. They then set the frigate on fire, and returned in the light of it to their squadron. 7. The plan was as successful as it was daring. !Not a man was lost, and only one injured. This individual was wounded in defending Deca tur. The latter, in a struggle with a Tripolitan, had been disarmed, and was about to have his head smitten off with a sabre, when the seaman aached out his arm and received the blow, and thus saved him. 8. The destruction of the Philadelphia greatly enraged the Tripoli- tans; and the Americans whom they held in captivity were treated with greater severity than before. The sufferings of Captain Bain- bridge and his crew, and their companions in bondage, were represent- 3. What of Commodore Preble? The Phila.K lphia? 4 What was Decatnr s plant 3,6. Describe the execution of this design. 7. Wliat of tin- n.;m who won injured ? ft. What effect h:id this t cat ..n tho Tripolitans ? What of < attain Bainbrjdtri! and his men* sit HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. ed, tit Lome, as great beyond endurance, and the public sentiment was in favor of continuing the war. 9. At this juncture, General Eaton, who had been consul of the United States up the Mediterranean, and was at Egypt on his return Uomeward, heard of the situation of his countrymen at Tripoli. He also fell in at this time with Hamet, the rightful heir to the throne of Tripoli. Jussuf, the third son of the reigning ba shaw, to gain the throne, had just murdered his fa ther and elder brother, and also sought to destroy Hamet, the only surviving heir in his way. 10. General Eaton was much interested in the story of Ilamet, as well as affected by the sufferings of his enslaved countrymen. The beys of Egypt, too, vver in favor of Ilamet. A league was therefore made between Eaton and Hamet, by virtue of which Hamet was to be restored to his throne, an ) the American captives were to be released from their bondage. 11. Having procured a small number of Americans and a few soldiers from Egypt, General Eaton and Ilamet crossed the desert of Barca and took Derne, the capital of a large province of Tripoli. The cause of Ihunet had, by this time, become so popular, and their force fco strong, that they were about to attack Tripoli; upon which Jussuf was glad to make peace with the American consul, Mr. Lear. 12. This treaty, while it released the captive Americans, did not restore Ilamet to his throne. The latter visited the United States, in 1805, to solicit some remuneration for the services he had rendered rJc-noral Eaton, and for the losses he had sustained by the premature ;reaty of peace, as he deemed it T made by Mr. Lear; but Congress did not nee fit to grant his request. BURNING OF THE PHILADELPHIA. 9. What of General Eaton? Who was Ilamet? What had Jnssnf just done ? 10. Who were in favor of Ilamet? What league was inn* *-? 11. What did Ilamet and Katmido? Why was Jussuf glad to make peace y i^. V> iiuL of llaniei ul u;rwird? How jid ( oiiirr .s in-at, Ilamet !* request? BURR S CONSPIRACY. 315 CHAPTER GLUT. JEFFERSON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Burros Con spiracy. i. ON of the most remarkable events of the year 1806 was the Conspiracy, as it is called, of the late Vice President, Aaron Burr. After the deati of General Hamilton, lie had retired tc a small island in the Ohio River, about two hundred miles below Pittsburg, since called Blennerhasset s Island. 2. Here he had set on foot a project for forming an independent empire west of the Alleghany Mountains, of which he was to be the chief or emperor. New Orleans was to be the capital. The government of the United States, ap prised of his plan, arrested him, brought him to Richmond, in Virginia, and put him on trial for treason ; but he was re leased for want of proof against him. 3. Burr found, moreover, that, beside the danger of being taken and convicted before he could get his scheme fairly under way, the attachment of the Western States to the general government was stronger than he had before supposed, and that his cunning and intrigue would not avail him. 4. It had been Burr s purpose, in case of the failure of his main plan, to proceed, with such forces as he could raise, to Mexico, and establish an empire there. But this restless man died without accom plishing the objects to which his ambition had prompted him; and all the kingdoms which his imagination had reared descended to the grave with him. 5. In point of talent, Burr was certainly a remarkable man. It wae his unbounded ambition and unrestrained selfishness that ruined him. Had he aimed, like Washington, at the general good of his country, rather th r .n his own aggrandizement, his memory might as well have been associated with the latter as with that of Benedict Arnold. AAROX BURR. CHAP. CLIIL 1. Where had Burr retired after the death of Hamilton ? 2. What wn. kis plan? What of his trial? 8. What did he find? 4 Whnt had bi-en his imrpos-* What became of all his schemes? 5. What was his character? 31t) HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 6. It was about this period that President Jefferson directed Lewis and Clarke to explore the Missouri River. With a company of forty- five men, they proceeded to its source, and then descended down the Columbia to the Pacific Ocean, and returned the same way traversing a distance of some six or eight thousand miles of wilderness in little more than two years and four months. The results of this expedition were a large accession of knowledge in respect to the geography and natural history of our country. The party returned in the year 180G. CHAPTEK CLIY. JEFFERSON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Troubles with Great Britain. British Orders in Council. Napo leorfs Berlin Decree. 1. IN 1807, Great Britain and France being at war with each other, the controversy drew to one side or the other most of the European powers ; and there were not a few who would gladly have involved the United States in the quarrel. As yet, however, the government was determined, if possible, to remain neutral. 2. One serious difficulty, indeed, had arisen. Great Britain, having at her command a powerful navy, claimed the right of taking her own native-born subjects wherever she could find them. In pursuance of her purpose, many vessels belonging to the United States had been searched, and many individuals on board of them were seized and re tained as British subjects. 3. As it was not always easy to distinguish American from British subjects, this custom of impressment gave great offence to the Amer icans. Thousands of our seamen, it was said, were claimed by the British, and, in this way, forced into their service ; and, as if to con tinue and aggravate, instead of trying to remove the grievance, Great Britain would not so much as attempt any measures of redress. 4. Worse than even this difficulty took place ; for, by an Order in Council of the British government, issued May 16th, 1806, declaring all the ports and rivers, from the Elbe in Germany, to Brest in France, in a state of blockade, American vessels trading to any of these ports were liable to be seized and condemned. 5. This decree of Great Britain was followed, in Novembei, by one 6. Describe the expedition of Lewis and Clarkn. When did they return ? CHAP. GLIV. 1. What of Great Britain and France in 1807? 2. What did Great Britain claim? & \ /hat of the impressment of our s.-auien ? 4. What worse difficulty existed? TROUBLES WITH GREAT BRITAIN. 317 ffora Bonaparte, dated at Berlin, in Prussia, in which all the British islands were declared to be blockaded, and all intercourse with them was thus broken up. This decree stood directly opposed to the exist ing treaty between France and the United States, and also to the laws and usages of nations. 6. Again, the British government, in January, 1807, issued another Order in Council, forbidding all the coasting trade with France, on penalty of capture and condemnation. Nothing could have been better calculated than these proceedings to awaken every latent feeling of resentment in the Americans against the two nations, if not to involve them in tlie horrors of war itself. CHAPTER CLY. JEFFERSON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Attack on the Chesapeake. 1. SOME time in the beginning of the year 1807, five men had de serted from the British frigate Me-lam -pus, lying in Hampton Roads, and three of them had subsequently enlisted on board the United States frigate Chesapeake, then at Norfolk, preparing for sea. The British consul at Norfolk, on being acquainted with the facts, wrote to Commodore Barren, -of the Chesapeake, requesting that the men might be returned. 2. This request being refused, the British consul applied to the sec* retary of the navy to surrender them. The secretary ordered an ex amination of the facts, from which it appeared that the men were natives of America, of which two of them had official certificates. Thej were not, therefore, given up. 3. The Chesapeake had been ordered to cruise in the Mediterranean, and, on June 22d, she proceeded on her voyage thither. In going out of Hampton Roads, she passed the British frigates Bel-lo -na and Me- lampus. As she was passing Cape Henry, the Leopard, another Brit ish frigate, of fifty guns, came up with her, and an officer was sent op. board with a note. 4. This note enclosed a copy of an order from the British admiral, Berkley, requesting them to search for deserters on board all our ships 5. What decree was made by Bonaparte ? 6. What other order was made by the British ? CHAP. CLV. 1. What took place in the year 1807? 2. What did the -British consul at Norfolic do? What appeared to be tho case concerning the men on board the Ches apeake? 3. describe the going to sea of tho Chesapeake. 4. What demand was made \>j the British ndmiml? 27 * 318 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. found out of the limits of the United States. At the same time a de mand was made to be permitted to search the Chesapeake for the deserters from the Melampus. 5. Commodore Barron, in reply, said, that he did not know of any deserters on board ; that the recruiting officers for the Chesapeake had been particularly instructed not to receive any deserters from his Britannic majesty s ships, and that he was directed never to permit the erew of a ship under his command to be mustered by any otiicers but her own. 6. Upon receiving this answer, the officer returned to the Leopard, when she immediately commenced a heavy firing upon the Chesapeake. The latter, being unprepared for an action, could make no resistance ; but, after remaining under the fire of the Leopard about thirty minutes, and having three men killed and eighteen wounded the commodore among the rest she surrendered. 7. The British captain refused to accept the surrender of the Chesa peake, but commenced a search, and finding the three men on board whom they claimed to have been deserters, together with a fourth, whom they also claimed on the same ground, they took them along with them. The Chesapeake, being much injured, returned to Norfolk. S. On receiving information of this most shameful outrage, the pres ident, by a proclamation, ordered all armed British vessels to leave the waters of the United States, and not to enter them more until satisfac tion was given by the British government for the assault on the Chesa peake. An armed force was also ordered out, sufficient for the defence of Norfolk, should it become necessary. 9. The United States government lost no time in forwarding instruc tions to Mr. Monroe, our minister at London, to demand of the British government that satisfaction which the particular case of the Chesa peake required, as well as security against further impressment of sea men from American ships. 10. The British were ready to enter upon negotiations respecting the attack on the Chesapeake, but were unwilling to relinquish the right of search. The result was, that the discussion of the subject was delayed. In the mean time, Congress came together, when the capture of the Chesapeake was one of the first subjects which occupied their attention. 11. Several measures were adopted at this session; among which wore preparations and appropriations for the support of a large land 5. What was Commodore Barren s reply? 6. Describe the attack of the Leopard. T. What did the British captain then do? 8. What proclamation was issued by the president? 9. What was next done liy the. United States government ? 10. What of the British ? 1 1. What was done by ( ongre.ss? What seemed inevitable? IMPENDING WAR. 319 and naval force. Oi the 22d of December, 1807, an embargo was laid on all vessels within the jurisdiction of the United States. Meanwhile, the difficulties with both the British and French governments were Increasing, and a speedy war seemed inevitable. 12. At length, Mr. Rose, a special minister from the British govern ment, arrived in the country, and negotiations were once more attempt ed. But they did not succeed ; nor was the controversy which grew out of the attack on the Chesapeake finally settled till some time ir the year 1811, as we shall hereafter have occasion to state. 12. T^olof Mr. RI.-&:? What of the Chesapeake eo.itroTsrsy? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. PRESIDENT MADISON. CHAPTER CLV1. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, FROM MARCH 4 r ra, 1809, TO MARCH 4 r ni, 1817. Madison s Inauguration. Affair of the Little Belt. Steamboat Navigation. Ocean Steam Navigation. 1. ON the 4th of March, 1809, James Madison, the candidate of the Repuhlican or Democratic party, having been elected president, suc ceeded Mr. Jefferson. George Clinton of New York, who had beeo vice-president since 1804, was now re-elected to that office. The pros pects of the country, at this period, were gloomy indeed. The two great nations of England and France were still at war, and, in tho progress of that war, by their orders and decrees and impressments and seizures, were breaking in upon all former treaties, especially thus? with the United States. CITAP. CLVI. 1. When <H<1 Mr. Madison succeed Mr. Jefferson? What of George (Jlltt 1 tun ? What w.-xs now the state of the country ? THE FIRST STEAMBOAT. 321 2. As strong encouragement had been given by Great Britain, inthe year 1809, before Mr. Jefferson went out of office, of a readiness on her part to settle the existing differences between the two countries, the embargo had been repealed on the 1st of March. Finding, however, that there was still a disposition to delay, the embargo was, on the 10th of August, renewed. 3. Thus affairs proceeded for some time. Decrees and prohibitions and proclamations became quite the order of the day. Sometimes, in deed, there was a gleam of hope. The probability that the United States could long remain neutral, in the existing state of things, was, however, every day and every hour diminishing. 4. On the 16th of May, 1811, the British sloop of war Little Belt, romrnanded by Captain Bingham, made an unprovoked attack upon the United States frigate President, commanded by Commodore Rodgcrs ; in the conflict which followed, the Little Belt had eleven men killed, and twenty-one wounded, and her rigging was much dam aged, while the President had only a single man wounded. 5. On the 12th of November, the British envoy, Mr. Foster, ac knowledged the attack on the Chesapeake to be unauthorized, and offered, in the name of the British government, to make reparation for the injury which had been sus tained. The whole affair was therefore soon adjusted to the satisfaction of both parties. 6. The first successful steam boat was put in operation on the Hudson in the year 1807, it being the acknowledged in vention of Robert Fulton. An event so closely connected with the prosperity of the United States must not be excluded from their history. 7. An experiment had been made, with the steam-engine, on the Seine, near Paris, in ROBERT FITLTOX. 18 3 * bllt ^ VCS8el WM Mt motion by steam, in the United States, till four years afterward. The two individuals to whom we 2. What of the embargo ? 3. What was the order of the day ? 4. What was done by th Little Belt? 5. How was the affair of the Chesapeake arranged? 6. What of stenmbonts J 1 What experiment had been made? What of Fnlhm and Stevens? When did steam* boats appear in Great Britain ? 14* 322 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. are indebted for the introduction of steamboats, were Fulton, the in ventor, and Stevens, who aided by his funds and co-operation. They were not introduced into Great Britain till 1812 five years after their use in this country. 8. The first steamboat on the western waters was launched at Pitts- burg, in 1813. She was of four hundred tons 1 burden, and was called the Ve-su -vi-us. She was built to run as a regular trader between the falls of the Ohio and New Orleans. A steamboat first ascendec 3 the Arkansas River in 1820. 9. Such was the popularity and such the success of these boats, es pecially in the western waters, that, in 1822, nine years after the build ing of the Vesuvius, no less than eighty -nine steamboats were enrolled at the port of New Orleans, forming, in the aggregate, something more than eighteen thousand tons. The Arkansas River had even been as cended by steamboats five hundred miles. 10. The first steam-ship sailed for Europe in May, 1819. In 1840, there were two regular lines of steam-packets plying between the United States and Europe ; one from Boston, arid the other from New York. At first, ten or twelve miles an hour was thought to be suffi ciently rapid ; now^ the Atlantic is crossed in ten days. 11. The whole number of steamboats, in the different states of the Union, in 1840, was estimated at about eight hundred, with a capacity of one hundred and fifty-three thousand six hundred and sixty tons. Of these eight hundred boats, one hundred and thirty-seven were built in the year 1837. The number of steam-engines, of all kinds, in use, was estimated at about three thousand. 12. Since that period, the number of steamboats has greatly in creased, and steam has been most successfully applied to the navigation of the ocean. At the present time a large part of the navigation of the world is carried on by vessels propelled by steam. 13. Steam has also been applied to ships of war, and now a large part of the national vessels, not only of the United States, but of England, France, Russia, and other countries, are propelled by steam power, 8. Describe the Vesuvius. What took place in 1820? 9. What of steamboat in 1822 i ,0. When did the first steam-ship sail to Europe ? 11. What of steam-jack .ts in 1840? flow many .steamboats were built in 1837 ? What of steam-engines? 12. "^h.-U of orcat vigation ? 13. What of steamships of war ? U A T T L E OF T 1 1 1 K U A N O E 323 BATTLE OF TJPPECANOE. CHAPTER CLVIL MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Indian War. jBattle of Tippecanoe. 1. IN the year 1811, Congress assembled on the 5th of November. JsTot only the president s message, but all the proceedings, indicated the expectation of a rupture with Great Britain .at no distant period ; for, though reparation had been made in the case of the Chesapeake, the Orders in Council remained in full force. 2. During this year, the Shaw-a-nese and other Indians about the AVa -basli River in the territory of Indiana, became troublesome. Gov ernor Harrison, afterward president, with twelve hundred men, three hundred and fifty of whom were regular troops, proceeded from the neighborhood of Vincennes to Prophet s-town, as the residence of their chief was called, to demand satisfaction of the Indians. 3. The troops commenced their march September 26th, and nothing ofr importance occurred until their arrival on the line of the enemy s CHAP. CLVIL 1. What was expected in the year 1811? 2.. What of the Indiana* Who wont apainst thorn? 324 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. country. Here they built a fort, which, in honor of their commander, they called Fort Harrison. At this place they remained about a month, during which time the Indians very frequently came into the camp, and held councils with Governor Harrison, but would not accede to his terms. 4. Under the circumstances, it was resolved to attack them ; and, with this view, the troops left Fort Harrison, October 29th, and ar rived at Prophet s-town November 6th. When they were within half a mile of the place, they formed in line of battle, upon which the Indians sent in a flag of truce, saying that if their lives might be spared till next morning, they would agree to the governor s terms. 5. This was a device of the savages to gain time, and put their ene mies off their guard. It was but too successful ; and, unsuspicious of danger, our troops encamped where they were. Many of them, strange as it may seem, slept as quietly all night as if they had been at home in the midst of their families. 6. A little before five o clock, next morning, the savages came upon them with such fury that the sentinels could only fire a single gun before they were in the very midst of the camp. Some of the soldiers were prepared, but others had to struggle with them at their very tent doors. 7. The battle soon became severe, and the Indians, encouraged by the surprise into which they had thrown the troops at the first onset, pressed forward in great numbers. The result of the contest for a long time was doubtful. The bravery and skill of our troops, how ever, prevailed, and the Indians began to give way ; shortly after this, they fled to a swamp, where they could not be followed. 8. The victory over them was dearly bought. Sixty of the United States troops were killed, and one hundred and twenty-eight wounded. Among the slain were several able and valuable officers. The loss of the savages was great, but the number could not be exactly ascertained. 9. The next day the troops set fire to ProphetVtown, and having destroyed every thing valuable they could find, returned to Vincennes, after a fatiguing campaign of about two mouths. The defeat of the Indians, however, was decisive. They gave the settlers in that vicinity uo more trouble for some time. ?.. Where did the troops encamp ? 4. What was now done by the troops? What did the av;i{res do ? 5. What of the deceptive device of the savages? 6. Describe the attack. Kesult of ttic battle ? 8. What was the loss of the Americans ? 9. What waa done tho next day. What effect had tho defeat of the Indians / WAR WITH GREAT BRITAIN DECLARED. 325 CHAPTER CLVIIL MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. War with Great Britain declared. 1. THE difficulties with Great Britain were not removed. Thnt government still insisted on the right of impressment, us it was called: the blockade of her enemies ports embarrassed and injured us; and though the French decrees of Berlin and Milan were repealed, the British had not as yet annulled their Orders in Council. 2. An embargo was laid, on the 3d of April, 1812, by the president, at the recommendation of Congress, to continue ninety days, on all vessels within the jurisdiction of the United States. This was the prelude to war with Great Britain, which was declared on the 18th of June fol lowing. Thus began the SECOND WAR WITH GREAT BRITAIN, which continued till the peace of Ghent, December 24th, 1814. 3. The bill for the declaration of war did not pass, however, without opposition. Though generally supported by the Democratic, party, it was condemned by some of its members, and was resisted by the other l>arty, the Federalists, with great unanimity. Forty-nine, out of one hundred and twenty-eight of the representatives, entered their solemn protests, in which they denied the war to be either necessary or just. Indeed, it only passed the senate by a very small majority. 4. Nor was the measure very well received by the people after the bill passed. The editors of several newspapers in different parts of the country, were very decided in their expressions of disapprobation ; so much so as to provoke the violence of the war party and cause mobs and riots. 5. The most remarkable of these mobs was at Baltimore. The rioters first tore down the printing-office of the paper which had of fended them. The editor and others undertook to defend themselves with arms. The military force of the city was finally called out. The conflict was severe, and w r as continued for two or three nights; General Lingan was killed, arid several were wounded. 6. So poorly prepared was the country for war, and so difficult war it found to enlist soldiers, that a demand was made by the president on the governors of the states to furnish men from the militia of their CHAP. CLVIII. 1. What of the difficulties with Great Britain? 2. "What of an embargo laid in April, 1812 ? When was war declared with Great Britain ? 8. How did the bill pass ? 4. What of the editors of papers? 5. Describe the mob at Baltimore. 6. Was the coun try well prepared for war ? What demand was made by the President? What refusai folltrwed ? 28 32tJ HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. several states, to guard their own seaboard. But this Massachusetts, Connecticut, arid Rhode Island refused to do. 7. The grounds of this refusal were, that the militia, if sent under the call of the president, would be subject to the officers of the regular army, and might be marched into Canada, or to any other part of the country ; and this, it was contended, was not agreeable to the constitution. 8. This refusal produced a great sensation throughout the United States, but was fully justified by a large majority of the people of the several states which thus withheld their militia from the demand of the general government. It was severely condemned, however, by aome other portions of the country, especially those of the Democratic party. CHAPTER CLIX. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED General HuWs Surrender to the British at Detroit. 1. WE have seen that, as the war advanced, a part of the states refused to call out their militia at the request of the president. Connecticut, however, proceeded to raise troops for her own defence, and to organize and station them, at various points along the coast, in her own way. 2. It was also found difficult to enlist regular troops, and still more so to find suitable officers for them. The few already in the service, and such as could be readily enlisted, amounting to two thousand, were sent away to the north-west, and placed under General Hull, an aged man who had served in the war of the Revolution, and who was at this time governor of Michigan Territory. 3. General Hull, with his troops, was ordered to Detroit, to garrison the fort there, and protect the country from the incursions of the British and Indians. He arrived early in July, 1812, and having put every thing in a posture of defence, lie crossed the river Detroit Julv 12th, and made preparations to invade Upper Canada. 4. But, instead of invading Canada, or even attacking a single post, he remained there till the 7th of August, and then returned, with his army, in the night, to Detroit. After a few slight battles and a good deal of skirmishing, he surrendered his army, August 16th, with the fort of Detroit, and all the neighboring forts and garrisons, to the British, under General Brock. 1. Wliatworcthogroundsoftherofus.il? 8. What of the people ? CHAP. CLIX 1. What did Conru-cticut do? 2. What was the stnte of the United States troops? 3. What was dono by General Hull ? 4. Describe his surrender. CAPTURE OF THE GUERRIERE AND ALERT. 5. This unexpected surrender, at the very outset of the war, cast a gloom over the whole country. General Hull was everywhere re garded, whether justly or unjustly, as either a coward or a traitor. Having been exchanged, soon afterward, for thirty British prisoners, he was subsequently tried by a court-martial and sentenced to death ; but, on account of his age, he was recommended to the mercy of the president, who finally pardoned him. 6. General Hull was tried for three things treason, cowardice, and unofficer-like conduct. On the first charge, the court-martial which tried him did not give an opinion; but he was found guilty -on the other two. He was, most evidently, unfit to command an army, either by reason of age, or from other causes, and ought never to hav* been charged with so important a trust. BATTLE BETWEEN THE ESSEX AND ALERT. CHAPTEE CLX. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Capture of ifa Guerriere and the Alert. 1. WHILE the war was commenced so unhappily on land, it was far otherwise on the sea. Though Lord Kelson and others, by their skill, had rendered Great Britain the mistress of the ocean, she was yet to r >. What was the consequence of General II nil s art? How M-as he regarded ? fi. For M <i:it \Vfl8 he tried? 328 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. be humbled by a power whose naval force she had been accustomed to despise from its apparent insignificance. 2. The United States, at the opening of the war of 1812, had three frigates of forty-four guns each, three of thirty-eight, five of from twenty-eight to thirty-six, and nine sloops, varying from twelve to eighteen guns. These twenty vessels constituted their whole nava\ armament ; and even of these, one was on Lake Ontario, and two were unfit for sea. The British navy consisted of from eight hundred to one thousand ships! 3. Commodore Rodgers, with his little fleet, the President, the Essex, and the Hornet, lay at New York when war was declared. Within an hour after he heard the news, he and the Hornet were under way. On the 23d of June, only five days after the war was declared, he fell in with and attacked the British frigate Bel-vi-de -ra, of thirty-six guns, but she escaped. 4. This, however, was only a beginning. The Constitution, of forty four guns, commanded by Captain Isaac Hull, sailed from the Chesa peake Bay about the middle of July. She was soon chased by a Brit ish fleet, and the chase continued, with some firing, for several days; but the Constitution succeeded in escaping. .5. Meanwhile the Essex, com manded by Captain, afterward Commodore Porter, which was not ready for sea when Commo dore Rodgers attacked the Belvi- dera, having made the necessary repairs, sailed, and, after having taken several prizes, on the 13th of August fell in with the Brit ish sloop of war Alert, of twen ty guns, which she took, after an action of only eight minutes. 6. This was the first armed vessel which was taken by the Americans during this war. It was not surprising that a frigate of thirty-two guns should van quish a sloop of twenty ; and yet sailors that a vessel of the size of it was not expected by our CHAP. CLX. 1. What of the British navy? 2. What vessels had the United State* at the commencement of the war? What had the British? 8. What ships had Com modore Rodsrors ? What did he do on hearing tho news of the war ? What of the Bel- vidora? 4 Describe the chase of the Constitution. 5. "Describe the capture oi the Alert by r.iptain Porter. C. What can you say of tho two vessels? ATTACK ON QUEENSTOWN. 329 the Alert would make so feeble a resistance. The Essex was not in jured, nor a man hurt; while the Alert was greatly crippled, and had three men wounded. 7. This naval battle was fought three days before General Hull s surrender. Three days after the surrender, another event took place which was still more remarkable, both with respect to its character :ind the final results, than the former. It was the capture of the Brit ish frigate Gnerriere. 8. On the li)th of August, the Constitution came up with this frigate, commanded by Captain Dacres, and carrying thirty-eight guns, about a thousand miles eastward of New England, and in two hours made her a complete wreck; so much so, that it was thought best to destroy her. 9. The loss of the Constitution, in this contest, was seven killed arid seven wounded; while the Guerriero had fifteen killed and sixty-three wounded. The Constitution was so little injured as to be ready for another action the very next day. Yet the force of the American frigate was but little more than that of the enemy. 10. These brilliant events at sea had some effect in atoning for our loss on the land. Besides, they encouraged our navy. It had been thought, for some time, that nothing conld vanquish the British force for force ; but it now began to be thought otherwise. CHAPTER CLXL MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Attack on Qucenstown. 1. As early as the 1st of October, 1812, eight or ten thousand men, with military stores, were collected at various points along the Cana dian line, chiefly, however, in three great divisions the North-western, the Eastern and the Northern armies. Measures had also been taken for arming vessels on the three lakes, Erie, Ontario and Champlain. 2. The north-western army was commanded by General Harrison, and was stationed in the neighborhood of Detroit. The central divi sion was directed by General Stephen Van Rensse -la-er, and stationed at Lewiston, just below Niagara Falls. The army of the north, under Major General Henry Dearborn, who was also commander-in-chie was at Greenbush and Plattsburg. 7. "Whnt event, of importance soon occurred ? 8. Describe the capture of the Guerriero. 9. What was the loss sustained by the two frigates? 10. How did these events aflVct the United States navy ? CHAT. CLXI 1. What was done October, 1813? 2. How were the three divisions of the army commanded? 2b* 330 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 3. On the 13th of October, early in the morning, a part of the army at Lewiston succeeded in crossing the Niagara River to Queenstown, and in taking possession of the battery on the heights. But they were not able to maintain their position, for they were only a few hundreds, and most of the men at Lewiston were militia, and refused to follow them ns they had promised to do. 4. The commander of the Heights, General Van Rensselaer, was now in a most perilous situation. He had indeed already repelled one attack from six hundred British regulars, and killed General Brock, their commander. But General Sheafe, his successor, renewed tho attack with an increased force, and the Americans were at length com pelled to surrender. 5. Nothing could have been nore unexpected than the refusal of the American militia to cross the Niagara. They had but just before been urgent for the battle, and now they utterly refused to embark. G. General Brock was much lamented by the inhabitants of Canada, and a beautiful monument was erected to his memory, on the heights of Queenstown, where he fell. An attempt was made, a few years since, to destroy this monument ; and, though it was not quite suc cessful, the monument was seriously injured. The villains were never discovered. 7. The attack on Queenstown was followed, in November, by a feu- bullying efforts, above the falls, on the part of General Smyth. He was the successor of General Van Rensselaer the latter having re signed. He sent two detachments across, in the night, to Black Rock; but they accomplished very little. The troops soon went to winter- quarters, and Smyth, being hissed from the army, went home to Virginia. 8. Thus ended the war against Canada for that year. Never, per haps, was less accomplished, under circumstances so favorable, than was done by the Americans, in this campaign of 1812. On the 26th of September, they had a force of thirteen thousand men on the fron tier, more than six thousand of whom were regulars; while the Brit ish could scarcely muster three thousand troops on their whole linq from west to east. 3. What was done October 13th? 4. What of tho commander of the Ileiphta? 5. Tho militia? fi. What monument was erected to the memory of General Brock ? What at tempt was made? 7. What of General Smyth? S. What of the war against Canada lu iaeyear 1812? N A V A L V I C T O R I E S . 331 CHAPTEE CLXIL MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. More Naval Victories. . 1. THE success of the naval forces of the United States for this year, 1812, was, throughout, as brilliant as the conduct of the land forces was lisgraceful. Where least was expected, and where there was least rea son to expect any thing, there the most heroic bravery not to say the most unprecedented skill was manifested. 2. On the 18th of October, the United States sloop Wasp, of eight een guns, commanded by Captain Jones, came up with and captured the British sloop Frolic, Captain Wynyates, of nearly the same size and force, eight hundred miles eastward of Norfolk, in Virginia. The action lasted about three-quarters of an hour. 3. Both vessels were much injured in the engagement, but the Wasp suffered most in her rigging. She had only five men killed and five wounded. The fire of the Wasp evidently fell below the rigging of the Frolic; for the latter had at least seventy or eighty killed or wounded. Indeed, it was said that not twenty of her men escaped wholly unhurt. 4. The Frolic had scarcely submitted to the Wasp, when a British seventy-four gun ship hove in sight the Poictiers and immediately bore down upon them. As they were in no situation either to escape or make a defence, they were forthwith taken and carried into Ber mnda. 5. One week later than this, viz., October 25th, a still more remark able victory was obtained by our little navy. The United States, another forty-four gun ship, commanded by Commodore Decatur, who had distinguished himself so much at Tripoli, fell in with and cap tured the British frigate Macedonian, Captain Garden, rated at thirty- eight guns, but really carrying forty-nine. 6. This action took place in the Atlantic Ocean, about seven hun dred miles southward of the Azores. It lasted an hour and a half, and was very fatal to the crew of the Macedonian. Out of her comple ment of three hundred men, she had more than a hundred killed and wounded, while the United States had but seven killed and five wounded. THAP. CLXIL Wh.it was the success of the naval force of the United States for the year 1812? 2. Describe the engagement of the Wasp an<l the Frolic, 3. What was the loss on both Bides? 4. How we; e the Wasp and her prize captured? ft. What of Coro- piodore Decatur? 6. Describe the action between the United States and Macedonian 332 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 7. One of those killed on board the Macedonian \vas the carpentei As he was known to be in destitute circumstances, and to have left a family of helpless children with a worthless mother, his brave com panions immediately held a contribution, and raised eight hundred dol lars, to be put in safe hands, for the education of the unhappy orphans. 8. Sailors are apt to be generous. It is not always, however, that they make so wise an application of their charities as in this case. 9. Another victory was achieved by oirr brave tars before the year closed. Captain Hull had retired from the service, and had been suc ceeded in the command of the Constitution by Commodore Bainbridge. On the 29th of December, while off the coast of Brazil, the British frigate Java, of forty-nine guns, came in sight, and a battle ensued. 10. The engagement was severe from the first. It had continued nearly two hours, and nearly two hundred men had been killed or wounded on board the Java, when she was compelled to strike her colors. She was so much injured that it was concluded, a few days afterward, to burn her. The loss of the Constitution was hardly one- sixth as great as that of the Java. 11. On board the Java, during the battle, was an American pris oner, in confinement. Anxious to know the issue, he often asked a Chinese, who was stationed near him, how the battle was going on. "Oh, a glorious victory," was the reply always. Not satisfied with this, especially as he saw so many wounded men brought below, he asked which side was about to gain the victory. " Why," said the Chinese, " one or t other." CHAPTER CLXIII. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Louisiana ad mitted to the Union. Mediation of Russia between the United States and Great Britain offered. Madison re j elected. Various Events 6/1812 and 1813. 1. SEVERAL other interesting events in our national history took place during the years 1812 and 1813. One of these was the admission, in the course of the former year, of Louisiana to the federal union. She was the eighteenth pillar of the great national fabric, and a most 7. What was done for the family of the carpenter on hoard the Macedonian ? 8. Char- racter of sailors? 9. Who succeeded Captain Hull? What of the Java? 10. Descrihe the engagement. What was the loss of the two ships? 11. What passed between the American prisoner and the Chinese ? CHAP. CLXIII. 1. What of Louisiana? RE-ELECTION OF MADISON. 333 important one, as she holds the keys of entrance, through the mouth of the mighty river Mississippi, to the richest, if not the most extensive valley in the world. 2. The American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions was also incorporated in 1812; and five missionaries were ordained at Salem to preach the gospel at Bom-bay , in Asia. They were the first foreign missionaries ever ordained here. Yet the same hoard, in 1842, thirty years later, sustained no less than one hundred and thirty-four of these foreign missionaries. 3. Very early in the year 1813, the Emperor of Russia kindly offered to try to make peace between Great Britain and the United States; and Albert Gallatin, James A. Bayard, and John Quincy Adams, were appointed as commissioners, and sent to Russia to meet such commissioners as the British might appoint, and, if practicable, to make a treaty between the two countries. 4. The term for which Mr. Madison had been elected president ex pired on the 4th of March, 1813, and a strong effort was made, by the party opposed to the war, to elect De Witt Clinton in his stead; but they did not succeed. Mr. Madison was re-elected, and George Clin ton was also re-elected vice-president; the latter died soon after, and was succeeded by Elbridge Gerry, of Massachusetts. 5. Cotton manufactories began to flourish this year, 1813. In the neighborhood of Providence, Rhode Island, one hundred and twenty thousand spindles were in operation, consuming six million pounds of cotton yearly. About the end of the year, twenty thousand or thirty thousand spindles were running at Baltimore. Yet, in 1809, not a thread of cotton was spun by machinery in this country. At present the manufacture of cotton in the United States, is one of the leading industrial interests of the nation. 6. This year, 1813, moreover, was remarkable for two more events, the birth of the Massachusetts Society for the Suppression of Intem perance, which has led the way to so much good in the United States, and the death of him who may be justly considered as the father of our temperance societies, Dr. Benjamin Rush. 2. When was the American Board of Commissioners first incorporated ? What of foreign missionaries? What of the board in 1842? 3. What of the Emperor of Russia . Who were sent as commissioners? 4. Who now were re-elected president and vice-presi dent? What of Elbridpe Gerry ? 5. What of cotton manufactories at Providence ? At H:iltinn>re? 6. What two events of importance occurred in 1S13? 334 HISTORY OP THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CLXIY. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Massa>cre at Frenchtown. 1. WE have seen that the north-western division of the United States army was stationed in the neighborhood of Detroit, and was under the command of General Harrison. There, too, they wintered, 1812-13. General Harrison s plan was to collect a sufficient force ir that region, and, as soon as he could, retake Detroit, and the other forts and places which General Hull had so unwisely surrendered. 2. Early in January, news came from the Americans at Frenchtown, a place twenty-six miles from Detroit, that the British and Indians were coming against them ; praying, at the same time, for assistance. General Winchester, with eight hundred men, marched thither, and succeeded in driving away the British and Indians, who had already arrived, but was, in his turn, driven away by the British, on the 23d inst., and him self and five hundred men taken prisoners. 3. Their surrender was followed by a scene almost too shocking to describe. General Proctor, the British commander, had pledged his honor that the lives and private property of the American soldiers should be respected after the surrender. But, instead of this, the dead were stripped and scalped, by the Indian allies of the British the wounded, such as were unable to rise, butchered, and the living stripped and plundered, and many of them tomahawked, or only re served to be roasted at the stake. Few of them 1 vedto be exchanged. 4. It is maintained by some that General Proctor could not have prevented these barbarities. It is difficult, however, to believe this. The bare thought of such a massacre is shocking, whether it could have been avoided or not. It exhibits, in a most striking manner, the horrors of war, especially of Indian warfare. 5. What rendered this massacre at Frenchtown more afflicting was the fact that most of the troops were of the very flower of Kentucky. They were, many of them, young men who had a large circle of re spectable relatives. Their bodies lay in the fields till autumn, wher their friends ventured to collect their bleaching bones and bury them. 6. The news of General Winchester s defeat reached General liar- nson while on his march to Freuchtown with reinforcements. Find O/HAP. CLXIV. 1. What was General Harrison s plan ? What portion of the army did he command? 2. What news came from the Americans at Frenchtown? What of General Winchester? 3. Describe the scene after the surrender. 4. What opinion 1 held of General Proctor? 5. What of the American troops that fell at Frenchtown? (5. What did General Harrison now do? CAPTURE OP YORK 335 Ing himself too late, he stopped at the rapids of the river Mau-mee and built a fort, which, in honor of the governor of Ohio, he called Fort Meigs. This he made, for the present, the head-quarters of his army, CHAPTER CLXY. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Capture of and Death of General Pike. 1. LITTI.K, if any thing, was done, during the year 1812, to increase the naval force of the United States, either on the ocean or the lakes. Commodore Chauncey had indeed been sent to Lake Ontario, about the 1st of September, to fill up the Oneida, a vessel of sixteen guns, and to arm half a dozen schooners, and thus form a little squadron. There had also been some skirmishing upon the Like. 2. The next spring, General Dearborn laid a plan to attack York, in Upper Can ada, the great depository of the British military stores. His troops, amounting to seventeen hundred men, embarked, about the middle of April, on board Commodore Chauncey s vessels, and, on the 25th, they set sail for York. 3. The army was directed by General Pike, a young man of great promise, who had requested the command as a favor. They landed at York on the 27th. As they were mov ing toward the garrison, a magazine exploded, which the British had prepared for the purpose, and which mortally wounded General Pike and killed about a hundred of his men. 4. General Pike did not die, however, though his head was literally crushed by the heavy stone which fell on it, till he had seen the town and all the barracks, and fortifications, and stores, and seven hundred and fifty of the enemy, in the possession of his victorious troops. The loss, in killed and wounded, was great on both sides, but greatest or. the side of the Americans. \ GEXKKAI, PIKE. CHAP. CLXV. 1. What of Commodore Chauncey ? 1. What plan was laid by Gen era! Dearborn? 8. How was the army directed? What was the fate of General Pl* and a part of his troops? 4. What did he, however, live to see? Loss on both sides 3of> HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES, 5. Zebulon M. Pike, who lost his life in this engagement, was a native of New Jersey, and was not only well instructed, bat rendered healthy and robust by active exercise. As his father had ben an officer in the Revolutionary army, the son was trained to military life, and was early made a lieutenant on the western frontiers. 0. About the time when Lewis and Clarke were sent on an explor ing tour up the Missouri, Lieutenant Pike, with twenty men, and pro visions for four months, was sent up the Mississippi. The company si-t o lt August 5th, 1805. Instead of four months, however, they were ul- ent nine months, exposed to almost every danger and hardship. 7. Sometimes they were wholly without food for several days to gether. At other times, they slept, without any covering, upon the bare ground, or upon the snow ; for they were out all winter, and the sea son was unusually severe. Sometimes they were obliged to leave their boat and build canoes; and sometimes they carried their canoes, from place to place, on their backs. 8. Though sent to acquire information, they had no surveyor or clerk with them but Pike. He was, as he justly says of himself, at once the commanding officer, clerk, astronomer, surveyor, spy, guide, and hunter of the party. He kept his journal and drew all his sketches by the fire at night in the open air. 9. In two months after his return, he was sent out by General Wilkinson to obtain geographical and other information on the borders of New Mexico. Again he was out the whole winter, unprotected. All the horses belonging to the party died, and all the men, except Pike himself, were more or less frozen. 10. But these were not all the trials to which he was exposed. Un expectedly, they found themselves upon the banks of the Rio del Norte, within the Spanish territory. Here they were seized by a band of Span ish cavalry, and, what was worst of all, Pike s instruments and papers, except his private journal, were taken from him. The party were, how ever, at length all liberated, and in July, 1807, readied Natchitoches. 11. Such was the education, properly so called, of this most inter esting young man, who, at the age of thirty-three, became a brigadier- general in the American army, and, at thirty-four, begged the favor >f leading the American troops in an attack on York,* to die, like \Volfe, before Quebec, in the moment of victory. 5. What of General Pike s early life ? 6. What of his expedition up the Mississippi? I. Describe the sufferings of the men. 8. What stations were held by Pike? 9. What .>thiT <-x edition did he undertake? 10. What happened to the party? 11. What was ! ik\snge at the time of his death? * York, sometimes called Little York, and now bearing its original Indian name of Toronto, is situated on the north-west shore of Lake Ontario, about thirty miles north V Niagara. SIEGK OF FORT MEIGS. 337 12. Fort George, another strong British post, in the vicinity of York, was assailed by General Bond and Colonel Miller on the 27th of May, and, after a, sharp and bloody conflict, was taken, and with it six hundred and twenty-five prisoners. Sackett. s Harbor was attacked by the British about this time, but the effort was unsuccessful. CHAPTER CLXYI. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Siege of Fort Meigs. General Harrison s Defence. 1. ON the first day of May, 1813, General Proctor, with one thou sand British regulars and militia, and more than a thousand Indians, laid siege to Fort Meigs, the head-quarters of the army under General Harrison, and continued the siege, with great vigor, for nine days. 2. During the third day of the siege, General Proctor sent an officer to demand the surrender of the fort. The forces in it were probably about two thousand. General Harrison s reply was not quite as laconic as the very ancient one, " Come and take it," but nearly so. *Kdt, sir," said he to General Proctor, " while I have the honor to com mand." 3. A reinforcement was received on the fifth day of the siege from Kentucky. It was a body of troops under the command of General Clay. Aided by these, an attack was made on the British, in which both parties suffered so much that they did not choose to renew the hostilities for several days. On the ninth day the British gave up the siege. 4. Fort Meigs was besieged again on the 22d of May, by General Proctor, but not for a long period. The attention of the troops was soon turned to Fort Stephenson. This was assailed by the united forces of the British and Indians in that quarter, but was promptly and successfully defended by Major Croghan, a young and accomplished officer. General Proctor, at his retreat from Fort Stephenson, returned to Maiden. 12. What of General Bond and Colonel Miller? Sackett s Harbor? CHAP. CLXVI. 1. To what fort did General Proct-.- lay siege? 2. Relate the incident that took place on the third day of the siege. 8. What of General Clay ? Effect of the attack on the British? 4. Who defended Fort Stepheuson ? What of General Proctor after his retreat? 29 338 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CLXVIL MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The War on the Ocean. ] Ox the ocean, in the year 1813, the United States were less for- x . ^==r.r~ tunate, especially ,^ during the first six months of the year, than they had been in 1812. The Chesapeake frigate and the Argus sloop of war fell into the hands of the ene my, and a portion of the navy was blockaded at New London. 2. The loss of" the Chesapeake, of thirty-eight guns, and commanded by Cantain Lawrence, was an event which excited intense interest throughout the country. He had put to sea expecting that he should be obliged to contend with the Shannon; which fnci added greatly to the mortification of defeat. 3. He left the port of Boston, in pursuit of the Shannon, about noon on the 1st of June. The contest began about half-past five in the after noon, and lasted about fifteen minutes. The battle was uncommonly bloody. Both ships, it is said, were like charnel houses. 4. Captain Lawrence was first wounded in the leg, and afterward shot through the body. Yet even then he was unwilling to yield the palm to the British, but, as he was being carried below, said sternly, Don t give up the ship." Yet it was unavoidable. The British had already boarded the Chesapeake, and the resistance made to them wa* momentary. 5. In this terrible conflict, the Americans had sixty-two killed and sighty-four wounded, and the British twenty-eight killed and fifty- DEATH OF LAWUKXCE. CHAP. < I,X VII. 1. What of the United States navy in 1813? 2. Who commanded Ui*> ( lic<:i|)cnki-r \Vh:if I xprctation had Captain I/iwrenoe? H Describe the action be tween the, Chesapeake and tihunuu.i. i. What oi Cuj>uiu Lnwrence? What words did he use when curried below ? THE WAR ON T 11 OCEAN. 339 eight wounded. When the battle was over, both vessels sailed for Halifax, where Captain Lawrence, after guttering the most intense anguish for five or six days, expired. (>. Captain Lawrence was thirty-two years of age, and much beloved. As a proof of the attachment of his younger officers to him, the fol lowing anecdote is related. The midshipmen of one of our squadrons gave a dinner to Commodore Rodgers one day, at which it was pro posed not to ask any lieutenant. "What, not Mr. Lawrence?" said .K I . It was decided immediately to have Lawrence present; but no n .ier lieutenant was there. 7. The unexpected issue of this battle may have been owing, in part, to the neglect of those whose duty it was to pay the men their prize- money. The Chesapeake had been cruising, and had taken prizes, and the men had not been paid their share; and, though some sort of an apology had been made, many were not satisfied. 8. Among the disaffected ones was the boatswain s mate. When the British boarded the Chesapeake, this man quitted his post and ran below, leaving the gratings open, so that the men readily followed his example. When the officers attempted to rally their men to repel the enemy, they could not find them. The boatswain s mate was heard to say, as he retreated, "So much for not having paid men their prize- money." 9. A battle was fought on the 22d of June of this year, 1813, at Craney Island, in the Chesapeake Bay, between a large British fleet, which was cruising there, under Sir Sidney Beckwith and Admiral Warren, and some American officers and sailors of the navy with a body of Virginia militia. The British were defeated, with a very heavy loss. 10. In less than two months after the capture of the Chesapeake, the American navy experienced another reverse of fortune in the loss of the Argus, of eighteen guns. She was captured by the Pelican, of twenty guns, after a hard-fought battle, in which her first officer and five men fell, and sixteen were wounded. 11. The Argus had been out to France, to carry Mr. Crawford, our minister, and was on her return. She had taken quite a number of prizes on the very coast of Great Britain, and so much annoyed the enemy that several vessels had been sent out in search of her. Among these was the successful Pelican. 5. What was the loss of the contending parties? Where did the ships go after the battle ? 6. Give the anecdote of Lawrence and the dinner. 7. To what was the issue of this contest owing? 8. What WAS done by the boatswain s mate? 9. What battle wa* fought on the 22d of Juner 10. What of the engagement between the Argus and th-> Pelican? 11 Describe the cuise of the Argus. 340 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 12. But the tide of victory at length began to turn. On the 5th of September, the Enterprise took the British brig Boxer, after a hard- fought battle of half an hour, in which she lost but one man, her com mander, Lieutenant Burrows ; while the loss of the British was consid erable, including, also, her commander, Captain Blythe. A still more unportant triumph of the American navy was at hand. CHAPTER CLXYIIL MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Battle on Lake Eric. 1. A SMALL American fleet had been collected on Luke Erie during the year 1813, consisting of nine ves sels, carrying, in the whole, fifty- five guns, and placed in the care of Commodore Oliver H. Perry. Fol lowing our example, as they had also done on Lake Ontario, the British had their little fleet to op pose it, consisting of six vessels and sixty-three guns. . These fleets, after some skir mishing, came at length to close the British seemed to have the ad vantage. The Lawrence, the Amer- lean commodore s own vessel, became so crippled as to be almost un manageable. 3. At this critical moment, Commodore Perry abandoned his own vessel, and went, in a boat, on board the Niagara, his second ship, commanded by Captain Elliot. Before this, the firing had almost ceased, and the British commander, Captain Barclay, counting on certam victory, though he was himself wounded, would not have given, as he said afterward, a sixpence for the whole American fleet. 4. But the scene now changed. The battle waxed hot again, and, 12. What of the action between the brig Boxer and the Enterprise ? CHAP. CLXVIII. 1. What fleet was under the command of Commodore Perry? What fleet had the British on Lake Erie ? 2. What of the skirmishing and the battle ? 3. What wns done by Commodore Perry ? Wh;it did the British Captain Barclay suppose? BATTLE AT THE MORAVIAN TOWNS. 341 in about four hours after its first commencement, the British fleet sur rendered to the American. The loss of the, Americans was twenty- seven killed and ninety-six wounded ; that of the British was some what greater, besides the prisoners. 5. Commodore Perry wrote to General Harrison immediately after the battle, and also to the war department. In both instances he was as modest as he was laconic. To General Harrison he only said, "We have met the enemy, and they are ours. Two ships, two brigs, one schooner, and one sloop." To the secretary of war he said little more, except to refer to the good providence of God. 6. The commodore has been much censured for hazarding his life, in going from the Lawrence to the Niagara, in a small boat, in the midst of shot thick as hail. But we must remember that the Lawrence was useless ; that there was danger every where ; and that it was thought better to act, than to stand still and be shot down without an effort. 7. Had l>e been killed in the attempt, and had the battle been lost, he would, no doubt, have been as much blamefr by the world as he has been commended. Honors are not always apportioned to true desert. The fortunate are very apt to be regarded as the truly brave, and the unfortunate, whatever may be their real merit, are often overlooked or forgotten. CHAPTER CLXIX. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Battle at the Moravian Towns. 1. TROUGH the Americans had now the command of Lake Erie, and the whole British c.oast below, as far down as Fort George, yet Gen eral Proctor was in possession of most of the forts and places above, which had been relinquished by Hull. But he was at length growing fearful of his opponents, and, as the result seems to have shown, not without good r eason. 2. Governor Shelby, of Kentucky, with four thousand militia, hav ing joined the army under General Harrison, it was thought best to make an attack on Detroit and the other posts in that neighborhood. With this view, the troops, on the 27th of September, went on board the American fleet, and the same day were landed at Maiden. 4. Rp.sult of the battle ? Number of killed and wounded ? 5. What account did Com modore Perry give of the engagement? 6. For what has he been censured? 7. What can you say of honors ? CHAP. CLXIX. 1. What positions were by held the Americans and British? 2 Who had joined the army under Harrison? What attack wn* m"ditat dlf 2 J* 342 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 3. This place was on the British side, opposite Detroit, but rather below. Here they expected to find troops and store-houses. To their surprise, however, the British had burned the fort and all their stores, and made good their retreat into the in terior, before their arrival. 4. The next day, the army crossed the river, and, on the 29th, took possession of De troit without opposition. On the 2d of October, Harrison and Shelby, with three thou sand five hundred picked men, recrossed the river and pur sued General Proctor. They found him encamped at the Moravian Towns, as they were called, on the river Thames, eighty-six miles north-east ward of Detroit. 5. Here, on the 5th of Oc- TECUMSEH. tober, was fought a most severe battle. But the Brit ish force, though large, was not equal to ours, and the Indians did not persevere. Their chief, the celebrated Te-cum -seh, having fallen, they tied. They were soon followed by General Proctor and about two hundred men ; and the rest of the army, with all their cannon, fell into the hands of the Americans. 6. The British army lost, in killed, wounded and prisoners, about seven hundred men. About one hundred and twenty Indians were slain. The American loss, in killed and wounded, was fifty. Our army took six brass cannon which Hull had surrendered, on two of which were inscribed the following words : " Surrendered by Burgoy ne, ut Saratoga." 7. Tecumseh, the chief who fell, was of the Shawanese tribe, arc] was a remarkable man. In early life, it is said, he was not distin guished as a warrior, but was rather cowardly. At the age of twent y- 3. What had the British done? 1. What was accomplished by the Americans without opposition? Where had General Proctor encamped ? 5. Describe the battle of the ?>th of O.-robor. What celebrated Indian chiet was killed? C>. What -was the loss on both sidc.s? Describe the six cannon. 7. What was the character of Tecnmsch? THE WAR IN CANADA. 343 five he had not only retrieved his character, but had become the boldest of his tribe. 8. He was brother to the Shawanese chief called the Prophet, whose men General Harrison defeated in the battle of Tippecanoe ; but, at the time of that conflict, he was absent. When the war of 1812 com menced, he was made a brigadier-general in the British army, and he continued to fight for his royal masters till his death. 9. Tecumseh was distinguished, through life, for truth and tem perance, as well as for his disregard of all external marks of office or rank. When he was made a general, a sash was given him, but he returned it with every manifestation of contempt. He was truly a savage; he neither gave nor accepted quarter in war; though else where he was generous, disinterested, hospitable and humane. 10. He was greatly distinguished for his eloquence. His speeches, it is said, might bear a comparison with those of the most celebrated orators of Greece and Rome, though this was doubtless an exaggera tion. He was about five feet and ten inches in height, and beautifully formed. Tecumseh was, in truth, a man of remarkable endowments, and. with the advantages of civilization, might have attained an en viable fame. CHAPTER CLXX. MADISON^ s ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Progress of the War in Canada. 1. THE war being ended in the north-west, General Harrison left General Cass at Detroit, with one thousand men, and repaired to Butfulo, to join General Wilkinson, who had, just before this time, suc- ivi-ded in the chief command to General Dearborn. The great object of the army now was to take Kingston and Montreal. 2. The army consisted of five thousand troops at Fort George, two thousand at Sackett s Harbor, and four thousand at Lake Champlain ; making, in all, eleven thousand men : in addition to which, a consid erable body was every day expected to arrive under General Harrison. Beside all this, the fleet, under Commodore Chauncey, held itself in readiness to co-operate with the army. 3. The secretary of war, General Armstrong, arrived at Sackett s 8. What office did he hold in the British army? 9. How was Tecumseh distinguished? What of him in war? In peace ? 10. What of his eloquence ? His speeches? Personal appearance ? di VP. CLXX. 1. "What did General Harrison do? What was now the great object of the American commanders ? 2 Of what did the army consist ? 3 What of General Armstrong? What was now done by the army ? HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Harbor, early in September. The plan of attacking Kingston was given up, and the army was ordered to proceed at once to Montreal, chiefly by marching a distance of one hundred and eighty miles. They left Sackett s Harbor September 30th. 4. They were delayed as they passed along, in various ways, espe cially by the attacks of small parties of the British on the Canada shore ; and at Williamsburg a severe contest ensued. General Boyd commanded in this battle, General Wilkinson being indisposed. Both parties may be said to have been beaten, for both retreated with great loss. 5. Difficulties arose about this time among the American officers, especially between General Wilkinson and General Hampton. The troops of General Harrison, moreover, from some cause or other, did "ot arrive. A council of war was held, at the request of General Wilkinson, at which it was decided to give up the expedition for that season, and go into winter-quarters. 6. The place selected for this purpose was called French Mills, more than a hundred miles from Sackett s Harbor, and fifty or sixty from Plattsburg. Here they remained till February, when, two thou sand of them having been detached and sent to the Niagara frontier, the remainder, after having destroyed their barracks, proceeded to Plattsburg. CHAPTER CLXXI. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. War with the Creek Indians. 1. SCAKCELY had the northern army gone into winter-quarters fit French Mills, when the public mind became directed to a war which had broken out with the Creek Indians. The Creeks appear to have led the way in this strife, by their seizure of Fort Minims, and the massacre of three hundred men and women, who had fled to it for safety. This sad event occurred August 30th. 2. News of this murder having been received, two thousand men from Tennessee, under the command of Major-General Jackson, and five hundred under General Coffee, were ordered out against them. The Creeks were defeated at Tal-lns-hatch -es, Tal-la-de -ga, Au-tos -se, 4. How were they delayed? What was the result of the battle at Williamsbura; ? 5. What was determined upon? 6. Where were their winter-quarters ? What division was made of the troops ? CIIAI . (M.XXI. 1. What outrages had the Creek Indians committed? What troops went agninst them ? 2. Where were the Indians defeated ? WAR WITH THE CREEKS 345 E-muc-fau , and several other places, though not without severe loss on the part of the Americans. 3. Still they were by no means subdued. They erected a breast work at a place called the Horse-Shoe Bend, on the Tal-la-poo -sa River, and posted a hundred men there. Here they held out for some time. At last it was determined to dislodge them. The scattered forces of the country, with General Jackson at their head, were at length before their fort. 4. The attack was made on the 27th of March, 1814. General Jack- on assailed the fort, while General Coffee attacked a village near by, to drive the inhabitants to the fortifications. As soon as they were all fairly within them, General Jackson led his forces on, with fixed bayonets, to the breastwork, where they fought the Indians for some time through the portholes. 5. At length, however, the soldiers scaled the breastwork, and pursued the work of death within the fort. The contest here became terrible. The Indians who survived escaped, but not till the ground was covered with dead bodies. Three hundred women and children were taken prisoners. The number who perished did not fall much short of six hundred. 6. Thus terminated the struggle. A treaty was made with the Creeks by General Jackson on the 9th of August, by which they agreed to give up a portion of their territory to the whites, to pay the expenses of the war to allow roads to be cut through their lands, to permit the free navigation of their rivers, and to take no more bribes of th<* British. 7. The following is the speech of Weatherford, their leader, at the treaty : " I am in your power. Do with me what you please. I have done the w r hite people all the harm I could. I have fought them, and fought them bravely. There was a time when I had a choice ; I have none now ; even hope is ended. Once I could animate my warriors ; but I cannot animate the dead. They can no longer hear my voice ; their bones are at Tallushatches, Talladega, Emucfau, and To-ho- pe -ka." 3. Where did they intrench themselves ? 4. Describe the attack by General Jacksoa 9 Describe the contest within the fort. 6. What treaty was made with the Indians. ? .It-peat the speech of Weatherford, the, leader of the Creeks. 34:6 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CLXXII. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Russian Medi ation offered. Measures for prosecuting the War. 1. THE offer of the Emperor of Russia to mediate between the United States and Great Britain, had not been accepted by the latter, but it was proposed to negotiate without any foreign interference. This proposal was at once approved by the government of the United States, and commissioners were appointed, on both sides, to meet at Got -ten-burg. The place of meeting, however, was afterward changed to Ghent, in Flanders, a part of Belgium. 2. They did not assemble till August, and, in the mean time, the war, which has been mentioned, with the Creeks, had been prosecuted, and many more battles fought by land and by sea. Congress had also held two sessions the regular session of the winter and an extra ses sion, which commenced in May, 1814, and continued to August. 3. At these meetings of Congress, provision had been made for raising men and money, and especially for strengthening the navy, protecting our commerce, and regulating the revenue. The treasury was rather empty, and an expensive war could not be conducted, on a frontier thousands of miles in extent, and on the ocean too, without a large amount of money. 4. Among the measures which had been adopted in the winter of 1813- 14, was the laying of an embargo. This, however, was repealed the next April. The extra session of 1814 was chiefly spent in devis ing means for replenishing the treasury ; for, though the offer of a bounty of one hundred and twenty-four dollars to every soldier who would enlist for five years, or during the war, had procured men, yet these men must be paid. 5. A system of internal or domestic taxation was at length resolved on, and laws were passed laying taxes on lands, houses, carriages, dis tilled liquors, refined sugars, retailers 1 licenses, etc. In addition to the five millions and a half of dollars which it was expected would ba raised in this way, it was decided to borrow seven millions and a half more. 0. One additional measure was adopted, which met with some op position on account of the expense. This was the construction of ona TIIAP. CLXXII. 1. What proposal was made by the Emperor of Russia? "What did Great Britain propose? What of the commitvMoners? 2. When did they assemble! What of Congress? 3. What provision had been made by Congress? What was th* slate of the treasury? 4. How was the entire session of Congress in 1$H spent? 5. What taxes were laid ? What money was to be borrowed ? 6 For what project WPS half million of dollars raised ? THE WAR OX THE OCEAN. 347 or more steam batteries, to be employed in the defence of our ports, rather than in carrying on the war at sea. For this object, half a mil lion of dollars was appropriated. V. It should not be forgotten that the party, in the United States, who had always been opposed to the war, continued their opposition. They even charged the government party with being influenced by an undue attachment to the French ; in proof of which they cited the fact that war was declared just at the time when the forces of Britain were most needed in Europe to repel the ambitious projects <>! Napoleon. CHAPTER CLXXII. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Th< War on the Ocean. 1. THE spring of 1814 opened with the loss of the United States frigate Essex, of thirty -two guns, Commodore Porter, in the bay of Val-pa-rai -so, in Chil -i. The Essex had been cruising in the Pacific Ocean a long time, und had taken many prizes, and, though she hud run into a neutral port, the British were determined not to spare her. 2. She was attacked on the 28th of March by a force greatly superior to her own, consisting of the British frigate Phoebe, of thirty-six guns, and a sloop of war called the Cherub, of eighteen guns. The con test was long and severe, and the loss of the Essex was very great, amounting to above one hundred and fifty in killed and wounded. Both vessels were much injured: the Phoebe could hardly be kept from sinking immediately. 3. On the 20th of April, the United States sloop of war Peacock, commanded by Captain, afterward Commodore, Warrington, while oil the coast of Florida, fell in with and captured the British brig Epervier, of eighteen guns. The battle lasted forty-five minutes. The British had eighteen killed and thirteen wounded ; the Americans had only f.vo wounded. 4. The United States sloop Wasp, also of eighteen guns, took the British sloop of war Reindeer, of eighteen guns. The loss was con siderable on both sides. The action lasted twenty-eight minutes. It was fought near the coast of Great Britain, and the Reindeer was de stroyed to prevent a recapture. 7 What of the party opposed to the war ? CIIAP. CLXXI1I. 1. What ship was lost by the Americans in 1814? 2 Describe the capture of the Essex 3 What passed between the Peacock and the Epervier ? 4 Wh naval action was there on the coast of Great Britain ? 34:8 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 5. But the Wasp had not yet completed her work. Besides making a number of prizes on the coast of Great Britain and France, she fell in with the British sloop Avon, on the 1st of September, and, after a running fight of several hours, captured her. She was ordered to America, but was lost on her passage. 6. Important additions having been made, early this year, to the fleet on Lake Ontario, Commodore Chauncey was able to render very effi cient aid to the army on the frontier, in its operations, and to watch the movements of the British forces, both on the land and on the lake. There was, however, no considerable action between the two fleets. 7. A British fleet had for some time past held the port of New London, in Connecticut, in a state of blockade, having, early in June, chased three of our ships of war, the United States, the Macedonian, and the Hornet, up the river. On the llth of August, some of the British vessels, under Commodore Hardy, proceeded to bombard Ston- ington, but were gallantly repulsed with considerable loss. CHAPTER CLXXIV. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Defeat of Gen eral Wilkinson. His Trial by Court- Martial. 1. EAKLY in the spring of 1814, a detachment of two thousand British soldiers had been ordered to post themselves near the river Sorel, to prevent General Wilkinson, who was still at Plattsburg, from advancing on Canada. The spot which they fortified was within the British lines. 2. When General Wilkinson heard of this movement, he marched, at the head of four thousand men, and on the 31st of March, attacked their works. Finding their fortifications much stronger than he ex pected, he at length retreated ; but not till he had lost, in killed and wounded, about one hundred and forty men. 3. General Wilkinson was tried, some time afterward, for his con duct on this and other occasions, by a court-martial, which convened at Troy, in the state of New York. He was at length acquitted, though not until facts had been developed, in regard to his character, which are not easily or readily forgotten. 4. One conspicuous fault in his character appears to have existed ; 5. What prize was taken by the Wasp? 6. What was done by Commodore Chauncey T 7. What had the British done? What of Commodore Hardy and the attack on Stun- OIIAP. CLXXLV. 1. Where was a British d.-tachiiiriit posted early in 1814? 2. What rfid GeiK-ral Wilkinson do? 3. For what was he tried? BATTLE OF CHIPPEWA. 349 a fanit of which many a brave man has, unhappily, been found guilty. In one action at the north, when he was unable to command, and pleaded illness as an excuse, it turned out that he was at a house in the neighborhood, in a state of intoxication ! 5. During the months of April, May and June, there was little fighting either on the sea-coast or the Canadian frontier. One reason for this was doubtless that Great Britain was at this time deeply en gaged in the European war, contending against the armies of Napo leon. But no sooner had the latter been overthrown by the Allied Powers, than the British were at liberty to pour their thousands upon America. No less than fourteen thousand of the troops which had fought under Wellington were speedily let loose upon our northern frontier, through Canada. CHAPTER CLXXY. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The War at the North- West. Battles of Chippewa and Bridgewater. Siege of Fort Erie. 1. ABOUT the 1st of July, General Brown crossed the Niagara River near Buffalo, and took possession of Fort Erie without opposition. Meanwhile, a large number of the British forces had advanced as far up the river as Chip -pe-wa, a few miles lower down than Fort Erie, where they were strongly intrenched, under General Riall. 2. The troops of General Brown were among the best in the Ameri can army, and amounted to about three thousand five hundred. The British army was nearly equal in point of numbers, and was equally well selected. On the 4th of July, General Brown advanced to Chip pewa, and on the 5th the two armies met in the open field. 3. This battle was exceedingly obstinate and bloody. The Ameri cans were, it is true, the victors, but they paid dearly for the victory. They lost more than three hundred men. The loss of the British ex ceeded five hundred. They were, moreover, obliged to quit the field, and retreat down the river to Burlington Heights. 4. Here they were reinforced by General Drummond, who took the command, and led the army back toward the American camp. On 4. What great fault had he? 5. How was Great Britain occupied? What happened upon Napoleon s fall ? CHAP. CLXXV. 1. Where did General Brown go about the 1st of July ? Where had the British intrenched themselves? 2. What of the troops of General Brown? What of the British army? General Brown? 3. Describe the battle of Chippewa. 30 350 H/STORY OF THE UNITED STATES. the 25th July, they met at Bridgewater, nearly opposite the falls of the Niagara, and within the sound of the cataract and one of the most obstinate battles took place which was ever fought in America. 5. The contest lasted from four .o clock in the afternoon, until mid night, when the British retreated. As soon as they had departed, the Americans retired to their encampment, but not being able to remove the artillery they had taken from the enemy, the latter returned and seized it, and claimed the victory. 6. Neither side, however, had much reason to be proud of the re sults of the day. The Americans, with only three or four thousand men, had lost, in killed and wounded, eight hundred and sixty, and the British, with about five thousand men, eight hundred and seventy- sight. 7. This engagement is often called the Battle of L-nudy^s Lane, front the name of a narrow road in which it was fought. General Scott U d the advance, and displayed in a remarkable manner, the military 4. What of the battle of Bridgewater? 5. Who won the battle ! Which party claimed the victory? f> What was the loss on each side? 7. What is the buttle of Bri<krewuter often called? What of General Scott; GeneralJessup ? The principal generals on bot*i sides? General Riall? SIEGE OF FORT ERIK. qualities of skill and courage for which he afterwards became so dis* tinguished. Major Jessup, since General Jcssup, also acquired dis tinction. The fierceness of the fight may be inferred, not only from the number of men killed and wounded, but from the fact that the principal generals on both sides were wounded. The British General Riall was taken prisoner. 8. The American forces were now greatly reduced, and, as there was no prospect of an immediate reinforcement, they retreated up the river to Fort Erie, where they made a stand. General Drummond followed them, and, on the 4th of August, commenced a siege. The fort was, at first, commanded by General Ripley, but subsequently by General Gaines. U. The siege continued to bs prosecuted with great vigor. On the 15th of August a large British force advanced against the fort, in three columns. They were, however, repulsed, with the loss of fifty-seven killed, three hundred and nineteen wounded, and five hundred and thirty-nine missing. All this while, the American forces did not exceed fifteen hundred efficient men. 10. At length, General Izard arrived from Plattsburg with a rein forcement of five thousand men. Just before his arrival, General Brown, who had recovered of his wounds and taken the command of the troops, ordered a body of his men to sally forth and attack the invaders. In this, the Americans were successful, destroying the advanced works of the enemy, and driving their forces back toward Chippewa. 11. The siege of the fort lasted forty-nine days, when the British retreated, and the Americans pursued them. A second battle was fought near Chippewa, on the 20th of October, in which the Ameri cans were victorious, though the triumph was dearly bought. CHAPTER CLXXVI. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. City of Wash ington captured and burned. 1. WHEN the war against Great Britain was declared, that power, as we have already intimated, was occupied in the tremendous strug gle with Napoleon. Under these circumstances our statesmen had supposed it would be easy to conquer the contiguous British provinces 8. Where did the American forces now go ? Who commenced the siege of Fort Erie? W lio commanded the fort? 9. Describe the attack. 10. What of General Izard? What was done by General Brown? 11. How long was the siege? What did the British do? What of the second battle near Chippewa? CHAP. CLXXVI. 1. Why was it supposed our arm es could easily conquer Canada? 352 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. of Canada. As we have seen, the main efforts of our armies had been directed, though without success, to this object. 2. But now Napoleon was overthrown,* and the British armies and navies, being released from the European war, were sent to this country. Instead, therefore, of conquering the enemy s territories, we were called to the defence of our own. In the spring and summer of 1814, no less than forty thousand men, soldiers and sailors, were sent against us. 3. One portion of these troops was despatched to the Chesapeake Bay< They arrived in a squadron of fifty or sixty sail, and, having entered the bay, proceeded slowly up the Potomac River. At a considerable distance below Washington, five thousand men, under General Ross, were put on shore, who marched, as rapidly as circumstances permit ted, tow ard the capital ; a part of the fleet following them. 4. They met with little resistance till they came to Bladensburg, six miles from Washington. Mere General Winder had collected together a body of militia, and Commodore Barney, of the navy, had the command of a few cannon and about four hundred men. The latter behaved with great courage, but being deserted by the militia, who fled at the first approach of the foe, they were soon obliged to surrender. 5. The British proceeded to the capital. They reached it on the 23d of August, in the evening. The main body of the army, meet ing with little resistance, halted a mile and a half out of the city. General Ross, with only seven hundred men, entered the place and burned the capitol, the president s house, the public offices, the arsenal, and the navy-yard. 6. In burning the capitol, they destroyed its valuable library and furniture. Private property was respected but little more than pub lie. One hotel, with several private buildings, was destroyed. The bridge west of the city, across the Potomac, was also burned. 7. The British boasted much of their success in taking the seat of government of the United States, and some of them seemed to think the whole country would be soon ready to submit to the British yoke. However, it was discovered that to conouer a single city, is not to enslave a whole country. 2. "What of Napoleon ? What was the condition of our country at this time? 3. Whut f one portion of the British troops ? 4. Who were collected together at Bladensburgt What of the American militia? The men from the navy? 5. What did the British then do? What of General Boss? 6. What was destroyed by the British ? 7. What was thought by the British ? * The loading powers of Europe, which had combined for the overthrow of Napoleon, entered Paris in March, 1814. Napoleon abdicated and was sent to Elba. Thus the British forces were set at liberty Napoleon returned to Paris, but was finally defeated at Water. Vw>, June 1R, 1815. BATTLE NEAR BALTIMORE. 353 8. After the capture and destruction of Washington, the British re-embarked on board their fleet and returned down the river. On their way, however, they halted at Alexandria long enough to demand and receive the surrender of the city. This took place August 29th. 9. This expedition on the part of the British afforded a brilliant tri umph to them, and caused great humiliation to the Americans. It, however, was in two ways disastrous to the victors ; their conduct in several respects was a shameful outrage on the customs of civilization, even in warfare, and left a permanent bitterness of feeling in the hearts of the Americans toward Great Britain ; it also roused the people of this country to greater activity in the struggle that was then impending. CHAPTER CLXXYII. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Battle near l>al- timore. 1. THE British sailed as rapidly as possible from Washington to Baltimore. They reached the mouth of the Patapsco, fourteen miles below the city, on the llth of September. The next day six thousand men were landed from the fleet, at North Point, and, under the com mand of General Ross, they proceeded toward the city. 2. But tbey found more opposition here than in the neighborhood of Washington. An army of three thousand two hundred men had been collected and placed under the command of General Strieker, to annoy the British and keep them in check as much as possible, in order, at least, to give more time for putting the forts and batteries about the city in a proper condition for defence. A severe battle was fought, and the Americans were obliged to retire with considerable loss. The killed and wounded amounted to one hundred and threes among whom were many of the first inhabitants of Baltimore. 3. Next morning, the British advanced to the intrenchments, about two miles from the city. At the same time, a vigorous attack had been made on Fort McHenry from the fleet. Great numbers of bombs were thrown toward the fort for a whole day and night, but they produced very little effect. All this while preparation was making in the city to give the enemy a warm reception if they should determine on an attack. 8. What more was done by the British? 9- What was the effect of the British capture and burning of Washington ? CHAP. CLXXVIL 1. To what place did the British now proceed ? 2. Who did they find there to oppose them ? What of the battle ? 3. What fort wa attacked ? 20* 35-4 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 4. After remaining before the city, however, at a somewhat respect ful distance, till the evening of the 13th, the British retired to their shipping, and abandoned the enterprise. They had lost, in the battle of the 12th, their commander, General Ross, which doubtless had its effect in discouraging them from carrying out their plan. 5. During these events, the enemy ravaged the coasts of the Ches apeake, in a manner which reflected little credit on the British charac ter, and only served to exasperate the Americans, and to unite their* in the attempt to repel a foe that paid so little regard either to the lavr of nations or to that of honor. CHAPTER CLXXYIIL MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The War on Lake, Cliamplain and in the vicinity. 1. TRH army of the United States at the north, had been greatly reduced during the spring and summer of 1814 ; large portions having been ordered to other stations. On the 1st of Sep tember the whole effective force at Plattsburg, the head-quarters of the army, did not exceed fifteen hundred men. 2. About this time, intelli gence was received that the British, under General Prevost, the governor-general of Canada, with a force of fourteen thou sand men, were on their way to Plattsburg. These forces, for the most part, were of a char acter calculated to intimidate, for they were from well-fought fields of battle, the conquerors of the conquerors of Europe. 3. But, though the land forces of this division of our army were in considerable, the naval force had been raised, during the war, so as to 4 What did the British do on the 13th ? 5. What served to exasperate the Americans What had the enemy done, about this time, alonir the. cua>ts of the Chesapeake? CHAP. CLXXVIII. 1. What of the army of the T nited States m 1S14? 2. What new* was now received * What of the British troops now appi-oachiiiir i UittsLurg? COMMODORE MCDONOUGH. THE WAR ON LAKE C II A M P L A i \ . 355 be at this time quite respectable. It consisted of a brig, a ship, a schooner, and a sloop, and ten gunboats, mounting, in all, about ninety guns, and manned by eight hundred and fifty men; the whole under the direction of Commodore Thomas McDonough. 4. The British, too, had a navy on the lake, equal, if not somewhat superior to that of the United States. Of men, it contained at least two hundred more. One of the vessels was, moreover, equal in force to an ordinary frigate of thirty-two or thirty-six guns. 5. General Prevost and his army arrived in the neighborhood o( Plattsburg about the time expected, and General Macomb, the com mander at that place, had ordered out a body of militia, and made every preparation which the nature of the case and the time admitted. The fleet was lying near, ready to aid him if necessary. 6. While the two armies were thus before each other, the British fleet appeared in sight, and gave battle to the American. The contest \vas a fearful one, and lasted two hours and twenty minutes; termina ting in the surrender of the British fleet to Commodore McDonough. A few of the smaller vessels only escaped. V. While the battle was going on by water, the British general be gan his attack on Plattsburg pouring upon it a shower of bomb shells, balls, and rockets. The Americans answered them by a destruc tive fire from the fort. Before sunset, the attack ceased, and the British retreated, with the loss, in killed, wounded, arid missing, of about twenty-five hundred men. 8. This was a most signally fortunate day to the Americans. The British were, in fact, so completely defeated that they did not attempt to renew the war in that quarter. They hastened down the shore of the lake as fast as they could, not even taking with them their wounded or their military stores. 9. The loss in the engagement on the lake was great on both sides, but greatest, by far, on the side of the British. They had eighty -four killed and one hundred and ten wounded ; the Americans had only fifty -two killed and fifty-four wounded. So, at least, it was reported. And yet it is stated by Cooper in his Xaval History, that nearly every soldier on board of the Saratoga, Commodore McDonough s vessel, was more or less injured. iu. Commodore McDonough was twice supposed to be killed during the action. In the first instance, a broken boom was thrown against 3. What was the extent of the United States navy on Lake Champlain? "Who was tin- commander ? 4. What of the British navy on the lake? 5. What preparation was now made for battle ? 6. Describe the action between the two fleets. "Which was victo rious? 1. What attack was made by land ? 8. What wns the effect of this battlo on th British? 9. What was the loss, on both sides, in the naval engagement? 366 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. him with such violence as to leave him, for a few moments, senseless. A little while afterward, he was knocked down, and besmeared with blood, by the head of one of the seamen, which had been shot off and thrown against him. 11. However, he survived, and was not even reckoned among the wounded. It seems to have been agreed, beforehand, to call no per son wounded as long as he could keep out of the sick room. One iran, like the commodore, was knocked down by the head of a seamau ? and yet returned to his post and said nothing, though he did not im mediately recover from the shock. 12. One venerable old sailor had his clothes actually stripped otfby a splinter, without breaking or, so far as could be perceived, so much as injuring the skin. He tied his pocket handkerchief around him and went to work again, and continued at his post till the contest was over; though he died a few months afterward, as it was thought, of sonis internal injury. 13. Another anecdote of the battle of Lake.Champlain is commonly reported, and is doubtless true. Some hens, confined on board Com modore McDonough s vessel at the commencement of the battle, got loose during the tumult, upon which a cock, which was among them, flew to an elevated part of the vessel, and crowed vigorously. Not a few of the seamen regarded this as foretelling victory, and were en couraged by it to fight on, despite the danger. CHAPTER CLXXIX. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Convention at Hartford. 1. THE refusal of three of the New England states to order out their militia, to be subject to other officers than their own, at the opening of the war, has been mentioned. Demands were subsequently made by the governors of the several states respectively, on the militia, to repel the attacks of the enemy, especially at Saybrook, New London Stonington, Castine, etc., and these were readily complied with. 2. But the opposition to the war In the New England states had b;>en increasing rather than diminishing. In October, 1814. it was 10. How did Commodore McDonough narrowly escape death 1 11. W lint was agreed upon before the buttle 1 What of a seaman knocked down ? 12. What, can you say of tin old sailor? 13. Relate the anecdote of the cock. CHAP. CLXXIX. 1. What had been demanded by the governors ol some of tha What was the result of these demands? CONVENTION AT HARTFORD. 357 proposed by the Massachusetts legislature to call a convention of dele gates, from the several states of New England, to meet at some con* venient place, and inquire what ought to be done. 3. This convention met at Hartford, December 15th. It consisted of twenty-four delegates from Massachusetts, Connecticut, and Rhode Island, and a partial delegation from Vermont and New Hampshire As a state, Vermont had refused to have any concern in the measure. 4. These delegates, consisting, for the most part, of aged men, of the highest consideration in the states to which they belonged, proceeded to canvass, with much freedom, the motives and measures which had Jed to the war, and to set forth the evils which the country was suffer ing in consequence of its continuance. They remained in session about three weeks. 5. This convention was denounced by the friends of the administra tion in the severest terms. It was said to be not only impolitic, as giving encouragement to the enemy, but absolutely traitorous to the general government. It was branded, in every possible way, with odium ; and the Hartford Convention is, to this day, with many, but a title of contempt or reprobation. There are others, however, who maintain that it was a patriotic and useful measure. This latter opin ion, as the mists of passion fade away, appears to become more and more prevalent. 6. It is certain that, whatever may have been its general tendency, the convention broke up without adopting any treasonable resolutions, or attempting any dangerous movements. A few amendments of the Constitution of the United States were proposed, such as, it was thought, would thereafter prevent a recurrence of the evils under which the country then groaned. 7. These amendments of the Constitution were proposed, in the usual form and manner, to the states, but were rejected. Meanwhile, as we shall presently see, the war was brought to an end. Indeed, a treaty was actually signed at Ghent in December, 1814, before the convention at Hartford broke up, but the news had not reached this country. 2. What was proposed by the Massachusetts legislature in 1814? 3 Of what did the Hartford Convention consist? 4 What was the character of the delegates? What did they proceed to do? 5. How was this convention considered? R. What was proposed by the convention? 7. Were these aiuenuinents accepted? What treaty waa signed in December, 1814? 358 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES, BATTLE OF NEW OttLKANS. CHAPTER CLXXX. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUKD. Battle of JVew Orleans. 1. SKVEKAL buttles were fought by the two contending nations of Great Britain and America, after a treaty of peace was actually signed. hut before the news had reached this country. The most important of these was at New Orleans, and occurred on the 8th of January, 1815 2. A large British tleet had arrived on the coast, east of the Missis sippi River, as early as December. This fleet had on board fifteen thousand troops, under the command of Sir Edward Packenham. Gen- CHAP. CLXXX 1. When did the battle of New Orleans take place ? 2. What of the British fleet? What wn the number of the British troops? Who commanded them} Who rominamk d the United States troops? H A T T L E O N E \V C) R LEANS, f>9 enil Jackson, who had so distinguished himself in the war with the ( reek Indians, now had the command of the troops of the United States in this quarter. 3. As there was good reason to believe that the enemy were medi tating a blow at New Orleans, General Jackson proceeded to fortify the place as fast and as strongly as the time and the circumstances would permit. Batteries, consisting mostly of bales of cotton, were extended from the river, eastward, in such a manner as to form a strong line of defence, fronted by a deep ditch. 4. The enemy came to the attack in solid columns, to the number of twelve thousand ; they were well-tried and thoroughly disciplined troops. The forces under General Jackson scarcely amounted to half their number, and were chiefly militia. A part of them, only, had seen fighting before. Yet nearly all were accustomed M the use of the rifle, and were the best marksmen in the country. 5. Xo opposition was made to the British till they came fairly within reach of the American batteries, when some twenty-five or thirty cannon at once began the work of death. The British, however, con tinued to advance till they came within reach of the muskets and rides, when their destruction became so great that their progress was slow. 6. From the nature of the ground, the British seemed obliged to ad vance in solid columns ; but this made their destruction only so much the more dreadful. The cannon of the Americans were mowing down whole rows of them at every discharge. Unable to stand the shock, they at last began to fly. T. But the otlicers rallied them again, and led them on as far as the very intrenchments of the Americans, where they found a ditch witli live feet of water and a steep and slippery bank beyond it. At the moment of this desperate approach, the two principal British generals, Packenham and Gibbs, were killed, and their third, General Kean, was wounded. 8. Finding it impossible to scale the batteries of the Americans, and unable to stand the shower of death which was poured upon them, they retreated down the river. They did not embark immedi- tely on board their shipping, but they made no more attempts against New Orleans. 9. The results of this battle were as singular as they were dreadful. No less than seven hundred men, out of the live thousand who were near enough to the batteries to be actually engaged, slept the sleep of 3. \Vh.-it was (lone by General Jackson? What wore the American batteries composed nf? 4. Wiiut forces were opposed to each other? 5. Describe the attack. f>. How wer the British nit down ? 7, 8. Describe the attack after tne rally. What British genera * wure ki!l-tl? 0. What was the loss of the Hritish iu this buttle? 360 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. death, and fourteen hundred were wounded. Five hundred more were prisoners. Yet a 1 ! this destruction was effected with the loss on our part of only seven men killed and six wounded ! CHAPTER CLXXXI. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Closing Event* of the War. The Dartmoor Massacre. The Peace of Ghent. \. OUR little navy continued its operations, as well as the army on shore, ignorant, of course, of what had been done at, Ghent. Many prizes were taken, and not a few severe battles fought after the com mencement of the year 1815. Among the last mentioned were the following: 2. The British ship Levant, of eighteen guns, and the frigate Cyane, of thirty-four, were taken by the American frigate Constitution, while on a cruise, in the Mediterranean Sea, about the 20th of February. The battle lasted, with some intermission, three hours and a half, but was not very destructive. 8. Again, on the 23d of March, the Hornet, of the United States, commanded by Captain Biddle, fell in with and took the British brig Penguin, of eighteen guns. The battle lasted about twenty-two minutes, and was warmly contested the forces of the two vessels being nearly equal. 4. An event of an adverse nature occurred about the beginning of this year. The United States frigate President, commanded by Commodore Decatur, in attempting to put to sea from New York, was pursued by the Endymion, a frigate of forty guns, and a battle ensued, during which other vessels came to the aid of the Endymion, and the President was captured. 5. But the war was now over. The treaty signed at Ghent between the commissioners* of the United States and Great Britain December 14th, 1814, had been ratified by the United States on the 17th of Feb ruary following. By certain provisions of the treaty, with regard to captures which should be made after it was ratified, the President was CHAP. CLXXXI. 1. Wh:it was done by our navy after the commencement >f tho year 1SI5? 2. What ships were taken by tho Constitution? 3. Describe the engagement of March 23d. 4. Describe the capture of the United States frigate President 5 What of the treaty signed at Ghent? * These commissioners were : on the part of the United States, John Quinc/ Adama, James A. Bnyard-, Henry Clay, Jonathan Russell, and Albert Gallatin; on the part of ^reut Britain. Admiral Lord Gainbier. Henry Goulborn. and William Adams, DIFFICULTIES WITH ALGIERS. 361 a lawful prize to the British as much as if she had heen taken earlier; and the Cyane and Levant also belonged to the United States. G. The return of peace, in the United States, was hailed with great joy by both political parties. Much as people love war, they at length become tired of it; even when it happens, as in the present instance, that they do not appear to have gained the ends for which they fight.* If the soldiers were not glad to exchange the sword for the plough share, the nation at least was glad to have them do it. 7. One sad incident connected with the war, which was just now brought to a close, remains to be mentioned. It is the story of the massacre of American prisoners, which took place at Dartmoor, in Devonshire, England, April 6th, 1815. The war was, of course, over, and known to be over, at this time, but the prisoners had not all been exchanged. 8. These prisoners at Dartmoor were fired upon by the guard of the prison, by order of the agent. Seven of them were killed and sixty more or less wounded. The British did not defend the act ; it was an act of cruelty that could not be justified. On the contrary, much sympathy was expressed, even by the monarch on the throne, for the widows and families of the sufferers. 0. Peace was established in the manner we have mentioned, and it was this very year that the Massachusetts Peace Society was formed. This institution, by itself, its numerous auxiliaries and its periodicals, has done much, both in this country and in Europe, to sow the seeds of a far different spirit from that which has long prevailed even in the greater part of the Christian world. CHAPTER CLXXXIL MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Difficulties with Algiers. 1. THE difficulties between the United States and Algiers had pn> -eeded to such an extent, that, in 1812, the American consul was sud- lenly ordered by the Dey to leave the capital. The immediate excuse 6. How was the return of peace received ? 7, 8. Describe the fate of the prisoners at Dartmoor. 9. When was the Massachusetts Peace Society formed? Its influence? * It is a curious fact, that upon the subjects for which the war had been professedly declared the encroachments upon American commerce anil the impressment of Ameri can seamen, under the pretext of their being British subjects the treaty thus concluded was silent! The termination of the European war, however, put an end to the former, aud Great Britain has since virtually relinquished her pretensions to the latter. 31 362 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. for a command so unexpected and so singular was, that a cargo of naval and military stores which our government had sent them was not satisfactory. 2. "Whether the stores were really such as the Dey pretended, or whether he only sought a pretext for commencing anew his system of piracy, is uncertain. One thing is, indeed, well known, which is, that dopredations were immediately commenced, and that our vessels were not only plundered, but several of them captured and condemned, *ad their crews sold into slavery. ; 3. During the session of Congress which commenced in December^ i814, the president, in a message, suggested the importance of taking measures to prevent further piracy on our vessels from this quarter. The subject was agitated in Congress, and at length, in March, 1815, they declared war against the Dey. 4. Soon after this, an Ameri- cai} squadron, under the gallant Decatur, sailed for the Mediter ranean, to make a descent upon the Algerines. On the 18th of June, they captured an Algerian frigate of forty-four guns and six hundred men, and a brig. The victorious squadron then sailed for Algiers, to humble the Dey, if possible, still further. 5. Such was the terror in spired by the American arms, that it was not difficult to pro cure a treaty, on our own terms. The Dey not only agreed to give up the property and men he had taken from us, and exempt *js from tribute in time to conu>, but actually to pay six millions of dollars for previous damages. This treaty was signed June 30th of the same year. C. Decatur then sailed for Tunis, and afterward for Tripoli, and ob tained indemnity of the rulers of both, for past wrongs, and security against future ones. CHAP. CLXXXII 1. What reason was given by the Dey of Algiers for sending fiwny the American consul? 2. What depredations were committed? 3. What wtus done l>y ( wniri-ess? When was war declared against the Dey ? 4 What was done by an American squadron ? 6. Whflt did the Dey agree to do in the treaty? When was this treaty signed ? 6. What did Decatur tin n to Tunis and Tripoli ? SECOND UNITED STATES BANK. 363 CHAPTER CLXXXIII. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The second Unit ed States Bank chartered. Indiana admitted into tfa Union. 1. THE two principal events belonging to the history of the United fctates, for the year 1816, were the establishment of the second Bank o: the United States, and the admission of In-di-an -a into the Union, a< the nineteenth state. 2. The bill for the incorporation of a bank passed April 10th. Its capital was thirty-five millions of dollars; of which seven millions were to be subscribed by the United States, and twenty-eight mil lions by individuals. Its affairs were to be managed by twenty -five directors, five of whom were to be appointed by the president and senate, and twenty elected by the stockholders. The charter was limited to twenty years. 3. With regard to the early history of Indiana, little can be said, ex cept that it had been, for a long time prior to its settlement, the resi dence of various Indian tribes, and the theatre of Indian wars. It was here that the Shawanese resided, and that the bloody affair of Tip- pe-ca-noe took place. 4. How early the first white settlement "was made, which was fairly within the limits of Indiana, cannot now be determined. It was a part of the great territory claimed by the French and traversed by their traders. It is quite certain that Vin-cennes , if not some other posts, was settled at least one hundred and sixty years ago. 5. At the peace of 1763, Indiana, with the rest of the great North- Western Territory, was given up by France to England. Still it was claimed by the Indians, but, by the various treaties made with them from time to time, extensive tracts were obtained for settlement. But the Indian title to many parts of the state was retained till the year 1812, and even longer. 6. It was erected into a territorial government in 1809. In Decem ber, 1815, its inhabitants being found to amount to sixty thousand, a petition was sent to Congress to be made a separate state, which was granted, as we have already seen. The prosperity of Indiana lias been almost unexampled; its population now exceeds a million of inhabit ants. CHAP. CLXXXIII. 1. What two events took place in the year 1816? 2. Whnt were tn conditions of the second United States Bank ? 8. What of the early history of la- ilhma ? 4. What of the settlements tter ? 5 What of Indiana at the peace of 1768 ? IB 18 - 2i? 0. Relate its suhseqnent history. It- population at the present lira*? 364 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. PRESIDENT JAMES MONROE. CHAPTER CLXXXIV. MONROE S ADMINISTRATION, FROM MARCH 4 r ra, 1817, TO MARCH 4cTH, 1825. His Character and History. Daniel D, Tompkins, Vice-President. Mississippi admitted into the Union. 1. THE year 1817 is noted in the history of the United States, as the commencement of the administration of James Monroe, of Vir ginia, and also for the admission of Mississippi to he the twentieth pillar of the American Union. 2. Mr. Monroe was a very different man from Mr. Madison, his predecessor in office. The latter was a man of great learning, as well as of high talents as a statesman. lie was a very active member of the Continental Congress, and it is to him we arc indebted, more than any other man, for the adoption of the constitution under which we live. Yet Mr. Madison was no warrior. CHAP. CLXXXIV.-1. For what Is the year 1817 distinguished ? 2. What was the eliunirtor of Mr. i\l:tlisoti ? MONROE ELECTED PRESIDENT. 303 3. Mr. Monroe, on the contrary, though he entered upon his admin istration in a time of peace and comparative prosperity, had been a soldier. He was engaged in the Revolutionary AVar from the year 1776 to its close ; and, though he held no other commission than that of a captain of infantry, was in a number of severe battles, and at that of Trenton was wounded. He was also a statesman as well as a warrior. 4. He came into office March 4th, 1817. Daniel D. Tompkins was at the same time inaugurated vice-president. Though the prosperity of the country was returning, yet it takes a long time for a nation to recover from a war, even in its commercial and financial concerns. Manufactures were broken down, agriculture was far from being as nourishing as it had been, and there was a great scarcity of money, especially of specie. 5. During the summer and autumn of this year, Mr. Monroe made a tour through the northern and eastern states, to observe the condi tion of the fortifications along the sea-coast, as well as to make him self acquainted with the state ot the country in other respects. A similar tour was made, two years afterward, through the Southern and Western states, and another still later along the shores of the Ches apeake Bay. 6. In December 1817, the Territory of Mississippi was divided, the western portion, lying along the river, being admitted as a state into the Union. The eastern portion was erected into a territory, by the name of Alabama. 7. The early history of this country has been mentioned, in our brief account of the travels of Ferdinand de Soto and La Salle. It suffered greatly during the wars of the Natchez Indians. The Choc- taws for a long time retained and occupied the northern part of this state, and were in a good measure civilized. 8. There was also some trouble this year, 1817, respecting Amelia Island, which was a Spanish possession, and had become the resort of a set of outlaws. The United States, though at peace with Spain, at length determined to take possession of it. This was done by a naval force, sent out for the purpose, and without bloodshed. 8. That of Mr. Monroe ? 4. Who was chosen vice-president with Mr. Monroe ? What vat the condition of the country at this time ? 5. What tonr was made by Mr. TV!>uroo, and for what purpose? 6. What can you say of Mississippi ? 7. What of its early history ? How did it suffer ? 8. What of Amelia Island ? 31* HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CLXXXV. MONROP: S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. War with th& Seminoles. Illinois admitted into the Union. Com- mercial Treaty with Sweden. 1. BETWEEN the United States and Florida, or rather partly within the limits of both, there was a tribe of Indians called Sein -i-noles. The nation also included, at this time, many of the Creek Indians, who, dissatisfied with the treaty their brethren had made with the United States, in August, 1813, had fled to the Serninoles. 2. They also had among them another set of runaways, much worse than the vagabond Creeks. These were white traders from various nations, who, for the most part, dissatisfied with the slow, honest earnings of home, had come hither to gain money by trading with, and often by taking unfair advantage of the Indians. 3. The Seminoles becoming, by some means, excited to hostile feelings against their white neighbors, and being also urged on by the Creeks among them, began, about the close of the year 1817, to commit outrages, after the usual Indian fashion, upon the families on or near their borders. 4. Upon hearing of these outrages, the secretary of war ordered General Jackson and General Gaines, with eight hundred regular troops and one thousand militia, to proceed against them, and to call upon the governors of the several adjacent states for more men, if necessary. General Jackscn, however, addressed a circular to the patriots, as he called them, of West Tennessee, one thousand of whom forthwith joined him. 5. The war was immediately and vigorously prosecuted, but in a way somewhat peculiar. St. Mark s, a Spanish post, was first seized, and afterward Pen-sa-co -la, the capital of West Florida, also belonging to Spain. These places were taken because they favored, or were supposed to favor, the cause of the Indians. There was very little resistance on the part of the Spanish authorities. 6. The taking and occupying of these places, with some little skir mishing elsewhere, occupied the time till late in the spring of 1818, when General Jackson announced that the Serninole war was closed, and returned to Nashville. He was much censured for the manner CHAP. CLXXXV. 1. What of the Seminoles? Why had the Crocks joined them? 2. W hat of the white traders ? 3. What did the Seminoles begin to do in 1817 ? 4. What was ordered by the secretary of war? What did General Jackson do ? 5. What of St. Mark s an-1 ffensacola C. What was done by Jackson in 1818? Why was he censured? A L A I! A M A A I) M IT T E D AS A S T ATE. ; , . 7 of his proceeding in this war, notwithstanding his success. His appeal to the TenuesAeeans, and his seizing and occupying St. Mark s and Pen- sacola, were deemed exceedingly objectionable. His conduct was even brought to the notice of Congress, and by the senate partially con demned. 7. Illinois was admitted to the Union in 1818. Its early history has In-eii sutHciently given in connection with the travels of La Salic. It wa< a part, of Indiana till 1809, when it became a separate territory, in which condition it remained till it was received into the confed eracy. 8. This state has been little disturbed by civil or internal divisions, <>r by Indian wars. The most serious trouble arose from the appear ance, of a new sect there, in the year 1838, called Mormons, and from (he attempts to curb their irregularities. 9. Tftis singular people, believing themselves ill-treated, bad assem bled, to the number of seven hundred, under their leaders, in a remote part of the state, when a body of three thousand troops marched against them, and captured them, with four thousand others. The whole sect was at length reduced to submission. After a time, they removed to Utah. Their later history will be given hereafter. 10. A treaty of peace, friendship, liberty of commerce, equalization of duties, etc,, with Sweden, was concluded at Stockholm, in May of the year 1818, by Mr. Russell, the United States minister at the court of Sweden, and signed by the respective governments during the summer ami autumn of the same year. CHAPTER CLXXXVI. MONROE S ADMINISTRATION, CONTIXUKD. Treaties with JSpaiti awl Great Britain. Alabama admitted into the Union. 1. A TREATY of trade and commerce was made, early in the yeai 1819, between the United States and Great Britain; in which, how ever, nothing seems to have been said about the old question of im pressment. A treaty with Spain was also made, settling the boundary 7. What of Illinois.? When did it become a separate icrritory ? 8. How has the state hH-n disturbed ? What of the Mormons? 9. Describe the conduct of the Mormons and what was done t" tlu-m. 10. -Vh:it treaty was concluded at Stockholm? CHAP CLXXXVI 1. WliMt invites wen; made in the year 1819? What did the United States become l>innd to pay? 368 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. between this country and Mexico. At the same time, the United States became bound to pay the Spanish government five million dollars, on account of injuries and losses which they had sustained from us. 2. On the 2d of March of this year, A-la-ba -ma was admitted to the Union. This was the twenty-second member of tin confederacy. Arkansas was made a territorial government the same year, but was not formed into a state till nearly twenty years afterward. 3. Alabama, with its deep, rich soil, and, in many places, healthful and happy climate, remained till after the Revolutionary War a mere hunting-ground of the savages. "From the peace of 1783 till 1802^ the territory was claimed by Georgia ; and the lands Vere sold to set tiers and speculators accordingly. 4. Among other sales was one of twenty-five millions of acres for five hundred thousand dollars ; and the money was received and put into the treasury. But, at a subsequent meeting of t*ie legislature, the validity of the sale was called into question; and finally, the records respecting it were ordered to be burnt and the mono.y restored to the purchasers. 5. In the year 1802, the state of Georgia ceded all her western territory to the United States for twelve hundred and fifty thousand dollars. This and the act by which the records were destroyed oc casioned lawsuits, which cost the parties great trouble and much money. In 1800, as we have seen elsewhere, the present state of Alabama became a part of the Mississippi Territory from which it was separated when Mississippi became a state. CHAPTER CLXXXVII MONROE S ADMINISTRATION. CONTINUED. The States of Maine and Missouri admitted into the Union. The Missouri Compromise. 1. IN the year 1G38 the same year in which New ITaven was set tled Ferdinands Gorges obtained a charter from the king, of all the lands from the borders of New Hampshire, on the south-west, t<? Sagadahoc, on Kennebec River, on the north-east, under the name of the Province of Maine. It remained a separate province till the year 1(152, when it became a part of Massachusetts. 2. What can you say of Alabama and Arkansas? 8. How was Alabama occupied till al ter the Revolution? What of the claims of Georgia? 4. What took place respecting one of the sales? 5. What was done by Georgia in 1S02 ? What of Alabama in 1800 ? CHAP. CLXXX Vfl. What of the charter granted to Gorges, respecting the PrfivincY of Maine? When did Maine become a part of Massachusetts? ADMISSION OF M1SSOUKI. 3GO 2. The history of the settlement of this province has been alluded to in connection with the history of the colony of Massachusetts. Various attempts were made during the latter part of the eighteenth century to form it into an independent state, hut none of them succeeded. 3. The most important of these attempts was made in 1785. A con vention then met for the purpose at Portland. The next year, t\w question of a separation from Massachusetts was submitted to the people in their town meetings, on which it appeared that a majority of the freemen were opposed to the measure. A similar attempt was made in 1802, and with similar results. 4. In 1819, a large majority were found to be in favor of a sepa ration. A convention was called, and a constitution prepared and adopted, and in 1820, Maine became the twenty-third pillar of the American Union. At present, this state has about six hundred thou sand inhabitants, and is not only large and populous, but flourishing. 5. Toward the end of the year 1820, when Congress had come to gether, the question was brought before them whether Missouri should be admitted into the Union. The discussion which followed involved another inquiry that of the extension of slavery and occupied much of the session. Provision was, however, at length made for its admission upon certain conditions ;*and these having been complied with, Missouri, in August 1821, became the twenty-fourth member of our confederacy. 6. This state, together with all the territory then belonging to the United States west of the Mississippi River, was included in the pur chase of Louisiana from the French, in the year 1803. Louisiana was afterward divided into the "Territory of Orleans," or Louisiana proper, and the Territory of Missouri. 7. In 1819, this latter territory was divided into Arkansas, in the south, and Missouri, in the north ; and it was about this time that the northern or Missouri division took the requisite steps to form a state constitution. Since its admission, in 1821, its progress, in population and improvement, has been exceedingly rapid. 2. What attempts were made during the latter part of the eighteenth century ? 8. What attempt was made in 1786? In 1802? 4. What was done in 1819? What of Maine at this time? 5. What discussion was had about Missouri in 1820? When did Missouri bacome a state ? What of the Missouri Compromise ? 6. What was included in the pur chase of Louisiana? How was Louisiana afterward divided? 7. How was Missouri divided ? What of it since Ib21 ? * In this debate, the Northern members generally urged that in Missouri, slavery should be prohibited ; the Southern members took the ground that slavery should be tolerated. The discussion caused great excitement, ae well in Congress as in the country at large. This state was finally admitted, permitting slavery, connected, however, with a general act prohibiting it in all new states, north of latitude 36.30 ; that being the northern limit of Arkansas, and the southern limit of Missouri. This act called the Missouri Compromise continued to be regarded by Congress, until the year 1854. when it was repealed by what is calUd the E<in&a*-Nehra*ka Sill, t \o terr tones of these names bcins thereby 16* 370 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 8. In 1855 and 1856 great excitement took place in Missouri, in con- sequence of the agitation of the slavery question in the contiguous ter ritory of Kansas. Many of the inhabitants, strongly in favor of the establishment of slavery in Kansas, passed into that territory, and used their influence to promote that object. For two years the whole United States was disturbed by the agitations which ensued. CHAPTER CLXXXYIII. MONROE S ADMINISTRATION, CONTTNUKD. Territorial Or ganization of Florida. History of Florida. Appor tionment of Representatives in Congress at various epochs. 1. DURING the session of Congress which closed in the spring of 1823, a territorial government was established for Florida ; and Wil liam Duvall, of Kentucky, was appointed by the president, with the concurrence of the Senate, to be the governor. 2. The unsuccessful attempt of Ponce de Leon to settle this country has been mentioned in its place. The Spaniards made several transient settlements here at an early date, but the first permanent colony was established on the river May, in 1664. Even this came near being broken up by starvation the next year. The settlers had been at war with the natives had lost many of their number ; and those who were alive had been obliged to subsist on acorns and roots. 3. Spain held the possession of Florida from the time of its discovery till 1763, when it was ceded to Great Britain. In 1781, West Florida again fell into the hands of the Spanish; and in a treaty made in 1783, both provinces were given up to Spain, in whose hands they remained, with the temporary interruption occasioned by the movements of General Jackson, till 1819. 4. In the progress of the year 1819, a transfer of the whole prov ince was made, by treaty, to the United States. This treaty, after much delay, was ratified by Spain, and still more tardily by the United States. This act, on the part of the United States, took place in February, 1821 ; and possession was given in the following July. 5. This territory, at the census in 1840, contained fifty-four thou sand four hundred and seventy-seven inhabitants, and March 3d, 1845, became a state. Tal-la-has -see, the seat of government, contains 8. What agitation took j>l;ice in Missouri in 1855 and 1856? CHAP. CLXXXVI1L 1. What was done by Congress as to Florida in 1823? 2. Who formerly attempted to settle the country? What of the first permanent settlement? 3 Into whose hands did Florida successively pass? 4. What was done in 1819? What took place in 1821? LAFAYETTE IN AMERICA. 371 about two thousand inhabitants; and is the largest town in the state 1 , except Pensacola, which is about one-third larger. St. Augustine, founded by the Spaniards in 1565, is the oldest town in the United States. 6. Slight changes were made during the session of Congress for I^L -O. with regard to the representation of the several states in the House of Representatives, At first only one representative had bin? sent for every thirty thousand inhabitants; the fractious, in each state going for nothing. The constitution had not, indeed, limited the rep resentation to this number, but had only said that no more than one representative should be sent for each thirty thousand people. 7. After the first census, it was fixed at one representative to every thirty-three thousand. The same apportionment continued under the second census, but at the third it was made one in thirty-five thousand. In 1822-3, it was fixed, for the next ten years, at forty thousand. The proportion, after the census of 1830, was one in forty-seven thousand seven hundred. The proportion from 1840 was one for seventy thou sand six hundred and eighty. From 1852 it was fixed at one for ninety-three thousand three hundred and forty ; and from 1800 at one for one hundred and twenty thousand, the whole, number of repre sentatives for the United States being two hundred and forty-one, be sides the delegates from the territories. CHAPTER CLXXXIX. MOITROE S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINITKD. La Fayctte in the. United States. 1. THE celebrated general, La Fayette, who had lived in France since the American Revolution, having received an invitation from Congress. to visit this country, arrived at New York, August 13th, 1824, and pro ceeded to the residence of Vice-president Tompkins, on Staten Island, lie was soon after escorted to New York by a splendid array of steam boats, decorated by the flags of almost every nation in the world, and bearing thousands of citizens. 2. After remaining a few days in New York, he went to Boston where he met with the same cordial and joyful reception. He scon after returned to New York, and visited Albany and the other 5. What was the population of Florida in 1840? What of Tallahassee? Peneacola? St. Augustine? 6. What of the constitution as to representatires? 7. How was the repre- fientation arranged after the first census? After the second census ? In 1822-3? After the census of 1S40? After the census of 1850? After the census of 1860 ? CHAP. CLXXXIX. 1. What of General Lafayette? His reception in New York 2 Wlr.it places did he visit ? 372 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES LAFAYETTE S TOUR. on the Hudson, after which he proceeded to Virginia, but returned to Washington during the sitting of the next Congress. 3. The next spring, after having passed through the Southern and Western states, he again went to Boston. There, on the 17th of June two days after he arrived, he attended the fiftieth anniversary of the battle of Bunker Hill ; at which time, beside many demonstrations of public joy, the corner-stone of a monument was laid. This was not finished, however, till 1842. 4. The excursions of La Fayette in this country occupied, in all, about a year. In this time, he visited every one of the twenty-four states. He was everywhere received as a father to the country, and his presence everywhere hailed with unmingled joy. The 7th of Sep tember was the day fixed for his departure ; and the frigate Brandy- wine was appointed to convey him to his native country. 5. The parting scene was one of the most afifecting which was ever witnessed in this country. He was to sail from Washington. All business was suspended there on that day, and all the officers of gov ernment, from the president downward, assembled to bid him farewell. He was attended to the vessel by the whole population of Washington. 6. In passing Mount Vernon, he landed to pay a farewell visit to Ihe tomb of Washington, but immediately re-embarked, and, after a g. What took piucc at Boston on the 17th June, 1824? 4. What time did La Fayette s jjcursions occupy ? T Io\v was he received? 5. Describe the parting scene as he loft for France. 6. What tribute did he pay to the memory of Washington? AVhat did Cun trress present him with? LAFAYETTE IN THE UNITED STATES. " n 3 prosperous voyage, was soon once more in his native country. While* here, Congress gave him two hundred thousand dollars and a town ship of land, as a partial compensation for his services during the Revolutionary struggle. 7. Nothing could have been more gratifying to the people of the United States than this visit of the illustrious stranger,* whom, next to Washington, they delighted to honor. 7. How di<l the people of the United States esteem La Fuyette? * The name of this great and good man was Marie Jean Paul Rnch Yves Gilbert Jbofflrt, Marquis de la Fayette. HP was born at Auvergue in 1757, and belonged to the court of Louis XVI. At the age of twenty, having just been married to a young and beautiful lady, he left his country and all the pleasures of a brilliant career, to engage in our national struggle for independence. That having been achieved, he returned to France. In the revolution which began with the destruction of the Bastille in 1789, he played a dis tinguished part, being at one time commander of the National Guard, and possessing such power as almost to make him arbiter of the fate of France. He afterward became an object of distrust, and, endeavoring to escape, was taken and imprisoned at Olrnutz by thn Austrians, for several years, befng released in 1797. He took a leading part in Louia Philippe on the throne in 1830, and died in 1834, 3T4 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. JOHN QCINCY ADAMS. CHAPTER CXC. JOHN QUINCY ADAMS S ADMINISTRATION, FROM MAKCH 4 r ni, 1825, TO MARCH 4rTii, 1829. Difficulties with Georgia. Speculations and Bankruptcies tf/*1825. 1. IN 1821, Mr. Monroe as president, and D. D. Tompkins as vice- president, iiad been re-elected, almost without opposition, and had duly entered upon their second term of office. This having expired, they were succeeded, in 1825, by John Q. Adams, of Massachusetts, as Pres ident, and John C. Calhoun, of South Carolina, as Vice-President. 2. The latter was elected by the people, but, in respect to Mr. A.dnms, there was no choice ; the election therefore devolved upon the House of Representatives, as in the first election of Jefferson. During a state of great excitement, the choice of Mr. Adams was declared February 9th, 1825. 3. About the time Mr. Adams s administration began, a controversy CHAP. CXC. 1. What of Monroe and Tompkins as to a second term of office? Who ucceeded them ? 2. What of the election of Adams and Calhoun ? DEATH OF ADAMS AND JEFFERSON. 375 arose between Georgia and the national government, which continued for some time. It had relation to certain lands, within the state of Georgia, held by the Creek Indians, which Georgia claimed as belong ing to herself. 4. This controversy grew ont of an agreement between the genera^ government and Georgia, in 1802. In 1825, the Creeks became ex cited and a war seemed inevitable. 5. After a long negotiation at Washington, and much effort on the part of the president and both houses of Congress, the matter was dually settled without a resort to arms, but not to the entire satisfac tion of Georgia. This state long retained unpleasant feelings against the president and his friends, though he seems rather entitled to praise for his conduct during the whole affair. 6. This year, 1825, was remarkable for a spirit of speculation, which prevailed in England and this country, especially in regard to cotton. The price of this article rose from twelve to thirty -two cents in the course of a few weeks. Many kinds of West India goods also advanced with similar rapidity. 7. The prices soon receded, and extensive bankruptcies were the im mediate consequence. The fictitious wealth, which the high prices of goods had created, suddenly disappeared, and involved thousands and tens of thousands in distress, and not a few in utter pecuniary ruin. CHAPTER CXCI. J. Q. ADAMS S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Death of Adams and Jefferson, etc. 1. THE most remarkable events of the year 1826 were the death of the two ex -presidents, Adams and Jefferson, on the 4th of July, and within a very few hours of each other. They had long been ill ; but it was hardly to be expected that they would both terminate their ex istence on this particular day. 2. Jefferson, like Washington, Madison, Monroe, and even Harrison, was a native of Virginia. He was born in the year 1743 ; and, of course, was eighty -three years old when lie died. He was bred a 3, 4. "What controversy arose with Georgia? When did the Creeks become excited? 5. How was the difficulty finally adjusted? 6. For what was the year 18 25 remarkable? What articles rose in value? 7. What was the consequence of these speculations? CHAP CXCI. 1. When did Adams and Jefferson die ? 2. Where was the latter bom At what age did he die ? What can you say of him ? 376 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. lawyer, and his life was orfe of great activity, though he was much less a warrior, or a civilian, than a statesman. 3. When the time came for preparing a Declaration of Independence, Jefferson was chairman of the committee of five appointed for this purpose, lie drew the instrument with his own hand ; nor was it very materially altered hy Congress. 4. Beside being a member of Congress for many years, he was also abroad as minister to France and Great Britain for a considerable period. After the close of his second term as president, he retired tc his estate, called Monticello, in Virginia, where he spent the remainder of his days, chiefly employed in writing and in study. 5. Adams was a native of Quincy, near Boston, but was eight years older than Jefferson. He, too, was bred a lawyer, but, like Jefferson, did not long practise his profession. The war of the Revolution soon called him into such scenes of bustling activity as gave him little time for legal practice. 6. He was early a member of the colonial congresses, and among the first to resist the high-handed measures of Great Britain. He nominated Washington as the commander-in-chief o f the American army. He was second on the committee, already alluded to, appointed to draft a Declaration of Independence ; and, like Jefferson, was one of the first to sign it. 7. In regard to his character, the best eulogium has been given by Jefferson. He always said that "the great pillar of support to the Declaration of Independence, and its ablest advocate and champion on the floor of the house, was John Adams;" and no man knew him better than Jefferson. 8. Though feeble from great age at the arrival ot the fiftieth anni versary of Independence, he had expressed, like Jefferson, a strong desire to live to see that day, though he hardly expected it. But he knew enough, on the fourth, to know it had arrived ; and said, " It is a great and glorious day." His last words were, "Jefferson survives." 9. Madison and Monroe lived several years longer. Monroe died in New York, July 4th, 1831, aged seventy-three; thus making the third president who had died on the anniversary of our independence Madison died June 28th, 1836, aged eighty-six years. 3. What great paper did he draw up? 4. To what countries was Jefferson minister! How did he pass his time after he retired from the presidency? 5. To what profession was Adams bred ? To what scenes was he called from the bar? 6. How was he oarlj distinguished? 7. Give his character by Jefferson. 8 Describe the last day of his Jifo 0. What of Madison and Monroe : PRESIDENT JACKSON. fUESIDENT JACKSON. CHAPTER CX01I. JACKSON S ADMINISTRATION, FKOM MAKCH 4TH, 1829, TO MAKCH 4 r rn, 1837. His Election. Van Buren Vice- president. Death of John Jay. Nullification in S&uth Carolina. Clay s Compromise Act. 1. FEW events worthy of note occurred in the year 1827. During the session of Congress which commenced December 4th of that year, a bill was passed for the revision of the tariff of the United States; but it did not give universal satisfaction. Some thought it encouraged domestic manufactures, etc., too much ; others, too little. 2. The year 1828 was distinguished for party strife in the election of a president. The two opposing candidates were Adams, the in cumbent, and General Jackson. The result of the contest was the election of General Jackson by a large majority one hundred and CHAP. CXCIL 1. What bill passed in Congress in the year 1827? 2 Who were the candidates for the presidency in the year 1829? Who was elected? \ v hat was th* majority of votes for Jackson? How did Jackson s administration begin? 32* 07 S HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. seventy eight of the electoral votes being given for him, and only eighty-three for Adams. It was a majority which even the friends of General Jackson himself hardly expected. His administration was begun by the appointment of a new cabinet, and by the removal from office of a great number of individuals known to be unfriendly to his election. 3. During the year 1829, John Jay, of Bedford, New York, died, at the age of eighty-four. He was one of the presidents of the old Continental Congress ; and, without a doubt, one of the greatest men of his day. He was a truly good as well as a great man. 4. Before the close of the Congress which assembled in December^ 1830, a rupture took place between the president and Calhoun, vice- president, which produced other animosities and divisions; and, on the 20th of April, 1831, the cabinet officers of the president all resigned. During the summer, however, a new cabinet was organized. 5. A treaty of peace and commerce was made, in the year 1830, be tween the United States and the government of Turkey ; a commercial treaty was also concluded with Mexico. Just before President Jack son came into office, General Harrison, afterward President Harrison, was made the United States minister-plenipotentiary to Colombia. 6. On the 10th of December, 1832, Jackson issued his celebrated proclamation against the Nullifiers of South Carolina. These politicians maintained that any one of the states might set aside, or nullify, any act of Congress which they deemed unconstitutional and oppressive. They called themselves the State Rights Party, inasmuch as they as serted the rights of the states to be supreme. 7. These views had been entertained from the adoption of the con stitution by a few individuals; but, until the period of which we are now speaking, they had not produced any serious results. The chief occasion of the proceedings in South Carolina, already adverted to, was the existing tariff laws. Conventions of that state passed resolu tions declaring them to be null and void ; and formidable preparations were made to resist their execution. 8. President Jackson s proclamation was aimed at these proceedings. Great anxiety and alarm prevailed in the country, and an apprehension was entertained that the Union was soon to be severed by the open rebellion of the state of South Carolina. In this state of things, the 3. What can you say of John Jny ? When did he die ? 4. What rnptnro took place in 1830? What of tlio cabinet? 5. \Vliat treaties were made in 1830? To what place had Qeneral Harrison been scut as mi i.^tor? C. What <l;d Jackson do in 1832? Wh wer the Nultijierxf What did they call themselves, and why? 7. By whom had these views been long entertained ? What was the occasion of the feelings existing in South Carolina? What was done by conventions in that state? 8. What anxiety was feltT What was the effect on parties? RESIDENT JACKSON. 379 divisions of political parties were momentarily forgotten, and even the opposers of the president rallied on the side of his proclamation. Few were found, except those of the state rights party of South Carolina, to sustain the movements of the nullifiers. 9. The difficulty was at length pacified by the Compromise Act, brought forward by Mr. Clay, in the Senate of the United States, and passed in 1833. This act provided for a gradual reduction of duties for the succeeding ten years, when they should sink to the general >vel of twenty per cent. 10. This compromise act went into operation, and continued till 1842, when it was superseded by a new tariff system, as will be here after related. CHAPTER CXCIII. JACKSON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. His Northern Tour. Removal of the Deposits. His Second Term. 1. ON counting the votes for president and vice-president of the United States, in the early part of the year 1833, President Jackson was found to be re- elected by an overwhelming majority ; and Martin Van Buren was cho sen vice-pres ident. 2. One of the early acts of JACKSON S TOUE. the president, during his sec ond administration, was to pay a visit, May 6th, in company with the im-iubers of his cabinet and others, to Fredericksburg, to witness the 0. How was the difficulty at length pacified? For what did the compromise of 13S8 provide ? CHAP. CXCIII. 1. Who were elected president and vice-president Jn 1888? 2. "What was done May 6th, at Fredericksburg, in Virginia? 380 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. ceremony of laying a corner-stone of a monument to the mother of Washington. 3. While the steamboat which conveyed them was on the way from Washington to Alexandria, as the president and others were sitting at dinner, a dastardly assault was made by one Eandolph, late a lieuten ant in the navy, on the president. The company, however, interfered, so that Randolph only inflicted a single blow in the face. 4. It may not be out of place to say here that the centennial birth itoy of Washington had been celebrated with great pomp and rejoicing throughout the United States, on the 22d of February, 1832, or a little more than a year before the corner-stone was laid of a monument to ti is mother s memory. 5. On the 6th of June 1833, the president, with most of his cabinet, net out on a tour through the New England states. The objects of this tour were similar to those of his predecessors, Washington and Monroe; and he was received everywhere with similar demonstra tions of respect. 6. In the autumn of this year, the president came to the conclusion Uiat the deposits of the public moneys, amounting to about ten millions of dollars, ought to be removed from the Bank of the United States, where they had been placed for twenty years, to the state banks. He deemed this change necessary, as he said, in order " to preserve, the morals of the people, the freedom of the press, and the purity of the elective franchise." 7. This was the beginning of a contest in Congress, respecting the deposits, which continued a long time, and created much excitement, throughout the country. The deposits were, however, at length re moved. 8. These vast sums being placed in the local banks of the several states, caused an immense inflation of the currency, and a consequent expansion of trade and speculation, which laid the foundation of a dreadful state of panic and bankruptcy, a short time after, all over the United States. The bitter fruits were reaped under Van Buren s ad ministration. 8. What outrage was committed on board the steamboat? 4. When was Washington ; hundredth birthday celebrated? 5. What tour was made by Jackson in 1888? 6 "What great change was determined upon by the president, and for what reason? 7. What of the contest which was occasioned by the removal of the deposits? 8. were the consequences of the removal of the deposits? STATE OF ARKANSAS. 381 CHAPTER CXCIV. JACKSON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. State of Arkansas. Indian Territory. I. ARKANSAS was admitted into the Union, as an independent state, in the year 1836. This state lies to the southward of Missouri, and was originally, as we have elsewhere seen, a part of it. It has a fine cli mate and prolific soil, and is proba bly destined to be a very important member of the confederacy. 2. The earliest settlement of whites, within the present limits of this state, was made at the Indian village of Arkansas, on the river of that name, in the year 1685. The first in habitants and the emigrants who joined them, for many years, were French. The progress of the colony was very slow. It is scarcely thirty years since the tide of emigration from the Atlantic states began to flow in that direction. 3. Little Rock, the early seat of government, and present capital, was laid out in 1820. The first steamboat ascended the Arkansas River that year. It was eight days in going from New Orleans to the vil lage of Arkansas, which is scarcely one hundred miles above the Uiouth of the Arkansas River. 4. Arkansas formerly contained within its bosom the remnants of .leveral once numerous and powerful tribes of Indians. By a treaty inade between the United States and the Cherokees, ia 1833, the lat ter agreed to give up to the United States, for a sum equal to five mil lions of dollars, or more, all their lands east of the Mississippi, and to EAHLY SETTLEMENT IX ARKANSAS. CHAP. CXCIV. 1. "When was Arkansas admitted into the Union ? Where is it situa ted ? 2. When was the earliest white settlement made there ? Who were the first inhab itants ? 8. What of Little Rock ? \V hat can you say of the first steamboat ? 4. What of Indian tribes in this bt.ite? 382 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. retire to a region, to be guaranteed to them, in the present state of Arkansas. 5. Since this time, most of the Indian tribes, including, beside the Cherokees, the Chickasaws, Choctaws, Creeks, Seminoles, Senecas, and many others, have been removed to a tract between the state of Arkansas on the east, and Texas on the west. This is called the Indian Territory, of which we shall hereafter give a more particular account. CHAPTER CXCY. JACKSON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Mr. Rives s Treaty with France. The Florida or Seminole War. 1. IN 1834, owing to the energetic action of President Jackson, the French government, at the head of which was Louis Philippe, who had succeeded Charles X., driven from his throne by the insurrection of 1830, agreed to pay the sum of four mil lions of dollars for injuries done to American commerce during the wars of Napoleon. The treaty for the ad justment of these OSCEOLA. claims was negotiat ed at Paris by Wil liam C. Rives, of Virginia. 2. In 1835 commenced what is called the Florida War, a disastrous and harassing conflict with the Seminoles and Creeks, which continued till 1842, and cost our treasury forty millions of dollars. 8. The .immediate occasion of this struggle was the attempt on the 5. What of the Indian Territory? CHAP. CXGV. 1. What of Mr. Rives s treaty with France? 2. When did the Florida var commence ? How Ion? did it continue ? How much did it cost our government? THE SEMINOLK WAR. 383 part of our government to remove these tribes to the country west of the Mississippi. A treaty to this effect had been entered into by cer tain agents of the Seminoles, but their chief, Mi-can -o-py, and their leading warrior, Os-ce-o -la, denied the binding force of this engage ment. 4. To the natural desire expressed by the latter, that he might rest in the land of his fathers, and his children sleep by his side, was added a bitter feeling of indignation at having been seized and put in irons by General Thompson, the agent of the United States. Dissembling his real feelings, and pretending to consent to the treaty of removal, Osceola obtained his liberty; but only to commence the bloody work of revenge and slaughter. 5. The American commanders in this quarter were soon made aware of these proceedings. General Clinch was at the time stationed in the interior of Florida, at Fort Drane, and being in want of supplies and deemed in imminent danger fiom the Indians, Major Dade, with one hundred and ten men and officers, was dispatched from Fort Brooke* to his relief. On the way, December 28th, Dade was sud denly assailed by a large party of Seminoles, and he and all but one of his men were killed, or mortally wounded. 6. On the same day, General Thompson, while dining with a few friends, a short distance from Fort King, was suddenly fired upon by a party headed by Osceola, and fell pierced with fifteen bullets. Four others, out of the party of nine, were also killed. The savages rushed in, scalped their victims, and fled, before they could be arrested by the garrison. On the 31st of December, General Clinch had a severe and bloody conflict with the Indians on the banks of the With-la-coo -chee, and in the succeeding February, General Gaines was attacked by them near the same place. 7. In May, 1836, several bands of Creeks joined the Seminoles, and the war raged with additional fury. In Georgia and Alabama steam boats were attacked, stage-coaches destroyed, towns burned, and many of the scattered inhabitants murdered. A strong force, joined by many friendly Indians, was, however, sent against them, and they submitted. During the summer of 1836, several thousands of them were transferred jO the country west of the Mississippi. 8. What was the immediate occasion of this war? "What of Micanopy? Of Osceola? 4. What particular feelings of hatred had Osceola? What of his dissimulation? 5. What of the American commanders in Florida? What of General Clinch? Of Major Dud*? 6. What of General Thompson? What of the battle of Withlacoochee? 7, What of th Creek Indians? * Fort Brooke is at the h^d of Tampa Bay, which lies on the western side of the p^-nins ila of Florida. Fort Drane is seventy-five miles south-west of St. Augustine, and Fort King a few miles to the south-east of St. Augustine. 384 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 8. The remaining history of the Florida war belongs to a subsequent administration ; but we may here briefly note its chief events. It is necessary to state, however, that in February, 1836, General Scott had been appointed to the command of the army in Florida, but was after- ward succeeded by Greneral Jessup. 9. In October, 1837, Osceola presented himself with a flag of truce; Jessup received him, and, disregarding the flag, seized him, and sent him to Fort Moultrie, near Charleston, where he died the following year. According to his education and condition, this savage chief was a patriot and a hero; the more civilized race which triumphed over him, only gained their victory by adopting the treacherous policy of the savage. 10. Though they had lost their leader, the Seminoles continued the war. In 1838, Colonel Taylor, afterward a renowned general in the Mexican war, and still later president of the United States, pursued them to the Everglades, the tangled arid almost inaccessible swamps of south-eastern Florida. A fierce and bloody engagement took place on the 25th of December, which led to a treaty in 1839. 11. The Seminoles did not, however, wholly desist from their dep redations till 1842, when peace was finally established. Since that time they have all been removed to the Indian Territory. CHAPTER OXOYI. JACKSON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The great Fire in New York, December, 1835. Decease of Eminent M<-n, Carroll of Carrollton, Randolph of Roanoke, and John Marshall. Black Hawk and other Indian Chiefs. 1. ABOUT the period of which we are writing a remarkable confla gration occurred in the city of New York. It broke out on the night of the 16th of December, 1835. The weather at the time was ex tremely severe, and the water of the hydrants was frozen ; the fire, therefore, raged till more than thirty acres, covered with dwellings and warehouses, were laid in ashes. More than five hundred buildings, were destroyed, and property to the amount of eighteen millions of dollars consumed! It is an evidence of the renovating vigor of this great city, that the district blackened with fire was in a brief period 8 What occurred in 1836? 9. What of Osecola and General Jessup? Character ot sceola? 10. What of Gi iuM-ul Taylor? 11. What occurred in 1842 ? CHAP. CXCVI. 1. What of the yreat fire in New York, December 16th, 1S35 D-E CEASE OF EMINENT MEN 385 covered with buildings of far greater value and utility than those which fiad before existed. 2. At this point we may notice the decease of several men of great puhlic distinction. Monroe had died on the 4th of July, 1831, as we have elsewhere stated. Charles Carroll, of Oarrollton, in Maryland, the last surviving signer of the Declaration of Independence, died at the great age of ninety-six. 3. In May, 1833, John Randolph, of Roanoke district, in Virginia, a descendant of Pocahontas, died at the age of sixty. He had served in Congress for thirty years, and at some periods had exercised great in fluence; his eccentricity of personal appearance and conduct, his bitter sarcasm and venomous wit, together with occasional Hashes of elo- )U4nce, rendered him an object of mingled wonder, admiration and fear. f .ii 1830, he was appointed minister to Russia by President Jackson. 4. In 1835, John Marshall, of Virginia, <4ied at the age of eighty- live, lie had been many years chief-justice of the United {States, and enjoyed a degree of confidence and personal es teem, on the part of the people of the United States, similar to that bestowed on Washing ton, Jay, and a few other men of the earlier periods of our history. 5. In the autumn of 1836, about thirty Indian chiefs and warriors, of the Sacs and Foxes, with others, were ta ken on a visit through some of the principal cities of the United States, and at lengrh arrived in Boston, where they were received with much cer emony. They were exhibited at the State House and Faneuil Hall, and performed a war- dance on the Common. The celebrated chiefs Keokuok BLACK HAWK. tn<l Black Hawk were among them. 2. What of Ex-pro.sident Monroe? Carroll of Carroll ton ? X. John Randolph ? 4. JiuLv Marshall? 5. What happened In the fall of 1886? Wh.it were the nainea of some oJ" those Indians who came to Boston ? 386 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 6. The latter excited great interest on account of his fine personal appearance, and his well known achievements. He had been the leader of a portion of the "Winnebagoes and of the Sacs and Foxes, in a war which raged in Northern Illinois, in the year 1832. While other chiefs submitted, he obstinately maintained the fight, though he was finally defeated and captured. 7. He was kept as a prisoner; but after his tour to Boston, in which he had seen the power of the whites, of which before he had no con ation, he was liberated, and, living peaceably for a time, he died in iwa in 1838. CHAPTEK CXCVIL JACKSON S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Michigan admit ted into the Union. 1. ON the 25th of January, 183V, a bill, which had already passed the Senate of the United States, for the admission of Michigan to the Union as a state, passed the House of Representatives by a large majority ; and, on the 26th, received the sanction of the president. 2. Michigan had contained sixty thousand inhabitants, the usual number required of a new state as one of the qualifications for admis sion, long before this time, but difficulties had presented them selves which were not adjust ed till now. The population, in 1837, was nearly two hundred thousand; in 1850, it was three hundred and ninety- seven thousand six hundred and fifty-four; in I860, seven hun- CATHOLIC PRIEST INSTRUCTING THE INDIANS. d red and forty-nine thousand one hundred and thirteen. 6, 7. What of Black Hawk ? C HAP. CXCVIL 1. What bill passed the Senate of the United States In 1887? 2. Pop- Hint inn of Michigan at different periods ? MICHIGAN ADMITTED INTO THE UN ION. 387 3. The Michigan Territory, when first discovered by the white peo ple, was inhabited by a tribe of Indians called Hurons by the French, and Iroquois by the Indians themselves. Many of these were converted to Christianity by the assiduous labors of the Jesuit missionaries, as early as 1648. It was not, however, till 1670, that the French took possession of the territory, and built two forts, one at Detroit and another at Michilimackinac; nor was it really settled till thirty year* after. 4. The progress of the settlements, under the French, was exceed jngly slow. It was not till the year 1763, when, by the treaty betweea Great Britain and France, it was ceded to the former, that much was done in the way of civilization and improvement. Little, indeed, was actually accomplished till after the peace of 1783, when the territory was given up by Great Britain to the United States. 5. Until about the year 1800, this territory, for the purposes of gov ernment, was considered a part of the great North-Western Territory. After Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois had been severally detached, the re mainder, in 1805, became a distinct territory, of which President Jeffer son made General Hull the first governor. 6. Michigan was still doomed to much suffering, especially from the war of 1812. For almost two years, nearly the whole territory was the theatre of conflict, and was necessarily exposed to the barbarity of the enemy and their Indian allies. The situation of the state, from its contiguity to the great lakes, is almost unrivalled, and Michigan thus promises to be one of the leading members of our confederacy. 8. How was it first peopled? Who converted many of the Indians? When did the French build two forts in Michigan ? When was Michigan really settled ? 4. When wa* U ceded to Great Britain ? When was it given up to the United States? 5. Relate its Uiatory after the year 1800. 6. llow did Michigan suffer in the war of 1812 ? SS8 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. PRESIDENT VAN BURKN. CHAPTER CXCVIII. BFREN S ADMINISTRATION, BEGUN MARCH 4, 1837, AND ENDED MARCH 4TH, 18-4-1. The Extra Session of Congress of September )1$&1. Commercial Distress of the Country. Insurrection in Canada. The Border Difficulties in Maine. 1. IN 1832 General Jackson, as we have already stated, had been a <cond time chosen to the presidency, Henry Clay, of Kentucky, be ing his competitor. At the same time Martin Van Buren, of New York, was elected vice-president. 2. On the 4th of March, 1837, the latter, having been duly chosen. was inaugurated as the eighth president of the United States. As there was no choice of a vice-president by the people, the Senate CHAP. CXCVIII. 1. Who was re-elected president in 1832? Who was Jackson s com petitor in 18!!2? Who was chosen vice-president in 1832? 2. Who became president in 1837? Who became rice-president? How was Richard M. Johnson elected? PRESIDENT VAN BUREN. proceeded according to the manner prescribed by the constitution, and elected Richard M. Johnson vice-president. 3. On the 15th of May, the president issued a proclamation requir ing the Congress of the United States to meet on the first Monday of September, " on account of groat and weighty matters claiming their consideration." 4. These had relation to the financial condition of the country. During the months of March and April, 1837, the most unprecedented tmbarrassments were experienced among the mercantile people of the United States, especially in the large cities and towns. Suspensions and failures in business became of every-day occurrence. In May, the number of heavy failures in New York, to say nothing of smaller ones, had risen to two hundred and sixty. 5. In New Orleans, the difficulties were equally great. In two days, houses stopped payment there, the aggregate of whose debts was _ more than twen- |pgg==gp~^__ ty-seven million "^ dollars ! In Bos ton, the suffer ing was severe^ but not so great as in many other places. FromNo- vember, 1836, to May, 1837, how ever, there were there seventy- eight large fail ures and ninety small ones, in all, one hundred and sixty-eight. In addition to thesw evils the national treasury was itself suddenly plunged into a state of bankruptcy. 8. What proclamation was issued in May, 1S37? To what did this proclamation refer? 4 What distress was there in the United States in 1S87? How many failure* wer thttre in New York ? 5. What of New Orleans ? What of Bostrn ? * The central office of the United States Bank, was at Philadelphia, and Qne marble building was devoted to its use. This bank, which ceased by limitation of its charter, in 1836, to be a national institution, was rechartered by the state of Pennsylvania asatat institution. Thus deprived of the main elements of its strength, and being impr- dently managed, it was involved in the bankmptcy which, at the period we are sneskintr of, spread over the country. The building above alluded to, which is still one of the orna ments of the city of Philadelphia, is now used for the Custom House of thic eltv. S3* UNITED STATES BANK AT PHILADELPHIA.* S90 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 6. These distresses were, to a very great extent, charged upon th government and its measures ; that is, to those of the existing as well as of the preceding administration. Especially was it attempted to trace the difficulties to the war which had been made by President Jackson upon the United States Bank, together with various other act* relating to the currency of the country. 7. About the middle of May, 1837, nearly all the banks, from Bos ton to Baltimore, suspended specie payments ; and their example wai soon followed by the moneyed institutions throughout the country, The state of New York passed a law to make the suspension of specie payments, by its banks, valid for one year. . 8. The extra session of Congress, which had been called in view of the state of the country, continued till the fourth Monday of Decem ber. The people, who had generally attributed the existing evils to the action of government, looked to that source for a remedy. Con gress, however, did little more than to adopt measures for replenishing the treasury of the United States. 9. The financial evils of the country continued rather to increase than diminish. A general panic continued, and as bank-notes were, to a great extent, withdrawn from circulation, and as the currency of the country was thus greatly diminished, commodities fell in due pro portion. Under the influence of distrust, property of all kinds lost its value, and a general state of depression and paralysis continued till the year 1842. CHAPTER CXCIX. VAN BURKN S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Canadian Rebellion. The Border Difficulties in Maine. 1. A SPECIES of insurrection having, during the year 1837, broken out in Canada, and some of our restless and lawless citizens on the frontier having taken part in it, President Van Buren, on the 5th of January, 1838, issued a proclamation to such persons to return peace ably to their homes, on penalty of being punished according to the existing laws of the United States. 2. On the 14th of the same montJi, a body of about five hundrec American and Canadian troops, on Navy Island, near Niagara Falls, 6. To what causes was this distress attributed? 7. What happened in May 1887? S. What was done by Congress at the extra session ? 9. What was tho state of the countr/ at this time? CHAP. CXCIX. 1. What of an insurrection in Canada in 1>%37? THE CANADIAN REBELLION. 391 evacuated the island, surrendered the arms belonging to the United States and the cannon belonging to the state of New York, and dis banded. They, however, took a hostile position, soon afterward, at Bois Blanc, near Detroit, and continued their warlike designs. 3. On the 1st of March following, about six hundred more of the "patriots," as they called themselves, under the command of Dr Robert Nelson and Colonel Cote, surrendered to General Wool, ( the United States army, near the Canada line, in Vermont; and thf border war seemed at length to be over. 4. But the troubles were not yet at an end. An attempt was made, November 13th, by about three hundred Canadians and inhabitants of the United States, to take Prescott, in Upper Canada. Between the 13th and 16th, one hundred and two of them were killed and sixty taken prisoners. On the 16th, one hundred more surrendered near Prescott, The rest fled to the woods. 5. President Van Buren now issued a second proclamation, the ob ject of which was, to warn all who should persist in the scheme of invading Canada, that, to whatever miseries or sufferings they might reduce themselves, or become reduced, the government of the United States would never interfere in their behalf; but they must be left to the consequences of their folly. This course appears to have had its due effect. 6. While the preceding difficulties were at their height, a long pending dispute as to the boundary between the state of Maine and the contiguous British province of New Brunswick, suddenly assumed a very threatening aspect, and actually led to preparations for armed hostilities between the two countries. 7. The militia of Maine and the forces of the province were called out, and an immediate collision was imminent. In this emergency^ the president sent General Scott to the scene of disturbance, and he was able, by his sagacity, prudence and good management, to adjust the dispute for the time. The boundary was finally settled by treaty at Washington, August 20th, 1842. 2. What was done in January, 1S87? What further occurred on the 14th ol the samt month ? 3. What surrender was made to General Wool ? 4 What happened in Novem ber? How many were killed? How many surrendered? 5. What proclamation did Van Buren now issue? 6. What of the difficulty as to the Maine boundary? 7. 9t General Sctt? When was the question finally settled? HISTORY OF TEE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CO. VAN BUREN S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Smith sonian Institute. The Patent-Office and General Post Office Burned. The Exploring Expedition. The Sub- Treasury. 1. THE pecuniary difficulties of the country did not wholly prevent the diffusion of intelligence or the spread of a spirit for public improve ment. Indeed, a zeal for literary and moral culture seems to have pervaded, unusually, all ranks and classes of the community. Several national measures, for literary and scientific improvement, were agi tated. 2. On the 17th of December, 1835, the president of the United States communicated to Congress a report of the secretary of state re lating to a bequest of one hundred thousand pounds sterling, or about five hundred thousand dollars, from James Smithson, of London, to the United States, for the purpose of founding at Washington an estab lishment to be called " The Smithsonian Institution, for the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men." 8. This bequest created, at first quite a sensation in the United States, and a good deal of interest was manifested with 7 egard to its proper application. The subject was permitted to rest till the year 1846, when an act was passed for establishing the Smithsonian Insti tution, at Washington. It is devoted to scientific purposes, and an ample building has been erected for its use.* 4. A remarkable fire took place at Washington, December 15th, 1836, during which the patent-office and post-office were burned. Among the contents of the patent-office thus destroyed, were seven thousand models of patents, out often thousand which had been granted by Congress ; one hundred and sixty-three large folio volumes of records ; CHAP. CC. 1. What of improvement in literature and morals? 2. What of the Smithsonian bequest? 3. What of the Smithsonian Institution? 4. What fire was there \t Washington in 1836? What valuable things were burned in the patent-office? * The Smithsonian Institution is situated on the south side of Washington; the build^ ing is in that style of architecture called Romdnesqiie ; it has a fine appearance, and is one of the great attractions of the city. The grounds around it are extensive and beauti ful. The beneficial influence of this important establishment is already felt; it has printed several scientific works of great value, and has extensive collections in nat ural history, as well as general literature and science. The great library room, which has nlrfftdy a large number of valuable works, is capable of containing one hundred thou sand volumes; the lecture-room can seat twelve hundred persons : the rooms for th museum and chemical experiments are spacious and convenient. THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTE. 393 twenty-six large portfolios, containing nine thousand valuable draw ings, and ten thousand original descriptions of inventions. 5. It was a most severe calamity to the country, and calculated to damp, in no small degree, the rising spirit of public improvement. The misfortune was the more to be regretted, as it was believed to be the work of incendiaries. It is gratifying to know, however, that, through the activity of Mr. Ellsworth, the superintendent at the time, the lose by the fire was, in a great measure, repaired. 6. On the 18th of August, 1838, the Vin?ennes, a sloop of war, of twenty guns, the Peacock, of eighteen guns, the Porpoise, of ten guns, and three smaller vessels, departed on an Exploring Expedition, having on board a number of learned men, in the various departments of natural science. The fleet set sail from Hampton Roads, in Virginia. 7. The squadron returned in June, 1842, after an absence of nearly four years, having circumnavigated the globe, and visited and actually surveyed many parts before unknown. It accomplished fully the ob jects for which it was designed. The various vessels of the squadron sailed, during their absence, about four hundred thousand miles. Only eight of the men died of disease during the whole term of absence! 8. Among other things, the squadron brought home a large and val uable collection of live plants, bulbs, etc., collected in the islands of the Pacific, at the Cape of Good Hope, and elsewhere, which were placed in a garden at Washington. They brought a valuable collec tion of prepared specimens of plants and animals, which are now de posited in the Smithsonian Institution. 9. They also brought with them a chief of the Figi [fee -jee] Islands, who, with others, had massacred and eaten the crew of a brig from Salem, Massachusetts. They also discovered, January 19th, 1840, what was supposed to be the shore of an antarctic continent.* Along this they coasted for seventeen hundred miles, from east to west. 10. The proceedings against the Bank of the United States, t with the removal of the public deposits, and the discussion which grew out of it, led to the introduction of a bill into Congress, called the Sub- 5. What WHS the effect of this misfortune ? 6. What Exploring Expedition set out fti.m Hampton Roads ? 7. What did it accomplish? How long was it absent? How jmny miles did the vessels sail? 8. What was brought home? 9. What of a Figi chief! What continent had they discovered ? 10. What can you say of the sub-treasury bill ? * This continent was situated about two thousand miles south of New Holland, or Australia; on the same day a part ol the same coast was seen by Commodore ^ Urville, jf a French exploring expedition. t The Bank of the United States was chartered in 1S16, for twenty years. General Jackson vehemently opposed its recharter in 1836, and he was finally successful (sea note page 3S9). The sub-treasury was designed to furnish depositories for the public moneys, s the United States and its branches had done, for twenty years, prior to the removal "f the deposits by General Jackson. 17* 394: HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Treasury or Independent Treasury bill ; which, during the session of 1839-40, underwent a thorough discussion. 11. The object of this bill was to provide for the collection, safe keeping, transfer, and disbursement of the public revenue of the United States, without any connection with, or dependence on banks. A part of the plan was to have the revenue, after a reasonable time, wholly paid in gold and silver of the United States currency. 12. This bill passed the Senate of the United States, on the 23d of January 1840, but did not pass the House of Representatives till the 30th of June following. It was so radical a change that it created a very strong sensation throughout the United States, and was repealed immediately after the accession of General Harrison to the presidency, it was, however, restored on th.e accession of Mr. Polk, in 1845, and has since been in operation. 11. What was the object of the sub-treasury ? 12. When did it pass the Senate ? When the House of Representatives ? Why did it create so much sensation ? What of the repeal and restoration of this law ? PRESIDENT HARRISON. 39ft PRESIDENT HARRISON. CHAPTER CC1. HARRISON S ADMINISTRATION, BEGUN MARCH -hn, ISttl. The Democratic P arty. Tlu Whig Party. The "Har rison Cainpaign" Harrison and Tyler elected. The Extra Session. Harrison s Death. 1. WE now approach a period of great political excitement in the United States. General Jackson had enjoy ed an unexampled degree of popularity. The party which had held the name ot Republican from the time of Jefterson down to the period of the war, had now assumed the name of Democracy. Jackson became its head, and such was the favor bestowed on him by his political friends, that for a time they assumed the name of the Jackson party. CHAP. CCL 1. What had General Jackson enjoyed? "What of the Republican party f HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 2. Mr. Van Buren had been the avowed candidate of General Jack son as his successor, and with the great weight of his influence, he was elected in the first instance that is in 1836 over his competitor, General Harrison. In acknowledgment of the services thus rendered, Mr. Van Buren declared it as his chief ambition to walk in the foot steps of his Illustrious Predecessor. 3. Though the country, at the close of Jackson s administration, had appeared to be in a state of general prosperity, a tempest of bank ruptcy and ruin, as we have seen, soon after suddenly overwhelmed the country, from one end to the other. 4. A very extensive impression prevailed that these disasters were the legitimate result of the system adopted by Jackson, and followed i p by Van Buren. Even some of those Avho held that the Bank of the United States ought not to have been continued, and that some new financial system ought to have been adopted, believed that the mode in which the change had been effected, was rash, and was carried on more in a partisan than a patriotic spirit. 5. At all events, the country in 1840, when the election for a suc cessor to Mr. Van Buren was approaching, was in a state of the most calamitous prostration. Thousands of our citizens were in a condi tion of hopeless bankruptcy ; manufactures were ruined, property was without value, and labor without reward. 6. The federal party had ceased to exist : the opponents of Jack son and the system which emanated from his administration, had taken the name of the Whig party. Again nominating William Henry Har rison, the wise and experienced governor of the North-Western Ter ritory, a successful general in the late w r ar with Great Britain, and now a farmer at North Bend, on the Ohio, for their candidate, the Whigs went into the political contest with numerous advantages. 7. The canvass for several months, prior to the day of election, created the most intense excitement throughout the United States. The business of the country being generally paralyzed, the people had time to bestow upon their political affairs. Every where long proces sions with mottoed banners were seen marching to music, and every where the debate of the pending questions was heard in the streets, in fields and barns, and*in vacant factories, in the haunts of the citizen, the mechanic, the artisan, and the farmer. 8. The result was such as might have been expected. Harrison waa 2. What of General Jackson as to Mr. Van Buren s candidacy for the presidency ? What did Mr. Van Buren acknowledge? 3. State of the country at the close of and after Jackson s administration? 4. What extensive impression prevailed? What did some of those opposed to a I nited State s Hank believe? 5. What was the actual state of the -oimtry in 1S40? G. What of the Federal party at this time? The Whig party? What of William Henry Harrison? 7. Describe the canvass of 1S40. DEATH OF HARRISON. 397 elected president by an immense majority, and John Tyler, of Vir ginia was chosen vice-president. 9. A new cabinet was immediately organized, and, in view of the state of public sentiment and the condition of the country, an extra session of Congress was ordered ; but, in the midst of his career, Gen eral Harrison was seized with sickness, and died in about one month after his inauguration ! 8. What of the res-Jit 9. What of a new cabin** 398 HISTORY OF THE UNITED 6TATBS. PRESIDENT TYLER. CHAPTEK CCII. TYLER S ADMINISTRATION, BEGUN APRIL 4 m, 1841, AND ENDKP MARCH 4r r ra, 1845. Measures of the Extra Session. Rupture of Tyler with his Cabinet and his Party. The Webster- Ashburton Treaty. 1. THE Constitution of the United States provides that, in case of the death of the chief magistrate, the vice-president shall be his BUG cessor. Mr. Tyler was, therefore, the constitutional successor of Presi dent Harrison, and immediately entered upon the discharge of his duties. 2. The extra session of Congress called by General Harrison con menced on the 31st day of May, 1841, and continued to the 13th d;iy of September. Several important measures were brought forward, and either adopted or defeated. The Sub-Treasury was repealed, and. CHAP. CCII. 1. What does the Constitution provide? Who succeeded Harrison S. What important acts were passed by the extra session called by Harrison* MEASURES OF THE EXTRA SESSION 390 DANIEL WEBSTER. after much discussion, a general Bankrupt Law was passed. Two several bills passed both houses of Congress, chartering a new bank of the United States, but they were vetoed by President Tyler. 3. This course, on the part of the chief magistrate, was regarded by the party who had elected him as a violation of his pledges; and, con sequently, a state of complete alienation grew up between him and those to whom he was indebted for his election. His entire cabinet, with one exception, that of Daniel Webster,* secretary of state, re- rigried, and the president was generally denounced by his late sup porters. 4. In the year 1842 several important events occurred. A treaty was negotiated at Washington between Mr. Webster, on the part of the United States, and Lord Ashburton, on the part of Great Britain, 3. What course, pursued by Tyler, nlicnated his political friends? What of his cabi. net? 4. What of the treaty negotiated by Mr. "Webster and Lord Ashburton ? * Mr. Webster was very ranch blamed at this time by many of the Whig party for not leaving the cabinet with his associates ; but the important measures at that time in his hands, and which he afterward brought to completion, seemed to him to require his re maininsr at his post; and this view has since been generally adopted by the public. 400 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. which was soon after ratified by the two countries. This treaty hap. pily adjusted the dispute in relation to the north-eastern boundary of the United States, which had existed for almost thirty years, and had nearly produced hostilities between the state of Maine and the prov ince of New Brunswick, as we have already stated. 5. It also settled several other difficulties existing between the two countries, and dissipated the prospects of war, which had long been threatened. The negotiations were conducted with great . frankness and fairness on the part of the two diplomatists, and offered a singular contrast to the artifice and trick which have generally marked national diplomacy. We may, at least, hope that an example so consonant to the enlightened age in which we live, shall become the guide of all future statesmen. CHAPTER CCm. TYLER S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Tariff of 1842. The Dorr Rebellion. Fatal Explosion on the Potomac. 1. AT the close of the session of Congress, in 1842, a new tariff act was passed, after an elaborate discussion, designed to give encourage ment to the various industrial pursuits of our own country, as well as to supply the treasury of the general government. This act was fol lowed by a speedy revival of trade a restoration of commercial con fidence, and a return of prosperity throughout the land.* 2. The year 1842 was signalized by an agitation in Rhode Island, headed by Thomas W. Dorr, a lawyer of that state. The design of this movement wan to set aside the ancient charter of that state, which still continued to be its constitution, and this was to be done by spon taneous and unauthorized acts of the people, and not according to legal forms. 3. The opposers of this movement, called the Charter party, were willing to adopt a new and more liberal constitution, but they main tained that this should be done in a legal and authentic manner. Upon 5 What of other difficulties? What inay be said of the manner in which the negotia. tions were conducted ? CHAP. CCIII. 1. What of the new tariff of 1842? Its effect ? 2. Describe the rebellion of Dorr in Rhode Island. 3. What was desired by the Charter party ? * This tariff act was superseded by another in 1846, after the election of Mr. Polk. This reduced the duties, and based them upon valuation, instead of being specific^ as in the tariff of 1842. THE DORR REBELLION. 401 the mode of forming a new constitution, parties were formed, and a violent state of excitement followed. 4. The revolutionary party actually proceeded to the formation and adoption of a constitution, and elected Dorr as governor, with a legis lature. These officers met at Providence in 1843, passed various acts, and adjourned. 5. Matters soon came to a crisis. The existing government caused several persons engaged in this movement, to be arrested, and Dorr resorted to arms. With a small band of followers, he threatened to attack the arsenal at Providence, but being deserted by a part of his adherents, he lied; on the borders of the state he collected a number of persons, most of them from the city of New York and the states adjacent to Rhode Island, and, proceeding to the village of Che-pach -et, began to intrench himself there. 6. He had, it is supposed, about fifteen hundred men, but the gov ernment of the state had now assembled a large force, and these began their march upon the insurgents. Perceiving the hopelessness of his enterprise, and now finding that a large majority of the people of the state were opposed to his proceedings, Dorr withdrew, and his men were speedily dispersed. 7. Subsequent to this, the friends of law and order in the state suc ceeded in forming and establishing a new constitution, according to the prescribed forms, and this went quietly into full operation, by the sanction of a large majority of the people. Dorr was tried and im prisoned, but afterward released. 8. In March, 1843, a tragical event occurred on board the United States steamship Princeton. She was returning from an excursion down the Potomac, under command of Commodore Stockton, hav ing the president, with his secretaries and their families, and several members of Congress, on board. By the bursting of a gun, Mr. Upshur, secretary of state, and Mr. Gilmer, secretary of the navy, were killed, and seventeen other persons were wounded, some of there mortally. 4. The revolutionary party? 5. What was clone byPorr? Where did he intrench nirnself? 6 What force had he? What did he finally do? 7. What constitution tr* ormed? What wa* done with Dorr ? 8 What of the steamship Pr nekton ? 34* 402 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CCIV. TYLKR S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Celebration of the Completion of the Bunker Hill Monument. Iowa and Florida admitted into the Union. Annexation of Texas ; its admission into tJie Union. 1. TTIE summer of 1843 was marked by one of the most imposing spectacles that has ever been witnessed in the United States. On the 17th of June, an immense concourse of people was as sembled upon Bunker Hill, to celebrate the completion of the noble monument erected in commemoration of the battle that was fought there sixty-eight years before, and which marks the very spot where the patriotic Warren fell. 2. In the presence of nearly thirty thou sand spectators, among whom were the president of the United States and his cabinet, Mr. Webster pronounced one of the most impressive orations that ever fell from human lips. 3. In addition to the natural interest belonging to this ceremonial, it was remarked, as a grate ful tribute to the high j~. - - :_ . - .-- BUNKER HILL MONUMENT. state of civilization which characterizes the people, that, though one hundred and fifty thousand strangers were that day in the city of BOS- CHAP. CCIV. 1. Describe the celebration at Boston of June 17th, ISIS. 2. Wht of Webster? 3. What was remarked of the people of Boston 1 TREATY WITH UBiNA 4< 3 ton and the vicinity, not an instance of riot occurred, nor was a soli tary individual sent to the watch-house during the ensuing night! 4. We may at least hope and helieve that, in spite of the various con vulsions which have occurred for the last few years, the standard of mor als, in our country, is higher than at any former period of our history. 5. On the 10th of January, 1845, an important treaty with China, negotiated by Caleb Gushing, of Massachusetts, with the Governor- General, Tsiyeng, on behalf of the Emperor Taou Kwang, was ratified by the Senate. By this treaty, the relations of our country with China were placed on a more favorable footing than ever before. i 6. During this year, 1845, bills for the admission of two new states into the Union, Iowa and Florida, were passed by Congress. The first was rejected by the people of that territory ; the latter was accepted, and Florida, as already stated, became one of the United States. Iowa* was admitted the next year. 7. On the 1st of March, 1845, the president signed the bill for the annexation of Texasf to the Union. This measure had been some time in contemplation, and in 1844 had been attempted by a treaty on the part of President Tyler. Now the subject was presented in a dif ferent form and consummated by Congress. Texas was soon after ad mitted as a state. 4. What may we hope? 5. What of the new treaty with China? 6. What of Iowa? Florida? 7. The annexation of Texas? * Iowa derives its name from the Indians, it was included in the Louisiana purchase, and was first settled at Dubuque by tho French in 1686. It formed part of the Missouri territory from I8u4 to 1821, when it was included in the Michigan Territory, and subse quently in the Wisconsin Territory. t The vast territory of Texas was explored by Ponce de Leon and La Salle. It was claimed., both by Spain and France, but fell under the dominion of the latter. It how ever continued to be almost without population, except roving bands of Indians. After Mexico became independent, a grant which had been made to Moses Austin, a native of Connecticut, comprising a large tract in this province, was confirmed by tho new govern ment. This being transferred by Moses Austin, at his death, to his son Stephen, was afterward extended by a further grant. Emigration from the United States was en couraged, and in 1850 nearly ten thousand Americans had settled in this territory. The prosperity of these inhabitants excited the jeaiousy of Mexico, and under the gov ernment of Santa Anna, an unjust and oppressive policy was adopted. Remonstrance being found to be useless, the people of Texas declared their independence. In 1835, tho revolution commenced by a battle at Gonzalcs, in which five hundred Tcxans obtained a victory over one thousand Mexicans. Other engagements took place, the result of which was the dispersion of the Mexican army. Santa Anna now made a vigorous effort, and appearing in March with a force of eight thousand men, several bloody engagements followed. On the 21st of April, having a fofn- of fifteen hundred soldiers, he was met by General Samuel Houston, on the banks of th S;m Jacinto, with eight hundred Texans, and totally defeated. Santa Anna himself WMS captured the next day in the woods, and acknowledged the independence of Texas, though the Mexican Congress refused to ratify this act. Active hostilities were now aban doned by Mexico, and the independence of Texas was acknowledged by the United States. France, Great Britain, and other European countries. It was in this state of things that Texas was annexed to the Uni ed S-tatas. H1STOKY Oi 1 THE UNITED STATES. PRESIDENT POLK. CHAFTEK GCV. FOLK S ADMINISTRATION, FROM MARCH 4 r ni, 1845, TO MARCH 4 r ra, 1849. Death of General Jackson. His Character. 1. THE presidential election of the autumn of 1844 was keenly con tested, and resulted in the choice of James K. Polk, of Tennessee, the democratic candidate for president, against Henry Clay, the whig can didate. George M. Dallas, of Pennsylvania, was elected vice-president, Mr. Polk and Mr. Dallas were duly inaugurated March 4th, 1845. 2. On the 8th of June of this year General Jackson breathed h last, at his residence in Tennessee, called the Hermitage. He was * man of great energy of character, and during his presidency was the idol of his party. As he had warm friends, so he had bitter enemies a fact which is easily comprehended when we consider the general r suit of his administration. CHAP CUV. I. What of the election of the autumn of 1S44? Who were chosen presi dent and vice-president? Who was the whig candidate for president? When wer* Polk an< Dallas inaugurated ? 2 When did General Jackson die ? What of his charac tr ? What of his frionds and enemies ? DEATH O F U E X E R A L JACKSON. 405 3. He was the chief instrument in overturning the great established by preceding administrations, and advocated by the Whig party. These embraced a United States Bank as the fiscal agent of the government; encouragement of Internal Improvements, such as public roads, railroads, etc., of general utility or necessity, by the general government; encouragement of our manufactures by & Pro tective Tariff* on foreign imports, etc. In place of these, the measure* advocated by the democracy, such as the Sub-Treasury^ a repudia tion of internal improvements, except those of a commercial and universal nature; a tariff, favoring the doctrines of free Trade,\ etc.. became parts of the policy of the government. 4. Such vast changes, effecting a sudden and complete revolution in financial affairs, public as well as private, naturally excited intense feeling. General Jackson was, however, warmly sustained by the great majority of his party, and these, for the time, constituted the majority of the people of the United States. 5. In deciding upon the acts as well as the character of a public man, who is vehemently praised by his friends, and as strongly con demned by his enemies, during his lifetime, we are bound to exercise great care and soberness of judgment. Without pretending to decide upon General Jackson s administration for the time has hardly come for this we may, however, express the general conviction that he was honest and patriotic in his intentions. 8. What measures was Jackson chiefly instrumental in overthrowing? What measure* were substituted? 4. Why did such vast changes excite intense feeling? By whom was General Jackson sustained in his measures and policy? 5. When should we exercise great care and soberness of judgment? What general conviction may wo express as to General Jackson s feelings and intentions? * The policy of the Whig party was denominated the American Syxttm, and was es sentially protective in its character. t The sub-treasury was not suggested till Mr. Yan Buren s time, nor was it established till Folk s administration; but General Jackson laid the foundation for it in his success, ful opposition to the United States Bank. J Free trade is that system which favors a free commercial intercourse 1 eficfen na tion*; that is, without duties on imports; and is opposed to that system which has ben t (Mowed for centuries by nearly all nations, in taxing the products of foreign countries, so as to give encouragement to the labor and industry of the home country. The Whigs advocated the imposing of duties on the manufactures of Europe, so high as in some de cree to exclude them, thus protecting the labor and products of our own mechanics and artisans the Democrats advocated the reduction of these duties to the lowest scale, thus. :is far as possible, leaving every body to buy where they could buy cheapest. Inasmuch .us the main revenue of our government is derived from taxes on imports, the Democrats contended that these, which averaged twenty per cent., were sufficient protection. The views of parties were at length so far modified that incidental protection was deemed adequate by both; the Whigs, however, contended that taxes should be specific, and h* adjusted with direct reference to the encouragement of American manufactures Tb Democrats, generally held oppo*i^ views. 406 HISTOKY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTEK CCVL FOLK S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Mexican War. General Taylor s Movements. Battles of Palo Alto and Resaca de la Palma. 1. WE now approach the Mexican war. Texas, as we have seen, had been annexed to the United States, though it was well known that Mexico, regarding it as a revolted province, earnestly reuionstrat- ed against the measure. Indeed, among the prominent reasons urged in opposition to annexation was the attitude of Mexico, and the cer tainty that it would draw us into a war with that republic.* 2. On the 4th of July, 1846 the legislature of Texas, by accepting the joint resolution of Congress jnaking provision for this event, be came a member of the Federal Union, as we have before stated. Pres ident Polk, aware of the state of feeling in Mexico, ordered Genera] Zach -a-ry Taylor, in command of the troops in the south-west, to pro ceed to Texas, and post himself as near to the Mexican border as he deemed prudent. At the same time an American squadron was dis patched to the vicinity, in the Gulf of Mexico. 3. In November, General Taylor had taken his position at Cor -pus Chris -ti, a Texan settlement on a bay of the same name, with about four thousand men. On the 13th of January, 1846, the president ordered him to advance with his forces to the Ri -o Gran -de ; accord ingly he proceeded, and in March stationed himself on the north bank of that river, within cannon-shot of the Mexican town of Mat-a-mo -ras. Here he hastily erected a fortress, called Fort Brown. 4. The territory lying between the river Nue -ces and the Rio Grande, about one hundred and twenty miles in width, f was claimed both by Texas and Mexico ; according to the latter, therefore, General Taylor had actually invaded her territory, and had thus committed an open CHAP. CCVI. 1. How did Mexico consider Texas ? How did sho regard its annexation to the United States? 2. What of Texas on the 4th of July, 1845? What had President Polk ordered General Taylor to do? Where was a squadron ordered to go? 8. What had General Taylor done in November? Where was Corpus Christi? What was Tnyloi ordered to do on the 13th of January, 1S4G? What fort did Taylor erect? 4. What of the territory between the Nueces and the Rio Grande ? What of General Ainpudia? What of a party of American dragoons? * At this time, Mexico was a republic, its government resembling that of the United States: General Hcrrera had been president, but his known desire for peace with tho United States, rendered him unpopular, and General Paredes was sleeted in his stead. He was president of Mexico at the commencement (tft\?Q war we are now describing, btvl w as soon after succeeded by Santa Anna. t Thin now forms a part of the state of T. :as. T 11 E M E X J C A N VV AH. 407 act of war. On the 20th of April, the Mexican general, Am-pu -ui-u. gave notice to this effect to General Taylor, and on the same day a party of American dragoons, sixty -three in number, being on the north side of the Rio Grande, were attacked, and, after the loss of sixteen men killed and wounded, were forced to surrender. Their commander. Captain Thornton, only escaped. 5. The Mexican forces had now crossed the river above Matamoras, and were supposed to meditate an attack on Point ls -a-bel,* where Taylor had established a depot of supplies for his army. On the Isl of May, this officer left a small number of troops at Fort Brown, and marched with his chief forces, twenty-three hundred men, to the de fence of Point Isabel. Having garrisoned this place, lie set out on his return. 6. On the 8th of May, about noon, he met the Mexican army, six thousand strong, drawn up in battle array, on the prairie near Pa -lo Al -to. The Americans at once advanced to the attack, and, after an action of five hours, in which their artillery was very effective, drove the enemy before them, and encamped upon the field. The Mexican loss was about one hundred killed; that of the Americans, four killed and forty wounded. Major Ringgold, of the artillery, an officer of great merit, was mortally wounded. 7. The next day, as the Americans advanced, they again met the enemy in a strong position near Re-sa -ca de la Pal -ma, three miles from Fort Brown. An action commenced, and was fiercely contested, the artillery on both sides being served with great vigor. At last the Mexicans gave way, and fled in confusion, General de la Ve- ga having fallen into the hands of the Americans. They also abandoned their guns and a large quantity of ammunition to the victors. 8. The remaining Mexican soldiers speedily crossed the Rio Grande, and the next day the Americans took up their position at Fort Brown This little fort, in the absence of General Taylor, had gallantly sus tained an almost uninterrupted attack of several days from the Mexicat batteries of Mutamoras. 5. What of Point Isabel? What of a Mexican force marching against Point What did General Taylor do? 6. What of the battle of Palo Alto? 7. Describe tHa battle of Resaca de la Talma. 8. What of the Mexicans after the battle of Resaca d ! Palma What of Fort Brown? * Point Isabel is situated on the Gulf of Mexico, twenty-one wiiles north-eas . of Matamoras, the latter being situated on the south bank of the Rio Grande, about twetfct mile* from the Gmlf by tne windings of the river. 08 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CCVIL FOLK S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Declaration of War against Mexico. Preparations. Capture of Monterey ~by General Taylor. Other places taken ly the Amer icans. California conquered by Fremont and others. 1. When the news of the capture of Captain Thornton s party was spread over the United States, it produced great excitement. The {> resident addressed a message to Congress, then in session, declaring u that war with Mexico existed by her own act," and that body, May 1846, placed ten millions of dollars at the president s disposal, awf authorized him to accept the services of fifty thousand volunteers.* 2. A great part of the summer of 1846 was spent in preparation for the war, it being resolved to invade Mexico at several points. In pur suance of this plan, General Taylor, who had taken possession of Mat- amoras, abandoned by the enemy in May, marched northward in the enemy s country in August, and on the 19th of September he appeared before Mon-te-rey ,t capital of the Mexican state of New Le -on. His army, after having garrisoned several places along his route, amounted to six thousand men. The attack began on the 21st, and, after a succes sion of assaults, during the period of four days, the Mexicans capitu lated, leaving the town in possession of the Americans. 3. In October, General Taylor terminated an armistice into which he had entered with the Mexican general, and again commenced of fensive operations. Various towns and fortresses of the enemy now rapidly fell into our possession. In November, Sal-til -lo, the capital of the state of Coahuila [co-a-wee -la], was occupied by the division of CHAP. CCVII. 1. What effect had tho news of the capture of Captain Thornton s party iu the United States? What did the president do ? What did Congress do ? 2. tflmt of the summer of 184G? What was resolved upon? What of Matamoras? What of Monterey ? * It will be observed that the government of the United States, now about to invade iexico, adopted a totally different course from that pursued in the i ivasion of Canada ia 8 }. In the latter case they required the states to supply a quota of the militia; in the former, they supplied troops by calling upon volunteers. The objection made to the tall for the militia by the New England states, during the war with Great Britain, appears therefore to have been deemed valid by tho general government; the success which attended the call for volunteers seems to have shown that to be the true system to be followed in similar cases hereafter. t Monterey is a town environed with mountains and ravines, and contains fourteen thou sand inhabitants; it is situated nearly \rcst from Matamoras on the Fernando Kiver, which flows into the Rio Grande. There is another town by the nnme of Monterey, situated on the Pacific coast, about eighty miles south of San Francisco, in California. T 11 E BATTLE OF B U E N A VISTA. General Worth; in December, General Patterson took possession of Vic toria, the capital of Ta-mau-li -pas, ami nearly at the same period, Com modore Perry captured the fort of Tawi-pi -co. Santa Fe, the capital of New Mexico, with the whole territory of the state, had been sub jugated by General llarney, after a march of one thousand miles through iho wilderness. 4. Events of a startling character had taken place at still earliw dntes along the Pacific coast. On the 4th of July, Captain Fremont, having repeatedly defeated superior Mexican forces with the small baud under his command, declared California independent of Mexico. Other important places in this region had yielded to the American naval force, and in August, 1846, the whole of California was in th* undisputed occupation of the Americans. CCVIII. ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Battle of Buena Vista. Capture of Vera Cruz. March on Mex ico. Battle of Cerro Gordo. Victories of Contrera* and Ckurulniseo. The Armistice. Capture of Chapul- tepec. Entrance of the American Army into the City of Mexico. Treaty of Guadahyje-IIidalyo. General Remarks on the Mexican War. \. THE year 1847 opened with still more brilliant victories on the part of our armies. By the drawing off of a large part of General Taylor s troops for a meditated attack on Vera Cruz, he was left with a comparatively small force to meet the great body of the Mexican troops, now marching upon him, under command of the celebrated Santa Anna,^ who had again become president of Mexico. 2. Ascertaining the advance of this powerful army, twenty thousand strong, and consisting of the best of the Mexican soldiers, General Taylor took up his position at Bue -na Vis -ta, a valley a few miles from Saltillo. His whole troops numbered only four thousand seven hundred sad fifty-nine, and here, on the 23d of February, he was vigorously attacked by the Mexicans. The battle was very severe, and continued 3. What of the operations of General Taylor and other Mexican towns? Wlmt o 5a!tillo? General Patterson? Commodore Perry? Santa F6 and New Mexico? 4 What of events on the Pacific coast? CHAP. CCVIII. 1. XVhat i.f General Tayl.T and Santa Anna early in the y.-nrlMT - . What of tho battle of Biiriia Vista? Whvt was the nnmberof tho Mexican Mid;ers in this butMc ? Of the Americans? ^oss of the Mexi.-an* 35 410 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. nearly the whole day, when the Mexicans fled from the field in disorder, with a loss of nearly two thousand men. 3. Santa Anna speedily withdrew, and thus abandoned the region of the Ilio Grande to the complete occupation of our troops. This left our forces at liberty to prosecute the grand enterprise of the campaign, the capture of the strong town of Vera Cruz, with its renowned castle of San Ju-an d UHo -a. On the 9th of March, 1847, General Scott landed near the city with an army of twelve thousand men, and on the 38th commenced an attack. 4. For four days and nights an almost incessant shower of shot and shells was poured upon the devoted town, while the batteries of the castle and the city replied with terrible energy. At last, as the Amer icans were preparing for an assault, the governor of the city offered to surrender, and on the 26th the American flag floated triumphantly from the walls of the castle and the city. 5. General Scott now prepared to march upon the city of Mexico, the capital of the country, situated two hundred miles in the interior, and approached only through a series of rugged passes and mountain fastnesses, rendered still more formidable by several strong fortresses. On the 8th of April, the army commenced their march. At Cer -ro Gor -do,* Santa Anna had posted himself with fifteen thousand men. On the 18th, the Americans began the daring attack, and by midday every intrenchment of the enemy had been carried. 6. The loss of the Mexicans in this remarkable battle, beside one thousand killed and wounded, was three thousand prisoners, forty-three pieces of cannon, five thousand stand of arms, and all their munitions and materials of war. The loss of the Americans was four hundred and thirty-one in killed and wounded. 7. The next day our forces advanced, and, capturing fortress after fortress, came on the 18th of August, within ten miles of Mexico, a city of two hundred thousand inhabitants, and situated in one of the most beautiful valleys in the world.t On the 20th they attacked and 3. What of General Scott and the town and castle of Vera Cruz? 4. Describe the at tack upon and capitulation of Vera Cruz. 5. What did General Scott now prepare to do? Situation of the city of Mexico? What occurred at Cerro Gordo? 6 Loss of thw Mexicans in the battle of Cerro Gordo? 7. Population of the city of Mexico? Its situ ation? Describe the approach of the Americans to the city. What occurred on th 2)fh of August? * Cerro Gordo is about forty-five miles north from Vera Cruz, the latter being on Oia Oulf of Mexico, two hundred miles south-easterly from Mexico. I Mexico is situated on the west side of Lake Tezcuco, and is encompassed by numer ous iiiarslic; and ditches. It can only be approached by means of the lung causeway! connecting .t with the surrounding country. Beyond the causeways, it was defended by the powerfu fortifications of Chapultcpec, Churubusco, Oontreras. etc ; these, together, lifinir occupied by over thirty thousand Mexican troops; while Giieral Scott s army only bumii<Trd ;il out 1c;: lln>u.sjiiid. .^i-t- inn t i i;f Mi ../ /Vr>, j>. 486. PEACE WITH MEXICO. 411 carried the strong batteries of Con-tre -ras, garrisoned by seven thou sand men, in an impetuous assault, which lasted but seventeen minutes. 7. On the same day, an attack was made by the Americans on the fortified post of Chu-ru-bus -co, four miles north-east ofContreras. Her* nearly the entire Mexican army more than twenty thousand in number were posted ; but they were defeated at every point, and obliged to seek a retreat in the city, or the still remaining fortress of Cha-pul - te-pec. 8. While preparations were being made on the 21st by General Scott, to level his batteries against the city, prior to summoning it to sur render, he received propositions from the enemy, which terminated in an armistice. This ceased on the 7th of September; on the 8th the outer defence of Chapultepec was successfully stormed by General Worth, though he lost one-fourth of his men in the desperate struggle. 9. The castle of Chapultepec, situated on an abrupt and rocky eminence, one hundred and fifty feet above the surrounding country, presented a most formidable object of attack. On the 12th, however, the batteries were opened against it, and on the next day the citade] was carried by storm. The Mexicans still struggled along the great) causeway leading to the city, as the Americans advanced, but before nightfall, a part of our army was within the gates of the city. Santa Anna and the officers of the government fled, and the next morning, at seven o clock, the flag of the Americans floated from the national palace of Mexico. 10. This conquest of the capital was the great and final achievement of the war. The Mexican republic was in fact prostrate, her sea-coast and chief cities being in the occupation of our troops. On the 2d of Feb ruary, 1848, terms of peace were agreed upon by the American commis sioner and the Mexican government, this treaty* being ratified by the Mexican Congress on the 30th of May following, and by the United States soon after. President Polk proclaimed peace on the 4th of July, 1848. 11. In the preceding sketcb, we have given only a mere outline of the war with Mexico. We have necessarily passed over many inter esting events, and have not even named many of our soldiers wi.o 7. What of the fortress of Churubusco ? 8. What of an armistice on the 21st of Angusb? When did this cease ? What of the fort of Chapultepec ? 9. Describe the castlo of Thapultepec. What of its capture ? What of the struggle of the Mexicans as the Americans advanced upon Mexico, along the causeways? What of Santa Ann* and the oflicers of the Mexican army? What of the American flag? 10. What of this conquest ( the capital of Mexico? Situation of the Mexican republic? What of peace? 11. What is said of the preceding sketch of the war with Mexico? What may be said as to other events ? What of General Taylor s operations in the region of the Rio Grando ? * This is called the treaty of Giuidalupe-Hidalgo, from the name of the place wher it was netrutiulu.!. 412 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATER , THE AMERICAN AKMY fcNTBfUft O THE CITY OF MEXICO. performed gallant and important services. General Taylor s successful operations in the region of the Rio Grande were duly honored by the yeople of the United States, by bestowing upon him the presidency. 12. General Scott s campaign, from the attack on Vera Cruz to the surrender of the city of Mexico, was far more remaikable, and, in a military point of view, must be considered as one of the most brilliant of modern times. It is true the Mexicans are not to be ranked with the great nations of the earth ; with a population of seven or eight millions, they have little more than a million of the white race, the rest being half-civilized Indians and mestizos, that is, those of mixed blood. Their government is inefficient, and the people divided among them selves. Their soldiers often fought bravely, but they were badly officered. 13. "While, therefore, we may consider the conquest of so extensive and populous a country, in so short a time, and attended with such constant superiority even to the greater numbers of the enemy, as highly gratifying evidence of the courage and capacity of our army, 12. What of Oi-ncM-nl Scott s <-M h].:u<n) ? What of Mexico as to its population and gov riinwnt "i ltn .1 1 xir.iM sn|<lier> . H K G I X X I N G OF POLK* S A I) M I M S T R A T I N . still we must riot, in judging of our achievements, fail to consider the real weakness of the nation whom we vanquished. 14. One thing we may certainly dwell upon with satisfaction the admirable example, not only as a soldier, but as a man, set by our commander, General Scott, who seems, in the midst of war and the ordinary license of the camp, always to have preserved the virtue, kindness, and humanity belonging to a state of peace. These qualities secured to him the respect, confidence, and good-will even of the enemy he had conquered. !.">. Among the generals who effectually aided General Scott in tlaL remarkable campaign, we must not omit to mention the names of Generals Wool, Twiggs, Shields, Worth, Smith, and Quitman, who generally added to the high qualitiCvS of soldiers, the still more e>ti mable characteristics of good men. CHAPTER CCIX. FOLK S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Stipulations of the Treaty of Gruadalupe- Hidalgo. Th-e Oregon Boundary Dispute. Death of John Quincy Adams. Wisconsin admitted into the Union. \. The treaty of Gua-da-lupe -IIi-dal -go stipulated that the disputed territory between the Nueces and the Bio Grande, should belong to the United States, and it now forms a part of Texas, as has been already stated; that the United States should assume and pay the debts due from Mexico to American citizens, to the amount of three millions live hundred thousand dollars; and that, in consideration of the sum of fifteen millions of dollars to be paid by the United States to Mexico, the latter should relinquish to the former the whole of New Mexico and Upper California. 2. About the time the difficulties with Mexico began, a serious dis~ pute arose with Great Britain, as to the boundary line between her possessions and ours, in what was then the region of Oregon. Both countries, in fact, claimed the same territory. Tho difficulty, which fir a time threatened to end in Avar, was happily adjusted by a treaty made at Washington, in June, 1846, adopting the parallel of 49 north as the northern boundary of the United States. 14. Example of General Scott ? 15. What other of our generals may he commended ? CHAP. C( 1X. 1. What were the stipulations of the treaty of Guadalupe-IIidal;jo . 2 What of the difficulties witb Great Britain its to the Oregon boundary f 3.5* 4-14 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 3. Ou the 22d of February, 1848, John Quincj Adams, former ident of the United States, died of paralysis, at Washington. Two day* before, while in his seat in the House of Representatives, and attend ing to his duties, the attack suddenly came. His last words were ; " This is the last of earth ; I am content !" Nearly his whole life had been spent in the public service. If he had some faults, he possessed also great merits, and few of our public men are remembered with more respect by the people of the country. 4. In May, 1848, Wie-con -sin was admitted into the Union, as a state. This was part of the territory ceded by France to Great Britain in the treaty of 1763 ; at the close of the Revolutionary War, it became part of the domain of the United States. It was organized as a territory m 1836, the portion forming the state of Iowa being detached in 1838. 8. What of John Quincy Adams ? 4. What of Wisconsin ? PRESIDENT TAYLOR. PRESIDENT TAYLOR, CHAPTER COX. TAYLOR S ADMINISTRATION, FROM MARCH 4 r ni, 1849, TO JULY 9TH, 1850. Ilw Election and Inauguration. TkeWH- mot Proviso and Martin Van Bur en. The Department of the Interior. California. 1. GENERAL ZACHAKY TAYLOR, of Louisiana, who had served the country so successfully in the Mexican War, being the Whig candidate, was elected by a vote of one hundred and sixty-three out of two hundred and ninety, as the successor of Mr. Polk, in opposition to General Cass, the Democratic candidate. Millard Fillmore, of New York, was elect ed vice-president. General Taylor was inaugurated March 5th, 1849, the 4th being Sunday. 2. In this election, General Cuss did not receive the whole democratic Cn\p. COX 1. Who was elected successor to Mr. Polk? Who was the democrats* 416 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATE*. vote. In 1840, as it was foreseen that the war with Mexico would probably result in a large acquisition of territory, David Wilmot, a dem ocrat, of Pennsylvania, introduced into the House of Representatives a resolution, that slavery should not be admitted into any territory ac quired by treaty. This obtained the title of the Wilmot proviso. It did not pass, but a party called Free-soilers adopted its principles, and nominated Martin Van Buren, the ex-president, as their candidate for the [(residency. This party, however, soon ceased, its principles being in the main, adopted by the present Republican party. 3. The several departments of our government at Washington hac hitherto consisted of those of State, War, the Navy, and the Treasury, each one presided over by a secretary, appointed by the president. Dur ing the preceding administration, a Department of the Interior hac been organized, to relieve the secretary of the treasury of a part of his increasing and weighty cares, and General Taylor was now called upon to appoint the first presiding officer of this new bureau. 4. About this time events were occurring on the shores of the Pa cific, which soon attracted the attention of the whole civilized world. Upper California, by the treaty with Mexico, had become a part of the territory of the United States. This remote region had been long in the possession of Spanish missionaries, who occupied themselves with the double service of extending the sway of the Spanish crown, and converting the Indians numerous in that region. 5. It thus remained under ecclesiastical administration, till the year 1833, when the missionary establishments were converted by Mexico into civil institutions, under the control of the government. Despite the anarchy which existed in Mexican affairs, this region became set tled by a considerable and thriving agricultural population. 6. In 1846, when Fremont and his party declared this country in dependent of Mexico, and belonging to the United States, and st.il) later, when it was actually and finally ceded to us, its resources as a farming country attracted great attention. Already was a l;,rge stream of emigration directed thither, when in February 1848, it wan announced that gold, in astonishing quantities, had been discovered on a branch of the Sa-cra-men -to River. 7. The news spread over the world with the greatest rapidity, and : r a few months, many thousands of adventurers, chiefly from the United States, but some also from England, France, Germany, as well as from 2. Bid Genera! C:iss have the whole democratic vote? Whs f of tho Wilmot proviso! The Kree-soilers? Ma- in Van Huron? 3. What had hitherto boor, ilie Departments of our government at Washington ( What, new Department was now added y 4. vVluit of Upper California ? What of the Spanish missions? 5. What did .Mexico .to in \$& > 6. What of the resources ol California? What happened in February, 1848? CALIFORNIA. 4! - - THE GREAT FIRE AT SAN FRANCISCO, MAY 4TH, 1850. Mexico, and South America, rushed thither, with a greedy -desire to secure a share of the newly discovered treasure. 8. The scenes which followed are not easily described. San Fran- cis -co, originally called Yer -ba Bue -na, and which in 1848 was a small village, rapidly grew up into a large city, and though several times des olated by fire,* as rapidly revived from its ashes, and now contains nearly one hundred thousand inhabitants. Other towns sprung up like magic. At the present time, 1866, the state is computed to have Q population of six hundred thousand. The gold annually obtained from all the mines of California is estimated at from seventy to eighty mil lions of dollars! 0. The people of California, suddenly gathered from many countries, were for a time without any formal or effective government. The ne cessity of protection to life and property soon became apparent, and ac cordingly, in the autumn of 1849, a convention met and formed s COD stitution, which was speedily adopted by the people. 7. What was the effect of the gold discovery In California ? 8. What of San Francisco ! Other towns in California? What is the value of the gold annually obtained from CalU or* nia ? 9. What of California as to its government ? When was the state constitution formed J * The great fire of May 4th, 1S50. at San Francisco, destroyed nearly the entire city, which at that time consisted mostly of slight wooden tenements. The amount of prop erty destroyed was estimated at four millions of dollars. Many of the edifice* of & F-ancisco are now of brick and stone, and rival in splendor those of our Atlantic citiea 18* HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CCXI. TAYLOR S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Compromise Measures, or Omnibus Bill. Henry Clay Death of President Taylor. Death of John C. Calhoun. 1. A PERIOD of great agitation was now at hand. California had petitioned for admission into the Union, and as her constitution pro- litbited slavery, many of the Southern politicians in Congress, mad the most vigorous opposition to granting her request.* 2. Various other questions connected with this seemed to compll* CIIAV. CCXI. 1. What of the petition of California for admission into the Union? * By the Missouri Compromise that is, a compromise made in Congress at the time f (lie admission of Missouri it was stipulated that slavery should not exist north of latitude 36.3<>: implying, of course, that it might exist south of that line. As a portion uf California was south of 36.80, it was contended by the southern statesmen, that the admission of California, with a constitution prohibiting slavery, would be a violation of the compromise. 1HE COMPROMISE BILL OK ls;,o. 4H) JOHN C. CALJIOUX. gate and increase the difficulty ; in Congress a state of almost unexam pled excitement, indeed, existed, and many persons were under the gloomy apprehension that the Union was speedily to be dissolved. In tliis state of things, Henry Clay, who had so often appeared in times of difficulty and danger, to assuage the storm, in connection with other eminent senators, introduced the " Compromise Measures of 1850," popularly called the Omnibus Bill. 3. This contained the following propositions : Firxt, That, according to the agreement made on the adoption of Texas, live new states, formed of her territory, might be admitted, with or without slavery as the people should choose; Second, That California should become a free state, according to her constitution ; Third, That a territorial government should be established for New Mexico and U -tah without any stipula tion on the subject of slavery ; Fourth, That Texas should surrender 2. Bow was the difficulty increased ? What of Congress? What of Henry Clay at this time? What bill did he introduce? 3. What propositions did the Omnibus Bill contain? 42 4 J HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. all c:.< ims to New Mexico, on condition of ten millions of dollars to be paid y the government of the United States; Fifth, That a more eiii- cient law for the recovery of fugitive slaves should be passed ; and, Sixth, That the slave-trade should be prohibited in the District of Columbia. 4. Vhe number and variety of these several propositions, serve to show the extent of the difficulties to be overcome, and the different feelings and interests to be consulted. All these propositions, intro- il iced as separate provisions, were finally adopted, bnt after a most ex citing ana protracted debate in Congress. The last of these bills passed September 18th, 1850. 5. But oefore this final result had been obtained, President Taylor had breathed his last; he died on the 9th of July, 1850, from over- exertion on the celebration of the 4th. He had spent the greater part of his life in the camp, and as he had been a successful soldier, so he was also a good man, and a true patriot. President Polk, his pre decessor in office, had led the way to the tomb, having died at his residence in Nashville, June 15th, 1849. 6. A few months previous to the death of President Taylor, John C- Calhonn, of South Carolina, who had filled with great distinction sev eral high offices, had died at Washington that is, on the 31st of March, 1850. His last public services were rendered in seeking to effect the passage ot the several bills of which we have just spoken. He was a man of great abilities, high integrity, and the utmost dignity as well as suavity of manners. lie was for many years the acknowledged cham pion of the Southern states, in respect to slavery, state rights, nullifi cation, etc. 4. What do the number and variety of these propositions prove? How did these pass in Congress? When did the last pass ? 5, What of the death of President Taylor? His eearacter? What of Ex-president Polk ? "6. What of Mr. < alhoun ? 1MLLMOUK S ADMINISTRATION. 421 PRESIDENT FILLMORB. CHAPTER CCXIL FILLMORE S ADMINISTRATION, FROM JULY lOrn, 1850, TO MARCH 4 r rH, 1853. Ills Accession. Signing of th< Omnibus Bills. Lopez and the Cuban Fillibusters. The Cheap-Postage Laivs. Laying the Corner-Stone of the Capitol Extension at Washington. Kossuth in America. 1. THE day after the death of President Taylor, Mr. Fillmore, vice- president, took the oath of office and entered upon the duties of tliw presidency. One of the first and most important duties which de volved upon him was, to approve the several bills, which we have just described, relating to the admission of California, the organization of the territory of New Mexico, etc., and which, as we have said, received the general name of " The Compromise Measures of 1850." CIIAP. CCXII. 1. Who became president on the death of Taylor! the first and most important of Fillmore s duties? 36 What was one 4:22 H I S T R i OF THE U N 1 T K I) STATES. 2. It appears that many persons in this country, especially in the southern portion, were in favor of the annexation of the large and rich Spanish island of Cuba to the United States, though it is well known that Spain is wholly adverse to any such measure. So early as the commencement of Taylor s administration, some adventurous spirits^ popularly called Jilt ib asters, led by a Cuban exile named Lo -pez, under took to effect this object. Six hundred men landed, May 19th, 1850, on the north part of the island at Car -de-jias, and captured that place. 8. Finding no countenance from the people of Cuba, however, they hastily re-embarked and escaped to Key West, in Florida. The fol lowing year, Lopez, with four hundred and eighty men, left New Orleans, and again landed on the northern shores of Cuba; he was, however, attacked, defeated, and captured, and, with a number of his followers, was executed at Ila-van -a. Ninety -five of the captives, who had been taken to Spain, were liberated by order of the queen, and ar- rived at New York March 13th, 1852. 4. In the early part of the year 1851, Congress made important changes in the post-office laws. By the new system, the postage on prepaid letters, to all parts of the United States, was reduced to three cents, the prepayment being made by affixing stamps provided by the government. The result has been an immense facility of intercourse throughout the United States. 5. On the 4th of July, 1851, the corner-stone of a vast extension of the Capitol, at Washington, was laid by the President of the United States, with appropriate ceremonies. On this occasion, Mr. Webster, the orator of the day, made the following extraordinary statement as to the progress of the United States since 1793 that is. in fifty-seven years: 7179:3. In isr.i. Number of the states belonging to the federal Union 15 31 Members of Congress 135 295 Population of the United States S,9C9,82S 23,261,49!) Population of the city of New York 33,121 515,507 Revenue $5,720,624 $43,774,848 Imports $31,000,000 $178,138,314 Exports $26,109,000 $151,898,720 Tonnage of our vessels 320,764 8,535,454 Extent of the territory of the United States in square miles 805,461 3,311,365 Miles of railroad in operation . - none 10,267 " " in construction .. none. 10,098 Lines of electric telegraph in miles none. 15,000 Number of post-offices 209 21,551 Colleges 19 I - l 2. What is the feeling of many persons in the United States as to the annexation of Cuba? What of filibusters? What of Lopez? 3 What did Lopez and his men do after cap turing Cardenas? What of another expedition the next year? 4. What of changes in th*< post-office laws in 1851 ? 5. What took place at Washington, July 4th, 185! ? How many atates in the Union in 1798? In 1851 ? The t&tc/ier will put it-itch other question* a* fie deem* proper, from the taHe. DEATH OF HENRY CLAY. 6. In December, 18ol, Louis Kos -suth, the ex-governor of Hungary, arrived in New York, by way of England. His efforts in behalf of the liberty and independence of his native country had excited gen eral admiration, and he was everywhere received witli enthusiasm by the people. He made numerous addresses to the assembled multitudes, his remarkable eloquence being listened to with delight. 7. Kossuth visited Washington, and was publicly received by Con gress. As his avowed object was to promote the cause of Hungarian liberation from the tyranny of Austria, Chevalier Hulsemami, * the am bassador of the latter country, protested against this reception, and as his protest was not heeded, he left his post for a time, the duties* of his office being contided to Mr. Belinont, of New York. CHAPTER CCXIII. FILLMORE S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Death of IL ! nry Clay. Of Daniel Webster. Difficulty as to the North ern Fisheries with Great Britain. The Tripartite Treaty. Everett? 8 Reply. 1. On the 29th of June, 1852, Henry Clay, then a member of the ^enate, died at Washington, being seventy-five years of age. He had been long in the public service, and had filled various high offices. For thirty years he had taken a prominent part in the affairs of our national government, and few measures of importance had been adopted by Congress upon which he did not exercise a commanding influence. 2. Tall in his person, slender in form, and of light complexion; possessing a fine voice, a countenance of great animation, and a per sonal action of remarkable ease and power of expression he was one of the most effective debaters the country has ever produced. He 6. What of Kossnth ? 7 What of the Austrian ambassador? CHAP. CCXIII. 1. What of Henry Clay? 2. Personal appearance and character f Mr. Clay? * In February, 1S48, Louis Philippe, king of the French, was driven from his throne by & revolution, which resulted in the establishment of a republic, in France A sympathetic pirit of revolt against the despotisms of Europe, spread rapidly on all sides. Many of the kings and princes were forced to fly, or to grant liberal charters to their subject*. Tho Hungarians, who had long been subject to the emperor of Austria, made a gallant effort to throw off the yoke, and would doubtless have succeeded, had not Russia sent large armies to the aid of the Austrians, by means of which the Hungarians were finally de feated. In this struggle Kossnth took a leading part When the last of the Hungarian arrny capitulated, and all hope was gone, he fled into the adjacent territory of Turkey. He was kept as a prisoner for some time in that country, but waa liberated in 1861, and eame to America as above related. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. was also ardent, dauntless, and full of hope, and, we may add, full of high ambition. lie was twice a candidate for the presidency, and twice defeated. Nevertheless, his death was mourned by an immense number of personal and attached friends, and indeed by a large portion of the people of the United States. 3. A few 7 months later, that is, on the 24th of October, Daniel Web ster departed this life, at his residence in Marshtield, Massachusetts lie was a native of New Hampshire, and was seventy years of age. In person and rnind, he presented a striking contrast to the great Kentucky orator. He was of a large, stout frame, and swarthy com plexion; his movements were slow and ponderous. In his appear ance, indeed, there was something singularly grand and imposing. 4. His intellect was of similar largeness and power. In argument, he was almost invincible. The tbpth of his reasoning and the force of his logic, made him the acknowledged master of debate in the Sen ate of the United States. His language was simple but chaste, and tho speeches and documents he has left behind are not only among the finest models of composition, but they are a rich legacy of truth, knowledge, wisdom, and patriotism, to his countrymen. 5. In the summer of 1852, the public mind was disturbed by diffi culties with Great Britain as to the fisheries along the Atlantic coast of her American colonies. It was alleged that our fishermen habit ually violated the treaty of 1818, which stipulated that they should not cast their nets or lines, in the British bays, nearer than three miles from the shores. An armed naval force was sent by the British government to enforce these views, and our government, deeming them to be inadmissible, dispatched two war-steamers to the same stations. The dispute was very threatening for a time, but in October, 1853, concessions on both side?, being made, the difficulty was happilj adjusted. 6. In consequence of the expeditions of Lopez against Cuba, and the evident disposition on the part of many persons in the United States to obtain possession of that island, the idea became common in Europe that our government might actually seek to realize ^his object, and, by possessing Cuba, obtain command of the entrance to the Gulf of Mexico. As a means of preventing such an event, France arid England sought to engage the United States in a mutual obligation called the "Tripar tite, Treaty" which should bind us, as well as the other parties, to resist and discountenance al\ attempts to disturb Spain in the possession of Cuba. 3. What of Daniel Webster? How did he compare with Mr. Clay? What of his ap pearance? 4 What of his intellectual character? 5. What of difficulties with G -.- Britain as to the fisheries? 6. Whut of the Tripartite treaty? TIIK TKIl ARTITE T li K A T V . 7. On the 1st of December, 1852, Edward Everett, who had sue- eeeded Mr. Webster as secretary of state, by direction of the president, answered this proposition in a very able dispatch, in which lie declared that the position of Cuba rendered that island one of peculiar interest to this country ; and that, while we should not violate any of thu laws of neutrality, we should act in respect to it without dictation from European powers. lie also added, significantly, that we should not see Cuba pass from the hands of Spain to any transatlantic govern me ut with indifference. 8. Mr. Everett also took occasion, in this dispatch, to vindicate our country from the constant charges heaped upon us in Europe, of .-in aggressive spirit, in the acquisition of territory, lie appealed to his tory against such accusations, and showed, with impressive eloquence, the great work that had been done, for the civilized world, by the American nation, in having, within two centuries, converted three millions of square miles of wilderness, into a habitation fit for thirty millions of people ! 7 Whai of Mr Ev roll s reply? 8. How did Mr tverett vindicate our wuatry t 42t> HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. PUESIDENT PIERCE. CHAPTER CCXIV. PIERCE S ADMINISTRATION, FROM MARCH 4ra, 1853, T<T MARCH 4TH, 1857. His Inauguration. The Mesilla Valley Dispute. Captain Ringyold^s Exploring Expe dition. Surveys for a Pacific Railroad. The A/rest of Martin Koszta by the Austrians. The Japan Ex pedition. The Nebraska- Kansas Act, and Repeal of the Missouri Compromise. The Seizure of the Black Warrior. The Ostend Conference. Mr. Smile stopped at Calais ~by the French Authorities. The Cryxt<ti I* (dace Exhibition. 1. IN the election of 1852, Franklin Pierce, of New Hampshire, n Democratic candidate, was elected president, over Gene-nil Wintield CHAP. CCXIV. 1. Win. \v:is cl.-ctcd president to stio^-d Mr. Fillmore ? When was President Pierce inaugurated? Who was the Whig candidate opposed to President Pierce ? What of William K. King ? KX I LURING EXPEDITION. 4^7 Scott, th Whig candidate. The inauguration took place March t|h, 1853. WilJiam K. King, of Alabama, was chosen as vice-president, but his health failed, and he died at his residence in Alabama, Ann! 18th, 1853. 2. Soon after Pierce s accession, a dispute arose with Mexico as to the boundary between New Mexico and the Mexican province of Chihuahua [che-ica -wa], the fertile valley of Me-sil -la lying between them being claimed by both parties. Santa Anna, who was now pres ident of the Mexican Republic, took armed possession of the territory in dispute, and the disagreement threatened to end in national hostili ties. The difficulty, however, was settled by negotiation, and the Me- sill a valley became the possession of the United States. 3. In 1853, a second Exploring Expedition sailed from New York, under command of Captain Ringgold, consisting of four armed vessels and a supply ship ; its objects being to examine that portion of the North Pacific likely soon to become the track of our commerce be tween California and China and Japan, as well as the whaling grounds in the regions of Behr -ing Strait and the Sea of O-kotsk . The expe dition returned after an absence of about three years, having accom plished the objects for which it was sent out. 4. As a general impression began to prevail that a railroad from the valley of the Mississippi to our Pacific territories was a matter de manding the attention of the general government, four expeditions were dispatched under the authority of Congress, in the summer of 1853, for the purpose of surveying the several routes suitable for such a work. These surveys have been accomplished with great ability and success, and afford a vast amount of valuable knowledge in respect to the unsettled region between our Western states and the Pacific region. 5. In July, 1853, an event occurred in the harbor of Smyrna, in the Mediterranean, which served to insure respect to our navy, among foreign nations. Martin Kosz -ta, a Hungarian, who had taken prelim inary steps to be naturalized in the United States, being in Smyrna on business, was seized as a rebel and refugee by order of the Austrian consul-general, and taken on board an Austrian ship. Captain Ingra- ham, lying in port, with the United States sloop-of-war St. Louis, being appealed to, demanded the release of Koszta as an American citizen. 6. On the refusal of the Austrian authorities to comply with his re quest, Captain Ingraham cleared his vessel for action, and threatened to fire upon the brig, if the prisoner was not speedily released. Thus 2. "Where is the Mesilla Valley ? What dispute arose as to this valley ? How was the dispute settled? 3. What of a secn<l exploring expedition? 4. What (if surveys for a Pacific railroad ? 5. What of Martin Koszta? Jl 1 8 T U V O * THE UNITED S T A T E 8. EXPEDITION TO JAPAN", IN THE BAY OP YEDUO. cautioned, tlic Austrian* yielded; Koszta was ]>lnced in custody of tlie French consul to await the decision of the t\vo governments 01 Austria and the United States. lie was finally released, and returned to this coun try. Austria remonstrated against the course adopted hy Captain In- grahani, but his conduct was applauded both in Europe and America. 7. Tn the summer of 1853, an expedition fitted out by our govern ment to proceed to Japan, and form a commercial treaty with that empire, consisting of seven ships of war, and placed under the c<n- mand of Commodore Perry, brother of the hero of Lake Erie, arrived at its destination that is. in the bay of Yeddo. The commodore communi cated his wishes through the Japanese authorities to the emperor, and after some delay, a treaty was entered into with the government, by which several ports were opened to our commerce.* A new and important er& >* * thus begun in the history of this remote but populous island-empire 6. What did Captain In<rraham do after tin- Austrhns refused to release Kuszta? Wbn was the result? 7. What of the expedition to Japan ? * The empire of Japan, embracing several islands on the custom coasts of Asia, is puj)- posed to contain a population of thirty-five millions. In manners and customs the pec., 1 resemble the Chinese; like the Chinese, they have generally excluded foreigners from their territory, though they have granted some exclusive privileges to the Dutch. Since tl.is treaty made by Commodore Perry, some of the European nations have formed commercial treaties with that country. THE OSTEND CONFERENCE. 429 8. In January, 1854, the Senate Committee on Territories introduced what has since become famous as the Kansas- Nebraska Bill, making provision for erecting the vast regions of Nebraska and Kansas into territories, and containing a provision that the inhabitants should de cide for themselves whether to admit the institution of slavery or not. Tins measure was understood to proceed from Senator Douglas of Illinois. 9. It proposed, in addition to its other provisions, a repeal of the Missouri Compromise, which had existed since 1820, and therefore caused a deep feeling of opposition, particularly at the North. The bill, however, was passed after an exciting debate, and became a lav, on the 31st of May. 10. In February of this year, 1854, the American steamship Black Warrior was seized in the harbor of Ha-van -a, under the pretence that she had evaded or violated some revenue law, and both ship and cargo were declared confiscated. For a time this act was made the occasion of exciting a feeling in the United States in behalf of the acquisition of Cuba, even by force. 11. Under the influence of this, a conference of some of the American ministers in Europe, including Mr. Buchanan at London, Mr. Mason at Paris, and Mr. Soule at Madrid, with others, was held in October, 1854, at Ostend, in Belgium, and a circular, strongly recommending the ac quisition of Cuba, was adopted. This measure attracted great atten tion, and caused much remark throughout Europe. The difficulty of the Black Warrior was soon after satisfactorily adjusted by the Spanish government, 12. About this time October 24th Mr. Soul6, being on his way from London to Paris, was stopped at Calais by order of the French government. Mr. Soule was a Frenchman by birth, and many years before had been exiled from France, though he had been permitted to return. lie was now an object of suspicion to the jealous government of Louis Napoleon. He was finally permitted to pass through France on his wa\ to Mad-rid , the seat of his mission, on condition that he should not remain in the country. 13. In July, 1853, an exhibition of the various products of industry *nd art, such as manufactures of all kinds, painting, sculpture, etc., was opened in the Crystal Palace at New York, with appropriate ceremonies, and in presence of an immense concourse of people. The S. What act was introduced into the Senate in January, 1854? 9. What compromise did this bill destroy ? Wh;it was the immediate effect of its passage ? 10. What occurred as to the Black Warrior in February, 18.>i? 11. What conference took place nt Osb-nd in I >ctober, 1854 ? 12. "What of Mr. Soule s being stopped at Calais f 13. What of the Crys tal Palace at New York ? 30 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. :/ =:/ , BURNING OP THE NEW YORK CRYSTAL PALACB. rarious articles were contributed from every part of the United States and almost every country in Europe. For several months this beautiful edifice was thronged witli delighted spectators.* 14. After being used for several exhibitions, this building was to tally destroyed by fire, October, 1858, it being at the time occupied for the Fair of the American Institute. * The idea of the Crystal Palace at New York wti3 suggested by that in London, which <as opened for the "World s Fair" in that metropolis in 1S51. The London edifice was built of iron and glass, and, after being used for the object of its erection, it was removed to Sydenham, near London, where it is used for a perpetual exhibition of curiosities, end % one of the real wonders of the world. The New York building was externally of iro imd glass urul was one of the most beautiful structures ever erected. WALKER THE FILLIBUSTER- 431 CHAPTER OCXV. PIKRCE S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Ittdprocity Treaty with Canada. Walkers Invasion of Nicaragua* British Enlistments in the United States. The Arner / ican Expeditions in Search of Sir John Franklin.- Finding of the British Ship Resolute, and her Presen tation to the British Government. 1. IN the summer of 1854, the disputed boundary lines between th United States and Mexico were settled, and about the same time an agreement, called the Reciprocity Treaty, was made between Great Britain and the United States, by which the commerce between Canada nnd our country was made nearly free. 2. In the summer of 1855, William Walker, a citizen of the United States, who had become somewhat noted for an abortive attempt to acquire a portion of Mexico, invaded Ni-ca-ra -gua* with a small band of adventurers from California. After many petty struggles and skir mishes, he seemed to have obtained possession of the country, the in habitants of which were in a disturbed state; but the people of Cos-ta Ri -ca joined the Nicaraguans, and Walker was driven from the country. 3. He, however, collected a band of followers in the South, and elud ing the authorities, embarked November llth, 185T, at Mobile. He landed at Puntas Arenas, Nicaragua, with four hundred men, but on the 8th December they surrendered to Captain Paulding, of the United States steamer Wabash, and were taken to the United States. 4. In 1855, the Eastern war, which involved Russia on the one side, and Turkey, France, and Great Britain on the other, even somewhat disturbed the peaceful relations of the United States with the latter CHAP. CCXV. 1. What disputed boundary was settled in the summer of 1854? What f the Reciprocity Treaty ? 2 What of Captain William Walker s invasion of Nicaragua ? 8. What of his second invasion? 4. What of the Eastern war? What did the agents wf Great Britain attempt to do in the United States, in 1855? * Nicaragua is one of the republics situated on the Isthmus between North and Sontfc America, which formed the confederation of Guatemala or Central Aiherica This con* sisted of ihe following states Coxta Rica, Nicaragua, Honduras, San Satvador, and Guatemala. They are now independent republics, but are of small extent, and the population of all is only reckoned at two millions. Nicaragua has three hundred ami fifty thousand inhabitants. Its situation, however, renders it important, as it liea in th<; V ltbway of the commerce between the Atlantic and Pacific 432 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. country. Great Britain was greatly in want of soldiers, and her pub lic agents, covertly, enlisted soldiers within the limits of the United States, in violation of the existing neutrality laws. . 5. It appeared that the British minister at Washington and some of the British consuls in our larger cities, had either openly or secretly favored these proceedings. As Great Britain declined recalling her minister, though invited to do so, he and the consuls were dismissal by our government. Some irritation followed in England, but tiie propriety of our course was obvious, and the cloud passed by. KANE S SHIP IN THE ARCTIC REGIONS. 6. On the 13th September, 1855, Lieutenant Hartstene, who, with the Arctic and Return, had been dispatched in search of Dr. Kane and his companions, found them at the Isle of I)is -co, in Greenland. They had abandoned their vessel, the Advance, in the ice, May 17th, and arrived at Upernavik, where they had shipped for Denmark, for the purpose of returning home. Fortunately meeting with Lieutenant Ilartstene, they were brought to New York, where they arrived October llth. 7. This second American expedition, dispatched from America for . \Vhnl wns <lom> l>y cur frovornmeiit in respect <<> th<- British minister and consuls? i V. h U (.f Lieutenant Jlurtstoiie? What of l>r. Kane anil hid comnunions? SEARCH FOR S 1 K JOHN FRANKLIN 1>K. KANK IN THE AROT10 UKIONb. the discovery of Sir John Franklin and his companions." thus proved abortive, but the party discovered an open sea encircling the North Pole, thus adding a curious and surprising fact to our somewhat limited knowledge in respect to this gloomy and inhospitable portion 7 "What of this second American expedition for the discovery of Sir John Franklin t What discovery was made by Captain McOlure ? * For nearly three hundred years, it has been a great object to determine whether there Is what is called a NortJt~wet 1 ansage to ths Pdcific., that is, a passage for vessels through the Arctic seas from Baffin Ray to Behring Strait. "Within the last thirty years. Great Britain has dispatched numerous ships to settle this question, and from this source we have the important discoveries of Parry. Ross, and others. In May. 1845, Sir Joht Franklin, who had distinguished himself in explorations among the Arctic seas, with twc ships, the Erebus and Terror, and one hundred and thirty-eight men, departed for a voy azo of discovery in those regions. They proceeded up Baffin Bay, but for several year* r >thing was heard of them. The whole civilized world seemed interested in the fate of :i ese adventurers. As the expeditions sent out from Great Britain had proved . -sful. Mr Henry Grinnell. of New York, equipped two vessels, the Advance t -scue, at his own expense. They departed from New York in May. 1850. These lui > turned, October 1S51, without success, another expedition was dispatched by Mr. 1 d, aided by the government, consisting of the brig Advance, under the coinmnr. ! of In- E. K. Kane, of Philadelphia, the surgeon and naturalist of the first expedition. A., ? lis return, Dr Kane published an interesting account of his adventures. Unhappily hi* constitution had been undermined by the hardships he had encr untered. and he died in Cuba. February 16th, 1S5T. His death caused a general mourning throughout the Unite* 1 States. The actual fate of Sir John Franklin and his men has recently been ascertained, aw we hifve stated in our account of the Polar Regions. (Sec p 4S1.) 37 434 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES, of the globe. It may be added that, previous to this time October, 1853 Captain McClure, of the British ship Investigator, had proved that a continuous sea extends from Baffin Bay to Behring Strait. It is, however, of no practical use, as it is at all times encumbered with ice. 8. Several expeditions had been dispatched from England, in search of Sir John Franklin. In one of them, the ship Eesolute was abandon ed in the Arctic seas. On the 23d December, 1855, she was found fixating in the Atlantic, and brought safely into the harbor of New London by Captain Buddington. She was afterward purchased by our government, refitted, and sent, December, 1856, as a present to the British government, under command of Lieutenant llartstene. The present was very graciously accepted, and the lieutenant and his men received the most hearty and gratifying welcome. 8 W] t ut f the ship Resolute? WhL of Lieutenant ITartstene? BUCHANAN S ADMINISTRATION. PRESIDENT BUCHANAN. CHAPTER OCX VI. BUCHANAN S ADMINISTRATION, BEGINNING MARCH 4rH, 1857. The Troubles in Kansas. The Lecompton Constitu tion in Congress. Its Rejection by the People of Kansas, and a New Constitution adopted. 1. IN the election for a successor to President Pierce, James Bu chanan,* of Pennsylvania, the Democratic candidate, was chosen, and duly inaugurated March 4th, 1857. John C. Breckenridge, of Ken- ucky, was elected vice-president. CHAP. OCX VI. 1. Who were inaugurated president and vice-president March 4th, 135T? * In this election of November, iS56, there were three parties in the field. The first was that of the Democrat*, whose convention had met at Cincinnati, and adopted a platform regarded as embracing the established creed of the party. The second was the Republican party, whose main principle was opposition to the extension of slavery in the Territories. Their candidate was John C. Fremont, a native of Georgia, and con spicuous for his explorations ajid discoveries, and his public services in California during 436 H1STOKY OF THE UNITED STATES. 2. One of the first and most important subjects that occupied the attention of the new administration was the state of things in Kan sas. We have already noticed the excitement which existed in this territory; but it is necessary to go back, and give a more particular narrative of events connected w.ith this subject. 8. The avowed doctrine of the Kansas-Nebraska act, passed in 1854, was that of "Popular Sovereignty" or the right of the people of & territory to decide for themselves whether to admit slavery or not. when they ask admission into the Union. In view of this, a movement was made at the North, and especially in Massachusetts, by private associations, to people the territory of Kansas with emigrants opposeu to the establishment of slavery there ; a counteracting effort was made in the South to people the territory with inhabitants in favor of rlavery.* 4. The result was such as might have been foreseen. A great mass of emigrants of opposite views and feelings, crowded into the territory, and were soon in a state of angry contention. Scenes of violence took place, and in 1855 and 1856 there was actual civil war, in which the Mexican war. The electoral votes of all the free states, excepting Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Indiana, Illinois, and California, were cast for Fremont. The third party was that of the Americans, their leading principle being that "Americans shall govern America." Their candidate was Millard Fillmore; they, however, carried only the state of Maryland. * In order to understand the extent and bearing of the question of slavery in the United States, it is necessary to consider a few historical facts. The practice of holding human beings as slaves, appears to have existed from the earliest ages. It existed among the ancient Jews, even before the time of Moses, and in the days of the patriarchs; it ex isted among the Egyptians. Greeks, and Romans; it exists at the present day all over Asia In point of fact, a great part of mankind, from the beginning of history down tc the Middle Ages, were slaves. In ancient times, all prisoners of war were reduced to slavery, being generally dis tributed as spoils among the officers and men of the conquering armies. When America was discovered, this practice was still in vogue, and there was no hesitation on the part of Europeans in making slaves of the Indians whom they captured. Even in New Eng innd, in Virginia, and the other English colonies, Indians take i in war were sold as slaves. The remnant of the Pequods in Connecticut, the Indians taken by Colonel Waldron iii .New Hampshire, and the childicn of Philip, the famous Rhode Island chief, were all en slaved, and sold as property. The first negro slaves brought to the English colonies in America, twenty in number^ were landed from a Dutch vessel at Jamestown aDout the year 1619. From this tim< African slaves were Imp .rtod into most of tho colonies, and they became more or lr numerous in all. At the time of the Revolution, they existed in all the thirteen state. . but about this period some of the Northern states abolished slavery, and this example was followed by them all. In 1SG5 a constitutional amendment prohibiting slavery wa9 tulojited by the requisite number of states. 2. What was one of the first and most important matters claiming Mr Buch anan " attention? S. What was the avowed principle of the Kansas-Nebraska MT / What wae done in the North to get anti-slavery settlers into Kansas ? vVhnt WHS done at the South r * \Vhat were the consoquen.es of this strife iu THE LECOMPTON CONSTITUTION. 487 everal lives were lost, property was destroyed, and settlements brokea up.* After the presidential contest of the latter year, the excitement in some degree subsided; but now a new difficulty arose. 5. A convention, assembled at Le-comp -ton, September 7th, 1857. for the purpose of preparing a state constitution, drafted such an in strument, incorporating, however, various provisions establishing slavery as the fundamental law of Kansas. This was at variance with the views of the people, and at the election of January 4th, 1858, a majority of somewhat more than ten thousand votes was cast again. it. Mr. Buchanan, however, urged, as a means of putting an end to agitation, that Kansas should bo admitted under this constitution. f>. Congress refused to concur in this measure : a bill,t however, was introduced and passed, authorizing the admission of Kansas upon cer tain conditions. These were not acceptable to the people, and Kansas remained a territory until 1861. 5. What of the Lecompton Constitution? What of Mr. Buchanan? fi. What of COP- gress ? What of the people of Kansas ? * The inhabitants who suffered these losses claim indemnity of tho general iroverniuent, estimating their amount at tw< millions of dollars. t This measure is called the "EnfflMi. JJill" from the na:i:y of tin; member o. who proposed it, Mr English, of Induuw 4-38 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATED. SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH. CHAPTER CCXYII. BUCHANAN S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Difficulty with the Mormons. 1. ANOTHER subject which early demanded the attention ol Mr Buchanan, was the condition of the Mormons* in Utah. This strange sect, whom we have already mentioned as causing some disturbance in Illinois, moved to the west in 1847, and established themselves in CHAP. CCXVII. 1. What other subject demanded the early attention of Mr. Buchan an ? What of the Mormons ? * The sect of Mormons was founded in 1^27, by an artful and unprincipled man by the name of Joe Smith, a native of Central New York. He pretended that he had received t special revelation from Heaven, imparting to him the knowledge of a book which had l.iin for ninny centuries in a hill near the town of Palmyra. This he obtained, as he said, and found its leaves to be of gold, and inscribed with mystic writings, giving an account >f the ancient people of America, with a new gospel for mankind. This he pretended translate, and also, from time to time, he pretended to have divine revelations. Fn>~i toeae sources the sect has derived the Book of Mormon, which is their Bible. Smith f >und dupes and coadjutors, and from this infamous fraud has arisen, in the space of thir y years, the now numerous sect, of Mormons. Joe Smith and his brother Hiram were shot while in prison at the Mormon settle* merit of \iuivoo, in Illinois, in 1 8 15, and the sect were forced into the western wilder ness. They took up their residence at Utah as above stated, Brigham Young becoming their leader. Tic is called the Lion of tie Lord by tho Mormons, and it is said has sev enty wiv^s. Other Mormons have from live to twenty wives. DIFFICULTY WITH THE MORMONS. 439 the vicinity of the Great Salt Lake, amid the mountains which lie be tween the Western states and the region of the Pacific. 2. Notwithstanding the absurdity of the religious pretences on which this sect is founded, and their gross and immoral practice of polygamy, they have rapidly increased in numbers, and active missionaries are found propagating the faith in nearly every country of Europe. The whole number of the community is said to exceed two hundred thou sand. In Utah there is probably a population of one hundred thousand, almost exclusively Mormons. 8. Near the Great Salt Lake they have commenced a city on arj extensive plan, with sumptuous public buildings, and they have also covered large tracts of their territory with well-cultivated farms- Being on the main route of travel from the Western states to Cali fornia, they derive great profit from the emigrants. Their govern ment is in the hands of a few persons, and a man by the name of Bngham Young is now (1866) and for several years has been, their prophet, priest, and king. 4. In 1850 Utah was organized as a territory by the United States government, and Brigham Young was appointed governor by President Fillinore, and his appointment was subsequently renewed by President Pierce. In 1857, however, charges of violence toward the officers of the federal government in Utah were brought against the Mormons, and in June of this year, General Harney was appointed to the com mand of a large body of troops who were to accompany Mr. Gumming, a new governor appointed in Brigham Young s place by Mr. Buchanan, to the scene of his duties. 5. Subsequently the command of the forces was given to Colonel Johnston, who arrived at Fort Bridger, about one hundred miles from Salt Lake City, in September, 1857, and there went into winter-quar ters. In December the leading Mormons were indicted for high treason by a United States court sitting at Camp Scott, the damages for the destruction of provision trains belonging to the United States arrny^ being laid at two millions of dollars. 6. These formidable movements on the part of the government were, however, destined to a speedy and pacific issue. A gentleman of Philadelphia, by the name of Kane, well acquainted with the- Mormons,, was privately dispatched to Salt Lake City, and through his represent;!-- 2. "What of the extension of the sect of Mormons? 3. What city have the Mormons commenced? What of their farms? On what great route of travel are they ? What of their government? Who is their leader? 4. When was Utah organized as a territory ? Whom did Fillmore appoint as governor? What charge was made against the Mormon* In 1857? What force was ordered to march aeainst the Mormons? 5. What did the United States forces under Colonwl Johnston do? What was done in December? 8. What was done by Mr. Kane ? flow did the war against the Mormons end ? 4:40 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. tionsthe whole difficulty was speedily adjusted. The gates of Salt Lake City were thrown open, and Governor Gumming and his train of offi cers were invited to enter. The whole affair was terminated by the proclamation of the president granting a free pardon " to all for the seditions and treasons by them committed." CHAPTER CCXVIII. BUCHANAN S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Panic of 1857. Purchase of Mount Vernon by the Mount Ver-* non Ladies Association. Death of Thomas II. Benton. 1. IN the autumn of 1857, a sudden money panic overspread the country, and eventually extended in some degree to the principal com mercial cities of Europe. On the 26th of September, the banks of Philadelphia suspended specie payments; in this they were followed by the Kew York banks, October 13th, and by the Boston banks on the 14th.* 2. Various causes were assigned for this extraordinary crisis, among which the immense investments of capital in western land speculations, and the great depreciation of railroad stocks, were prominent. The storm seemed to fall with particular violence upon the West, w r hile it was scarcely felt in the Southern states. The banks of New York re sumed specie payments on the 12th of December, those of Boston on the 14th, and those of Philadelphia, in April, 1858. In other parts, there was a gradual recovery, but a general state of depression in business continued for nearly two years. 3. On the 6th of April, 1858, John A. Washington, proprietor of Mount Vernon, the residence of Washington, signed a contract to sell that beautiful place to the "Mount Vernon Ladies Association" for the sum of two hundred thousand dollars. Since that time, this associa tion, by their patient and patriotic labors, have collected the requisite sum, and they are now the proprietors of the Home and Grave of tbo " Father of his Country/ This is to be held in perpetuity as a national monument, sacred to the memory of him whc was "first in war, fin;t in peace, and first in the hearts of his countrymen." 4. On the 10th of April, 1858, Thomas II. Benton died at Washing- CHAP. CCXVIII. 1. What of a panic in -lSr>7? 2. What causes were assigned for this ruic? What else can you say of the panic ? 4. What can you say of Mount Vernon ? * The Annual Statement of the New York Commercial Agency, January, 1858, assert- e<l that from December Gth, 1S56, to December 6th, lis>7, there occurred in the United States 5,123 failures, involving liabilities to the enormous amount of $291,7r><i,0>0 THOMAS II. BENTON, THOMAS H. BKNTON. ton, aged seventy-six years. He was a man of great industry and vast memory, and, having been nearly his \vhole life devoted to public affairs, was one of the ablest of the distinguished men of his time. He was a native of North Carolina, but settled early in Missouri ; and being chosen senator of the United States, upon the organization of that state in 1820, he continued to fill the office till 1851. 5. During this long period of about thirty years, he was an active member of the Senate, and, by his careful researches and great learn ing, was in many respects, useful and influential. During the latter nart of his life, he devoted himself to literary pursuits, and published V-o able and important works a View of Public Affairs during h thirty years membership of the Senate, and an Abridgment of *]>3 Debates in Congress. The last sheet of this work was finished a sho * time before his death. 4, 5. "What u f Thomas H. Bnton? I . 442 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STALES, LAYING THE ATLANTIC CABLB. CHAPTER CCXIX. BUCHANAN S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Public Im provements. Canals, Si earn -Navigation, Railroads. TJie Submarine Telegraph. J. WE have already had occasion to mention the Electric Telegraph, certainly the most startling invention of modern times. Canals* had done much to facilitate the transportation of merchandise and agricul tural products; steamboats had made rivers the familiar pathways of commerce and travel ; railroads had given to man almost the speed of wings, as well for himself as his goods. 2. But a new instrument for the transmission of thought, swift as lightning itself, was now added to these wonderful gifts. Lines of Electric Telegraph* were rapidly spread over this country, as well as the countries of Europe ; by means of these, individuals thousands of CHAP. CCXIX. 1. What of canals? The Now York ami Erie Ciina! ? What of stennt- l> >uts ? "What of railroads ? * Previous to the invention of railroads, canals were extensively nsed for the transport- tion of merchandise. Great Britain and Holland were covered \\itli a network of canals- The Erie C anal, in New York, extending from Albany to Lake Erie, ;md connecting thtt treat lakes with the ocean by internal navigation, was finished in 182.5. It was the mo.->t important work of the kind on this continent, and perhaps in the world, and was carried through chiefly by the untiring and energetic exertions of l>e\\ itt Clinton, an able and patriotic statesman of the state of New York. Many o: her eunal.iwv.ro established in different parts of the United Suites about the same period. THE ATLANTIC CABLE. 443 miles apart, can hold communication in the space of a few brief hours. In the course of a single day, a person can send a dozen messages from New York to Boston or Philadelphia, to a single correspondent, and get back an answer to each. In two or three hours, he can communicate with New Orleans and have his reply. 3. But now a new wonder was realized, the Submarine Telegraph. The electric wires were laid across broad rivers and even arms of tlio sea, and the subtle intelligence passed successfully through their depths! At last the idea of connecting Europe with America, by means of electric wires laid in the Atlantic, was suggested. Surveys of this ocean were made, and while its various irregularities were duly noted, the average depth was ascertained to be about two miles. 4. In the summer of 1857, an attempt was made to realize the object in view, under the auspices of a Company formed in this country and England, with the aid of vessels furnished by the governments of the United States and Great Britain. This proved unsuccessful; but a second attempt was more fortunate. The two vessels, the Niagara, an American war-steamer, and the Ag-a-mem -non, a British war-stea mer, meeting in mid-ocean, began paying out the electric cable on the 29th of July, 1858. 5. The latter vessel proceeded eastward, and entered Va-len -tia Bay ? on the west coast of Ireland, August 5th, 1858^ having successfully laid its portion of the cable. On the 5th of August, the Niagara en tered Trinity Bay, in Newfoundland, having had similar good fortune. Thus the cable was actually laid, and on the 16th of August, a mes sage from Queen Victoria was received through the wires, addressed to President Buchanan. Immediately after, various messages were ex changed between the two continents. This amazing achievement was celebrated with great ceremony on the 1st of September, in New York, and also with more or less rejoicing in other cities of the United States. 2. What of the electric telegraph ? Who was the inventor of it? 3. What of the submarine telegraph crossing rivers anil arms of the sea? What of crossing the Atlantic? 4. What attempt was made in 1867? What was the success of this first attempt? What of the second attempt? What was done by the two vessels, Agamemnon and Niagara? 5. What of the Agamemnon? The Niagara? What was the result of laying the electric cable ? What celebration was had ? * We are indebted for the Electric Telegraph to the ingenious discoveries and inven tions of Samuel F. B. Morse, of New York. The first message was sent over the wires from Washington to Baltimore in 1844, and consisted of the following line: "What hath, God wrought /" Soon after that is, in the spring of 1844 the news of the nomination of James K. Polk by the Democratic convention at Baltimore, was dispatched, this being the first public use of the telegraph. Lines of telegraph, measuring together twenty thou sand miles in length, are established in this country. Great Britain, France, Germany, etc.. etc., are netted with telegraphic, lines. The Knirlish Channel, the Adriatic Sea. the Red Sea, the Black Sea, the Mediterranean, and other waters, are also crossed by telngiaphio wire*. 444 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 6. The hopes thus excited were not, however, realized, for, after a short time, the wires ceased to work ; but the feasibility of com munication across the Atlantic had been demonstrated, and means were taken for another effort to accomplish the desired object. In July, 1806, the enterprise was crowned with success, and messages w,re now constantly transmitted from one continent to the other. CHAPTEK CCXX. BUCHANAN S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Minnesota admitted as a State. History of Oregon. Its admis sion into the Union. The San Juan Difficulty. 1. Ox the Uth of May, 1858, Minnesota was admitted as a state into the Union. It lies immediately north of Iowa, and extends to the Canadian boundary. On the north-east it touches Lake Superior; on the west it is bounded by the territory of Dakota. 2. This vast region comprises the head-waters of the Mississippi, the greatest river of the earth; it abounds in rivers and lakes, teeming with fish ; its soil is prolific, and its forests are among the Inest in the world. Its name is derived from Min-ni-so 1 -tah, the Indian title of St. Peter s River, and signifying turbid water. 3. This territory belonged to the French by priority of discovery; at a very early period it was traversed by their missionaries, traders, and soldiers. It came to Great Britain by the treaty of 1763, and to the United States by the treaty of 1783. It received a territorial gov ernment in 1849, the capital being fixed at Saint Paul. It has sti 1 ! in its northern regions considerable bands of Chippewa Indians. 4. During the Congressional session of 1858-9, Oregon was also ad mitted as a state. It originally included the territory of Washington; these two comprised the extensive tract lying between the British possessions on the north, and California on the south ; the Rocky Mountains on the east, and the Pacific on the west. 5. The coasts of this region were discovered by the Spaniards in th sixteenth century, but in 1792, Captain Gray, of Boston, discovered smd entered the Columbia River, and thus the United States acquired n right of sovereignty over the territory. This claim was strengthened by the fact that in 1804-5-6, Lewis and Clarke, dispatched by ourgov- 6. What of the hopes thus excited? CHAPTFR CCXX. 1. When was Minnesota admitted as .1 state? 2, 3. History of Minne >ta. 4. When was Oregon admitted as a state { What did it originally comprise ? MINNESOTA AND OREGON. 445 ornmcnt, explored the country from the Missouri to the Columbia, and spent in that region a part of the winter of 1805-6. 6. The British, however, laid claim to the northern portion of the territory, and a threatening dispute consequently arose between the government of that country and our own. This was adjusted by a treaty in 1840, adopting the boundary line of 49 north latitude, as elsewhere stated. 7. The state of Oregon and the neighboring territories of Washing ton, Idaho, and Montana, contain many tribes of Indians: of these the principal are the Flat -he ads, Pend Oreilles [pond-o-ray ], Spo - kanes, Sho -shones, Nez Perces [nay pair-say ], Cay-n ses, and Ban - narks. These for the most part are mere savages, though the mission aries have exercised a civilizing influence upon a portion of them. The rivers of this region abound in fish, and in the spring and summer the Indians, with their horses and dogs, feed and fatten upon them. 8. The furs of this region, those of the beaver, badger, bear, fisher- fox, lynx, martin, mink, muskrat, etc., have long been an important source of revenue. Trading posts were early established by Amer ican fur companies in this quarter, that of As-to x -ri-a being founded in 1810, under the auspices of the late John Jacob Astor, of New York. The British fur companies also had establishments here ; these, with the American companies, both occupied the disputed boundary, until the treaty of 1846. 9. At the present time, though the fur trade is still important, agriculture is the chief object of pursuit. Salem, on the right bank of the Wil-la / -mette River, is the capital of Oregon, and O-lym -pi-a, at the head of Pu -get s Sound, that of the territory of Washington. 10. The neighboring British colonies of Vancouver Island and Brit ish Columbia, where gold mines have recently been discovered, are rapidly increasing, and afford considerable sources of commerce with the American settlements we are describing. 11. In the fall of the year 1859, a dispute arose between the Amer ican and Brutish governments as to the right of sovereignty over the large island of San Ju-an , lying in the strait or river which divides Vancouver Island from the American territory. The American com mander, General Harney, took possession of it, against which act the British governor, Douglass, protested. General Scott was dispatched by our government to the scene of the dispute, and speedily settled the quarrel. 5. What were the grounds of our claim to this region ? 6. What did the British claim ? 7. What of the Indians in Oregon and neighboring territories? 8. What of furs in these regions? Fur companies? 9. Capitals of Oregon and Washington ? 10. What of the British territories contiguous to Washington Territory ? 11. What of the island of San Juan ? 446 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CCXXI. BUCHANAN S ADMINISTRATION, C )NCLUDED. The Doctrine of the Right of Secession. The Presidential Election of 1860. Its Result and Consequences. 1. WE come now to the most important period in the history of the United States that of the attempted secession of certain of the Southern or slave states, and the consequent war between them and the government a war which lasted four years, and in which hun dreds of thousands of lives were lost. This terrible event arose from the following state of facts. 2. Many of the leading men of the South believed that they derived great advantages, social and political, from the institution of slavery, and had long regarded their connection with the North as injurious to their interests. They desired to separate from the free states, that they might be at liberty to set up a government of their own, with slavery as its corner-stone. They believed that they might establish a magnificent empire, which the whole world would be eager to acknowledge. Cotton, they said, was king meaning, that as all nations needed and must have cotton, they would defend the cotton- growing states from invasion or blockade, and thus support them in the step which they proposed to take. 3. They had made one attempt in this direction in 1832, when the state of South Carolina attempted to nullify, or disobey, a law of the United States ; this, as we have seen, was promptly put down by President Jackson. From that time to the close of Mr. Buchanan s term, the Southern leaders had been preparing for a second and more formidable attempt. They taught their people to look with distrust upon the people of the North, and that slavery was absolutely neces sary to their prosperity. 4. They were convinced, however, that it would not do to attempt a revolution : they felt that it was necessary to have, or to seem to have, the Constitution on their side, and they openly avowed the doc trine of the right of secession. The people were taught to believe that any state could withdraw from the union of states at its pleasure , that the states were sovereign, and that the government was but the!;- CHAP. CCXXI. 1. What of the attempted secession of certain states? 2. What of thn Tiews of leading men of the South? What did they desire? What ( id they expect from cotton? 3. What had they done in 1832? What had they taught the people to do? 4. State their theory of the right of secession. THE THEORY OF SECESSION. 447 agent, which any one of them could repudiate at will. This danger ous theory, which might really be fatal to the Constitution, was fully believed, in 1860, by a large portion of the Southern people. 5. The leaders, having taught the people to believe that it was for their interest to maintain slavery, now taught them to believe that the people of the North wished to prevent it, and were going to elect a president who would take their slaves away from them. C. The people of the North, however, had no such intention. It is true a large majority of them thought slavery injurious to the South ; injurious to the slaves, injurious to the poor whites, whoso labor was thus brought into ruinous competition with slave labor, and injurious to the slave-owner. But they had no intention of inter fering with a domestic institution over which they had no constitu tional power. 7. A presidential election was now at hand. The South had become greatly exasperated at the prospect of Mr. Lincoln s nomination, and shared, in a degree, in the agitation which followed. The South threatened secession : the North paid little heed to these threats, and, indeed, was unduly blind to the menacing aspect of things at the South. 8. In this state of affairs, the candidates were nominated : Abra ham Lincoln, of Illinois, by the republican party, whose doctrine was that slavery, though it must be tolerated where it existed, ought not to be extended into territory at that time free, and which might be acquired by the United States ; John C. Breck -en-ridge, of Kentucky, by a portion of the democratic party, who contended that slavery might be so extended. 9. Stephen A. Douglas, of Illinois, whose doctrine that known as Squatter Sovereignty was, that the settlers of a territory, when they framed a State Constitution, could best decide the question for themselves; and John Bell, of Tennessee, whose partisans placed upon their banners the simple device of " The Constitution and the Laws." The election took place in November, I860, and Abraham Lincoln was elected president for four years from the 4th of March next following. 5. What were Southerners taught to believe of Northerners ? 6. What were the real views of the people of the North? 7. What was now the state of the country? R, 0. What candidates were nominated for the presidency, and what were the views of thoir Tvspectivo partisans? Who was elected ? 448 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CUSTOM-HOUSE, CHARLESTON, SOUTH CAROLINA. CHAPTER CCXXII. LINCOLN S ADMINISTRATION. Secession of South Carolina and oilier States. Policy of the New President in regard to Coercion. Attack on Fort Sumtcr. Com mencement of the Rebellion. The Blockade. 1. THE state of South Carolina soon carried out the threat she had made, and her legislature passed, in December, an ordinance of seces sion. Similar ordinances were passed by the legislatures of Mis- i; issippi, Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, and Texas. United States forts, arsenals, mints, custom-houses, ships, were seized by the states within whose borders they were : the government of Mr. Buchanan offering no resistance, and practically acknowledging that CHAP. CCXXII 1. What did Fouth Carolina now do? Otlio atsitea? Wha\ of forts, arsenals, &c. ? What did Mr. Buchnnan do? PRESIDENT LINCOLN. 141) the general government had no constitutional power to coerce a sov ereign state. PRESIDENT LINCOLN. 2. Abraham Lincoln was inaugurated on the 4th of March, 1861. lie found, on his accession to office, that a formidable rebellion ex isted within the territory lie had been summoned to rule : certain of the states which had taken part in the election, dissatisfied with the result, had chosen a president and vice-president of their own, namely, Jefferson Davis and Alexander H. Stephens, and had set up a separate government, which called itself the Confederate States i : America. 3. Mr. Lincoln found also that the few ships which composed tho United States Xavy were many of them cruising in distant seas; that the fragments of the army, which were principally stationed in tho 2, 3. Describe tlie condition in which President Lincoln found the country, oil his accvs- si-.m to j-o- <T. Co* 450 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Southern states, had been overpowered and captured, or had been surrendered by their commanders ; that a large volunteer army was already under arms in the South ; and that the flag of the United States, driven from the soil of the seceded states, floated over but two of the forts defending their harbors Fort Sumter near Charleston, and Fort Pickens near Pcnsacola. 4. Major Anderson, with 70 men, was in command at Fort Sumter. lie witnessed the erection of batteries around the fort, without resist ance as permission to resist was withheld and by the 1st of April, the supply of provisions in the beleaguered stronghold was well-nigh exhausted. On the llth, General Bcauregard, commanding the Southern forces, being informed that an attempt would bo made to throw supplies and reinforcements into the fort, sent a formal demand to Major Anderson to evacuate the place and turn it over to the autho rities of South Carolina a demand with which Major Anderson refused to comply. FORT SUMTER 5. At half-past four on the morning of April 12th, the first shot was fired from Fort Moultrie, and immediately afterwards begun the strange battle between 7,000 men on one side and 70 on the other, in 4. What of Major Anderson? V. hut C.l\ Beann u t FORT SUMTKR. 451 which no lives were lost on either side. Fort Sumter withheld her fire three hours, when her guns opened with vigor. The strife con tinued without result during the day, Beauregard keeping up his firo at intervals through the night. 0. The next day, the wood-work of Fort Suinter was set on fire by shells, and the men were forced to leave the guns to arrest the flames. At twelve, the whole roofing of the barracks w&s on fire, and then* was imminent danger of an explosion of the magazine. At last, worn out, suffocated and almost blinded, the garrison capitulated, and tho next day marched out with the honors of war, saluting the flag, then taking it down and carrying it with them. V. The telegraph conveyed the tidings of this event to all parts of the country ; it excited everywhere the greatest amazement, few per sona having believed hitherto that the South would ever proceed to extremities. It was also met with the determination, on the part of nine- tenths of the people of the Xorth, that the rebellion should, be suppressed, no matter how much human life, how much time and money, its suppression might require. The President issued a proc lamation on the 15th, calling for seventy-five thousand volunteer soldiers, and summoning Congress to meet upon the 4th of July. 8. Though Virginia had not yet seceded, there was little doubt of her soon doing so, and as her territory was only separated by the Potomac from the District of Columbia, the situation of the capital was thought to be exceedingly critical. The eastern troops, there fore, were ordered to rendezvous at Washington, those of the west concentrating at Cairo, St. Louis, Paducah, and Louisville. Virginia seceded on the 25th of April, and North Carolina, Tennessee, and Arkansas successively followed her example. The enemy s capital, at first established at Montgomery, Alabama, was soon afterwards removed to Richmond, Virginia. 9. One of the strongest measures taken against the South, and put in force during the summer, was the blockade of their ports by United States ships. This blockade the subjects of Queen Victoria^, and subsequently those of other European powers, were enjoined by their respective sovereigns, in proclamations of neutrality, not to attempt to break. These commands were pretty generally heeded, except by the English, who, throughout the struggle, while depre- 6, 6. Describe the battle of Fort Sumter. 7. What was the effect upon the country? What did the president do? 8. What was thought of the condition of Washington? What of the eastern troops? The western? What of Virginia/ The enemy s capital? 9. What strong measure was adopted against the enemy? What ot the conduct of foreigners? The consequence to themsel ves ? 452 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. eating bloodshed, did much to increase it, by supplying the enemy with articles contraband of war. Some of the persons engaged in this traffic made large fortunes, while some were ruined ; and per haps two-thirds of their vessels were either captured or destroyed by the northern army and navy. 10. Small skirmishes and fights of an unimportant nature, but which at the time seemed battles upon a large scale, took place during the month of June at Big Bethel in Virginia, and at Boone 1 ille and Carthage, Missouri. In July, the forces in Western Virginia, under Generals McClellan and Ilosecrans, drove out the enemy oppos ing them there, and in the middle of the month, the main United States Army at Washington, under General McDowell, with a co operating force under General Patterson near Martinsburg, Virginia, commenced their advance upon the enemy s capital. CHAPTER CCXXIIT. LINCOLN S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Battle of Bull Run. Other Events of the Year 1861. 1. AFTER several days skirmishing, the two armies met near a bridge crossing a stream called Bull Run, near Manassas Junction in Virginia. The Union army advanced in three divisions under Gen erals Heintzelman, Tyler, and Hunter, two divisions, those of Miles and Runyon, being in reserve and not engaged. The fight lasted for six hours, at the end of which time the Unionists were everywhere successful, and seemed on the point of gaining a decisive victory. 2. At this moment, however, the enemy received reinforcements under General Johnston, from Winchester, General Patterson having failed to hold them in check. The Union army, unable to withstand an attack from fresh troops, fell into disorder, and finally into panic. The consequence was a serious disaster and a retreat upon Washing ton bearing all the features of a rout. The loss of tin- Unionists was about two thousand seven hundred in killed, wounded, and missing; that of the enemy, nineteen hundred. 10 Mention some early battles of the war. What took place wear Washington in July? CHAP. CCXXIII. 1, 2. Describe the battle of Bull Run. CAPTURE OF PORT ROYAL. 453 3. The North, however, instead of being discouraged, girded itself afresh for the struggle : Congress gave the president all the men and money he desired, and General MeClellan, who had been successful in his operations in Western Virginia, was called to the command of the Army of the Potomac. Immense numbers of soldiers were now sent forward to the armies; those joining the army under General MeClellan accumulated till, at the beginning of 1862, it numbered about two hundred thousand. 4. Several battles were fought in Missouri in July and August, vvith varying results ; in one of them, that of Wilson s Creek, General Lyon of the Union army was killed. On the 29th of August, a joint military and naval expedition, under General Butler and Commodore Stringham, captured two forts upon Hatteras Inlet, North Carolina, defending the entrance to Pamlico and Albemarle Sounds. This not only shut up a coast exceedingly difficult to blockade, but gave the Unionists an important hold upon the enemy s country. 5. On the 1st of November, Lieutenant-General Scott resigned his position as general-in-chief of the armies of the United States, and Major-Geueral MeClellan was appointed to succeed him. This selec tion was received with universal approbation by the country. 6. On the 7th of November, an attack was made by a naval force under Commodore Dupont upon the forts at the entrance of the har bor of Port Royal, in South Carolina. The enemy abandoned their forts, with forty-two guns, after a fight of five hours, and a Union army, under General T. W. Sherman, took possession of the town and harbor, and of the inland village of Beaufort. This was the most important Union success during the first year of the war. 7. On the day after this victory, Captain Wilkes, commanding the U. S. frigate San Jacinto, overhauled the British mail steamer Trent, at sea, and took from her Messrs. Mason and Slidell, ambassadors from the enemy s government to England and France. This act caused great excitement in Europe and America, and war seemed for a time imminent between England and the United States. It was averted, however, by the skilful management of Mr. Seward, Secretary of State, and the envoys were sent forward to their destination. 8. A majority of the people of that part of the state of Virginia lying west of the Alleghany Mountains were opposed to secession ; and 3. What did Congress now do? Who was appointed to command the Army of the Potomac? What of thuarmy? 4. What of battles in Missouri? Describe the expedition against Hatteraw Inlet. 5. What of Generals Scott and MeClellan ? 6. What of an attack upon Port Royal ! V> hat nf the capture of the enemy s ambassadors ? The conse quence ? 454 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. on the 26th of November, 1861, a convention of loyal delegates from forty counties met at Wheeling and framed a constitution for a new state. This was adopted by a vote of the people in May, 1862 ; and on the 31st of December of the same year the new state, under the title of West Virginia, was admitted into the Union. 9. On the 19th of January, 1862, an important action was fought at Mill Spring, in Kentucky, between the Unionists under Generals Schoepf and Thomas, and the enemy under Generals Crittenden and Zollicoffer. The latter were forced in great confusion and with heavy loss across the Cumberland River; General Zollicoffer was killed. 10. In February, an expedition under General Burnside, having passed through Hatteras Inlet, made itself master of large portions of the interior coast of North Carolina, and of the important stronghold of Roanoke Island. A large number of the enemy s vessels navigating the waters of Pamlico and Albemarle Sounds were destroyed, and a wide extent of territory fell into the undisputed possession of the United States. These successes, while they greatly encouraged the Unionists, did not seem in the least to dishearten the enemy. CHAPTER CCXXIY. LINCOLN S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Battle of Fort Donehon. The Merrimac and Monitor. The Battle of S/iiloh. Reduction of Fort Pulaski. Cap ture of New Orleans. 1. THUS far, there had been little purpose or plan in the conduct of the war. The various battles fought had borne no relation to each other ; there had been no co-operation between the East and the West. This was now to be changed ; and victories were to be won, by which the enemy would be forced not only to retreat from the field, but to jaoandon whole states. 2. The enemy had fortified three rivers, the Mississippi, the Ten nessee, and the Cumberland. They knew that the Union army could hardly advance into and remain in the rebellious districts unless it 8. What of West Virginia? 9. Describe the battle of Mill Spring. 10. What of Burnside a expedition against North Carolina? The result of these successes? CHAP. CCXXIV. 1. What of the plan of the war, thus far? What was now to be donej 2. What rivers had the enemy fortified, and why ? THE BATTLE OF FORT DONELSON. 455 was sustained and provisioned by the navy. To keep the Union gunboats from ascending the Tennessee and Cumberland and de scending the Mississippi, was the object of the forts erected upon their banks ; to take these forts and open the way for an advance was the work now before the Union army. 3. On the 6th of February, Fort Henry, on the Tennessee, was attacked and taken by Flag-Officer Foote s fleet of seven gunboats, after a short fight of one hour and a quarter. The main body of the garrison escaped to Fort Donelson, upon the Cumberland River, about twenty miles from Fort Henry. 4. Fort Donelson was invested by forty thousand Unionists under General Grant, on the 12th. The battle commenced on the 13th t Foote s fleet, which had descended the Tennessee into the Ohio, and thence sailed up the Cumberland, arriving at nightfall. The fight continued during the 14th, and a terrific assault made upon the works on the afternoon of the 15th, placed the Union troops in pos session of a redoubt commanding the principal fortress. 5. The next morning, it was found that five thousand men of the garrison had decamped, and that the remainder, some thirteen thou sand men, would surrender, if favorable terms were granted. Gen eral Grant sent word that the surrender must be unconditional, and that he proposed moving immediately upon their works. The conse quence was that General Buckner surrendered thirteen thousand men, sixty-seven guns, and twenty thousand stand of arms. The enemy lost twelve hundred and thirty-eight in killed and wounded : the Unionists, being the assaulting party, lost nineteen hundred and eighty-one. 6. The result of these battles was that the enemy evacuated Bowl ing Green in Kentucky, and Clarksville and Nashville in Tennessee, and dismantled the almost impregnable fortress of Columbus, upon the Mississippi, retreating further south. Kentucky was now clear of organized bands of the enemy, except in the extreme southwestern orner. 7. An extraordinary event took place on the 8th of March in Hampton Roads, near Norfolk, Virginia. The enemy had converted the United States frigate Merrimac into an iron-clad ram. This for midable vessel came out of Norfolk, and attacked the blockading fleet, dashing her iron prow into their wooden sides, and throwing off their balls from her mailed sides as if they had been peas or marbles. 3. Describe the capture of Fort Henry. 4, 5. Describe the battle and surrender of Fort Dunelson. 6. What was the result of these battles ? 456 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 8. By nightfall, the Cumberland had gone down, with all on board ; the Congress had been set on fire and forced to surrender ; the Min nesota was run aground, and was apparently destined to fall an easy prey on the morrow. But during the night, a small steam floating battery, called the Monitor, described by the enemy as looking like a cbeese-box upon a raft, arrived from New York. 9. The Merrimac, in attempting to renew her ravages, on the 9th, was confronted by the Monitor. The two vessels fought for hours at point-blank range, the Merrimac s eleven guns doing no damage, and the Monitor s two but little. The Merrimac then attempted to run the Monitor down, but without success. She then withdrew from the contest and returned to Norfolk. She remained for several months a menace to the Unionists, but never fired another shot. 10. On the 10th of this month, the enemy, who had remained at Manassas Junction, constantly threatening Washington, since the battle of Bull Run, evacuated that place, withdrawing towards Rich mond. The next day General McClellan resigned the general con trol of all the armies, and cast his fortunes with the now moving Army of the Potomac, as its chief. 11. On the 6th and 7th of April, a terrible battle was fought at Pittsburg Landing, or Shi -loh, on the Tennessee River. The battle was desired by the Unionists, but it was brought on by the enemy before the former had concentrated their forces. These, under General Grant, were driven to the river with great loss, and were only saved from rout by the gunboats. They were reinforced during the night by troops under General Buell, and by four o clock the next day had completely defeated the enemy, who left three thousand dead upon the field. 12. In the mean time, General Pope had compelled the enemy to evacuate their position at New Madrid, on the Mississippi, and the fleet of Commodore Foote, after a bombardment of twenty-three days, forced the surrender of seventy guns at Island No. 1 0. General Pope cut off the retreat of the enemy from the latter place, taking six thousand prisoners and ten thousand stand of arms. Thus, the opening of the great river made constant progress southward. 13. Fort Pu-las -ki, on the Savannah River, surrendered on the llth of April, after a bombardment of thirty hours from Tybee Island, 7, S. 9. Describe the combat of the Monitor and Merrimac. 10. What took place at Manassus? What did General McClellan do? 11. Describe the battle of Shiloh. 12. What of the operations of .General Pope and Commodore Foote upon the Mississippi? 18. Describe the reduction of Fort Pulaski. THE CAPTURE OF NEW ORLEANS. 457 batteries having been erected there by Captain, since M^j or- General, Gillmore. Forty-seven guns, seven thousand shot and shell, forty thousand pounds of powder, and three hundred prisoners, were taken with the fort. This closed the harbor of Savannah for the remainder of the war. 14. An attack, which had been long in preparation, was made on the 18th of April, by gunboats and vessels of war under Flag-Officer Farragut, and a mortar fleet under Captain, . after wards Admiral, Porter, upon Forts Jackson and St. Philip, commanding the passage irom the Gulf of Mexico to the city of New Orleans, upon the Mis sissippi River. Farragut bombarded them for six days, and, failing to reduce them, resolved to run his principal vessels past them. 15. A terrible fight, lasting two hours, ensued : the vessels, after passing, the forts, were assailed by the enemy s feet of rams, fire-ships, Boating batteries and rafts, sixteen of wh rli wore destroyed, the Union fleet coming to anchor within twenty miles of New Orleans. The enemy, after destroying three million dollars worth of property, surrendered the city, which was taken possession of by a land force under General Butler. CHAPTER CCXXV. LINCOLN S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Campaign of the Army of the Potomac. The Seven Days. The Second Battle of Bull Run. The Battle of Antietam. 1. IN the mean time, the Army of the Potomac had moved, the greater part of it having been transported by water from Alexandria to the Peninsula, as the best approach to Richmond. A considerable force under General McDowell had been stationed at Fred -er-icks- burg, between Richmond and Washington, to prevent any sudden dash by the enemy upon the latter place. 2. The army commenced its march upon Richmond on the 4th f April, and was soon before the enemy s works at York town. A month was spent in digging trenches and constructing other works _ 14, 15. Describe the attack upon Forts Jackson and St Philip ; the capture of New Orleans. CHAP. CCXXV. 1. What of the Army of the Potomac? A force under General McDowell? 2. What took pla^- at Vorktown ? 39 458 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. of approach ; on the 4th of May, when everything was ready for th attack, the enemy evacuated the place, and the Union forces took pos session. 3. The battle of Wil -liams-burg was fought on the Gth of May, General Joseph Johnston being in command of the enemy, some thirty thousand strong. Each army lost about three thousand men, the Unionists entering the town at the end of the struggle. At the close of the month, the army, after a series of bloody skirmishes, jmnd itself partially surrounding Richmond, at an average distance *cf five or six miles. 4. The terrible battle of the Chick-a-hom -i-ny, or Fair Oaks, was fought on the 31st of May. The Union advance, which had been thrown across the river, was attacked with great impetuosity, and but for the arrival of reinforcements, must have been totally destroyed. The fight continued the next day with great loss to both sides, both in officers and men. A change of plan now took place upon the Union side. 5. The army had hitherto drawn its supplies from the York and Pa-mun x -key Rivers, on the eastern side of the peninsula: raids of the enemy s cavalry had now made this place insecure, and General McClellan determined to cross the peninsula to the James, and open a new communication with the supply fleet there. The movement commenced on the 24th of June, and lasted seven days. 6. Daring this terrible week, the two armies were in constant col lision, and battles were fought bearing the following names : Oak Grove, Me-chan -ics-ville, Games Mill, Peach Orchard, Savage s Station, White Oak Swamp, and Malvern Hill. The Unionists had lost over fifteen thousand men when they arrived, under the protec tion of the James River gunboats, at Harrison s Landing. 7. The enemy s army, no longer required for the defence of Rich mond, immediately began a movement against Washington. To oppose this, the Union forces at Fredericksburg under McDowell, and those in the Shen-an-do -ah Valley under Banks and Fremont, were united in one command under General Pope. The army thus collected not being considered sufficient for the emergency, General McClellan was ordered to evacuate the peninsula and send forward his men to Pope s relief. 8. Before this was done, however, General Pope became involved ?>. The battle cf Willianisburg? Where was the TTninn army at the close of May? 4. Describe the ba tle of Fair Oaks. ft. What of a change of base? The execution of this iiK.M-incnt? C>. \\ iatofthe Seven Pays Battles ? The losses? 7. What did the enemy s nrmy now do? Hl.nt \v;is done to oppose the movement? THE BATTLE OF ANTIETAM. 459 in a series of contests which ended in his total defeat. He fell hack from the Rap-pa-han -nock River on the 23d of August, and on the 30th a general battle was fought between the whole army of the enemy under General Lee and the Union forces under General Pope. The latter were defeated with great loss, and fell back towards Wash ington to Centreville. This is called the Second Battle of Bull Run. 9. The enemy s army, unable to march directly upon Washington, which was defended by an impregnable line of fortifications upon the Virginia side of the Potomac, were compelled to go round by the Shenandoah Valley and the fords of the upper Potomac. The Union army, once more under McClellan, was placed in a position to intercept them. 10. The two forces met in Maryland, on the banks of a stream called the An-tie -tam. A battle was fought on the 14th of Septem ber at South Mountain, in which the enemy were defeated : Harper s Ferry was taken by the enemy under General Jackson, the next day, with eleven thousand men and fifty guns. The decisive battle of the year s campaign took place near Sharpsburg, Maryland, on the 17th. 11. In this terrible struggle there were about one hundred thou sand men engaged on either side. The fight raged from daylight until dark, each army losing about thirteen thousand men. The enemy retreated during the night, and on the morning of the 19th there was no enemy in arms north of the Potomac. General McClel- lau thought it unwise to pursue them in their retreat, and they withdrew unmolested into Virginia. This contest is known as the Battle of Antietam. CHAPTER CCXXVI. LINCOLN S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. Successes in the West. The Battles of Fredericksburg, Chancellorsville, and Gettysburg. The Surrender of Vicksburg and Port Hudson. The Battle of Chiclcamauga. Siege and Relief of Knoxville. Capture of Missionary Ridge. 1 . Tx the mean time, operations in the west had been generally successful. Commodore Farmgut s fleet, passing up the Mississippi, 8. Describe the Second Battle of Bull Run. 9. What of the marches of the two armies ? 10. Where did they meet? The battle at South Mountain? What occurred at Harper n Ferry? 11. Describe the battle of Antietam. 460 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. received the surrender of Natchez on the 12th of May ; and the fleet of Commodore Davis, who had succeeded Commodore Fuote, passing down the river, and defeating the enemy s vessels attempting to oppose him, compelled the surrender of Memphis on the Oth of June. 2. The Union forces, under General Rosecrans, obtained a brilliant success at I-u -ka, in Mississippi, on the 20th of September, and near Corinth, on the 4th and 5th of October. General Buell arrived at Louisville, Kentucky, on the 25th. The hostile General Bragg s pur pose of invading Ohio was now hopeless. Bragg issued numerous proclamations to the Kentuckians, imploring them to join his rank.-; soon afterwards, managing to elude General Buell, he evacuated the state, marching southward into Tennessee. 3. President Lincoln, dissatisfied with certain acts on the part of General McClellan, relieved him of the command of the Army of the Potomac early in November, putting General Buruside in his place. On the llth of December, the Union artillery bombarded Fredericks- burg in Virginia, troops crossing the Rappahannock upon pontoons under cover of their fire. An assault upon the rebel works was made on the 13th and was signally unsuccessful, the Unionists losing some twelve thousand men. 4. The enemy were still in possession of the Mississippi River from Vicksburg on the north to Port Hudson on the south. A Union army under General W. T. Sherman made an unavailing attack upon the former stronghold late in December. General Rosecrans won a brilliant victory after a four days fight at Stone River, Tennessee: the enemy retreating from Mur x -frees-bo-ro , and the Union army occupying it, on the 4th of January, 18G3. 5. General Hooker succeeded General Burnside in the command of the Army of the Potomac on the 24th, the army remaining inactive until April. Late in that month it again crossed the Rnppahannork and reached Chan -cell-ors-ville, where a sanguinary and disastrous battle took place, the Union army losing eighteen thousand men but withdrawing in safety to the north bank of the river. 6. Both armies remained quiet till the Oth of June. It was then discovered that the enemy under Lee were moving towards the fords of the Potomac,, with the evident intention of attacking "Baltimore PIUP. CrxXVT 1. What of operations in the west? The fleets of Fnrniifiit an-l Dtxvis? 2 Operations under Oeneral Pone^rnns? The marches of Rrnsrsr and Unell? S What of a ch;in<*e it. th.- Army of the Potomac ? The battle of FrerlerickxI-MirK 4 What part of tlie Mississippi \vas still in the enemy s possession ? What ot an attark upon Virksbnrs: ? A I attip a t tone Kivcr? 5. Describe the battle of ChanceNorviIle. 6. What was discovered in June ? GETTYSBURG AND V I C K S B U 11 G. 401 or Washington. General Meade was ordered to take command of the Union army, and at once ordered an advance into Pennsylvania. 7. The armies met at Get -tys-burg, in that state, and here, upon the 1st 2d, and 3d of July, was fought a severe and decisive battle. The enemy were totally defeated, leaving fourteen thousand prisoners and twenty-five thousand small arms behind them. They succeeded in escaping over the Potomac, with a total less of about thirty thousand men. The battle-field was purchased by the state of Penn sylvania as a national cemetery for the loyal soldiers who fell in tho ritruggle. 8. Another success of the most brilliant nature occurred at about the same time. General Grant had, after a campaign of great bold ness and originality, got his army in the rear of Vicksburg. and, with the help of Admiral Porter s fleet, completely invested it. The placo surrendered on the 4th of July, the enemy losing in the entire cam paign over forty thousand prisoners and 300 guns. 9. Port Hudson surrendered to General Banks on the 8th, with seven thousand prisoners and fifty guns. The Mississippi was now open from its source to its mouth, and the confederacy was cut into two parts, neither of them capable of aiding the other. These groat events called forth the most enthusiastic rejoicing-* throughout tho loyal states, and the whole world recognised in General Grant a soldier of consummate ability. 10. General Rosecrans was still at Murfreesboro , Tennessee, in June of this year- the enemy were south of him, at SheK-by-ville and Tul-la-ho / -ma, opposing his advance. Rosecrans commenced a move ment on the 25th, and turned the enemy s flank so successfully, that Bragg, the enemv s general, fell back in confusion to Bridgeport, Alabama, and afterwards to Chat-ta-noo -ga, in East Tennessee. The Union forces entered the latter place on the 9th of September. 11. General Rosecrans was attacked by the enemy, at Chick-a- mau -gri. on tho 19th, and, owing to a misapprehension of one of his orders, the enomy gained some important, advantages, and the day was only saved by the arrival of General Granger, and the splendid valor of General Thomas and his men. The Union loss was sixteen thousand, and the progress of the Union army southward was for tha present stayed. 12. General Bragg, thinking himself able to spare a division of hii 7 Describe the bnttle of Gettysburg 8 The surrender of Vicfcsburs 9 The nurren- dor of Port Hudson. What wa the effort of these victories? 10. Describe the operation bv which the Union army got possession of Chattanooga. 11. Describe the battle ol Chickamanra 39* 462 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. army, sent Longstreet to attack Burnside at Knoxville, in East Ten nessee. Not only was Longstreet driven out of East Tennessee, but Bragg, having now to contend with General Grant, who had suc ceeded Rosecrans, lost the famous range of heights called Missionary -Ridge, and was forced far down into the fastnesses of Georgia. 13. On the 1st of January of this year, President Lincoln had issued the state paper known as the Emancipation Proclamation. By this he declared the slaves in the rebellious districts free, and called upon them to enlist in the service of the United States. This step he did not take as President, but as Commander-in-Chief of the army ; it was purely an act of war, and was intended to weaken the enemy. Three years later slavery was legally abolished through out the land. CHAPTER CCXXYIL LINCOLN S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. General Grant made Lieutenant- General. -Campaign of the Army of the Potomac. The Alabama and IZearsarge. 1. THE months of January and February, 1864, were not lost by the Unionists. Important expeditions were set on foot, with a view to prevent the enemy from executing any plans he might have formed. A large body of men, under General Sherman, marched from Vicks- burg to Meridian and back, destroying roads, bridges, and stores, and liberating thousands of negroes. Cavalry raids under Kilpatrick, Ouster and Dahlgren, did great damage in the vicinity of Richmond. 2. Congress having authorized the President to create a Lieutenant- Goneral, this title was conferred, with the assent of the whole North, upon General Grant, who thus became, on the 12th of March, the General commanding the armies of the United States. He imme diately stationed himself with the Army of the Potomac, then in quarters just north of the Rappahannock, General Sherman beir^ placed in command of the army at Chattanooga. The attention of ti j entire North was now fixod upon these two bodies of men. 12. What did the enemys ppnoral do in ro^rd to Knoxville ? What fallowed? 13. What of the Emancipation PioHiunHti .n ? Whsit was its object ? CHAP. CCXXVII. 1. What of expeditions during the early winter? What of General Grant ? What command did he take ? General Sherman ? GRANT S VIRGINIA CAMPAIGN. 463 3. After two months preparation, Grant s army, on the 3d of May, crossed the Rap-id-an , moving towards Chancellorsville and the Wilderness: Lee s army at once attacked, and in a terrible battle fought upon the 5th and Gth, each side lost about fifteen thousand men. The enemy withdrew to their second line on the North Anna River. There was severe fighting on the 8th and 9th, and on the 10th the famous battle of Spott-syl-ya -nia occurred. Each side lost som<i ten thousand men, the enemy again falling back. 4. General Butler, at Fortress Monroe, had been ordered to co operate with Grant. He, therefore, at the time of Grant s first advance, marched the army of the James northward, and seizing upon Bermuda Hundred, on the western bank of the James, intrenched himself there. He attempted to cut and hold the railroad between Petersburg and Richmond, but, though at first successful, was sub sequently foiled. 5. Grant now crossed the North Anna, compelling the enemy to retreat southward again, that they might cover Richmond. On the 29th, he crossed the Pa-muii -key, the two armies confronting each other from Hanover Court-House to Cold Harbor. A bloody and unsuccessful onslaught was made here by Grant on the 3d of June; his army crossed the James, to the south of Richmond, on the 14th. Assaults on the works defending Petersburg were made on the IGth and on the 18th, but failed, the Union loss being over ten thousand men. 6. Grant s attention was now- devoted to seizing and holding the Weldon Railroad, an important line of supply to Petersburg and Richmond from the south. It was several times cut and temporarily damaged before a permanent lodgment was effected in August. This was followed by several desperate attempts on the part of the enemy to regain the road, in which their losses were very large, and those of the Unionists comparatively slight. 7. In the mean time, Lee had attempted a diversion, by sending an expedition into Maryland and Pennsylvania, the object being to force Grant to relax his hold upon Richmond, by withdrawing men from his armies for the defence of Washington. This did not succeed: the enemy obtained some plunder, and burned several towns and villages, but the operations against their stronghold were not for a moment suspended. 3. What of the Army of the Potomac? What battles were fought? 4. How did Gen eral r.utler co-operate? 5. What rivers did General Grant now cross? What of a battle? What now took place? 6. To what did Grant now deyote his attention? 7. What of a diversion attempted by the enemy? 464 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 8 To prevent the enemy from repeating this attempt by way of the Shenandoah Valley, a strong force was posted there and General Sheridan placed in command. A series of brilliant victories won by him over General Early completely annihilated the enemy in this quarter, and the Valley was not again a point of interest during the V On the 30th of July, a mine was exploded under a portion oi tlu Petersburg fortifications, followed by an unsuccessful assault upon the e.iemy s works, involving a Union loss of four thousand men. The army remained before Petersburg for many months, preventing Leo from sending assistance to points which sorely needed it, and thus contributing to the brilliant successes of the Unionists upon other iicids. SINKING OP THE ALABAMA BY THE KEARSARGE. 10. Two splendid naval victories were won this year. The first occurred as follows: The enemy had obtained a steamer in England, built, owned, and largely manned by Englishmen, though com manded by Americans. This vessel, the Alabama, sailed about the S. What of t io Valley "f the Sliermndoah ? 9. What of a mine at Tetersburg? How did the army of the Potomac cuiilribute to sue -essus elsewhere ! THE K E A R S A R (1 K AND ALABAMA. 465 ocean, capturing and burning United States merchant ships, thus seeking to drive American commerce from the seas. The United States claimed that this vessel was English, never having been in a Southern port, and so never having lost her character as an English vessel. 11. On the 19th of June, the Alabama offered battle to the Ke -ar- sarge, a United States steam sloop-of-war. They met in the English Channel, twelve miles from the coast of France, and although the two ships were as nearly matched as they could be, the Alabama was sunk in an hour, the Kearsarge her sides being somewhat protected by chains being little injured. This event excited the liveliest gratification in the loyal states, and was generally lamented by the English who could not. forget that the Alabama, though only distinguished for its destruction of unresisting trading ships, had been built in a British port, was armed with British guns, and manned principally by British sailors. 12. The other victory was that achieved in Mobile Bay. A large fleet, under Admiral Farragut, instead of attempting to reduce the works defending the entrance to the bay by a bombardment, boldly forced the passage, thus compelling their surrender. In this action perhaps the most brilliant upon record the admiral gave his orders from the main-top of the Hartford, where he was lashed fast, commu nicating with the quarter-deck by a speaking-tube. This and his previous escapes from the midst of a terrible fire, obtained for him the popular name of the Salamander. CHAPTEK CCXXVIIL LINCOLN S ADMINISTRATION, CONTINUED. The Campaigns of Sherman s Army. Capture of Atlanta. The Ma/rch to the Sea. Capture of Savannah. Destruction of HoocPs Army by General TJiomas. 1. IT has been said that General Sherman succeeded General Grant ill the command of the army at Chattanooga. It had been agreed between these two officers that their armies should move at the same time ; and, accordingly, when Grant crossed the Rapidan, early in Jft 11. Describe the notion between the Alabama and the Kearsarge. What was the Alabama? 12. Describe the passage of the forts in Mobile Bay. 20 * 466 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. May, Sherman started for Atlanta. He carried and held Dalton on the 12th of May, and Re-sa -ca on the 15th : the battle of Dallas was fought on the 25th, with great loss to the enemy. 2. The army, thus started on its march, never stopped except to fight; it kept on through Mar-i-et -ta, Al-la-too -na Pass, Big Shanty, and through the Ken -e-saw range: the enemy under General Joseph Johnston delaying their progress as much as possible, but effecting little more than delay. On the 16th of July the Union army com pleted the crossing of the Chat-ta-hoo -chie, and had very soon invested Atlanta on three sides. 3. In the mean time, General Johnston was removed, and General Hood, believed to be a bolder and more dashing officer, succeeded him. He at once commenced throwing his army upon the Union lines, losing twenty thousand men in three days. Sherman now bombarded Atlanta, and, failing in this, on the 30th of August inter posed his whole army between Atlanta and Hood s army, intrenched to the south. The evacuation of the enemy s stronghold immediately followed. 4. Sherman s army, now established in the heart of the enemy s territory, was fed and supplied by a single line of railroad thai over which it hud advanced, and which it had repaired as it inarched. This road ran through mountain passes, along narrow defiles, over innumerable streams, and General Hood believed that it would bo easy to cut it, and hold it long enough to starve out, the Union army and force it to return to the north, abandoning its hardly earned conquests. 5. He therefore marched northward, and, at certain points, did cut and hold the railroad for a time. Sherman pursued him for a while till Hood arrived wirhin a certain distance of Nashville, where there was a strong garrison, and numerous outlying detach ments, sufficient, if united, to form a powerful army. Leaving Hood to be dealt with by these forces, who were commanded by General Thomas. Sherman took a step which drew upon him the eyes of the civilized world. 6. He returned to Atlanta, concentrating there the bulk of hig army, and, his preparations at length completed, inarched south ward. People almost held their breath when they heard this movoj CHAP. CCXXV11T. 1. What did General Sherman do in May? 2. Describe the march of bis army. 3. What change was made in the enemy s army? What did the new L.CII eral do? What victory was now won hy Sherman? 4. Mow was the Union army at Atlanta fed? What was believed by General Hood? 5. State what the two generals now did. S 11 E 11 M A N S MARCH TO THE S E A. 407 mcnt \vas contemplated. No one knew where the army was coin"; many fancied it would never be heard of again. But General Grant, under whose orders Sherman was acting, believed that the enemy s confederacy was unable to make much further resistance. 7. It is unnecessary, in this book, to enter into the details of Sher man s march to the sea. Ilis army lived upon the country throii"h which it passed, captured capitals, destroyed railroads, liberated naves, supplied themselves with horses and mules, and threw the whole country into confusion. 8. In December they approached Savannah, upon the Atlantic const. Fort McAllister defended the approach to the city from the soa by certain small rivers and creeks, and, this obstacle removed, Sherman could open a new base of supplies for his army, by the ocean. The fort was taken by assault, in a very spirited action, and General Sher man was able soon after to ask the president s acceptance " of the city of Savannah as a Christmas present." 9. About this time, General Hood, having invested Nashville on the south, was attacked with great vigor by General Thomas. General Hood was utterly routed, being compelled to fly after the loss of all his artillery, half his army, and a part of his train. What was left of his army never again assumed the offensive. CHAPTER CCXXIX. LINCOLN S ADMINISTRATION, March Northward from Savannah. Capture of Rich mond and Surrender of Lee and his Army. Surrender of the other Armies of the Rebellion. Assassination of Abraham Lincoln. 1. IN the mean time, Abraham Lincoln had been re-elected presi dent, and Andrew Johnson, of Tennessee, formerly a senator from thai state, and, since 18G2, its military governor, was elected vice- president. The enemy fearing that four years more of war and ruin were before them, unless they abandoned their purposes, were greatly discouraged by this event. 6. 7. Describe the raarrh of Sherman s army. 8. What took place at Savannah? 9. TVhat orcnrr- l between Generals Thumns and Hood ? CHAP. CCXXIX. 1. Who h;id in the mean time been elected president and vice-presi dent ? What was tbe effect on the enemy ? 408 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 2. General Grant, holding the enemy at Richmond as in a vice, was evidently waiting for Sherman s army to come north and assist him. The North therefore looked with intense anxiety for the movement. This was soon made. Before the army was fully furnished with its new equipment, the march through South Carolina commenced. The spring thaws and freshets had flooded the country, and the soldiers had to wade and swim rather than march. 3. Encountering difficulties such as have been met and vanquished I y only two other armies in the world s history, Sherman s army gained the high lands, and thenceforward the men walked dry-shod. They took Columbia, the capital, and forced the evacuation of Charles ton, though never within one hundred miles of that city. On they went, crossing at length the North Carolina frontier. 4. The most magnificent fleet that had ever been sent to sea, com manded by Admiral Porter, accompanied by a picked land force under General Terry, was now assembling off Fort Fisher, a very powerful work commanding the entrance to Cape Fear River, upon which, some miles from its mouth, was the city of Wilmington. 5. Fort Fisher fell, after one of the most tremendous bombard ments and brilliant assaults on record, and Wilmington was soon after abandoned. The garrisons relieved by these surrenders those of Savannah, Charleston, Wilmington were concentrated* in Sherman s path under General Johnston, who had been superseded in Georgia by Hood. The two armies confronted each other near Raleigh in North Carolina, but, owing to events that had in the mean time occurred elsewhere, never fought a battle. 6. General Grant, seeing that the hour had come for the final blow, set the armies of the Potomac and the Jam< j s in motion, in March. The brilliant operations of the Unionists that followed are soon told. Petersburg and Richmond were speedily in possession of Union de tachments, while the two armies, the one fleeing, the other pursuing, rolled off to the west. 7. There was no succor, no relief, for the army of Lee ; there were no reinforcements, there was absolutely no hope. Pressed on all sides, hemmed in by forces advancing in all directions, Lee surrendered on the 6th of April. This was virtually the end of the rebellion, 2. For what was Grant waiting? With what had Sherman s army to contend? 3. What of the inarch? 4. What was Fort Fisher? What preparations had been made to attack it? 5. What was the result ? What opposition did Sherman meet? Where (lid the two armies meet ? (5. What did General Grant now do ? Petersburg and Richmond? 7. What became of Lee and his armv? Of Johnston ? CLOSE OF THE REBELLION. 4G9 for Johnston and his army soon afterwards abandoned the contest upon the conditions granted to Lee. 8. General Taylor east, and Kirby Smith west of the Mississippi, mirrendered in turn upon similar terms, and the country passed sud denly from a state of war to a state of profound peace. To the credit of the enemy, it must be said, that there was not following this a tingle day of guerrilla or irregular warfare. The rejoicings over theso uspicious events in the north were cut short by a deed as startling aa i was atrocious. 9. Abraham Lincoln was assassinated, at a theatre in Washington, on the night of the 14th of April. The shot was fired by one of a gang of conspirators whose scheme was to deprive the country of its government, by killing all its principal members, and thus enable the rebellion to succeed. The Secretary of State was stabbed and wounded in several places by one of the party, and General Grant, the Secretary of War, and the V ice-President narrowly escaped; the President alone fell a victim to the plot. The assassin was tracked and killed; four of his accomplices were soon afterwards hung, and four others were sentenced to various terms of imprisonment. 10. In spite of this terrible event, the action of the government was not disturbed or for an instant suspended. Andrew Johnson took the oath of office as president a few hours after Mr. Lincoln expired, and as far as official and public matters were concerned, every thing went on as before. The nations of Europe, which had looked upon the suppression of the rebellion as a proof of the strength of the republican form of government, regarded the tranquil accession of a vice-president to power, under the circumstances, as a still more convincing one. 11. Abraham Lincoln was greatly loved by the people. His loss was lamented not only in America, but throughout the civilized world. For a time, all local differences, all national jealousies, were hushed in presence of the great calamity; and Abraham Lincoln passed into history acknowledged by friend and foe a statesman, patriot, and martyr. 8. Of other cranernls? 9 What terrible event now occurred ? Describe the (lord. What w:is the plan of the conspirators? Their fate? 10. How did the government go i? ilov was this looked npoo l>y European nations? 11. What further ol Abruhaiii iiicolu? Wl.at character will he )>ear in history? 40 470 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CCXXX. LINCOLN S ADMINISTRATION, CONCLUDED. The Finance* of the Union. Greenbacks. Taxation. Volunteering. Drafting. Government Loans. Andrew Johnson. 1 . THE annual expenses of the government before the war had been less than a hundred millions of dollars ; they were now perhaps two millions a day. There were three methods of obtaining the neces sary sums : first, by taxation ; second, by borrowing ; third, by an issue of treasury notes, or government bank bills, these being declared money by law. 2. As the people were unused to heavy taxation, it was thought best not to resort to it suddenly ; and as the credit of the government had been much impaired during Mr. Buchanan s administration, it was not believed that borrowing could be relied on for all the needs of the country. Five hundred millions of treasury notes were there fore printed, and with these, which, from their color, soon received the popular name of greenbacks, the government for some time paid its debts. 3. By-and-by the people were taxed, and taxation was not only willingly submitted to, but had been clamored for before Congress had dared to resort to it. The taxes of the class denominated inter nal revenue, yielded two hundred millions in the last year of the war. As the credit of the government rose, and when its promises to pay had become worth their face in the open market, that is, could be sold at par, borrowing was largely resorted to. In three years, the people lent, the government two thousand millions of dollars, at various rates of interest. 4. In the early stages of the war, men joined the army without any pecuniary inducement; afterwards, those who volunteered re ceived bounties from their states or counties, and their families received jifsistance from the same sources. Still later, a draft, by lot, w;i.* ordered in all the northern states which had not furnished their quota. CHAP. CCXXX. 1. What three methods were there of raising money? 2. What <>) ;!<<- tions were there to two of them ? What method was chosen ? What were the government notes called? 3. What of taxation? Of the sale of government bonds? 4. What of volunteering? Of bounty money ? Of drafts ? EUROPEAN HOSTILITY. 471 5. Some of the more important nations of Europe desired the re bellion to succeed that is, their governments and governing classes desired it. The reason is obvious : they were loath to see a republic come out victorious from a struggle in which, they all confessed, a monarchy must succumb. England, too, was anxious that her grout commercial rival should fall asunder and waste its energies in intis tint- warfare. PRESIDENT JOHNSON. 6- A.ndrew Johnson was inaugurated president on the 15th of Apr , and at once entered upon the duties of his office. He retained the old cabinet, and, in several speeches, made soon after his acces sion, led the people to believe that he was not unworthy to occupy the seat which he had attained, though he had not been directly elected to it. 5. With which side did Kiirupcan nations sympathize in the rebellion? Give the for this. C. Under what circumstances did the iiew president entor upon his HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CHAPTER CCXXXI. THE INDIAN TERRITORY. General View of the Indians of North America, the West Indies and South America. 1. IN the preceding history of the occupation and settlement of t iis country by the White Races, we have seen the gradual disap pearance of the various Indian tribes which constituted its first inhab itants. The greater part of them, the tribes which inhabited the regions bordering on the Atlantic, are utterly extinct. The Penobscote, Pautuckets, Pequods, Pokanokets, Narragansets, Mohicans, Nip- mucks, so troublesome to the New England settlers, are gone, and the places which once knew them, shall know them no more forever. 2. Of the Six Nations of New York and Canada, once so powerful only a few vestiges remain. The tribes of Virginia have perished, and those great bands, which had the title of nations the Creeks, Choctaws, Chickasaws and Cherokees, have left their original haunts, and are gradually losing their native characteristics, under the influence of civilization, in the plains and prairies of the Far West. 3. This region, called the Indian Territory, lying between Kansas on the north, and Texas on the south, is about four hundred miles long from north to south, and three hundred miles from east to west, and contains sixty-eight thousand square miles. It was set apart by our government as the permanent residence of the Indian tribes trans ported from the more eastern settled states. The whole number of inhabitants is about one hundred and twenty thousand, the most numerous tribes being the Cherokees, Creeks, Choctaws, Osages, and Seminoles. 4. These, occupying various designated portions of the territory, are not allowed to interfere with each other s grounds or grants. They have each their own laws, and are regarded as distinct nations. The Choctaws, with whom the Chickasaws have become mixed, have a written constitution and laws, with executive and judicial officers, schools, churches, and printing-offices. Agriculture is their chief em ployment. 5. The Creek* and Cherokees have also made considerable advance* CHAP. CCXXXT. 1. What have we seen in the preceding history? What are some of the Indian tribes that have become extinct? 2. What of the Six Nations? Of other tribes? 3. Situation of the Indian Territory? lt extent? For what purpose has it been bet apart? Names of the principal Indian tribes in the Indian Territory? Whut regula- ti<-< are imposed on the Indians in the Indian Territory? What of the Choctaws? THE INDIAN TERRITORY. 473 m civilization, especially the latter. The other transported tribes, ;IH the Scminoles, Scnecas, Shawancse, Oneidm, Quapaics, Tuscaroras, Delaware* and Kickapoo^ are also improving, under the eftbrts of missionaries and schoolmasters. The native tribes, as the Omahas, Otoes, Mixsouris, Pancas, Paicnees, and others, are in a more savago state. Many of them still live chiefly by robbery and hunting. Thy pursuit of the butfalo is one of their lea-ling occupations. f>. Beside these tribes confined to the Indian Territory, there are Considerable bands of Blackfeet, A&iniboins, Chipjtewas, Sacs and Foxes, in our north-western wilds, which still in a great degree pre serve their native habits, living by hunting, fishing and war upon eacli other. The Indians of Oregon and California, as well as of the terri tories of Washington, Idaho, Montana, Utah, and New Mexico, arc also in a savage state, though tho tribes are small and scattered. 7. The Comanches are a large tribe, occupying northern Texas and the vicinity. They have abundance of horses, and bear a considerable resemblance in their habits and manners to the roving Bedouins of the Eastern Continent. They are swift and skilful riders, hurl the spear with dexterity, and often make destructive attacks upon trav ellers in the regions over which they roam. The Apaches are a power ful tribe, resembling the Comanches, and occupying the central portion of Arizona. 8. Such has been the course of events as to the Indians within the boundaries of the United States. Probably their number is not one quarter what it was at the time of the discovery of this country. 9. In Mexico the Indians were conquered, but not driven out by their conquerors ; though somewhat reduced in numbers, they have remained, and have mingled, to a considerable extent, with the blood of their conquerors. For the most part they are ignorant, superstitious, and degraded, submitting slavishly to the domination of the white race. 10. In the West Indies, originally peopled with perhaps a million of inhabitants, they have become extinct. In most parts of South Amer ica, their condition is nearly the same as in Mexico, though in the unsettled portions there are still numerous bands in a savage state, Probably the Indians of South America are one-half as numerous ? B" the time the country was discovered. 5. Of the Crooks and Cherokees? Other transported tribes? What of the native tribe** f> \\ hat of tribes in the north-western wilds? What of tribes ir, Oregon, California etc.i T \VhiitoftheCornanohos? The Apaches? P. What is the probable number of the Indian* f the United States, compared with their original number? 9 What of the Indians x> Mexico? 10. What of the Indiana of the West Indies? Of South America? iu* ^^f ^fc**i STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES. 475 I SI fs si s. i iiilfjfjlllf in- rrFri i W 23 i? If ~ IS !!! Ifi I i ! ! 4 ft x r = 3 3 3 3 ~" a 2 5 3 =T- 2 Hi 3 = 3 3 S 1-2? 7 ? ? s^P s T s s u I - 3Z ii\ ~~ 5 5 j K CR =. rt ff 9 iFirfi |j fill ill? llsi ^-. CT- I O8 W - ~t M 476 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. CAPITOL OF THE UNITED STATES 4.T WASHINGTON. CHAPTER CCXXXII. General Views. 1. We have now closed our brief view of the leading political inci dents in the history of the United States. We began with the first settlement at Jamestown in 1607. We close with a tabular view, which exhibits the country now (1866) as embracing thirty-six states, a territory of over three millions of square miles, and more than thirty millions of inhabitants. 2. We have given a detail of the principal events which have at. tended this astonishing progress. We have sketched the early days, in which we have seen the feeble colonies striking root in a strange c untry, and after contending with hostile tribes of savage men. iuniphingat last over the still more fatal obstacles of poverty, disease and climate. 8. We have seen the Thirteen United Colonies, with about threa millions of inhabitants, throwing off their allegiance to Great Britain, CHAP. CCXXXII. 1. What of the settlement at Jamestown? How long from that tlm to this? 2. What have we seen in the preceding history? The teacher will here jptU such questions mi the tattle, at page 475 as he may rLi-m nr<-efsury. GENERAL VIEWS. 477 an<l after a bloody and cruel struggle of eight years, successful!/ maintaining their independence, and taking their rank among the na tions of the- civilized world. 4. We have seen the United States engaged in a second struggle with Great Britain, and coining out of the contest with honor. We have seen our government tried by factions, rebellion, and insurrection by internal commotion and external war by the strife of party, the vicissitudes of prosperity and adversity, and we have seen it come strengthened and established from these threatening evils. 5. Under the benign influence of liberty, guaranteed to us by our government, we have seen our country advancing with unparalleled rapidity in the march of civilization. We have seen the arts spring up, as if developed by powers of enchantment. We have seen innu merable inventions, ingenious and useful, brought to light. We have seen manufactures, of vast extent and wonderful ingenuity, spread over our land. 6. We have seen the very elements fire, air, and water, chained to the car of human art, and made subservient, in a thousand forms, to the comfort, convenience, and luxury of society. We have seen, amid all this, that religion has acquired additional force over the minds of men that the standard of morality is elevated that the means of education are diffused, and a higher value set upon its benefits. 7. We have seen our country, when convulsed by a mighty re bellion, put forth a power to suppress it, such as no other country could, by the avowal of all, have exerted. We have seen that the love of the people for the land of their birth, and for the form of government under which they have so greatly prospered, is strong enough to induce them to make any sacrifice, rather than see the one divided, or the other put in peril. 8. As members of a nation thus blessed of Heaven, let us cherish the sentiment of love to our country, and a feeling of profound grati tude for all that has been done to exalt our native land ! 3. What h.ive we seen as to the Thirteen Colonies? 4. What of the second war witt Great Britain ? What of our government ? 5,6. What of our country as to civilization ? Vliat of the domestic arts? Keligion, education, and morality ? 7. What of our county when threatened with rebellion? What of the sacrifices c the people? 8. What oi>> L^ we as residents of a country thus blessed, to do? -flSF" The. (tac ier may here, aho direct t>if. tittr.ntinn of the pupi to page 422, giving a vitu. of the progress <>f the United States, ami put such questions as he. deems proper. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. QUEBEC CHAPTER CCXXXIII. NORTHERN TARTS OF NORTH AMERICA. BRITISH POSSESSIONS IN NORTH AMERICA. Nova Scotia New Brunswick, Canada, etc. 1. As we have now completed our view of the United States, we proceed to give brief notices of other parts of the American continent. 2. British America, equal in extent to the United States, occupies nearly the whole of that part of North America which lies north of our own country, and stretches from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean. The political divisions are Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, Cape Breton Island, New Brunsivick, Newfoundland, Labrador, the Canadas, New Britain, Vancouver Island, and British Columbia. 8. Nova Scotia was seen by John Cabot, in 1497, and was the first land discovered on the continent of America. It was originally settled by the French, and called Aeadia, but, after changing hands several times, it became the permanent possession of Great Britain. New CHAP CCXXXIII. 2. hx tent of British America? The divisions of Uritisli Amorum? NORTHERN PORTION OF NORTH AMERICA. .J79 Brunswick was separated from it, and became a distinct province, in 1784. 4. The French appear to have been the first to turn to account the discoveries of Cabot. Early in the sixteenth century, several French vessels sailed to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and various attempts at colonization, in this quarter, were afterward made. In 1608, the city of Quebec renowne.d in the history of these regions was founded, ind thus the first permanent settlement in Canada was formed. 5. We have already stated that all the French possessions in this juarter were confirmed to the British by the peace of 1763. In 1791, Canada was divided into Upper and Lower Canada, but in 1840 they were again united as one province, though bearing the titles of Canada East and Canada West. The present capital, established in 1858, is Ottawa, a flourishing village at the junction of the Ottawa River and the Rideau Canal. 6. At various periods Canada has been the theatre of important military events. This was especially the case during the French and Indian war, the war of the American Revolution, and the war with Great Britain, from 1812 to 1815. We have already giveji sufficient accounts of these proceedings. 7. In 1837, an insurrection broke out in Canada, as we have else where stated, the object of which was to throw oft* the British yoke, and establish the independence of the country. The movement was, however, speedily checked, and most of the leaders escaped by flight. 8. Hudson Bay was discovered by Cabot, in 1512. For many years the French carried on a considerable fur trade with the countries lying to the westward of this bay. In 1G70, the Hudson Bay Com pany was established, and soon rose to prosperity. It has now several stations, some on Hudson Bay, others on the coast of Labrador, and others still farther to the north and west. The most numerous esta blishments are in the vicinity of James Bay. The acquisition of furs is the chief object of these settlers. 9. The settlement on Vancouver Island and on the continent con tiguous thereto has recently become of importance. A large number of persons there are devoted to the acquisition of furs, and others, latterly, to agriculture. There is also a considerable population in the vicinity of Frazer River, where rich gold mines have lately been discovered. 3. What of Nova Scotia? New Brunswick? 4. What of the French? When wan Quebec founded? 5. What of Canada? 6. Of what important events has Canada been the theatre? 7. What of the insurrection in Canada? 8. What of the discovery of Hudson Bay? What of the Hudson Bay Company ? 9. What of the inhabitants of Vancouver Inland and the vicinity? 480 III.ITOUY OF THE UNITED STATES. " " .:-.,. U1.SCOVER VOi- A BOAT AND OTHERKEMAINS OF SOME OF SIR JOHN FRANKLIN S MEN. CHAPTER CCXXXIV. THE POLAK REGIONS. The Esquimaux; Greenland; Rus sian America. 1. THE ESQUIMAUX. To the north of the British settlements are bands of Indians, of short stature and squalid appearance, who pass under the general name of Esquimaux. They live chiefly by fishing, and in winter ride over the frozen snows in sledges drawn by dogs. They have no records, and afford us no history. They resemble the Samotedea of the Eastern Continent, and are doubtless of the same stock. 2. GBEEWLAND. Still further to the north is Greenland, formerly es teemed a part of the American continent, but now ascertained to be an island. It was discovered, in 981, by an Icelander, and was soon after colonized on the eastern coast by a number of families from Ice land. The colony increased rapidly, but after a short space, it disap peared from the pages of history, and no trace of the inhabitants ha* s : nce been found. 3. Green -land was rediscovered by Davis, in 15S5, and in 1721, a colony was established on the western coast by a Norwegian clergy^ man, named Hans Egede. This settlement, though small, still exists, CHAP. OCXXXTV. 1 What of the Vflqniimuix f 2 What of Oreenland? 3. When was rcpiil;!!(! rr.lJ-M-uvcrnr. Wlmt of MMTIS l V< ,!,<: V. }i:it <>f )!,<- Civiiland B6M? THE POLAR REGIONS. 481 and is subject to the Danish government. The seas in the vicinity of Greenland have long been resorted to by ships in search of whales, and here many strange adventures have taken place in the pursuit of these monsters of the deep. 4. RUSSIAN AMERICA. This comprises the entire north-western corner of North America. It is a cold, rugged region, chiefly inhabited by bands of Esquimaux and tribes of other Indians. These sell their furs, which they collect, to the Russians, who have several trading stations on the coast, the principal of which is New Archangel, on the island of Sit -ka. 5. This region was discovered in 1741, by the celebrated Vitus Retiring, a Dane in the service of the Russians, the discoverer of the strait which bears his name and separates America from Asia. Upon this discovery the claim of Russia to her North American possessions is founded. Sitka was first settled in 1799. 6. The chief interest which attaches to the Polar Regions, con sists in the various voyages which have been undertaken to discover a north-west passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific. No tales of adventure and daring can exceed those of the many navigators who have attempted to make this discovery. 7. In modern times, Parry, Ross, Back and Franklin, a^ well as the Americans, De Haven and Kane, have penetrated into this u^so- late region of snow, ice, and tempest, and have given us vivid pictures of the frozen seas and bays of the Arctic Ocean, and its inhospitable shores. In May, 1845, as we have elsewhere stated, Captain Franklin, who had become a veteran in this service, was dispatched with two ships, the Erebus and Terror, to make one more attempt to settle the doubtful question. 8. Several years passed, and nothing was heard from the expedition. From that time numerous ships have been sent in search of the lost adventurers, but all without avail, till 159, when the steamer Fox, dispatched by Lady Franklin, made the melancholy discovery, that Sir John Franklin died June 11, 1847, and in 1848 the Erebus and Terror were abandoned in the ice. 9. The survivors of the expedition, one hundred and five in number, died one by one, from cold and exhaustion; a boat and several of tl skeletons, and quantities of clothing were found on the north -\ve.-t, coast of King William Island, which appears to have been their tomb. 4. What of Russian America? 5. What of Vitn* Behring? Upon what does Russia found her claims to her North American possessions? 6. On what is tho chief interest attached to the Polar regions founded? 7. What of modern discoveries? What of Cup- Viiji Franklin? S. What of tho expeditions to discover the fate of Sir John Franklii;? A lait of the stwimer Fox? y. What of the survivors of Franklin * expedition? 41 482 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. SCENE IN TUK WEST IMJIKb. CHAPTER CCXXXV. THE WEST INDIES. St. Salvador, Cuba, Ilayti, Porto Rico, etc. 1. ST. SAL-VA-DOR , the land first discovered by Columbus, and now called Oat Island, was one of a numerous group. called the Bahamas. These belong to the English government, and have been, in former times, subject to acts of violence and pillage from pirates, who particu larly infested these regions someAvhat more than a century ago. The history of these islands presents nothing of peculiar interest or im portance. 2. Cuba was discovered by Columbus in 1492. It is the largest of the West India Islands ; and, possessing a charming climate, with \ prolific soil, it is one of the finest islands in the world. The Indians, vhT> were numerous, were conquered, in 1511, byVe-las -quez, a Spanish .yeneral, and the island was rapidly settled by the Spaniards. .3. Under the cruelties of these new possessors, the aborigines were speedily exterminated, and Spain has continued in quiet possession of CHAP. CCXXXV. 1. What of St. Salvador T To what group does it belong? What if the Bahamas? 2. When was Cul>a discovered by Columbus? What of its soil and climate? When and by \\honi were the Indians of Cuba conquered? 3. What has been iU history t THE WEST INDIES. 483 the island for more than three hundred years, excepting that it was captured by the British in 17G2, being, however, soon relinquished. 4. IIay -ti, called Hix-pa-ni-o -la by Columbus, was discovered by that voyager soon after he had visited Cuba. The present town of St. Do-mi n -go was founded by him, in 1490, and is, therefore, the oldest town in this "Western World. This island, called St. Domingo by the French, was divided between France and Spain in 1722, but in 1789 i revolution broke out, and both the Spaniards and French were eventually driven out by the negroes. The latter declared themselve* udependent in 1809, and under various leaders, and with repeated wars and revolutions, have since inaincamecf themselves in that con dition. 5. Por-to Ri -co, a beautiful and populous island at the time of its discovery by Columbus in 1493, has since its first subjugation be longed to Spain. Ja-mai -ca was originally settled by the Spaniards, but in 1655 it was taken by the English, and has since remained in their hands. This island, distinguished for its prolific soil and genial cli mate, has been the scene of several terrible earthquakes and hurri canes. G. To the south-east of Cuba are a group of islands known under the name of the Car -ib-bees. The principal are An-ti -gu-a, Bar-la -doe*, To-ba -go, and Trin-i-dad ^ which belong to Great Britain, and Gua- de-loupe and Mar-ti-ni -co t which belong to France. The natives of tlieso islands, called Caribs, were different from those of Cuba, Porto Rico and Jamaica. The latter were gentle, soft and effeminate ; but the Caribs were fierce, enterprising and warlike. To each other they were mild and affectionate, but they regarded all strangers as foes, and made war upon them without scruple. 7. They seemed to have made some advances in civilization when Columbus discovered their islands. They were fond of liberty, and chose rather to die than submit to the slavery imposed upon them by their European conquerors. Their numbers gradually diminished, and nothing remains of this formidable race, except a few scattered remnants. 8. There are several other West India islands, belonging to different European powers, but their history cannot be detailed here. We can only remark, generally, that the West Indies, lying beneath a tropicaJ sun, and abounding in the choicest vegetable productions, have atil] been the theatre of frequent scenes of rapine, plunder and bloodshed 4. What of Hayti ? When was St. Domingo founded ? History of ITayti ? 5. What of Porto Rico? To what nation does it belong? Who settled Jamaica? To whom does it now belong? To what is it subject? 6. What islands lie to the south-west of Cuba? \Yhich are the principal Caribbee islands? To whom do they belong? What of the na- iives ? 7. What of them when Columbus discovered those islands ? S, 9. What is the his tory of the West Indies 484 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 9. In the greedy scramble which followed the discovery of tho World, they were seized without scruple, and the inhabitants subju gated, enslaved, or butchered, as suited the humor of the invaders. During the contest? of their European possessors, they have been often taken and retaken, thus sharing in all the calamities of war. 10. These islands were the theatre of the operations of the Buccaneer* the most formidable bands of pirates that the world has ever known. About two centuries ago, a small company of these lawless men in habited the island of Tortuga, and lived either by the chase, or by plundering such vessels as they found upon the adjacent seas. 11. They increased in numbers, and at length became the terror of all the inhabitants in those regions. Their feats of skill, enterprise, and daring seemed to be almost miraculous. They even captured the city of Havana, plundered Port au Prince, and, extending their depre dations to the Spanish main, carried off immense sums of gold, silver, and other valuable commodities. 12. They nourished for more than half a century. The lives of some of these freebooters present a variety of curious and wonderful details. Their career, however, generally terminated in misery, and the whole band was at last extirpated. CHAPTER CCXXXVI. SOUTHERN PARTS OF NORTH AMERICA. MEXICO AND GUATEMALA, OK CENTRAL AMERICA. 1. AT the time of the discovery of America, Mexico was the seat of an extensive empire, called An-a-hu~ac . The people were consider ably advanced in civilization. They had large cities, splendid edifices, vast monuments, numerous arts, and a regular government. 2. The Spaniards soon became acquainted with the existence of this country, and an enterprise was accordingly set on foot for its conquest. This consisted of six hundred soldiers, and was led by a daring and determined officer named Her-nan -do Cor -tez. He landed on the coast in 1518, and marched toward the capital, which bore the name o! IV-noch-tit-lan , now Mexico. ,}. Mon-te-zu -ina was then upon the throne. By a series of measurr > displaying tho utmost intrepidity, duplicity, and injustice, Cortez con- 10. Who were the Buccaneers? 11. What of their feats? 12. How long did they flourish? What of their career? CHAP. CCXXXVI. 1. What of Mexico at the time of the discovery of America? What was the former name of .Mexico? 2. Who dotnrmined to conquer the country? What offi cer went there in 1518? What \va the former name of tho city of Mexico, the capital? 486 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 3 aered the entire empire, which became subject to the Spanish Dominion under the title of New /Spain. 4. This coun try continu ed for more than t \v ( > centuries to t \ be an appen dage to the crown* Vhe natives, for the most part, submitted to the Spanish THE GREAT RELIGIOUS TEMPLE AT MEXICO. i , though their numbers were thinned by the early wars, and further re duced by the impoverishment of their country, they still amount to several millions. Most of them have partially adopted the Spanish customs and the Catholic religion, though they preserve many of their ancient superstitions. They are generally occupied in laborious pursuits, and few instances have occurred in which they have risen above a menial condition in society. 5. In the year 1808, the people of Mexico rebelled against the gov ernment of Spain, and determined to throw off their foreign yoke. In 1813, a national congress declared Mexico to be independent. Spain made great efforts to subdue the rebellion, but without effect. The struggle continued with various success until 1821, when the Spanish army left the country. 6. The independence of Mexico has since been recognized by Spain and the other leading governments of Christendom. It has been sub ject, however, to internal convulsions, and can hardly be considered as yet in a settled state. The government is republican in form, but several constitutions have been adopted and repudiated since the era of its independence. Mexico now contains eight millions of inhabitants., most of whom are Indians, and mixed races. The present title of tin- country is the United States of Mexico, The Archduke Maximilian <;! Austria has lately been proclaimed Emperor of Mexico, but the Mexican Government are (1806) opposing his authority. 3. Who was the king of the country? How was the empire conquered? Wiutt WHS it named after its conquest? 4. What can you say of the natives? 5. What of the people of Mexico in 1M>8? In 1813? When did the Spanish army leave the country ? 6. What of the indcju iiilcnco 01 Mexico; What of its government i 1 What of the population? >Vhat 01 Maximilian? SOUTH AMERICA. 487 7. Texas formerly belonged to Mexico, and was one of the states of that confederacy, as we have elsewhere stated. She threw olf the yoke, and Mexico strenuously endeavored to recover her authority, but without avail. The government of Texas, which was republican, be came established, and the independence of the country was recognized by the United States, Great Britain, etc. In 1845, it was annexed to the United States, and war with this country followed, as already velated. 8. GDA-TE-\TA -LA, or CENTEAI, AMERICA, occupies the greater portioi: of the isthmus that connects North and South America. . At the time of the invasion of Cortez, it was thickly peopled with Indians called QuicJies. These had considerable cities, and presented nearly the same state of civilization as the Mexicans. 9. They were conquered by Alvarado, an officer dispatched for that purpose by Cortez, and the country became a Spanish province. It remained in this condition till the struggle for Independence com menced in Mexico, when a similar effort was made by the inhabitants of this territory, which resulted in their independence. They adopted a republican form of government, with the title of the United States of Central America. 10. These states consisted of Honduras, Guatemala^ San Salvador, Nicaragua, and Costa Rica. After a time, divisions and hostilities arose among them, and in 1839 they became independent of each other. They have since been subject to almost constant convulsions or anarchy. CHAPTER CrxXXVII. SOUTH AMERICA. Piscovery of South America by Columbus. Discovery of the Pacific Ijy Balboa. Conquest of Peru. 1. "\YK have already seen that Columbus discovered the mainland of South America in 1498. Other discoveries, in this quarter, soon followed. The coast was visited by Vespucius. in 1499, and, the same 7. What of Texas? What of the United States and Mexico? 8. Wliere is Guate mala? Who were the Quiches? 9. Who conquered them? Give the history of the country. What title did the republic of Guatemala adopt? 10. What were the names of the states of Guatemala, or the republic of Central America? "What is their present condition ? CHAP. CCXXXVII. 1. When was the mainland of South America discovered by Colum bus? What of Vespucius? Of Pinzon? 4S8 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. SCENE IN SOUTH AMERICA. , the shores of Brazil were visited by Pinzon, a Spanish navi gator. 2. In 1513, Balboa crossed the Isthmus of Pa-na-ma , and was the first European whose eyes rested upon the eastern borders of the Pacific Ocean, then called the South Sea. What a mighty discovery for this is the largest ocean on the globe, and occupies nearly one-fourth part of its surface ! 3. It is not easy, at this day, for us to conceive of the state of ex citement in which these European navigators came to America. They riot only looked upon it as a New World, but as one abounding in won ders. They had found here a strange people, and they had discovered amid the tropical regions a multitude of new and interesting produc tions. 4. Flowers of the greatest beauty, spices of the rarest fragrance, valuable gums, rich fruits, birds of magnificent plumage, and all new to them, crowded upon their attention. Nature, indeed, seemed to have realized here the enchantments of the fairy tales; yet, thus far, tli3 avarice of the discoverers was not satisfied. Gold, silver, and precious stones were believed to abound in America, and the greedi ness with which they were sought, carried the adventurers over sea ur.d land, through flood and forest. 2. "What of Balbou? 3. "What of the excitement of the early navigators? 4. What Interesting objets were found in America? CORTEZ AND PIZARHO. 489 MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA. 5. Like other illusions, which haunt the overheated imagination, the ix-gions of gold seemed always to he near, yet never reached. The ursuit was still urged, but the object was never fully attained. 6. There were indeed two exceptions; Cortez had found spoils of immense value in Mexico, but his success was to be surpassed by that of another adventurer. In 1515, Peru had been discovered, a nci Pizarro, an illiterate but daring Spanish soldier, soor. after determined 5. What of the regions of gold? 6. What of Covtez? What of Pi/aiTo? Jl mon did Pizarro take \vitii him in 15ol for th. r,M:.j!i ,-t c: I .-ru? 490 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. upon its conquest. In 1531, he led thither a small band of soldiers thirty horse and one hundred and fifty foot. V. He found Peru to be an immense empire, united under a race of sovereigns, called In -cas or Children of the Sun. The people were pacific, some living in large and handsome cities, and all subsisting chiefly by agriculture. They had a mild government, a gentle religion, and many useful arts. The reigning prince was A-ta-hu-al -pa. 8. Pi-zar -ro invited him to a conference, but, when the unsuspecting monarch, with thousands of his attendants, came, the daring and per fidious Spaniard rushed upon him and dragged him away from the rnidst of his nobles. At the same time, the artillery and muskets played upon the masses of the Indians, and cut them to pieces by thousands. It was one 1 of the most brutal, bloody, and dastardly acts in all the sad tragedies of human warfare. 9. The captive Inca offered to fill the room in which he was con fined with gold and silver, for his ransom. This was accepted by Pizarro, and it was affecting to see with what devotion the people, m all parts of the country, parted with their treasures to release theii- captive chief. At length, a mass of gold and silver, of the value of two millions of dollars, was accumulated, and Atahualpa claimed his liberty. 10. But Pizarro had no idea of fulfilling his promise. The Inca was subjected to a mock trial, condemned, and executed, and the ruthless murderer proceeded to take possession of his empire. Having con quered the country, and now being gorged with plunder, Pizarro founded the city of Li -ma, and became governor of the country. 11. But his ill-gotten wealth and power were vain to their possessor. Hostility and strife sprung up among the band of robbers. Pizarro was slain by his associates, and the rest of the leaders fell, one after another, by violence. Let it be remembered that the most splendid and successful robbery on record was followed by the swiftest retribution! 12. "We rnay pause here a moment to reflect upon the fate which at tended the three greatest names connected with the early history of America. Columbus discovered a new world, but he was once car ried home in chains, and at last died in poverty and neglect. CorU-z conquered an empire, but the crown did not rest upon his bro\v Pizarro also conquered an empire, and acquired gold beyond the dreamt \>f avarice, but he, soon after, expired by the assassin s blade. 7. What did Pizarro fm.l Porn t<> he? What of the sovereigns of Peru ? What of the peo ple? Who was their kimrV S. Describe JMzarro s conduct. 9. What did Atahualpa (inmiisc to jrive Pizarro in order to be liberated? How was the Inca treated? 10. What town was founded by Pizarro ? 11. What became of him and his associates? 12. Wh:it was the fate of the three great men connected with the early history of Spanish America? BOLIVIA, CHILI, ETC. 491 13. Time, with its solemn jury, has judged the actions of these three famous men. To Columbus a wreath of immortal fame is award ed ; to the others, the malefactor s infamy. The way of the transgres sor is indeed hard! 14. Peru continued for centuries to he a Spanish province, with Lima for its capital. To this city, the manners, customs, and refine ments of Spain were transferred, and thence partially diffused to several portions of the province. The country threw ofi the yoke of Spain in 1821, and, after a protracted struggle, it became an independent republic. CHAPTER CCXXXVIII. SOUTH AMERICA, CONTINUED. Bolivia. Chili. The Ar gentine Republic. Parag uay. Urug uay. Braz il. Gruiana. Ecuador, U. 8. of Colombia, and Venezuela. 1. BO-LIV -I-A, now an independent state, and lying between Peru and Chili, was originally a part of Peru, and continued so until 1824. After a battle between the patriot army and the royalists, in which the latter were defeated, the people declared themselves independent. This occurred July, 1825. The celebrated Bolivar furnished them a scheme of a constitution, which was adopted, and the name of the Liberator was given to the republic. 2. CHIL -I was discovered by Al-ma -gro, one of the associates of Pi- zarro, in 1537. He penetrated into the country with a small force, and was at first well received by the natives ; but he was soon forced to re turn. In 1540, another army was sent thither, under Val-di -vi-a, who was fiercely opposed, especially by the A-rau-ca -ni-ans led by the re nowned Cau-pol-i-can . In a great battle, Valdivia was defeated, taken prisoner, and afterward executed. 3. The country, however, along the coast was conquered by the Spaniards, though the Araucanians have ever continued to maintain their independence. Chili remained as one of the Spanish provinces till the movement for independence, in 1810, which resulted in the es tablishment of a republican government about the year 1817. 4. From Chili, southward, to Cape Horn, the country called Pa-ta- 13. What is the decision of time? 14. What of Peru? "What of Lima? When did the country become independent? CHAP. CCXXXVIII. 1. What of Bolivia ? When did it become independent ? What was done by Bolivar? 2. When and by whom was Chili discovered? Who went there ii? IM .i? What became of Valdivia? 8. Have the Araucanians ever been conquered? What further of Chili t 492 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. go -ni-a is for the most part cold, sterile, and desolate. There is no nation with fixed abodes or an established government, here. The country is occupied by various tribes of savages, among whom the Patagoniaus, famous for their large stature, are the most noted. Along the gloomy shores of Cape Horn, there is a race, of diminutive size and squalid aspect, who shiver amid the sleety tempests of these re gions, living chiefly upon the productions of the sea. These bear the i ; time of Fuegians. "). The AR -GEN-TINE CONFEDERATION, bounded on the west by Chili, and on the east by the Atlantic, Paraguay, and Brazil, formerly bore the title of JBue?ios Ayres. This, too, Avas one of the early provinces of Spain, and continued subject to that country till 1811, when the people formed a government for themselves. From that period, a constant succession of convulsions has followed. 6. PAR-A-GU AY , one of the finest regions on the face of the globe, was early occupied by the Spaniards, and became subject to their sway. The Jesuit missionaries took great pains to introduce civilization arid Christianity among the Indians in this quarter, and, it is believed, with some success. They had schools, and introduced music among the youth, who became proficients in singing. The Jesuits, however, were expelled in 17G7, and the Indians relapsed into the savage state. 7. "When the provinces of Bu-e -nos Ay -res threw off the Spanish yoke in 1810, the people of Paraguay refused to acknowledge their author ity, and established a government for themselves. In the year 1814, Dr. Francia assumed all the powers of government, and became dic tator of the country. He continued to exercise unlimited sway till the year 1842, when he died. His government was harsh, but it secured that tranquillity which the independent states of South Amer ica have not enjoyed. 8. After Francia s death the government was administered by a junta of five afterwards reduced to two until 1846, when Carlos Antonio Lopez was elected president for life. An attack having been made upon the United States vessel Water-Witch, in this country, an expedition was sent thither in 1858 to demand satisfaction. This was rendered, and amicable relations between the two countries were restored. In 1862 Lopez died, and the government devolved upon his son, Francisco Solano Lopez. 9. U-RIJ-GUAY , formerly a part of Buenos Ayres, became independent in 1812, and is the smallest of the South American republics. 4. What of the country south of Chili ? What of the Pata?onians ? "What of the Ftw. plans? 5. Where is the Argentine Republic? What of this country? 6. What of Par- njruay ? The Jesuits ? "When were they expelled ? 7. What of the people of Paraguay f What of Dr. Francia? His government ? Lopez? 8. What of Uruguay ? THE ABORIGINES. 493 9. BRA-ZII/, occupying nearly one-third of the South American conti nent, and having an area equal to three-fourths of that of Europe, fell to the lot of Portugal. It was settled about the year 1500, and rapidly advanced in population. It was ruled by provincial governors till 1806, when the king of Portugal fled thither to escape from the French, who had invaded his kingdom. He returned in 1821, leaving his son Don Pedro, upon the throne. In 1823, Brazil became an independent empire. 10. GUI-A -NA, lying on the north-eastern coast, is divided between the Dutch, French, and English. Its early history is distinguished by the expedition of Sir Walter Raleigh, who visited the country in 1595, in search of El Dorado. This was a kingdom, said to exist in the interior of South America, which surpassed all other countries in gold, silver, and precious stones. But this tale proved to be a fable, and the name of the imaginary kingdom is a modern byword, significant of idle and extravagant expectations of wealth. The history of Guiana presents little beside, either interesting or instructive. 11. To the north of Peru and Brazil are the three republics of E-CUA-DOR , UNITED STATES OF COLOMBIA, and YEN-E-ZU-E -LA. This whole country belonged to Spain, and constituted several provinces. They participated in the desire for independence which pervaded the other countries in this quarter, -and, consequently, threw off the Spanish yoke. 12. In the struggles which followed, the celebrated Simon Bolivar obtained great distinction ; the three republics were united under one government, with the title of Co-lorn -bia, in 1809, and Bol -i-var, honored with the title of Liberator, was entrusted with the supreme authority. This connection has since been dissolved ; and they now exist under three distinct organizations. CHAPTER CCXXXIX. CONCLUSION. The Indian Race, or Aborigines of America. - Whence came they f 1. WE have now completed our history of the Western World, since its discovery by Columbus. This lies within the compass of less than four centuries, and presents many topics for profound reflection. We 9. What of Brazil? When was it settled? What took place in 1806? Who J 3 the reigning sovereign? 10. How is Guiana divided ? Whai of its early history? What of El Dorado ? 11. What countries lie nortli of Brazil ? What is their history ? 12. What of Simon Bolivar ? What constituted Colombia? What change ha* taken place? CHAP. CCXXXIX 1. How long has America been discovered? 42 494 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Jiave already adverted to the fate of the three extraordinary men who figure in the foreground of the early history of the continent. 2. We may add here that Spain, the greedy spoiler, who obtained possession of nearly the whole of South America and the finest por tions of North America, has not now an inch of territory upon either. When she discovered the New World, she was a great, powerful, and energetic nation, taking a lead in arts and arms. Glutted with con quest and treasure, she became- feeble and effeminate, and at last sunk into a state of indolence, ignorance, and imbecility. 3. In America, we have seen the race of lied Men vanish or dimin ish before the march of European population. In the West Indies, and parts of North and South America, the Indian has given place to the African. There is, generally, a tendency to the annihilation of the aborigines of America, and the substitution of the white race in their stead. Not many centuries will pass before the American Indian will exist only in the pages of history. 4. The question then, as now, will be asked, " WJiencc cams these people ?" It will be easy to tell their fate, for it will be recorded to the everlasting shame of civilized man but their origin must continue to rest in doubt or obscurity. 5. The Indians of Mexico and Peru had reached an advanced state of civilization. Though essentially distinct, they had many things in common, and many things, also, which bore a strict analogy to the manners, customs, and opinions of the Eastern Continent. They placed a high value upon gold, silver, and precious stones; they employed these for ornaments, and wrought them into various forms. 6. The Mexicans had computations of time similar to our own. The Peruvians worshipped the sun, like the Egyptians and Persians. They both had styles of architecture resembling those of the East. They had sculptures, images, and hieroglyphics, reminding every beholder of the antiquities which lie scattered along the Nile. Whence these remark able resemblances and coincidences? 7. We can only account for many things visible among the Indians of America, by supposing that, at some period, doubtless very remote, they had communication with the nations of the Eastern Continent. The geography of the country, as well as the credible traditions of the Mexicans, indeed, lead us to believe that America was peopled, ages ago, by emigrants from Asia, by way of Behring Strait. 2. What Is the fact in regard to Spain? 3. "What of the Ked Men? What is the ten dency in regard to the aborigines? 4. What of their origin ? 5. "What of the Indians of Mexico and Pern? G, 7. How did they resemble the nations of the Eastern Contincut? What conjectures can wo form ? ^ SUPPLEMENT. DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. A DECLARATION BY THE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE UNITED STATES OP AMERICA, IN CONGRESS ASSEMBLED, ADOPTED JULY 4, 1776. WHEN, in tho course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the po.itie.al hands which have conn.-cted them with another, and to assume, among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station, to which the laws of nature, and of nature s God entitle them, a decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation. Wo hold these truths to be self-evident that all men are created equal; that they are endowed by their Creator with certain inalienable rights; that among these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. That, to secure these rights, governments are Instituted among men. deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed; that, whenever any form of government becomes destructive of these ends, it is tho right of the people to alter or abolish it, and to institute a new government, laying its foundations on such principles, and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely t>> eftvct their safety and happiness. Prudence, indeed, will dictate that governments long established should not bo changed for light and transient causes; and, accordingly, nil experience hath shown that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing inva riably the same object evinces a desire" to reduce them under absolute despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such government, and to provide new guards fo* their future security. Such has been the patient sufferance of these colonies, and such is now the necessity which constrains them to alter their former systems of government. The history of the present king of Great Britain, is a history of repeated injuries and usurpations, all having in dirci t object the establishment of an absolute tyranny over these states. To prove this, let facts be submitted to a candid world. He has refused his assent to laws the most wholesome and necessary for the public good. He has forbidden his governors to pass laws of immediate and pressing Importance, nnless suspended in their operations till his assent should bo obtained; and, when bo suspended, he has utterly neglected to attend to them. He has refused to pass other laws for the accommodation of largo districts of people, nnless those people would relinquish the right of representation in the Legislature a right inestimable to them, and formidable to tyrants only. Ho has called together legislative bodies at places unusual, uncomfortable, and dis tant from the repository of their public records, for tho sole purpose of Iktiyuing them nto compliance with his Mieastires. He has dissivrd representative houses repeatedly, for opposing, with manly finu- less, his invasi- : on the rights of the people. 400 DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. He has refused, for a long time after such dissolutions, to cause others to be elected, whereby the legislative powers, incapable of annihilation, have returned to the people at large for their exercise; the state remaining, in the mean time, exposed to all the dangers of invasions from without, and convulsions within. He has endeavored to prevent the population of these states; for that purpose ob- Btructing the laws for the naturalization of foreigners; refusing to pass others to encourage their migration hither, and raising the conditions of new appropriations of lands. He has obstructed the administration of justice, by refusing his assent to laws for establishing judiciary powers. He has made j udges dependent on his will alone for the tenure of their offices, and the amount and payment of their salaries. He has erected a multitude of new offices, and sent hither swarms of officers to harass our people and eat out their substance. He has kept among us, in times of peace, standing armies, without the consent of OUT legislatures. He has affected to render the military independent of, and superior to, the civil power. He has combined with others to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our consti tutions, and unacknowledged by our laws ; giving his assent to their acts of pretended legislation : For quartering large bodies of armed troops among us; For protecting them, by a mock trial, from punishment for any murders which they should commit on the inhabitants of these states; For cutting off our trade with all parts of the world; For imposing taxes on us without our consent; For depriving us, in many cases, of the benefits of trial by jury : For transporting us beyond seas, to be tried for pretended offences ; For abolishing the free system of English laws in a neighboring province, establish ing therein an arbitrary government, and enlarging its boundaries, so as to render it at once an example and fit instrument for introducing the same absolute rule into these colonies ; For taRing away our charters, abolishing our most valuable laws, and altering, funda mentally, the forms of our governments ; For suspending our own legislatures, and declaring themselves invested with power to legislate for us in all cases whatsoever. He has abdicated government here, by declaring us out of his protection, and wag ing war against us. He has plundered our seas, ravaged our coasts, burned our towns, and dest>-yed the lives of our people. He is at this time transporting large- armies of foreign mercenaries, to complete the works of death, desolation, and tyranny, already begun with circumstances of cruelty and perfidy scarcely paralleled in the most barbarous ages, and totally unworthy the head of a civilized nation. He has constrained our fellow-citizens, takrn captive on the high seas, to bear arms against their country, to become the executioners of their lik-nds and brethren, or to fall themselves by their hands. He has excited domestic insurrection among us, and has endeavored to bring on the inhabitants of our frontiers, the merciless Indian savages, whose known rule of warfare Is an undistinguished destruction of all ages, sexes, and conditions. In every stage of these oppressions we have petitioned for redress in the most humble terms; our repeated petitions have been answered only by repeated injury. A prince whose character is thus marked by every act which may define a tyrant, is unfit to be the ruler of a free people. Nor have we been wanting in our attentions to our British brethren. We have warned them, from time to time, of attempts by their legislature to extend an unwar rantable jurisdiction over us. We have reminded them of the circumstances of our emi gration and settlement here. We have appealed to their native justice and magnanimity, and we have conjured them by the ties of our common kindred, to disavow tliese usur pations, which would inevitably interrupt our connections and correspondence. They, too, have been deaf to tne voice of justice and of consanguinity. We must, therefore, acquiesce in the necessity which denounces our separation, and hold them as \\ e hold the rest of mankind enemies in war in peace, friends. We, therefore, the representatives of the United States of America, in general Con- press assembled, appealing to the Supreme Judge of the world for the rectitude of our intentions, do, in the name and by the authority of the good people of these colonies, solemnly publish and declare that these united colonies are, ami of right ought to be. free and independent states; that they arci absolved from all allegiance to the British crown, and that all political connection between them and the state of Great Britain, is, and ou^ ht to be, totally dissolved, and that, as free and independent states, they have full power to levy war, conclude peace, contract alliances, establish commerce, and do all other acts and things which independent states may of right do. Anil for the support of ARTICLES OF CONFEDERATION. 497 this declaration, with a firm reliance on the protection of Divine Providence, we inutu lly pledge to each other our lives, our fortunes, and our sacred honor. Signed by JOHN HANCOCK, of Massachusetts. NEW HAMPSHIRE. Josiah Bart lot t, William Whipple, Matthew Thornton. MASSACHUSETTS BAT. Samuel Adams, John Adams, Robert Treat Paine, Elbridge Garry. RHODE ISLAND, ETC. Stephen Hopkins, William Ellery. CONNECTICUT. Roger Sherman, Samuel Huntingdon, William Williams, Oliver Wolcott. NEW TOBK. William Floyd, Philip Livingston Francis Lewis, Lewis Morris. NEW JERSEY. Richard Stockton, John Witherspoon, Francis Hopkirson, John Hart, Abraham Clark. PENNSYLVANIA. Robert Morris, Benjamin Rush, Benjamin Franklin, John Morton, George Clymer, James Smith, George Taylor, James Wilson, George Ross. DELAWARE. Cpsar Rodney, George Read. Thomas M Kean. MARYLAND. Samuel Chase, William Faca, Thomas Stone, C. Carroll, of Carrollton. VIRGINIA. George Wythe, Richard Henry Lee, Thomas Jefferson, Benjamin Harrison, Thomas Nelson, Jr. Francis Lightfoot Lee, Carter Braxton. NORTH CAROLINA. William Hooper, Joseph Hewes, John Penn. SOUTH CAROLINA. Edward Rutledge, Thomas Hey ward, Jr., Thomas Lynch, Jr., Arthur Middleton. GEORGIA. Button Gwinnett, Lyman Hall, George Waltoa. ARTICLES OF CONFEDERATION And perpetual union, between the states of New Hampshire, Massachusetts Bay. Rhol Island and Providence Plantations, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia. ARTICLE I. The style of this confederacy shall be, " THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA." ARTICLE II. Each state retains its sovereignty, freedom, and independence, and every power, juris- fli.-tion, and right, which is not by this confederation, expressly delegated to the Uniu-a States in congress assembled. ARTICLE III. The said states hereby severally enter into a firm league of friendship with each other, for their common defence, the security of their liberties, and their mutual and general welfare, binding themselves to assist each other against all force offered to, or attacks made upon them, or any of them, on account of religion, sovereignty, trade, or any other pretence whatever. ARTICLE IV. Tha better to secure and perpetuate mutual friendship and intercourse among the people of the different states in this Union, the free inhabitants of each of these stat.t-s, paupers, vagabonds, and fugitives from justice excepted, shall be entitled to all privilege 42* 498 ARTICLES OF CON: FEDERATION. und humanities of free citizens, in the several states- and the people of each state shaft have free, ingress find regress u> and from anyotner state; and shall enjoy therein all the Srivileges of trade and commerce, subject to the same duties, impositions, and restric- ions, as the inhabitants t-.n-veof respectively; provided, that such restriction shall not extend so far as to prevent the removal of property imported into any state, to any other state of which the owner is an inhabitant; provided, also, that no imposition, duties, or restriction, shall be laid by any state, on the property of the United States, or either of them. If any person guilty of, or charged with, treason, felony, or other high misdemeanor, in any state, shall flee from justice, and be found in any of the United States, he shall, upon demand of the governor or executive power of the state from which ho fled, be de- iivered up, and removed to the state having jurisdiction of his offence. Full faith and credit shall be given in each of these states to the records, acts, and judi. 4iaL proceedings, of the courts and magistrates of every other state. ARTICLE V. For the more convenient management of the- general interests of the United States, delegates shall be annually appointed in such manner as the legislature of each state shall direct, to meet in congress on the first Monday in November, in every year, with a power reserved to each state to recall its delegate.-!, or any of them, at any time within the year, and send others in their stead, for the remainder of the year. No state shall be represented in Congress by less than two, nor by more than seven, members; and no person shall be capable of being a delegate for more than three years in any term of six years : nor shall any person, being a delegate, be capable of holding any office under the United States, for which he, or another for his benefit, receives any salary, fees, or emolument of any kind. Each state shall maintain its own delegates in a meeting of the states, and while they act as members of the committee of the states. In determining questions in the United States, in congress assembled, e*ich state shall have one vote. Freedom of speech and debate in congress shall not be impeached or questioned, in any court or place out of congress; and the members of congress shall be protected in their persons from arrests and imprisonment, during the time of their going to, and from, and attendance on, congress, except for treason, felony, or breach of the peace- ARTICLE VI. No etat, without the consent of the United States in congress assembled, shall send any embassy to, or receive any embassy from, or enter into any conference, agreement, alliance, or treaty, with any king, prince, or state; nor shall any person, holding any office of profit, or trust, under the United States, or any of them, accept of any present, emolument, office, or title, of any kind whatever, from any king, prince, or foreign state; nor shall the United States in congress assembled, or any of them, grant any title of nobility. No two or more states shall enter into any treaty, confederation, or alliance whatever, between them, without the consent of the United States in congress assembled, specify ing accurately the purposes for which the same is to be entered into, and how long it -hall continue. No state shall lay any imposts or duties, which may interfere with any stipulations in treaties entered into, by the United States in congress assembled, with any king, prince, or state, in pursuance of any treaties, already proposed by congress to the courts of France and Spain. No vessels of war shall be kept up, in time of peace, by any state, except such number only, as shall be deemed necessary, by the United States in congress assembled, for the defence of such state, or its trade; nor shall any body of forces be kept up by any state, in time of peace, except such number only, as in the judgment of the United States is congress assembled, shall be deemed requisite to garrison the forts necessary for the defence of such state; but every state shall always keep up a well-regulated and disci plined militia, sufficiently armed and accoutred; and shall provide and constantly have rrady for use, in public stores, a due number of field-pieces and tents, and a proper quan tity of arms, ammunition, and camp equipage. No state shall engage in any war, without the consent of the United States in congress assembled, unless such state be actually invaded by enemies, or shall have received cer tain advice of a resolution being formed by some nation of Indians to invade such state, and the danger is so imminent as not to admit of a delay till the United States in congress assembled can be consulted ; nor shall any state grant commissions to any ship or vessels of war, nor letters of marque or reprisal, except it be after a declaration of war by the all any state grant commissions to any ship or ves prisal, except it be after a declaration of war by d; and then only against the kingdom or state, , , United States in congress assembled; and then only against the kingdom or state, and the subjects thereof, against which war has been so declared, nnd under such regulations established by the United States in congress assemble*! ; unless uch state b ARTICLES OF CONFEDERATION. 499 <afeated by pirates, in which vessels of war may be fitted out for that occasion, and kept BO long as the danger shall continue, or until the United States in congress assembled shall determine otherwise. ARTICLE VII. When land forces are raised by any state for the common defence, all officers of, or under, the rank of colonel, shall be appointed by the legislature of each state respectively, by whom such forces shall be raised, or in such manner as such state- shall direct ; and a ll vacancies shall be filled up by the state which first made the appointment ARTICLE VIII. All charges of war, and all other expenses that shall bo incurred for the common defence, or general welfare, and allowed by the United States in congress assembled, hull be defrayed out of a common treasury, which shall be supplied by the several states in proportion to the value of all land within each state, granted to. or surveyed for, any person, as such land and the buildings and improvements thereon shall be estimated, according to such mode as the United States in congress assembled shall, from time to time, direct and appoint. The taxes for paying that proportion, shall be laid and levied by the authority and direction of the legislatures of the several states, within the tima agreed upon by the United States in congress assembled. ARTICLE IX. The United States in congress assembled, shall have the sole and exclusive right and power of determining on peace and war, except in the cases mentioned in the sixth article: of sending and receiving ambassadors: entering into treaties and alliances ; pro vided that no treaty of commerce shall be made, whereby the legislative power of the respective states shall be restrained from imposing such imposts and duties on foreigners as their own people are subjected to, or from prohibiting the exportation or Importation of any species of goods or commodities whatever: of establishing rules for deciding, in all cases, what captures on land or water shall be legal; and in what manner prizes, taken by land or naval forces, in the service of the United States, shall be divided or appropri ated: of granting letters of marque and reprisal, in times of peace: appointing courts for the trial of p racies and felonies committed on the high seas; and establishing courts for receiving and determining, finally, appeals in all cases of captures; provided, that no member of congress shall be appointed a judge of any of the said courts. The United States in congress assembled shall also be the last resort, on appeal, in all disputes and differences now subsisting, or that hereafter may arise, between two or more states, concerning boundary, jurisdiction, or any other cause whatever; which authority shall always be exercised in the manner following: whenever the legislative or executive authority, or lawful agent, of any state, in controversy with another, (-hall present a petition to congress, stating the matter in question, and praying tor a hearing, notice thereof shall be given, by order of congress, to the legislative or executive author ity of the other state in controversy; and a day assigned for the appearance of the parties by their lawful agents, who shall then be directed to appoint, by joint consent, commis sioners or judges, to constitute a court for hearing and determining the matter in question : but if they cannot neree, congress shall name three persons, out of each of the United States; and from the list of such persons, each party shall alternately strike out one, the petitioners beginning, until the number shall be reduced to thirteen; and from that number, not less than seven, nor more than nine, names, as congress shall direct, shall, in the presence of congress, be drawn out, by lot; and th persons whose names shall be so drawn, or any five of them, shall be commissioners or judges, to hear and finally determine the controversy, so always as a major part of the judges, who shall hear the cause, shall agree in the determination. And if either party shall neglect to attend at the day appointed, without showing reasons which congress shall judge sufficient, or being present shall refuse to strike, the congress shall proceed to nominate three persons out of each state; and the secretary of congress shall strike in behalf of such party absent or refusing; and the judgment and sentence of the court, to be appointed in the manner before prescribed, shall be final and conclusive. And if any of the parties shall refuse to submit to the authority of such court, or to appear, or defend their claim or cause, the court shall, nevertheless, proceed to pronounce sentence or judgment, which shall in like manner be final and decisive; the judgment, or sentence, and other proceedings, being, in either case, transmitted to congress and lodged among the acts of consrress, for the security of the parties concerned: provided, that every commissioner, before he sits in judgment, shall take an oath, to be administered by one of the judges of the supreme or superior court of the state, where the cause shall be tried, "well and truly to hear and determine the ma*. or in question, according to the best of his judgment, without favor, affection, or hope of reward: 1 provided, also, that no state shall be deprived of territory for the benefit of the United States. All controversies concerning the private right of sojl claimed under different granti of 40* 500 ARTICLES OF CONFEDERATION. two or more states, -whoso jurisdictions, .as they may respect such lands and. the states which passed such grants, are adjusted, the said grants, or either of them, being at the same time claimed to have originated antecedent to such settlement of jurisdiction, shall, on the petition of either party to the congress of the United States, be finally determined, as near as may be, in the same manner as is before prescribed for deciding disputes respecting territorial jurisdiction between different states. The United States in congress assembled shall also have the sole and exclusive right and power of regulating the alloy and value of coin struck by their own authority, or Iy that of the respective states : fixing the standard of weights and measures throughout t ho United States: regulat ng the trade and managing all affairs with the Indians, not mem bers of any of the states; provided that the legislative right of any state within its own limits be not infringed or violated: establishing and regulating post-offices from one state lo another, throughout all the United States, and exacting such postage on the papers passing through the same as u>ay be requisite to defray the expenses of the said ofhce : appointing all officers of the land forces in the service of the United States, excepting girnental officers: appointing all the officers of the naval forces, and commissioning all officers whatever in the service of the United States: making rules for the government and regulation of the land and naval forces, and directing their operations. The United States in congress assembled shall have authority to appoint a committee, to sit in the recess of congress, to be denominated A COMMITTEE OF THE STATES, and to con sist of one delegate from each state; and to appoint such other committees and civil officers as may be necessary for managing the general affairs of the Un ted States under their direction : to appoint one of their number to preside ; provided, that no person bo allowed to serve in the office of president more than one year in any term of three years. To ascertain the necessary sums of money to be raised for the service of the United States, and to appropriate and apply the same for defraying the public expenses: to borrow money, or emit bills on the credit of the United States, transmitting every half year to the respective states an account of the sums of money so borrowed or emitted: to build and equip a navy: to agree upon the number of land forces, and to make requisitions from each state for its quota, in proportion to the number of white inhabitants in such state, which requisition shall be binding; and thereupon the legislature of each state shall appoint the regimental officers, raise the men, and clothe, arm, and equip them, in a soldierlike manner, at the expense of the United States; and the officers and men so clothed, armed, and equipped, shall march to the place appointed, and within tho time agreed on, by the United States in congress assembled; but if the United States in con gress assembled shall, on consideration of circumstances, judge proper that any state should not raise men, or should raise a smaller number than its quota, and that any other state should raise ti greater number of men than its quota thereof, such extra number shall be .Aised, officered, clothed, armed, and equipped, in the same manner as the quota of such sta^a; unless the legislature of such state shall judge that such extra number can not be safely spared out of the same ; in which case they shall raise, officer, clothe, arm, and equip, as many of such extra number as they judge can be safely spared : and tho officers and men so clothed, armed, and equipped, shall march to the place appointed, and within the time agreed on. by the United States in congress assembled. The United States in congress assembled shall never engage in a war; nor grant Jetton of marque and reprisal in time of peace ; nor enter into any treaties or alliances ; nor coin money; nor regulate the value thereof; nor ascertain the sums and expenses necessary for the defence and welfare of the Un ted States, or any <>f them; nor emit bills; nor borrow money on the credit of the United States; nor appropriate money ; nor agree upon the number of vessels of war to be built or purchased, or the number of land or sea forces to be raised ; nor appoint a Commander-in-chief of the army or navy ; unless nine states assent to the same; nor shall a question on any other point, except for adjourning from day to day. be determined, unless by the votes of a majority of the United States in congress assembled. The congress of the United States shall have power to adjourn to any time within tho year, and to any place within tho United States, so that no period of adjournment be for u longer duration than the space of six months; and shall publish the journal of their proceedings monthly, except such parts thereof relating to treaties, alliances, or military operations, as in their judgment require secrecy; and the yeas and nays of the delegates f each state, on any question, shall be entered on the journal, when it is desired by any delegate ; and the delegates of a state, or any of them, at his or their request, shall be fur nishcd with a transcript of the said journal, except such parts as are above excepted, tc lay before the legislatures of the several states. ARTICLE X. The committee of the states, or any nine of them, shall be authorized to execute, in the recess of congress, such of the powers of congress as the United States in congress assembled, by the consent of nine states, shall, from time to time, think expedient to vest them with; provided. that no power be delegated to the said committee, for the exercise of which, by tho articles of confederation, the voice of nine states in thu congress of ^e United Stales assembled is requisite. CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 5Q1 ARTICLE XL Canada, acceding to this confederation, and joining in the measures of the United States thall be admitted into, and entitled to all tho advantages of this Union. But no othei colony shall be admitted into the same, unless such admission be agreed to by nine states. ARTICLE XII. All bills of credit emitted, moneys borrowed, and debts contracted, by or under th* authority of congress, before the assembling of the United States, in pursuance of the JUT* ent confederation, shall be deemed and considered as a charge against the United Statea, fir payment and satisfaction whereof, the said United States, and the public faith, ar hereby solemnly pledged. ARTICLE XIII. Every state shall abide by the determinations of the United States in congress assem bled, on all questions which, by this confederation, are submitted to them. And tho articles of this confederation shall bo inviolably observed by every state; and the Union shall be perpetual. Nor shall any alteration at any time hereafter be made in any of them, unless such alteration be agreed to. in a congress of the United States, and be after wards confirmed by the legislatures of every state. And whereas, it hath pleased the great Governor of the world to incline the hearts of the legislatures we respectively represent in congress to approve of, and to authorize us to ratify, the said articles of confederation and perpetual union: KNOW YE, That we, the undersigned delegates, by virtue of the power and authority to us given for that purpose, do. by these presents, in the name, and in behalf, of our respective constituents, fully and entirely ratify and confirm each and every of the said articles of confederation and perpetual union, and all and singular the matters and thing.-* therein contained. And we do further solemnly plight and engage tho faith of our respective constituents, that they shall abide bv the determinations of the United States in congress assembled, on all question/, which, by the said confederation, are submitted to them; and that the articles thereof shall be inviolably observed by the states wo respectively represent; and that the union shall be perpetual. In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands in congress. Done at Philadelphia, in the state of Pennsylvania, the ninth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and seventy-eight, and in the third year of th* Independence of America. CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. WE, the People of the United States, in order to form a more perfect union, establish justice, insure domestic tranquillity, provide for the common defence, promote tho general welfare, and secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity, do ordain and establish this CONSTITUTION for the United States of America. ARTICLE I. SECTION 1. All legislative powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives. SBCTION 2. The House of Representatives shall be composed of members chosen every second year oy the people of the several states, and the electors in each state shall have the qualification! requisite for electors of the most numerous branch of the state legis lature. No person shall be a representative who shall not have attained to the age of twenty- five years, and been seven years a Citizen of the United States, and who shall not, whes elected, be an inhabitant of that state in which he shall be chosen. Representatives and direct taxes shall be apportioned among the several states which may he included within this Union, according to their respective numbers, which shall he determined by adding to the whole number of free persons, including those bound to *ervic for a term of years, and excluding Indians not taxed, three-fifths of all other per- ons. The actnal enumeration shall be made within three years after the first meeting 502 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. of tho Congress of the United States, and within every subsequent term of ten years, in euch manner as they shall by law direct. The number of representatives shall not exceed one for every thirty thousand, but each state shi ll have at least one representa tive; and until such enumeration .shall be made, the state of New Hampshire shall be entitled to choose three, Massachusetts eight, Rhode Island nnd Providence Plantations one, Connecticut five, New York six, New Jersey four, Ponnsylvania eight. Delaware cnc Maryland six, Virginia ten, North Carolina five, South Carolina rive, and Georgia three. When vacancies happen in the representation from any state, the executive authority thereof shall issue writs of election to fill such vacancies. The House of Eepresentatives shall choose their speaker and other officers ; and shall have the. sole power of impeachment. SKCTION 3. The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two senators from each state, chosen by the legislature thereof, for six years ; and each senator shall have sne vote. Immediately after they shall be assembled in consequence f the first election, they shall be divided as equally as may be into three classes. The seats of the senators of the first class shall be vacated at the expiration of the second year, of the second class at the expiration of the fourth year, and of the third class at the expiration of the sixth year, so that one-third may be chosen every second year; and if vacancies happen by resignation, or otherwise, during the recess of the legislature of any state, the executive thereof may make temporary appointments until the next meeting of tho legislature, which shall then fill such vacancies. No person shall be a senator who shall not have attained to the age of thirty years, and been nine years a citizen of the United States, and who shall not, when elected, bo an inhabitant of that state for which he shall be chosen. The vice-president of the United States shall be president of the Senate, but shall have no rote, unless they bo equally divided. The Senate shall choose their other officers, and also a president pro tempore, in the absence of the vicepresident, or when ho shall exercise the office of president of the United States. The Senate shall have tho sole power to try all impeachments: when sitting for that purpose, they shall be on oath or affirmation. "When the president of the United States is tried, the chief-justice shall preside: and no person shall bo convicted without tho concurrence of two-thirds of the members present. Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend further than to removal from office, and disqualification to hold and enjoy any office of honor, trust or profit under the United States: but the party convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject to indictment, trial, judgment, and punishment, according to law. SECTION 4. The times, places, and manner of holding elections for senators and repre sentatives, shall be prescribed in each state by the legislature thereof; but the Congress may ut any time, by law, make or alter such regulations, except as to the places of choos ing senators. The Congress shall assemble at least once in every year, and such meeting shall be on the first Monday in December, unless they shall, by law, appoint a different day. SECTION 5. Each house shall be the judge of the elections, returns, and qualifications of its own members, and a majority of each shall constitute a quorum to do business ; but a smaller number may adjourn from day to day, and may he author. zed to compel the attendance of absent members, in such manner , and under such penalties as eacl) "Jiouse may provide. Each house may determine the rules of its proceedings, punish its members for disor derly behavior, and, with the concurrence of two- thirds, expel a member. Each house shall keep a journal of its proceedings, and from time to time publish the isaiiie, excepting such parts as may in their judgment require secrecy, and the yeas and nays of the members of either house on any question shall, at the desire of one-fifth of those present, be entered on the journal. Neither house, during the session of Congress, shall without the consent of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor to any other place than that in which the two houses shall be sitting. Si:i"!i<iN (!. The senators and representatives shall receive a compensation for their ser vices, to be ascertained by law, and paid out of the treasury ot the United States. They shall in all cases, except treason, felony, und breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest during their attendance at the session of their respective houses, and in going to and returning from the same ; and for any speech or debate in either house, they shall not be questioned in any other place. No senator or representative shall, during the time for which he was elected, be appointed to any civil office under the authority of the United States, which shall have been ^eated, or the emoluments whereof shall have been increased during such time; and no person holding any office under the United States, shall be a member of either house during his continuance in office. SKOTIOH 7. All bills for raising revenue shall originate in tho House of Eepresentatives, but I he Senate may propose or concur with amendments as on other bills. CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 503 Every bill which shall have passed the House of Representatives and the Senate, shall, before it become a law. be presented to the president of the United States ; if ho approve ho shall sign it, but if not lie shall return it, with his objections, to that house in which it shall have originated, who shall enter the objections atlarge on their journal, and proceed to reconsider it. If after such reconsideration, two-thirds of that house shall agree to pass the bill, it shall bo sent, together with the objections, to tho other house, by which it shall likewise be reconsidered, and if approved by two-thirds of that house, it shall become a law. lint in all such cases the votes of both houses s!iall bo determined by yens and nays, and the names of the persons voting for and against tho bill shall bo entered on the jour nal of each house respectively. If any bill shall not bo returned by the president within ten days (Sunday excepted) after it shall have been presented to him, the same ehall be a law, in like manner as if he had signed it, unless tho Congress by their adjournment pre vent its return, in which case it shall not be a law. Kvery order, resolution, or vote to which tho concurrence of the Senate and House of Representatives may be necessary (except on a question of adjournment) shall be pre sented to the president of the United States; and before the samw shall take effect, shall be approved by him, or. being disapproved by him, shall be repassed by two-thirds of tho Senate and House of Representatives, according to tho rules and limitations prescribed in the case of a bill. SKCTION 8. The Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes, duties, imposts, and excises, to pay the debts and provide for the common defence and general welfare of the United States"; but all duties, imposts, and excises shall be uniform throughout the United States ; To borrow money on the credit of the United States; To regulate commerce with foreign nations, anil among the several states, and -with the Indian tribes; To establish a uniform rule of naturalization, and uniform laws on the subject of bank ruptcies throughout the United States; To coin money, regulate the value thereof, and of foreign coin, and fix the standard of weights and measures; To provide for the punishment of counterfeiting the securities and current coin of the United States; To establish post-offices and post-roads ; To promote the progress of science and useful arts, by securing for limited times, to authors and inventors the exclusive right to their respective writings and discoveries; To constitute tribunals interior to the supreme court; To deiine and pun sh piracies ami felonies committed on the high seas, and offence* against the laws of nations; To declare war, grant letters of marque and reprisal, and make rules concerning cap tures on land and water; To raise and support armies, but no appropriation of money to that use shall bo for longer term than two years ; To provide and maintain a navy; To make rules for the government and regulation of the land and naval forces ; To provide for calling forth the militia to execute the laws of the Union, suppress insur rections, and repel invasions; To provide for organizing, a.-min<r. and disciplining, the militia, and for governing such pjirt of them as may be employed in the service of the United States, reserving to the states respectively, the appointment of the officers, and the authority of training the militia according to the discipline pre>cribcd by Congress. To exercise exclusive legislation in all cases whatsoever, over such district (not exceed ing ten miles square) as may, by cession of particular states, and the acceptance of Con gress, become the seat of the government of the United States, and to exercise like authority over all places purchased by the consent of the legislature of the state in which the same shall be, lor the erection of forts, magazines, arsenals, dockyards, and other needful buildings; and To make all laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying into execution the foregoing powers, and all other powers vested by this constitution in the government of tho United States, or in any department or officer thereof. SECTION 9. The migration or importation of such persons as any of the states now xist- ing shall think proper to adm t. shall not be prohibited by the Congress prior to the year on thousand eight hundred and eight, but a tax or duty may be imposed on such importation, not exceeding ten dollars for each person. The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended, unless when in cases of rebellion or invasion the public safety may require it. No bill of atta.nder or ex post facto law shall be passed. Jlo capitation, or other d rect tax shall be laid, unless in proportion to the census or vnumeration hereinbefore* directed to be taken. No tax or duty shall be laid on articles exported from any state. No preference shall be given by any regulation of commerce or revenue to the ports of one state over those of another: nor shall vessels bound to, or from, one state, be obliged to enter, clear, or pay duties in another 50-4 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. No money shall be drawn from the treasury, but in consequence of appropriations mads by law; and a regular statement and account of the receipts and expenditures of all pub lic money shall be published from time to time. No title of nobility shall be granted by the United States: and no person holding any olfice of profit or trust under them, shall, without the consent of the Congress, accept of any present, emolument, office, or title, of any kind whatever, from any king, prince, or foreign state. SUCTION 10. No state shall enter into any treaty, alliance, or confederation; grantletters of marque and repr. sal; coin money ; emit biils of credit ; make any thing but gold and silver coin a tender in payment of debts; pass any bill of attainder, ex post facto law, or law impairing the obligation of contracts, or grant any title of nobility. No state shall, without the consent of the Congress, lay any impost or duties on im ports or exports, except what may be absolutely necessary for executing its inspection laws ; and the net produce of all duties and imposts, laid by any state on imports or ex ports, shall be for the use of the treasury of the United States; and all such laws shall be subject to the revision and control of the Congress. No state shall, without the consent of Congress, lay any duty of tonnage, keep troops, r ships-of-war in time of peace, enter into any agreement or compact with another state, or with a foreign power, or engage in war, unless actually invaded, or in such imminent danger as will not admit of delay. ARTICLE II. SEOTIOJT t . The executive power shall be vested in a president of the United States of America, lie shall hold his office during the term of four years, and, together with the vice-president chosen for the same term, be elected, as follows: Each state shall appoint, in such manner as the legislature thereof may direct, a number of electors, equal to the whole number of senators and representatives to which the state may be entitled in the Congress: but no senator or representative, or person holding an office of trust or profit under the United States, shall be appointed an elector. [The electors shall meet in their respective states, and vote by ballot for two persons, of whom one at least shall not be an inhabitant of the same state with themselves. And they shall make a list of all the persons voted for, and of the number of votes for each; which list they shall sign and certify, and transmit sealed to the seat of the government, of the United States, directed to the president of the Senate. The president of the Senate shall, in the presence of the Senate and House of Representatives, open all the certificates, and the votes shall then be counted. The person having the greatest number of votes shall be the president, if such number bo a majority of the whole number of electors annotated; and if there be more than one who have such majority and have an equal nutnoc of votes, then the House of Representatives shall immediately choose by ballot one of them for president; and if no person have a majority, then from the five "highest on the list the said house shall in like manner choose the president. But in choosing the president, the votes shall be taken by states, the representation from each state having one vote ; a quorum for this purpose shall consist of a member or members from two- thirds of the states, and a majority of all the states shall be necessary to a choice. In every case, after the choice of the president, the person having the greatest number of votes of the electors shall be the vice-president. But if there should remain two or more who have equal votes, the Senate shall choose from them by ballot the vice- president] The Congress may determine the time of choosing the electors, and the day on which they shall give their votes; which day shall be the same throughout the United States. >io person except a natural born citizen, or a citizen of the United States, at the time of the adoption of this Constitution, shall be eligible to the office of president : neither shall any person be eligible to that office -who shall not have attained to the age of thirty- five years, and been fourteen yoars resident within the United States. In case of the removal of the president from office, or of his death, resignation, or in- abil.ty to discharge tho powers and duties of the said office, the same shall devolve on the vice-presidont, and the Congress may by law provide for the case of removal, death, resignation, or inability, both of the president and vice-president, declaring what officer sball then act as president, and such officer shall act accordingly, until the disability b removed, or a president shall be elected. The president shall, at stated times, receive for his services, ~ compensation, which arall neither be increased nor diminished during the period for wh.J.i he shall have been elected, and he shall not receive within that period any other emolument from the United States, or any of them. Before he enter on the execution of his office, lie shall take the x3~cwing oath or affirmation: "I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that 1 will fa th fully exec-_;i. the office of 5 resident of the United States, and will to the best of my ability, preserve, protect, and efen I the constitution of the United Slates. 1 " HEOTION 2. The president shall be commander-in-chief of the army and navy of the United States, and of the militin of the several states, when called into the actual service of tho United States; he may require the opinion, in writing, of the principal officer in CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 505 each of the executive departments, upon any subject relating to the duties of their r*. pective oAoes, anil he shall have power to gnat reprieves and pardons for oil ences against the Un ted States, except in cuaes of impeachment. Ho shall have power, by ami with the advice and consent of the Senate, to make treaties, provided two-thirds of the senators present concur; and he shall nominate, and by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint ainbas adors, other public 1*1 inna te re and consuls, judges of the supreme court, and all other officers of the United States, whose appointments are not herein otherwise provided for, and which shall be est.abli.shed by law: but the Congress may by law vest the appointment of such inferior (tracers at they think proper, in the president alone, in the courts of law, or in the heads of depart ments. The president shall have power to fill up all vacancies that may happen during tha recess of the Senate, by granting commissions which shall expire at tha end of their next cession. SECTION 3. lie shall from time to time give to the Congress information of the state of the Union, and recommend to their consideration such measures as he shall judge neces sary and expedient: he may on extraordinary occasions, convene both houses, or either of them, and in case ol disagreement between them, with respect to the ti-ne of adjourn ment, he may adjourn them to such time as he shall think proper; he shall receive am bassadors and other public ministers; he shall take care that the laws be faithfully exe cuted, and shall commission all the officers of the United States. SECTION 4. The president, vice-president, and all civil officers of the United States, shall be removed from office on impeachment for. and conviction of, treason, bribery, or other high crimes and misdemeanors. ARTICLE III. SECTION 1. The judicial power of the United States, shall bo vested in one supreme court, and in such inferior courts as the Congress may from time to time ordain and establish. The judges, both of the supreme and inferior courts, snail hold their offices during irood behavior, and shall, at stated times, receive for their services, a compensation, which shall not be diminished during their continuance in office. SECTION 2. The judicial power shall extend to all cases, in ia%v and equity, arising under this Constitution, the laws of the United States, and treaties made, or which shall be mar.e, under their authority; to all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers, and consuis; to all cases of admiralty and maritime jurisdiction, to controversies to which the United States shall be a party , to controversies between two or more states; between a state and citizens of another state; between citizens of different states ; be tween citizens of the same state claiming lands under grants of different states, an<jl between a state, or the citizens thereof, and foreign states, citizens, or subjects. In all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers and consuls, and those in which a state shall be party, the supreme court shall have original jur sdiction. li\ afl the other cases before mentioned, the supreme court shall have appellate jurisdiction, both as to law and fact, with such exceptions, and under such regulations as the Congress ehall make. The trial of all crimes, except in cases of impeachment, shall be by jury; and such trial shall be held in the state where the said crimes shall have been committed ; but when not committed within any state, the trial shall be at such place or places as the Congress may by law have directed. SECTION 3. Treason against the United States, shall consist only in levying war against them, or in adhering to their enemies, giving them aid and comfort. No person shall be convicted of treason unless on the testimony of two witnesses to the ame overt act, or on confession in open court. The Congress shall have power to declare the punishment of treason, but no attainder of treason shall work corruption of blood, or forfeiture except during the life of the per son attainted. ARTICLE IV. SECTION 1 Full faith and credit shall be given in each state to the public acts, records. and judicial proceedings of every other state. And the Congress may by general laws prescribe the manner in which b uch acts, records, and proceedings sha ll be proved, and the effect thereof. SECTION 2. The citizens of each state shall be entitled to all privileges and immunities of citizens in the several states. A. person charged in any state with treason, felony, or other crime, who shall flee from Jns Ice, and be found in another sta e, shall, on demand of the executive authority of tua state from which he fled, be delivered up, to be removed to the state having jurisdiction of the crime. No person held to service or labor in one state, under ihe laws thereof, escaping into another, shall, in consequence of any law or regulation therein, be discharged from such service or labor, but shall be delivered up on claim f the party to whom such service of iabor may be due, 43 506 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. SF.CTION 3. New states may bo admitted by the Congress into Jhis Union ; but no hew etate shall be formed or erected within the jurisdiction of any other sta e ; nor any state be formed by the junction of two or more states, without the consent of the legislature! of the states concerned as well as of the Congress. The Congresshall have power to dispose of and make all needful rules and regulations respecting the territory or other property belonging to the United States,; and nothiag in this Constitution shall be so construed as to prejudice any claims of the United States, or of any particular state. SECTION 4. The United States shall guarantee to every state in this Union, a republican form of government, and shall protect each of them against invasion, and on application of the legislature, or of the executive (when the legislature cannot bo convened) against domestic violence. AETICLE V. The Congress, whenever two-thirds of both houses shall deem it necessary, shall pro pose amendments to this Constitution, or, on the application of the legislatures of t wo* thirds of the several states, shall call a convention lor proposing amendments, which, in either case, shall be valid to all intents and purposes, as part of this Constitution, when ratified by the legislatures of three-fourths of the several states, or by conventions in three-fourths thereof, as the one or the other mode of ratification may be proposed by the Congress ; provided that no amendment which may be made prior to the year one thou sand eisrht hundred and eight shall in any manner aflfect the first and fourth clauses in the ninth section of the first article ; and that no state, without its consent, shall ba deprived of its equal suli rage in the Senate. ARTICLE VI. All debts contracted and engagements entered into, before the adoption of this Consti* tution, shall be as valid against the United States under this Constitution, as under th confederation. This Constitution, and the laws of the United States which shall be made in pursuance thereof; and all treaties made, or which shall be made, under the authority of the United States, shall be the supreme law of the land ; and the judges in every state shall be bound thereby, any thing in the constitution or laws of any state to the contrary notwithstanding. The senators and representatives before mentioned, and the members of the several etate legislatures, and all executive and judicial officers, both of the United States and of the several states, shall be bound by oath or affirmation, to support tins Constitution ; but no religious test shall ever be required as a qualification to any office or public trust under the United States. ARTICLE VII. The ratification of the conventions of nine states, shall be sufficient for the establish ment of this Constitution between the states so ratifying the same. Done in convention by the unanimous consent of the states present the seventeenth day of September in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty -seven, and of the independence of the United States of Arnerita the twelfth. In w.Hness whereof we have hereunto subscribed our names. GEOEGE WASHINGTON, President, and Depuiy fro*n Virginia. NEW HAMPSHIRE. John Langdon, Nicholas Gilinan. MASSACHUSETTS. Nathaniel Gorhain, Eufus King. CONNECTICUT. William Samuel Johnson, Eoger Sherman. NEW YORK. Alexander Hamilton. NEW JERSEY. William Livingston, David Brcarley, Wilfiam Paterson, Jonathan Dayton. Attest: PENNSYLVANIA. Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Mifflin, Eobert Morris, George Clymor, Thomas Fitzsimons, Jared Ingersoll, James Wilson, Gouverneur Morris. DELAWARK. George Reed, Gunning Bedford, Jr., John Dickinson, Ei chard Bassett, Jacob Brooin. MARYLAND. James M Henry, Dnnie of St. Thos. Jenifer, Daniel Carroll. WILLIAM JACKSON, Secretary VIRGINIA. John Blair, James Madison, Jr. NORTH CAROLINA. William Blount, Richard Dobbs Spaight, Hugh Williamson. BOTJTH CAROLINA. John Rutledge, Charles C. Pincknej, Charles Pinckney, Pierce Butler. William Few, Abraham Baldwin. AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION. 507 AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION OP THE UNITED STATES, RATIFIED ACCORDING TO THM PROVISIONS OF THE FIFTH ARTICLE OF THE FOREGOING CONSTITUTION. ARTICLE THE FIRST. Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof: or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the r srht of the peoplo peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government lor redress of grievances. ARTICLE THK SECOND. A well-regulated militia, bcint* necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed. ARTICLE THE THIUD. No soldier shall, In time of peace, be quartered in any house, without the consent of the owner, nor in time of war, but in a manner to be prescribed by law. ARTICLE THE FOURTH. Tho right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly descr.bing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized. ARTICLE TUB FIFTH. No person shall be held to answer for a capital, or otherwise in famous crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a grand jury, except in cases arising in the land or naval forces, or in the militia, when in actual service in time of war and public danger; nor shall any person bo subject for the same offence to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb; nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against himself, nor to be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law ; nor shall private property be taken for public use, without just compensation ARTICLE THE SIXTH. In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of tho state and district wherein tie crime Bhall have been committed, which district shall have been previously ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation ; to be confronted with tho witnesses against him; to have compulsory process for obtaining, witnesses in his favor, and to have the assistance of counsel for his defence. ARTICLE TUB SEVENTH. In suits at common law, where tho value in controversy shall exceed twenty dollars, the right of trial by jury shall be preserved, and no fact tried by a jury shall be otherwise re-examined in aiiy court of the Un.ted States, than according to the rules of common law. ARTICLE THE EIGHTH. Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishments Inflicted. ARTICLE THE NINTH. The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people. ARTICLE THE TENTH. The powers not delegated to the United States by the Consti tution, nor prohibited by it to the states, are reserved to the states respectively, or to the people. ARTICLE THE ELEVENTH. The judicial power of the United States shall not be con strued to extend to any suit in law or equity, commenced or prosecuted against one of the United States by citizens of another state, or by citizens or subjects of any foreign state. ARTICLE THE TWELFTH. The electors shall meet in their respective states, and vote by ballot for president and vice-president, one of whom, at least, shall not bo an inhabitant of the same state with themselves; they shall name in their ballots the person voted for as president, and in distinct ballots the person voted for as vice-president, and they .shall make distinct lists of all persons voted for as president, and of all persons voted for as vice-president, and of the number of votes for each, which lists they shall sign and cer- t fy, and transmit seided to the seat of the government of the United States, directed to the president of the Senate ; the president of the Senate shall, in the presence of the Senate and House of Representatives, open all the certificates, and Uae votes shall then be counted; the person having tho greatest number of votes for president, shall be tho R resident, if such number be a majority of the whole number of electors appointed and no person have such majority, then from the persons having the highest numbers not exceeding three on the list of those voted for as president, the House of representatives hall choose immediately, by ballot, the president. But in choosing the president, the rotes shall be taken by states, the representation from each state having one vote; a 508 AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION. quorum for this purpose shall consist of a member or members from two-thirds of the states, and a majority of all the states shall be necessary to a choice. And if the House of Representatives shall not choose a president whenever the right of choice shall devolve upon them, before the fourth day of March next following, then the vice-president shall act as president, as in the case of the death or other constitutional disability of the presi dent. The person having the greatest number of votes as vice-president shall be the vice-president, if such number be a majority of the whole number of electors appointed, and if no person have a majority, then from the two highest numbers on the list, the Senate shall choose the vice-president; a quorum for the purpose shall consist of two- thirds of the whole number of senators, and a majority of the whole number shall be necessary to a choice. But no person constitutionally ineligible to the office of president shall be eligible to that of vice-president of the United States. ARTICLE THE THIRTEENTH (1865). Sec. 1. Neither slavery nor involuntarily servitude, ex cept as a punishment for crime whereof the party shall have been duly convicted, shall exist within the United States or any place subject to their jurisdiction. Sec. 2. Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appropriate legislation. ARTICLE THE FOURTEENTH (1868). Sec. 1. All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States and of the state wherein they reside. No state shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any state deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law, nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws. Sec. 2. Representatives shall be apportioned among the several states according to their respective numbers, counting the whole number of persons in each state, excluding Indians not taxed. But when the right to vote at any election fur the choice of electors for presi dent and vice-president of the United States, representatives in Congress, the executive and judicial officers of a state, or the members of the Legislature thereof, is denied to any of the male inhabitants of such state, being twenty-one years of age, and citizens of the United States, or in any way abridged, except for participation in rebellion or other crime, the basis of representation therein shall be reduced in the proportion which the number of such male citizens shall bear to the whole number of male citizens, twenty-one years of age, in such state. Sec. 3. No person shall be a senator or representative in Congress, or elector of president and vice-president, or hold any office, civil or military, under the United States, or under any state, who. having previously taken an oath as a member of Congress, or as an officer of the United States, or as a member of any state Legislature, or as an executixf or judicial officer of any state, to support the Constitution of the United States, shall havfc engaged in insurrection or rebellion against the same, or given aid or comfort to the enemies thereof. But Congress may, by a vote of two-thirds of each house, remove such disability. Sec. 4. The validity of the public debt of the United States, authorized by law, including debts incurred for payment of pensions, and bounties for services in suppressing insurrec tion or rebellion, shall not be questioned. But neither the United Suites nor any state shall assume or pay any debt or obligation incurred in aid of insurrection or rebellion against the United States, or any claim for the loss or emancipation of any slave, but all such debts, obligations, and claims shall be held illegal and void. Sec. 5. Congress shall have power to enforce, by appropriate legislation, the provisions of this article. ARTICLE THE FIFTEENTH (1870). Sec. 1. The right of citizens of the United States to vote ehall not be denied or abridged by the United States, or by any state, on account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude. Sec. 2. Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appropriate legislation. INDEX AND PRONOUNCING DICTIONARY OF PROPER NAMES OCCURRING IN THIS WORK. It is recommended that the teacher exercise the pupils in this index a a spelling lesson. A. TAGS Ab -er-crom-bie 156 Ab-o-*-Ig -i-nes, of America 494 A-oa -dia 54 Ad -ams, John 1T7, 287, 29tf, 304, 375 Ad -aras, John Quin -cy 333,374, 414 Ad -ams, Sam u-el 191 A-dol -phus, Gus-ta -vus 106 Af-rica 12 Aix la-Cha-pelle [aOt-tefrtfctpeB ] 139 A-la-ba -ma 307 Al-be-marle 453 A-lert , capture of 328 Al-cx-an -dri-a 353 Al-giers , war with 362 Al-gon -quins 94 Al-la-too -na Pass 4 6 Al -len, Ethan 1S8 A-me -li-a Isl and 3ti5 A-mer -ican party 4 36 Am -herst, General 160 Am pu di-a. General 407 An-a-huac [an-u-ioaciS] 484 An -der-son, Major 450 An -dre [an -dray}, Major 267 An -dros, Sir Ed -moud 104, 121 An-nap -o-lis 129 Ant-arc tic Continent 393 An-tie -tam 459 A-pw -ches 473 Ap-a-lach -i-an In -di-ans .-13 A-rau-ca -ni-ans 491 Ar -gall, Captain 52 Ar -gen-tiue Ke-pub -lic 492 Ar -gus, capture of 339 Ar-kan sas 381 A.rm -stron^. General 343 Ar -nold,Ben -e-dict. ...200, 202, 219, 266, 271 Ash -bur-ton, Lord 39J A. si-a 12 A.-sin -i-bo-ins 473 As -tor, John Ja -cob 445 As to ri-a 44.") At lan -tic O -cean 13 At -tucks 17G Av -on, capture of. 343 B. 7?a -con, Na-than -iel Ill Ba-ha -inas 24, 482 43* RaiW-bridgo, Captain ........................... 313 Hal-bo -a ............................................ 488 Bal -ti-more, Lord ............................... 76 Bal -ti-more ri -ot ................................ 325 Bar -ca .............................................. 314 Bar -ney, (. ojumodorc .......................... 352 Bar -re, Colonel ................................. 167 Bar -ron, Commodore .......................... 317 Bar -ry, Captain ................................. 275 Bar -ton, Colonel ................................. 223 Baum, Colonel .................................... 226 Bay -ard, J. A .................................... 333 Behr -ing, Vi -tus ................................ 48L Beau -fort [bu -furt] ............................ 453 Beau-re-gard , General ........................ 450 Bell, John .......................................... 447 Bel -la-my, Sam u-cl ........................... 134 Bel -mont, Au -gust ............................ 423 Beu -ning-ton, battle of ........................ 220 Ben -ton, Thom -jus II ........................... 410 Berk -ley, Lord ............................. 105, 114 Ber lin de-cree ................................... 317 Bid -dle, Captain ................................. 300 Big Reth -el ....................................... 452 Big Shanty ........... ............................. 4015 Bi-lox -i ............................................. 147 Bing -ham, Captain ............................. 321 Blac-k -feet ......................................... 473 Black Hawk ...................................... 385 Black War -ri-or ................................. 4 29 Blen-ner-has set s Isl -and ....... ........... 315 Blood y Brook .................................... 1U Blythe, Captain ................................... 340 Bol i-var, Si -mon ................................ 491 Bond, General .......... .......................... 3:57 Boone, Colonel Dan -iel ....................... 203 Boone -ville ....................................... 452 Bos -ton Port Bill ............................. l g( > Box -er, capture of. ............................. 340 Boyd, General .................................... 344 Brad -dock, General ............................. 154 Brad ford, Governor .......................... 66 Brandt ............................................. 24^ Bran -dy wine, battle of .................... 221 Bra-zil ............................................. 493 Breck -en ridge, John C ................. 435, 447 Bre ton, Cape .................................. 28 Brid;e -wa ter, battle of ...................... 350 Brit -isb. A-uicr -ica .............................. 478 (509) 510 INDEX. PAGE PAGB Brock 326 Choc -taws % Brock, General 330 Clai borne, Governor 311 Brown, Colonel 190 Clai -borne 77 Brown, General 349 Clay, Hen -ry 379, 388, 404, 419, 423 Buc-caneers 484 Clinch, General 383 Bu-chan -an, James 4 J9, 4U5, 446, 448 Clin ton, De \Vitt 333 Bud ding-ton. Captain 4o3 Clin -tou, General 206, 210 Bu -ell. General 456 Clin ton, George -.212, 320 Bu-e -nos Ay -res [bo -nos^ay -riz] 492 Co-a hui -la [co-a-wee -la] 408 Bun -ker Hill, battle of. 191 Co-che -co 72 Bun ker-Ilill Mon -ument 402 Cod, Cape 56 Bur-goyne , General 220,224 Cod -ding-ton, \Vill -iam 81 Bur-goyne , capture of. 229 Coffee, General 344 Burke, htlnmnd 171 Co-lom -bi-a 493 Burn side. General 454 Co-lum -bus, Chris -to pher 18. 26 Burr, Aa -ron 3U9, 312 Co-man -ches 473 Burr s Con-spir -a-cy 315 Com pro-mise of 1S50 419 Bur -rows, Lieutenant 340 Con -cord, battle of 186 But -ler, John 245 Con-frd-er-a -tion, Ar -ti-cles of..... 279 Con -gress, first general 181 U- Con-nec -ti-cut 78 Cab -ot, John 27 Con-sti-tu -tion of the United States 285 Cab -ot, Se-bas -tian 27 Con-ti-nen -tal Con -gress 207 Cai -ro 451 Con-ti-nen -tal Mon -ey 255 Cal-houn , John C 374, 420 Con-tre -ras 4*1 Cal-i for -ni-a 416 Coop -er, Hev. Mr 295 Cal -vert, George 76 Copn s Hill. 193 Cal vert, Leon -ard 76 Corn wal -lis, Lord 218, 276 Cam -bridge Plat -form 127 Cor -pus Chris -ti 406 Cam -den, battle of. 264 Cor-te-re -al, Gas -par 28 Can -a-da 479 Cor -tez, Fer-nan -do 32, 484 Ca-na -ry Isles 13, 21 Cos -ta Ki -ca [kos -la-rer. -ha] 487 Ca-non chet 112 Cote, Colonel 391 Ca-non -i-cus , 66 Cot -ton, history of. 141 Car -den, Captain 331 Cow -pens, battle of 272 Car -ib-bees 485 Crad -ock, Governor 71 Car-o-li -na 107 Cra -ven, Governor 132 Car-o-li -na, South 108 Craw -ford, Minister .... 339 Car -roll, Charles 385 Creek In -di-ans 96,383 Car -te-ret, Sir George 105 Creek In -di-ans, war with 345 Car -thage 452 Cro -ghan, Major 337 Car -tier 29 Crom -well 89 Car -ver, Governor 57, 66 Crown 1 oint 153 Cass, General 343, 415 Crys -tal I al -ace 430 Ca-taw ba-s 96 Cu -ba 25,482 Cat Island . 482 Cul -pep-per, Lord 115 Cau-pol-i-can 481 Cum -ming, Governor 440 Cen -tial A mer -i ca 484 Cush -ing, Ca -lel 403 Cer -ro Gor -do 410 Cus ter, General 462 Cha-long , Captain 53 Cy-ane , capture of 360 Champe, Sergeant 2G9 Chan -cel-lors-ville 460 - L) - Cha pul-te-pec 411 Da -cres, Captain 329 Charles 1 89 Bade, Major 383 Charles IX 107 Dah ko -tahs 96 Charles -ton 108 Dahl -gren, General 462 Charles ton, surrender of. 262 Dale, Sir Thorn -as 49 Char ter Oak 122 Dal -las, George M 404 Chat ham, Lord 157 Dan -bury, burning of 219 Chat-ta-hoo -chie 406 Dan -vers 100 Chat-ta-noo- ga 461 Dart -moor mas -.sa-cre 361 Chaun cey, Commodore 335, 343, 348 Dart -mouth Col -lege 128 Che-raw\ battle of. 273 l)av -en-port. Rev Mr 86 Cher-o-kee In -di-ans 9 ., lcV2 Da vies, VV. H 305 Ches -a peake, attack on 317 Da -vis, Jefferson 4-19 Ches -a-peake. capture of 338 Deane, Si -las 236 Chick-a-hom -i-ny 39, 458 Dear -born, General Ilen -ry 3 JO, 343 ChiVk-a-mau -ga _ _ 461 De-ca -tur. Conunodore 313, 3P2 Cbil-i 491 De Grasse, Count - 277 Chip -pe-wa, battle of. 349 De Ila -ven <*0 INDEX. 511 PAGE PAGE De Kalb, Baron 263 Fort dn Quesne [l-ane] 148 Dd -a ware - 106 Fort McIIon -ry _ 353 Del -a- wit re, Lord 48 Fort Meigs, siege of 337 T>el -a-wares 96 Fort Minims.... 344 Delft -ha-ven 56 Fort Wash -ing-ton 213 Dem o-crat -ic party 395 For- Wil -liam llen -ry 157 Den-mark 14 Fos -ter, Mr 321 Den -ysof Hon-fieur 28 Fox, George 116 De-pos -its, removal of 380 Fran -ci-a, Dr 492 Dome .... 314 Fran -cis I : 28 D ^s-taing 7 , Count 241, 275 Frank -lin, Dr 129, 154, 168, 170, 185, 288 De-troit 147 Frank -lin, Sir John 433, 481 D l -ber-ville ... 147 Frod -er-icks-burg 457 Ki-es -kau 154 Free-Soil -ere 416 Din-wid -die, Governor 148 Fre-raont , John C 409,435 l*i$ -trict of Co-lum -bia 308 French and In -Ui-an War 156 Dor -ches-ter 79 French Creek 150 Dor -ches-ter Heights 204 French Mills 344 Dorr, Thorn as W 400 French Kev-o-lu -tion 297 Doug -las, Stephen A 447 French -town, mas -sa-cre at 334 Do -ver 72 Frol -ic, capture of 331 Drake, Sir Fran -cis 108 Fui -ton, Kob -ert 321 Drurn -mond, General 349 Dud -ley, Thom -as 74 ** Dwn -iuore, Lord 201 Gage, General 181, 1S2, 184 Du-pont , Commodore 453 Gaiues, General 351, 383 Dutch.. 51 Gal -la-tin, Al -bert 333 _, Gas-pee 173 Gates, General 227, 230, 263, 272 Ear -ly, General 464 Gates, Sir Thorn -as 48 East -ern War 43L Ge-net , French minister 297 Eas -ton 158 Gen -o a 19 Ea -ton, General 314 Geor -gi n 247, 368, 375 Ea -ton, Mr 86 Geor -gi-a, settlement of. 136 Ed -ward, Fort 225 Ger -man-town, battle of. 234 El -i-ot, John 99 Ger ry, El -bridge 305,333 E-li7/-a-beth. queen of Knghind 30 Get -tys-burg 461 K-liz -abeth-to-vn 105 Ghent, treaty of __ 360 Dlls -worth, Flen ry L 393 Gibbs, General .._ 359 Ells -worth, Ol i-ver 305 Gil mer, Mr.., 401 Em-bar -go 346 God -win, Will -iam 302 En -di-cott, Governor 71 Goffe Ill Eng -lish Hill 437 Gor -ges, Fer-di-nan -do 72 Eng -lish, Mr 437 Gos -nold, Bar-thol -o-mew 30 E-per -vier, capture of. 347 Gos -nold, Captain 52 E-ona-dor 493 Graf-fen-ried, Baron 1X2 E -rie 17 Gray, Captain 444 Es -qui-maux [ex - .-e-mo] 91, 480 Great Mead -ows 151 Es -sex, capture of 347 Green, Bar-thol -o-mew ,.. 141 Eu -rope 12 Greene. General 214, 235, 272 Eu -taw Springs, battle of. 274 Green land 16,480 Ev -er-ett. Kd -ward 425 Green Moun tain Boys 190 Ev -er-gla les 384 Gren -ville, Charles 171 Ex-plor -ing Ex pedi -tion 393 Grin-nell , Hen -ry 433 ,, Gua-da-lupe- Hi-dal -go... 411 * Gu-a-ua-ha ni 24 Tan -euil Hall 175 Gua-te ma -la 484, 487 Far -ra-gut, Admiral 457 Guer-ri-ere , capture of 329 Fau -chet, French minister 207 Gui a -na 493 Fay-ette , General 221 Guil -ford Court-House. battle of. 276 Fed>r-al party 298, 396 Gus-ta -vus Adol -phus 106 Fer-di-nand 20 Fi -gi frS-jos] Isl -ands ". 393 H. il-li-bus -ters 42 2 Hale, Captain Na -than 2fi9 l-ill -rnore. Mil -lard 415, 421 Ha -met 314 I-ish -er, Fort 4fiS JTam -il-ton, Al-ex-an -der...2S9, 296, 302, 312 Flap: of the United States 231 Hamp -den 89 Fletch er Governor 124 ITan -rock, John 207, 191 Flor -Mn _ 29, 370 403 Ilar -dy, Commodore 348 FUrM-da War 382 Har -lem Heights 21 512 IND EX.- PAGE FAOC Har -mar, General.- 291 Jo -li-et ...... 144 Har -ney, General 439, 445 Jones, Captain 331 Har -ri-son. General. Jones, Mar -garet ... 100 323, 329, 334, 341, 378, 396 Jones, Paul 232 Hart -ford 79 Jus suf 414 Ilart -ford Con-ven -tiou 357 Hart -stene, Lieutenant 433 -& Har -vard Col -lege 128 Kane, Dr 432, 481 Hat ter-as In -let 453 Kane, Mr 439 Hay ti 482 Kan -sas 43(5 Heint -7.cl-mau, General.- 452 Kan -sas-Ne-bras -ka Bill 429 Ilen -ne-pin 144 Kas kas -ki-a 147 Henri co ~ 49 Kean, General 359 Hen-ry, Paf-rick 168 Kear -sarge 465 Hen -ry VII 20 Keitt, L. M 433 Her-re -ra, General 406 Keu -e-saw 466 Hess -ians 203 Ken-tuck -y 292 Ilib -bins 100 Ke -o-kuck 385 His-pa-ni-o -lu... 483 Kidd, Will -iam 135 Hon-du -ras 487 Kil-pat -rick. General 462 Hope, Mount 109 King, Will -iam R 427 Howe, General 193, 210 King Will -iam s War 122 Hud -son, Hen -ry 51 Kings -bridge 213 Hud -sonBay ". 479 King s Moun -tain, battle of 264 Hud -son Bay Company 479 Klieft, Will -iam 102 Hull, General 326 Knip-hau -sen. General 265 ITulse -mann, Chev-a-lier . 423 Know -Jvoth -ings 436 Hu -ron-Ir -o-quois 94 Knox, General 302 Hu -rons 387 Knox, Hen-ry 289 Hutch -in-son, Ann 117 Kos-ci-us -ko 221 _ Kos -suth, Lou -is 423 *. Kosz -ta, Mar -tin 427 IMi-nois 367 Im-press -ment 316 JJ- In -a-chus 12 Lab-ra-dor 27 In de-pend -ence, Dec-la-ra -tion of. 208 J, a Fay-ette 237. 253. 2(51, 271, 276, 371 In-di-a -na 363 Lake Cham plain , battle of. 355 In-di-a -na Ter -ri-to-ry 308 Lake E-rie, battleof 340 In di-anrace 489 La Salle 144 In -di-ans 24 Lath -rop, Captain Ill In -di ans, description of. 92 Law -rence. Captain 338 In -di-ans of the West 472 Lear. Consul 314 In -di-an Ter -ri-to-ry 382,472 Lee, General Charles 239 In -gra-ham. Captain 427 Lee, General R. E 459 In ter -nal im-prove -ments 405 Lee, Rich -ard Hen -ry 166 I -o-wa 403 Le -on, Ponce de 29 Ir -o-quois 3S7 Leop -ard, frigate 317 Is-a-bel -la 20 Le-vant . capture of 360 Is -a-.bel, Point 407 Lew -is and Clarke 316 I-u -ka _.. 460 Lex -ing-ton, battle of. ... 185 Iz -ard, General 351 Ley -den [li -den] 55 T Lief 16 J Lin -coln, Abraham 447. 449 Jack -son, General 344, 359, 366, 377, 404 Ijn coln, General ...248, 284 Jack -son party 395 Li n -gan. General 3"5 Ja-mai -ca 26 Little Belt 321 Jame -son, Colonel 268 Locke 1(1 * James -town 35 Long Isl -and, battle of. 211 Ja-pan Ex-pe-di -tion 42S Lo -pez 402 Ja -va, capture of 332 Lo -pez, General 4 22 Jay, John 299, 378 Lou -don. Lord . 1ST Jay s treaty 300 Lou -is-burg 138. lf-7 Jef -fer-bon, Thom -as 289, 297, 309, 375 Lou-is-i nn a 147, 311 Jen -ner, Dr 307 Lou is Phi-lippe o*2 Jes -sup, General 351, 384 Lun -dy s I^ane, battle of 350 John -son, General 153 _.. John -son, Governor 131 "* John -son, President 471 McAl -lis-ter, Fort 467 John -son, Rich -ard M 389 Ma-ce do -ni-an, capture of. 331 John -ston, Colonel 439 McClel -lan, General 453 INDEX. 513 PAOB PAG8 McClnre , Captain 433 Mor -ton 71 McL*on -oui;h, Commodore 35o Moul -trie, Colonel 207 McDou -gall, General 251 Moul -trie, Fort 450 McDow -ell, General 452 Mount Yer -non La - dies As-so-ci-a -tion. 440 Mciiea , Miss 225 Mud -dy Brook Ill Madei -ra [ma-drs. -ra] .. 174 M u r -fn>es-bor-o 460 Mad-i-son, James 320,333, 376 Mur -ray, General 161 Ma -doc 15 Mys -tic Kiv -er 8U .Maine 368 Mal-vern Hill -. 453 Man-as -sas Junc -tion 452 Na-po -le-on Bo -na-parte 303 Man-hat -tan Isl -and -... 51 Nar-ra-gau -set In -diaus 65, 81 Man -i-tou 93 Naah -ville 301 Ma-ri-et -ta, Ga 466 Nas -sau, Fort 10G Ma-ri-et ta, 310 Natch ez In diaus. 146 Mar-quette [mar-kef] 144 Natch -eZ 96, 460 Mar-seilles [mnr-sailz ] 12 Ne -gro plot 104 Mar shall, John 305, 385 Kel -son, Kcb -ert 391 Ma -ry-land - 76 New Ain -ster-dam 52, 102 Ma -son 453 New Arch au -gel __ 481 Ma -son, Captain *>3 New F.ng -land 55 Ma -son, John 72 New-found -land [nu -fund-land] 28 Ma -son, Minister 4-9 New Hamp -shire 72 Mas -sa-cre, Bos -ton 176 New Ha -ven 85 Mas-sa-roit 65 New Jer -sey 105 Math -er, Cot -ton S07 New Le -on 408 Mau-mee Kiv -er 144 New Neth -cr-lands 52 May -flow-er 56 New Or -leans, battle; of. 359 May -hew, Ex-pe -rience 99 New -port, Captain 44, 35 Me lam -pus, frigate 317 New Swe -den 10-3, 107 Mer-id -ian 462 N ew York 102 Mer ri-mac 455 Nich -o-las, Colonel 104 Me-sil -la Val -ley 427 Nich -ol-son, Commodore 275 Meth -o-dists 127 Nip -mucks 110 Mex -i-can War 406 Ni-ca-ra -zua 487 Mex -i-co 32,4.84 N O -nan -tum 100 Mi-am -ies 96 North Au -na 463 Mi-an-ton -o-moh 85 North -men 15 Mi-can -opy 383 North-West -ern Ter -ri-tory 387 Mich -i-gan 386 North-west passage 433 Mich il-i-ruack -in-ac [mish-il-e.-mak -in- Nor -way 14 aw] 162 No -va Sco -tia 479 Mif-flin, General 281 Nu-e -ces 400 Mil -ler, General o37 Nul-li-fi-ca -tion 378 Min-ne-so -ta 444 Min -u-its, I e -ter 106 _ Mis sion-ary Kidge._.._ 402 O- Mis-sis-sip -pi 364 O -glc-thorpe 136 Mis-sis sip -pi Ter -ri-to-ry 303 O -IIa -ra, General 278 Mis-sou -ri 369 hi -o 310 Mis-sou -ri Com -pro-mise 369,418,429 Ol -i-ver 170 Mo-bi -li-an In -di-ans 96 Om -ni-bus Bill 419 Mo -hawks 84 O-pe-chan -ca-nough 68 Mo-he -gans 85 Or ders in Coun -cil, British 316 Monck -ton 163 Or -e-gon 413, 444 Monck -ton, Polonel 238 Os-ce-o -la 383 Mon-he -gan Isl -and 53 Os-tend Con -fer ence 429 Mou i-tor 456 O -tis, James 1C6 Mon mouth, battle of 238 Ot -ta-wa 479 M on roe , James 305, 318, 364, 376 Ot -ta-was 96 Mont-c; 1m , General ..157. 161 Mon-te-rey 403 * Mont gom ery 451 Park -en-ham, Sir E 85t> Mont-gorn -er-y, General 199 Pa-du -cah 451 Mon-tre-al 29,162,190 Pai-.e, Thom -as 282,302 Moore, Governor 131 Pal -at-itu-B 132 Mo-ra -vi-an Towns, battle of 342 Palm -er 270 Mor -gan. General 272, 273 Pa -lo Al -to 407 Mor -mons 367,438 Pa -los 20 Morge, S. F. B 443 Pam -li-co 4W 22* 514 INDEX. PAGE PAOZ Pa-mun -key 458 Ban -dolph, Lieutenant 380 Pan -icof 1837 S89 Ran -dolph, Pey -ton 181 Pan -ic of 1857 440 Rap-id-an 463 J ar-a-guay 492 Rap-pa-han nock 459 Pa-re -des, President- 406 Re-bell -ion, Ca-na -di-an 390 Par -ker, Sir Pe -ter 206 Re-bell-ion, Dorr s 400 Par -ry 481 Re-ci-proc -i ty treaty 431 Pa-ta-go -ni-a ; 491 Red Bank, battle of 235 Pat -ter-son, General 452 Red Stones 151 Paul -ding, John 269 Reg -u-la-tors ... - 178 Paul -us Hook, capture of. 259 Rein -deer, capture of. 347 Pel -i-can, capture of...*.... , 339 Re-pub -li-can party 298, 3C5 J eun, Will -iani 118 Resa -ca 466 Penn-syl-va -ni a . 118 Re-sa ca de la Pal -ma 407 Peu-sa-co -la 147 Rhode Isl -and - 81 Pe -quod In -dians 82 Ri -all, General ~ 349 Per -ry, Commodore. 340 Ridge -field _ 219 Pe -ters-burg 4t3 Ring -gold, Captain 427 Phil-a del -phia , 120 Ring -gold, Major _ 407 Phil -ip, King 109, 113 Ri -o Gran -de - 406 Philips, Sir Will -iam 123 Rip -ley, General - 351 Pick -ens, Fort 450 Rives. W. C 382 Pick -er-ing, Tim -o-thy 302 Ro-an-oke ~ ,.34, 454 Pierce, Frank -liu 426 Rob ert-son, James 301 Pike, General 335 Rob -in-son, Rev. John 55 Pinck -ney, Charles C ... 305 Ro-cham-beau , Count 265, 2f8 Pit-cairn Major 186 Rodg -ers, Commodore 339 Pitch -er, Mol -ly 239 Rog -ers, Major 152 Pitt, Lord Chat ham 157 Rolfe 68 Pitts -burgh ... 148 Rose -crans, General 452 Pi-zar -ro 32, 489 Rose, Mr 319 Plym -outh 59 Ross, General 352 Po-ca-hon -tas 41 Rush, Ben -ja-min 3.>3 Point Com -fort. 34 Rus -sian A-mer -ica . 481 Polk, James K 404 Pop -u-lar sov -er-eign-ty 436 B. Por -to Ri -co |-e -co] 483 Sag-a-da-hoc Riv -er 54 Port Roy -al 108, 129 Sa -gas of Ice -land 17 Po-to -mac 451 St. Clair, General ...224, 291 Pow-ha-tan 36 St. Do-mi n -0 , 25, 483 Pre -ble, Commodore 3 3 St. Leg -er, Colonel 225 Pres -cott, General 222 St. Lou -is 451 Pres -i-dent, frigate, captsred 360 St. Pi-erre 150 Presque [presk] Isle 148 St. Sal -va- dor 24, 482 Pre -vost _ 354 Sa -lem - 100 Pri-deaux , General - 159 Sal til -lo 408 Prince -ton, battle of 217 Sam -o-set 64 Proc -tor, General 334, 341 San Fran-cis -co 417 Prov -i-dence 81 San Ju-an , Isl and of 445 Prynne, Captain 53 San Sal -va-dor , 487 Pu-las -ki, Count 221, 250 San ta An -na .....406, 410, 427 Pu -ri-tans 55 San -ta Fe 409 Put -nam, General 187, 194, 195, 218, 251 Sas -sa-cus 84 Put -nam, Ru -fus 310 Sa-van-nah 136,250 Pyth -e-aa 12 Say -brook 79 Say -brook Plat -form..., 127 ** Sayle, Governor.. 108 Qua -ker 116 Scan-di-na -vi-a 14 Quo-bee 159, 479 Sche-nec -ta-dy 123 Queen Anne s War 129 Schuy -ler, General 225 Quin -cy, Jo-si -ah 177 Schuy ier, Major 124 Quin -ni-pi-ack 85 Scott, General -350,391,410,426 Quit -man 413 Sem -i-nole War 366 Se-vier , Colonel John 301 ** 6han -non, frigate.. , 3"8 Ra -leigh 468 Shays, Rebell -ion of. 284 Ka -leigh, SirWal -ter 30 Sheafe, General 330 Ram -say, Dr 281 Shel -by, Governor 341 Ran -dolph, Kd -mund 297 Shel -by-ville 461 iUu -dolph, John 385 Sheu-an-do -ab. ... 458 INDEX. 515 TAGS PAOI Phep -ard, General 284 Trip -o-H 362 Sljer.id.n, t.eneral 464 Trip o li, war with 312 Shet -land Isles 12 Trum -bull, Colonel 243, 270 Shields, General 413 Tru -ro 57 Shi -loh 456 Try -on, General 252 Shir -ley, Governor 154, 156 Tul-la-ho -ma _. ...... 461 Sil -li-man, General _. 219 Tu -nis 362 Sit -ka 481 Twigga, General 413 Six Nations 259, 299 Ty bee 456 Sla -ver-y 436 Ty -ler. John 397, 398 Sli-deir 453 TT Sm.tll -pox 306 u - Smith, Captain John 37, 54 U-chees 96 Smith, General 413 U-nit -ed States Bank 3ti3, 389, 393, 405 Smith, Joe 433 U-ni-ver -sal-ista I ll Smith -son, James 392 Up -shur, Mr 401 Smith so -ni-an ln-sti-tu tion 392 U-ru guay 482 Smyth, General. 330 U -tah 438 So -to, For -di-naud de 29 Sou -le, I i-f-rre 429 V. South Oar-o-li -na 108 Val -ley Forge 237 Speed well 56 Val-la-dol -id 26 Spott-syl va -nia 463 Van Bu ren, Mar tin 379,388 Sqiuui -to 67 Yan-con -ver Isl -and 479 Stamp Ac : 167 Van-Kensse -la-er, Governor Ste -phen... 329 Stan -dish, Captain Miles 58, 70 Van Twil -ler, \Vou -ter 106 Stark, General 226 Van Wart, 1-saac 269 State Rights party 378 Vane, Governor 81 Steam Nav-i-pa -tion 32 2 Vans Mur -ray, William 305 Ste -phens, Alexander II 449 Vas -co da Ga -ma 14 Still -wa-ter, battle of 228 Ve -ga, General de la 407 Stock -ton, Commodore 401 Velas quez 482 Stone, Rev. Mr 83 Ven-e-zu e -la 493 Stou -ing-ton, bombardment of. 34$ Ve -ra Cruz 410 Ston -y Point, Capture of 257 Ver-mont ...189, 290 Strick -er, General 353 Ver-ra-za -ni 28 Stuy -ve-sant, IV-ter 103 Ves-pu -ci-us, A-mer -i-cus 27, 489 Sub-treas -u-ry 394,405 Vicks -burg 461 Sug -ar Act 166 Vic-to -ria, Queen 451 Sul -li van, General 242 Vill -iers, Count de 152 Sum -ter, Fort, surrender of .450, 451 Vin -land 16 Swan -zey 109 Vir-gin -ia 451 Swe -deu U T. Wads -worth, Captain 112,124 Ta -bleRock 11 Wsilk -er, William 431 Tam-ni -co [tim-pee -ko] 40* \Var -ren, Commodore 138 Tar -itf, pro-tect -ive 405 War -ren, General 194 Tarle -ton, Colonel 264, 272 War -ring-ton, Commander 347 Tax-a -tion of the Col -o-nies ,. 1H5 War with Great Brit -ain, 1812 325 Tay -lor, General 384, 406, 415, 420 Wash -ing-ton, George, Tea, tax on 179 149, 197, 210, 280, 287, 296, SOfi Te-cum -seh 3.42 Wash -ing-ton city, 308 ; capture of. 352 Tel -e-graph, e-lec -tric 442 Waah -ing-ton, John 440 Ten-nes-see ... 301 Wash -ing-ton Ter -ri-tory 4-15 Te-noch-tH-lan 484 Wasp, capture of 331 Ter -nay, Admiral de 265 Wa -ter-town 79 Tex -as 403 Wa -ter-house, Dr 306 Thomp -son. Charles.. 181 W r ayne, General 257, 2 J9 Thomp son. General 383 Weath -er-ford, In -dian chief 345 Thor -finn A ... 17 Web -ster, Daniel 399,422, 4 J4 Thorn -ton, Captain 407 W r est, Ben -ja-min 2"iO Thor -wald 17 West In -dies 482 Ti-con-de-ro -ga 158 West Virginia 453 Tip pe-ca-noe , battle of 324 Weath -ers-field 79 Tomp kius, Dan -iel D 365 Wey -mouth 70 To-ron -to^ 336 Wfey -mouth, Captain 53 Tor-tu -ga 484 Wheel -wright, John 118 Tren -ton, battle of. 216 Whi -dah, pirate ship l:<4 Tri-part -ite treaf-y 424 Whig party 390 516 INDEX. Whis -key In-sur-rec -tior*. 299 White, I er -e-grvue 58 White Plains, battle of. 213 White -field,Rev.George 128 Wil - kin-son 291 A\ il -kin-son, General 343, 348 Will iam and Ma -ry s Col -lege 128 WiU -iams-burg 149, 458 Will -iums, Da -vid 269 Will -iains, Uog -er 80 Wil -niot, Da -vid 416 Wil -mot pro vi -so 416 Win -ches-ter, General 334 Win -der, General 352 Wing -field, Pres -i-dent 35 Wins -low, General 156 Wins -low, Mr 65 Win -throp, John 74 Wip -ple, Captain 178 Wis-con -sin 414 Witch -craft 100 Wol -cott. OJ -i-ver 302 Wolfe, General 100 Wol -las-ton, Mount 71 Wood -ford, General 221 Wool, General 391, 413 Woos -ter, General 219 Worth, General 413 Wy -att, Thom -as 68 Wy-o -ming, mas -sa-cre of. 245 Y. Yale Col -lege 128 Yam-a-secs 134 Yel -low fe -ver 307 Yeo -mans, Fir James 1US Yo-a-co-mo -co 77 York, capture of 335 York. Duke of. 103 York -town, siege of 276 Young, Brig -ham 439 Young, Captain 275 Z. Zol -li-cof-for, General 4*4 THE END. CAXTON PRESS OF 3HEEMAN A. CO., PHILADELPHIA. 14 DAY USE EDUCATION - PSYCHOLOGY LIBRARY This book is due on the last date stamped below, or on the date to which renewed. Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 7 DAY USE DURING How SUMMER SESSIONS How Hftw RAA-J& iQftyl IVIHT U I\/V*T How ThA les of elocuti -mi AUG 3 1S67 mly smit 4UG 3 EEC]]-: L Pill . By AUG 14 1968 SlCW || | | f^ f+j nrsvn r rm " Re ld AUG 7 RECD Prin -1PM lames of the ULU071991 s - For duca- tion, t meani tious, d. 1 - TT>OIA in A Q General Library L ?D 2 6 1 4 A 7l8l")4 4 76 63 UniverS ^ f e f f roia Wind is said of it by experienced teachers : "Irc^inl IVim. y s lii ol.iLry as a .MODEL school-book;" "Does not frighten the be ginner vrith voluminous details; 1 "Presents the leading facts of the science in a ch-ar and natural manner, and contains all that is required in an ordinary course of in struction." . __ PUBLICATIONS OF E. U.U. BbRKbLbY LIBRARIES CD3fllSlElfl SARGENT AND MAY S NE\ COMPRISING: THE NEW AMERICAN FIRST READER. THE NEW AMERICAN SECOND READER. THE NEW AMERICAN THIRD READER. THE NEW AMERICAN FOURTH READER. THE NEW AMERICAN FIFTH READER. By EPES SARGENT AND AMASA MAY. In offering this entirely new series of Readers, the publishers take pleasure in calling the atteutioii of the public to the "characteristics " which are claimed for them, believ ing that an examination of the series by unprejudiced persons will ensure its introduc tion and use. Special rates will be made for a first or introductory supply. Criticism is invited. CHARACTERISTICS : 1. They are the NEWEST series ol Readers. 2. They are the CHEAPEST series. The set is complete in five books, and costs less than ANY OTHER series. 3. They are BETTER GRADED and MORE HANDSOMELY ILLUSTRATED than any other Readers. 4. They are MORE CLEARLY PRINTED and MORE STRONGLY BOUND than any other Readers. 5. They combine all the advantages of the WORD METHOD, the PHONIC SYSTEM, the A, B, C METHOD, and OBJECT-TEACHING. The reputation of the authors is a guarantee of their LITERARY EXCEL LENCE and their PRACTICAL ADAPTATION TO THE SCHOOL-ROOM. Prof, HART S SERIES OF APPROVED TEIT-BOOKS, By JOHN S. HART, L.L..D. The following standard works are comprised in this Series: HART S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. HART S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. PART I. HART S CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. NEW EDITION. HART S CLASS BOOK OF POETRY. HART S CLASS BOOK OF PROSE. These books are used in a large number of Public and Private Schools throughout the country. They have been found by long experience to be admirably arranged for the work of the school-room, and they have been recently revised and perfected. IE IV OIL, IS II -A. F FIX HIS. By Prof. S. S. HALDE3IAN, A.M. This standard work has just been thoroughly revised, and is now believed to be the most interesting and valuable work oil the subject of which it treats.